1
GLNFO
HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENTAL
COMPLIANCE
MANUAL
Appendices
FINAL VERSION
AUGUST 1993
-------
TABLE OF CONTENTS:
GLNPO
HEALTH, SAFETY
& ENVIRONMENTAL
COMPLIANCE MANUAL
APPENDICES
AUGUST 1993
Medical Monitoring Progn
Hearing Conservation Program
Hazard Communication Frogtent
Confined Space Entry Progcairf
Hot Work Procedures
B
D
£
Ldckout/Tagout Program
Bloodborne Pathogens Ptqgrajn
Personal Protective Equipment Program '
Chemical Hygiene Plan
Heavy Practices for Sediment Sampling
K
Chemical Hygiene SOP/GLNPO Research Vessels
GLNPO Occupant Emergency Plan
M
Me
SSI Occupational Safety & MeatfoJgp^am/Giy
N
Health and barety Protocols for EPA Vessels
Welcome Aboard & Safety Orientation
Naval Hospital/Occupational Health & Sanitation Inspection Q
R/V Lake Guardian Hazardous Material, Contingency Plan R
Procedures for Transportation of Haz Mater|als/G,Qvenunent c
R/V Lake Guardian Environmental Compliance:Manual T
R/V Lake Guardian and Wardhouse Survey for ACM
U
SQUILL*
w
XYZ
-------
SECTION: TABLE OF CONTENTS
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
APPENDICES A through U
TABLE OF CONTENTS
APPENDICES
APPENDIX A - Respiratory Protection Program
APPENDIX B - Medical Monitoring Programs
APPENDIX C - Hearing Conservation Program
APPENDIX D - Hazard Communication Program
APPENDIX E - Confined Space Entry Program
Attachment 1 - Confined Space Entry Permit
Attachment 2 - Assessment for Qualified Permit Issuers
APPENDIX F- Hot Work Procedures
Attachment 1 - Hot Work Permit
APPENDIX G - Lockout/Tagout Program
APPENDIX H - Bloodborne Pathogens Program
APPENDIX I - Personal Protective.Equipment Program
APPENDIX T - Chemical Hygiene Plan
Attachment 1 - 29 CFR 1910.1450, REVISED JULY 1,1992:
Occupational Exposure to Hazardous Chemicals in Laboratories
Attachment 2 - Storage for Chemical Compatibility
Attachment 3 - Standard Operating Procedures for Hazardous Material Storage
and Spill Prevention
Attachment 4 - Weekly Inspection Checklists
Attachment 5 - SOP for Hazardous and Common Waste Disposal
Attachment 6 - Radiation Safety SOP for R/V Lake Guardian Laboratories
Attachment 7 - CRL Radiation Safety Manual
APPENDIX K - Heavy Equipment Practices For Sediment Sampling
-------
SECTION: TABLE OF CONTENTS
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
APPENDICES A through U
APPENDIX L - Chemical Hygiene Standard Operating Procedures for US EPA
GLNPO Research Vessels
APPENDIX M - GLNPO Occupant Emergency Plan
APPENDIX N- SSI Occupational Safety and Health Program Manual
for GLNPO Research Vessels
APPENDIX O - Health and Safety Protocols for EPA Vessels
APPENDIX P - Welcome Aboard & Safety Orientation
APPENDIX Q - Naval Hospital/Occupational Health and Sanitation Inspection/
GLNPO Research Vessels
APPENDIX R - R/V Lake Guardian Hazardous Material Contingency Plan
APPENDIX S - Procedures for the Transportation of Hazardous
Materials /Waste by GLNPO Via Government Vehicle and
Government Driver
APPENDIX T - R/V Lake Guardian Environmental Compliance Manual
APPENDIX U - R/V Lake Guardian and Warehouse Survey for
Asbestos-Containing Materials
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX A
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: Iof28
APPENDIX A: RESPIRATORY PROTECTION PROGRAM
Purpose
The purpose of this program description is to provide written standard operating
procedures governing the selection and use of respirators as required by EPA Order
1440.3, Respiratory Protection and by the Occupational Safety and Health
Administration (OSHA) Regulations 29 CFR 1910.134; see Safety Office for copies.
Background
OSHA has set permissible exposure limits for many workplace airborne toxic
materials. If employee exposure to the toxic materials exceeds these limits, the
regulations require that feasible engineering controls and/or administrative
controls be installed/instituted. If engineering/ administrative controls cannot be
implemented, the Agency is required to provide appropriate, approved respiratory
protection for its employees. Respirators are the least acceptable means for reducing
personnel exposures; they provide good protection only if properly selected and
fitted, worn by employees when needed, and replaced when their service life is over.
Despite these difficulties, respiratory protective devices are the only means of
protection available to employees when engineering and work practice controls are
not feasible or inadequate.
EPA Order 1440.3, Respiratory Protection,defines the Agency policy, responsibilities,
and basic requirements for a respiratory protection program. The purpose of the
program is to ensure the safety of employees whose jobs require the use of
respiratory protective devices. EPA Management is required to establish and
implement a respiratory protection program for the Region and its employees, who
engage in activities in which atmospheres contain or are suspected of containing
unhealthy quantities of airborne contaminants, atmospheres mat have insufficient
oxygen content, or where there is the threat of imminent release of toxic agents.
Respiratory protection may also be necessary for routine but infrequent operations
and for non-routine operations in which the employee is exposed briefly to high
concentrations of a hazardous substance.
Selection of Respiratory Protection Devices
The proper selection of respiratory protective devices basically involves three steps:
1. Identification of the hazard.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX A
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 2 of 28
Evaluation of the hazard.
3. Selection of the appropriate approved respiratory protective device
based on the first two considerations.
Identification of the Hazard
To identify respiratory hazards, it is important to have working knowledge of the
kinds of hazardous atmospheres which require the use of respirators.
Contaminated atmospheres and oxygen-deficient atmospheres are the two types of
atmospheres which present respiratory hazards.
Contaminated Atmospheres
Toxic materials can enter the body primarily in three ways: (1) by ingestion, through
the gastrointestinal tract, (2) by absorption through the skin or through cuts and
punctures, and (3) by inhalation through the respiratory system. The respiratory
system not only presents the quickest and most direct avenue of entry into the body,
but for many agents the lungs are also the critical target. Airborne contaminants
include solid and liquid particulate matter and gaseous material, whether a true gas
or vapor, or a combination of these.
Gaseous Contaminants: These contaminants are of two types:
A. Gases are fluids which exist in a gaseous state at ordinary temperature
and pressure, such as carbon dioxide. Such substances are solids or
liquids only at much lower temperature or much higher pressures
than are commonly found in the work environment. Carbon dioxide,
is a gas at room temperature, but it occurs as solid "dry ice" at low
temperature, or as a liquid in a pressurized tank.
B. Vapors are a gaseous state of a substance that is solid or liquid at
ordinary temperature and pressure. Vapors are formed by the
evaporation of substances, for example, acetone or trichloroethylene,
which ordinarily occur as liquid.
Particulate Contaminants: Particulate contaminants are suspended particles or
droplets of a substance. Many of these particles can remain suspended in air
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX A
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 3 of 28
indefinitely and are easily inhaled: There are three types of participates:
A. Dusts are solid particles produced by such processes as grinding,
crushing, and mixing of powder compounds.
B. Mists are tiny liquid droplets suspended whenever liquid is sprayed,
vigorously mixed, or otherwise agitated.
C Fumes are solid condensation particles of small particle size.
Combination Contaminants: The two basic forms of contaminated atmospheres,
gaseous and particulate, frequently occur together.
Oxygen Deficient Atmospheres
In an oxygen deficient atmosphere, the problem is not the presence of something
harmful, but the absence of something essential. These atmospheres are most
commonly found in confined and poorly ventilated spaces. Oxygen deficient
atmospheres are classified as either immediately dangerous to life or health (IDLH)
or not immediately dangerous to life or health depending on the oxygen
concentration in the atmosphere. (An oxygen deficient atmosphere that contains
less than 16 volume percent of oxygen in the atmosphere at sea level is IDLH. An
oxygen deficient atmosphere not immediately dangerous to life and health is an
atmosphere having an oxygen concentration between 16 and 19.5 volume percent of
oxygen in the atmosphere at sea level. Normal oxygen content is 20.9 volume
percent in the atmosphere.)
Oxygen deficient atmospheres occur in two different ways: (1) Oxygen may be "used
up" by a chemical reaction, and (2) Oxygen is displaced by another gas. There is no
definition of oxygen deficient atmosphere that has been universally accepted.
OSHA has adopted and EPA accepts an oxygen deficient atmosphere as one that
contains less than 19.5 volume percent of oxygen in the atmosphere at sea level.
Effects of Oxygen Deficiency
C^Vol %
at Sea Level Physiological Effect
16-12 Increased breathing volume.
Accelerated heartbeat.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX A
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 4 of 28
at Sea Level Physiological Effect
16-12 Impaired attention and thinking.
Impaired coordination.
14-10 Very faulty judgment.
Very poor muscular coordination.
Muscular exertion causes rapid
fatigue that may result in permanent
heart damage.
Intermittent respiration.
10-6 Nausea.
Vomiting.
Inability to perform rigorous
movement, or loss of all movement
Unconsciousness, followed by death.
Less than 6 Spasmatic breathing.
Convulsive movements.
Death in minutes.
Evaluation of the Hazard
Respiratory protective devices, according to Agency policy and OSHA regulations
shall be required in the following types of situations:
1. When there is a high potential for sudden release of toxic airborne
substances or there has been such a release.
2. When making entries into environments or locations where
there is reasonable belief that a hazardous environment is present; for
example, entering hazardous waste or spill sites and manholes.
3. During infrequent, but routine operations, where engineering controls
are not feasible or adequate for the toxicity of the material involved.
It is important to assess the potential hazards and the degree of control that can be
exercised over each situation. Responsibility resides with the project
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX A
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 5 of 28
leader/inspector. The respiratory protective device selected in each situation will
depend on the information from the qualitative and quantitative determination of
the hazard.
The person who evaluates the respiratory hazard must have the cooperation of
others in obtaining information on the work area, work activities and other
materials to properly evaluate and determine the appropriate respiratory protective
device that will provide the best protection. Consideration of these questions will
help in the selection of the correct equipment
I. Does the atmosphere oxygen level meet with standards? Is the
atmosphere oxygen level expected to remain constant or decrease?
2. What is the contaminant? Is it a gas, vapor, mist, dust, or fume?
3. What is the estimated concentration of the contaminant? Have
measurements been taken?
4. Could the contaminant be considered immediately dangerous to life or
health?
5. Is the contaminant flammable? Does the concentration approach the
lower explosive limit? Do dust concentrations create a potential
explosion problem?
6. Does the contaminant have adequate warning properties, e.g., smell,
irritation?
7. Will the contaminant irritate the eyes at estimated concentration? Is
eye protection also needed?
8. What type(s) of respirators will provide the required degree of
employee protection?
9. Is the recognized contaminant the only contaminant present?
10. If the contaminant is a gas or vapor, is there an effective sorbent for the
respirator canister?
11. Can the contaminant be absorbed through the skin? If it can, will it
result in a serious injury?
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX A
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 6 of 28
12. Does the facility require use of respiratory protection? Is there a
facility /site specific safety plan available? Does it specify respiratory
protection requirements?
13. Is there any onsite screening or test data available?
14. Are OSHA respiratory protection requirements applicable to the facility,
site or activity?
Selection of Approved Respiratory Protective Devices
The selection of approved respiratory protective devices shall be based on these
considerations:
1. The nature of the hazardous operation or process.
2. The type of respiratory hazard.
3. The location of the hazardous area in relation to the nearest area
having respirable air.
4. The period of time the respiratory protection will be needed.
5. The employee's activities in the hazardous area.
6. The physical characteristics, functional-capabilities, protection factors
and limitations of the respiratory protection devices.
The NIOSH approval on a respirator has the following information:
• An assigned identification number placed on each unit.
• A label identifying the type of hazard for which the respirator is approved.
• Additional information on the label which give limitations and identifies
the component parts for use with the basic unit.
Attachment A to EPA Order 1440.3 (See safety office for copy) provides a "Decision
Logic Table for Respiratory Protective Device Selection." These are general
guidelines. Written standard operating procedures governing the selection and use
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX A
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 7 of 28
of respiratory protective devices shall be established for specific situations, where
necessary. These may be in the form of facility/site specific plans or program-specific
safety plans, such as for NESHAP-Asbestos inspections (Appendix C of EPA Order
1440.3). Types of respiratory protective devices are summarized in Appendix D of
EPA Order 1440.3.
SELECTION
In general ANSI Z88.2-1980 states that the selection of the proper approved
respirator depends upon:
0 The nature of the hazard.
• The characteristics of the hazardous operation or process.
« The location of the hazardous area with respect to a safe area having
respirable air.
• The period of time for which respiratory protection may be needed.
• The activity of workers in the hazardous area.
• The physical characteristics, functional capabilities, and limitations of
respirators of various types.
• The respirator/protection factors and respirator fit
All these criteria must be considered in the selection of a respirator. The Joint
NIOSH/OSHA Standards Completion Respirator committee devised a
"Respirator Decision Logic" based on the above criteria.
ANSI Z88.2-1980 also describes the suitability of a particular respiratory
protective device for oxygen deficient or Immediately Dangerous to Life or
Health (IDLH) atmosphere. OSHA regulations require the use of approved
respirators. Respirators are tested at the NIOSH Testing Laboratory in
Morgantown, West Virginia in accordance with the requirements of 30 CFR
Part 11 and are jointly approved by the Mine Safety and Health
Administration (MSHA).
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX A
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 8 of 28
AIR-PURIFYING RESPIRATORS
I. Introduction
Respiratory protection must be used when the concentration of a substance in
the ambient atmosphere exceeds a personal exposure limit. Several exposure
limits used to determine the need for respiratory protection. In order of
precedence, these are the OSHA Permissible Exposure Limits (PELs), NIOSH
Recommended Exposure Limits (RELs), and the ACGIH Threshold Limit Values
(TLVs). If none of these are available, other published data may be used.
Air-purifying respirators may be used only if all of the following requirements
are met:
• The identity and concentration of the contaminant are known.
• The ambient concentration of a contaminant is below the Immediately
Dangerous to Life and Health (IDLH) concentration.
• The oxygen content in the atmosphere is greater than 19.5%.
• The respirator assembly is approved for protection against the specific
concentration of a contaminant.
• There is periodic monitoring of the work area.
• The respirator assembly has been successfully fit tested on the user.
n. Respirator Construction
An air-purifying respirator (APR) consists of a facepiece and a purifying element.
In some APR designs there are combined in a single unit, more often they are
separate components. There are several basic designs of air-purifying respirators.
• Disposable Dust Respirators
These are generally constructed using doth or paper as the filter element.
A satisfactory face to respirator seal is difficult to achieve with this type of
respirator. Most respirators of this design are not approved Those which
are approved are used for protection against dusts and mists. Some may be
approved for asbestos use.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX A
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 9 of 28
Emergency Escape Mouthbit Respirators
Mouthbit respirators are approved for escape use only. The mouthpiece
containing the cartridge element is held in place by the teeth and a damp is
used to seal the nostrils.
• Quarter-Mask Respirators (Type B Half-Mask)
The quarter-mask respirator is used for dusts (airborne exposure limits not
less than 0.05 mg/m3). The facepiece fits from the top of the nose to the top
of the chin.
• Half-Mask Respirators (Type A Half-Mask)
The half-mask respirator has approved cartridges for pesticides, organic
vapors, dusts, mists, fumes, and several other combinations. A half-mask
respirator fits from above the nose to under the chin.
• Full-Face Respirators
A full-face respirator provides full face protection, including the eyes. It
has a much higher Assigned Protection Factor than either a quarter or half-
mask respirator. The full-face mask may be used with a wide variety of
filtration media. This type of respirator may be used with cheek-mounted
cartridges, chin-mounted cartridges, chin-mounted canisters, or chest/back-
mounted canisters.
• Powered Air-Purifying Respirators
Powered air-purifying respirators utilize pumps or fans to force air through
the purifying elements. This eliminates breathing resistance and may help
to maintain positive pressure in the facepiece. Powered air-purifying
respirators are available in quarter, half, and full-face designs as well as
with specialized helmet assemblies.
. Facepiece
The facepiece is the means of sealing the respirator assembly to the user's face.
The facepiece consists of the lens (full face only), mask suspension, and a means
of attaching the filtration elements. Inhalation check valves are used to prevent
moist exhaled air from being passed through the filter element. Exhalation
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX A
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 10of28
check valves are used to allow exhalation through die diaphragm. Each
respirator manufacturer utilized different means for attaching components to
the facepiece. This prevents mixing parts from different manufacturers
(hybridization) which would void a respirator's approval.
Although many configurations exist, only four types of facepiece-element
assemblies are permissible for use with hazardous materials:
• Half-mask with twin cartridges or filters.
• Full-face mask with twin cartridges or filters
• Full-face mask with chin-mounted canister
• Full-face mask with harness-mounted canister (gas mask)
The full-facepiece is the recommended facepiece for use. It provides eye
protection, is easier to fit, and has an Assigned Protection Factor greater than the
half-mask.
IV. Air-Purifying Elements
Respiratory hazards can be broken down into two classes: particulates and
vapors /gases. Particulates are filtered by mechanical means, while vapors and
gases are removed by sorbents that react chemically with them. Respirators
remove both hazards.
A. Particulate-Removing Filters
Particulates can occur as dusts, fumes, or mists. The particle size can range
from macroscopic to microscopic, and their toxicological effects can be severe
or innocuous. The hazard posed by a particulate can be determined by its
exposure limit (EL). A nuisance particulate will have an EL of 10 mg/m3,
while a toxic particulate may have an EL well below 0.05 mg/m3.
Mechanical filters are classified according to the protection for which they are
approved under schedule 21C of 30 CFR Part 11. Most particulate filters are
approved only for dusts and/or mists with Els equal to or greater than 0.05
mg/m3. These dusts are usually considered to produce pneumoconiosis and
fibrosis. Such filters have an efficiency of 80-90% for 0.6 micrometer particles.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX A
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 11 of 28
Respirators approved for fumes are more efficient, removing 90-99% for 0.6
micrometer particles. This type of respirator is approved for dusts, fumes and
mists with ELs equal to or greater than 0.05 mg/m3.
Finally there is a high efficiency filter which is 99.97% effective against
particles 0.3 microns in diameter. It is approved for dusts, mists, and fumes
with an EL less than 0.05 mg/m3.
Mechanical filters load with particulates as they are used. As they do, they
become more efficient, but also become more difficult to breathe through.
When a mechanical filter becomes difficult to breathe through it should be
replaced.
B. Gas and Vapor-Removing Cartridges and Canisters
When selecting a gas or vapor-removing element, it must be chosen for
protection against a specific type of contaminant. Some of the commonly
employed types of chemical cartridges and canisters and their OSHA-required
color coding are listed in Table 2-1. This table has been excerpted from the
OSHA respirator regulations for general industry (29 CFR 1910.134).
1. Style and Size
Gas and vapor-elements are available in different styles. The physical
differences are: (1) size and (2) means of attachment to the facepiece. The
smallest elements are cartridges which contain 50-200 on3 of sorbent and
attach directly to the facepiece, usually in pairs. Chin canisters have a
volume of 250-500 cm3 and are attached to a full-facepiece. Gas mask, or
industrial-size canisters contain 100-2000 cm3 and are attached by a harness
to the wearer's front or back and connected to the full-facepiece by a
breathing hose.
The difference in applications is the Maximum Use Concentration (MUC)
for which the cartridge or canister can be used in accordance with its
NIOSH/MSHS approval. For example, organic vapors can be removed by
the appropriate cartridges, chin canister, or gas-mask canister. Cartridges
are approved for use in atmospheres up to 1000 ppm (0.1%) organic vapors,
chin style canisters up to 5000 ppm (0.5%), and gas mask canisters up to
20,000 ppm (2.0%). However, no air-purifying respirator is permitted in an
IDLH atmosphere.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX A
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 12 of 28
2. Service Life
Each sorbent has a finite capacity for removing contaminants and when
this limit is readied the cartridge or canister is said to be saturated. At this
point the element will allow the contaminant to pass through and enter
the facepiece. The length of time a cartridge or canister will effectively sorb
the contaminant is known as the service life of the element. Service life of
a type of cartridge or canister is dependent on several factors: the breathing
rate of the wearer; contaminant concentration; and sorption efficiency.
a. Breathing Rate
If the breathing rate of the user is rapid, the flow rate of the
contaminated air drawn through the cartridge is greater than it is at a
moderate or slow respiration rate. A higher flow rate brings a larger
amount of contaminant in contact with the sorbent in a given period of
time which, in turn, increases the rate of sorbent saturation and shortens
service life.
b. Contaminant Concentration
The expected service life of an organic vapor cartridge decreases as
ambient contaminant concentration increases. As concentration goes
up, the mass flow rate increases, bringing more contaminant in contact
with the sorbent in a given period of time. For example, at any constant
breathing rate, ten times as much contaminant contacts the element
when the concentration is 500 ppm compared to-50 ppm.
c Cartridge Efficiency
Chemical sorbents vary in their ability to remove contaminants from air
Table 2-2 compares the efficiency of organic vapor cartridges for a
number of solvents by recording the amount of time until a 1%
breakthrough concentration was measured in the cartridge-filtered air.
The initial test concentration is 1000 ppm of solvent vapor; the
breakthrough concentration is 10 ppm. From the table it can be seen that
it takes 107 minutes for chlorobenzene to reach a 1% breakthrough,
while it only takes 3.8 minutes for vinyl chloride. The sorbent (activated
carbon) in the organic vapor cartridge is much better for removing
chlorobenzene than vinyl chloride under the test conditions. Cartridge
efficiencies need to be considered when selecting and using APRs.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX A
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 13 of 28
3. Warning Properties
A warning property is used as a sign that a cartridge or canister in use is
beginning to lose its effectiveness. A warning property can be detected as
an odor, taste, or irritation. At the first such signal, the old cartridge or
canister must be exchanged for a fresh one. VWthout a warning property,
respirator efficiency may drop without the knowledge of the wearer,
ultimately causing a health hazard.
Most substances have warning properties at some concentration. A
warning property detected only at dangerous levels, that is, greater than EL,
is not considered adequate. An odor, taste, or irritation detected at
extremely low concentrations is also not adequate because the warning is
being given all the time or long before the filter begins to lose its
effectiveness. In this case, the wearer would never realize when the filter
actually becomes ineffective.
The best concentration for a warning property is to be first detected is
around the EL. For example, toluene has an odor threshold of 40 ppm and
an EL of 100 ppm. This is usually considered an adequate warning
property. Conversely, dimethylformamide has an EL of 10 ppm and an
odor threshold of 100 ppm. An odor threshold ten times the EL is not an
adequate warning property.
If a substance causes rapid olfactory fatigue (that is, the sense of-smell is no
longer effective), its odor is not an adequate warning property. For
example, upon entering .an atmosphere containing hydrogen sulfide, the
odor is quite noticeable. After a short period of time, it is no longer
detectable.
Use of Respiratory Protective Devices
Selecting the respirator appropriate for a given hazard is important, but equally
important is using the selected device properly. Proper use can be ensured by
training users in selection, use, and maintenance of respiratory devices.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX A
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 14 of 28
TRAINING AND FIT TESTING
Training
EPA Order 1440.3 requires that employees receive a minimum of six hours training
initially, and two to four hours annually, thereafter, in respiratory protection.
Training will be provided initially as part of Region 5's "24 Hour Health and Safety
Training for Field Personnel" course, and subsequent training will be provided as
part of Region 5's required annual "8 Hour Refresher Training" course, and
recorded via Region 5's normal safety record keeping and tracking system.
Fit Testing
The proper fitting of respiratory protective devices requires the use of some type of
fit test. The fit test is needed to determine the proper match between the facepiece of
the respirator and the face of the user. Two types of tests are necessary, qualitative
tests and quantitative tests.
1. Qualitative Tests: Fast, requiring no complicated expensive equipment,
and are easily performed. Qualitative fit tests may be used, but are not
substitute for annual quantitative fit tests which are required for all respirator
users. There are five types of qualitative tests:
A. Isoamvl acetate, a low toxicity substance with a banana oil like odor, is
used widely in testing the facepiece fit of organic vapor cartridge/
canister respirators. The substance is applied to a cotton wad inside an
enclosure. The enclosure can be put together by the use of a plastic bag,
several hangers, and some cotton. The user should put on the
respiratory protective device in some area away from the test enclosure
so that there is no prior contamination of the cartridge or "pre-
exposure" to the isoamyl acetate.
The user should perform the following steps in order:
• Normal breathing.
• Deep breathing, as during heavy exertion.
This should not be done long enough to cause
hyperventilation.
• Side-to-side and up-and-down head movements. These
movements should not be exaggerated, but should
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX A
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 15 of 28
approximate those that take place on the job.
• Talking. This is most easily accomplished by reading a
prepared text loudly enough to be understood by someone
standing nearby.
• Other exercises may be added depending upon the need.
The major drawback of the isoamyl test is that the odor threshold varies widely
among individuals. Also, the sense of smell is easily dulled and may deteriorate
during the test so that the user can detect only high vapor concentrations. Another
disadvantage is that isoamyl acetate smells pleasant, even in high concentrations;
therefore, a user may say that the respirator fits although it has a leak. A user may
say that a respirator fits because he/she likes the fit of a particular respirator or is
following the respirator selection of another employee. Conversely, a user may
claim that a particular respirator leaks if it is uncomfortable, etc. Therefore, unless
the employee is highly motivated toward wearing respirators, the results of the test
must sometimes be suspect
B. Irritant Smoke Test- The irritant smoke test similar to the isoamvl
acetate test in concept, is used widely in testing the facepiece fit of high
efficiency particulate filter respirators. This test can be used for both
air-purifying and atmosphere supplying respirators, but an air
purifying respirator must have a high-efficiency filter. The test
substance is an irritant (stannic chloride or titanium tetrachloride)
which is available commercially in sealed glass tubes. When the tube
ends are broken and air passes through them, a dense irritating smoke
is emitted. If the user detects any of the irritant smoke, it means a
defective fit, and adjustment or replacement of the respirator is
required. The irritant smoke test must be performed with caution
because the aerosol is highly irritating to the eyes, skin, and mucous
membrane. As a qualitative means of determining respirator fit, this
test has a distinct advantage in that the wearer usually reacts
involuntarily to leakage by coughing or sneezing. The likelihood of
giving a false indication of proper fit is reduced. Irritant smoke tests
are ineffective for positive pressure respirators operating in the
demand and continuous mode.
C Taste Test - Utilizing sodium saccharin and placing a hood over the
wearers head is an acceptable method for Atmosphere Supplying
Respirators. (Normally for single use respirators.)
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX A
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 16 of 28
D. Negative Pressure Test - This test (and the positive pressure test)
should be used only as a very gross determination of fit. The wearer
should use this test just before entering the hazardous atmosphere. In
this test, the user doses off the inlet of the canister, cartridge(s) or
filter(s) by covering with the palm(s) or squeezing the breathing tube so
that it does not pass air; inhales gently so that the facepiece collapses
slightly; and holds his/her breath for about ten seconds. If the
facepiece remains slightly collapsed and no inward leakage is detected,
the respirator has been properly donned and the exhalation valve and
facepiece are not leaking. This test, of course, can only be used on
respirators with tight-fitting facepieces. Although this test is simple, it
has severe drawbacks; primarily that the wearer must handle the
respirator after it has supposedly been positioned on his/her face. This
handling can modify the facepiece seal. A second drawback is that with
a negative pressure in a facepiece, a leaking facepiece may be drawn
tightly to the face to form a good seal, giving a false reading of a good
seal.
E. Positive Pressure Test - This test, similar to the negative pressure test, is
conducted by dosing if the exhalation valve or breathing tube and
exhaling gently into the facepiece. The fit is considered satisfactory if
slight positive pressure can be built up inside the facepiece without any
evidence of outward leakage. For some respirators, this method
requires that the wearer remove the exhalation valve cover; this often
disturbs the fit of the respirator to the wearer. Therefore, this test
should be used sparingly if it requires removing and replacing a valve
cover. The test is easy for respirators whose valve cover has a single
small port that can be dosed by the palm or a finger.
2. Quantitative Tests - Quantitative respirator performance tests involve
placing the user wearing the device in an atmosphere containing an easily
detectable, relatively non-toxic gas, vapor or aerosol. The atmosphere inside
the respirator is sampled continuously through a probe in the respiratory inlet
covering. The leakage is expressed as a percentage of the test atmosphere
outside the respirator, called "percentage of penetration," or simply
"penetration." The greatest advantage of a quantitative test is that it indicates
respirator fit numerically, and does not rely on a subjective response.
Employees are required to receive an annual quantitative fit test as arranged
by the Regional Safety Officer. The irritant smoke qualitative test will be used
as an interim measure. (This method is less subjective than the isoamyl
acetate method.) Both the negative or positive pressure test will be used by
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX A
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 17 of 28
the employee when donning a respirator to check the seal. Blue certification
cards must be signed by the individual performing the fit test.
MEDICAL MONITORING
As part of the annual medical monitoring examination, employees performing
tasks requiring the use of respiratory protective devices must be certified physically
capable of performing the work while wearing the devices. A blue certification card
will be issued to employees by a physician certifying that the employee is physically
able to wear a respirator. The certification card must be available at the time of the
respirator fit test and signed by the fit test operator.
INVENTORY AND PERSONAL ISSUANCE
Inventory
The Regional Safety Manager shall maintain a general inventory of respiratory
equipment and supplies in his/her custody, and administer the regional budget for
equipment purchases, for non-CERCLA activities. Part of the Regional Safety
Manager's budget is administering funds for all personal protective equipment
including purchase for all respiratory equipment and respiratory equipment
supplies.
When additional respirators or respiratory equipment are needed, those needs
should be transmitted to the Regional Safety Manager as soon as possible and the
procurement should be coordinated with him/her.
Additionally, in each Branch where employees use respiratory protection devices, a
general inventory of respiratory equipment and supplies may be kept by the Branch
Safety Officer or other appropriate individuals, but if kept shall be the responsibility
of the Branch Supervisor. This inventory shall be available to the Regional Safety
Manager for his/her annual inspection.
Personal Issuance
Field and laboratory personnel subject to contaminated atmospheres (as previously
defined) will be issued an appropriate respirator with an initial supply of filters.
Other equipment may be personally issued as needed. The immediate supervisor or
his/her designee, is responsible for issuing equipment and maintaining records of
the issuances. Respirators should be the full face type whenever possible.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX A
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 18 of 28
SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS IN RESPIRATOR USE
1. Respiratory protective devices shall not be worn when any condition
prevents a good seal. Specific conditions not permitted are as follows:
A. Any facial hair lying between the sealing surface of a respirator
facepiece and the wearer's skin that will prevent a good seal
shall not be allowed. This includes stubble, a moustache,
sideburns or a beard that extends outward between the face and
the sealing surface of the respirator.
B. Spectacle temple bars or straps that pass between the sealing
surface of a facepiece and the wearer's face prevent a good seal
and, therefore, shall not be permitted with a full-face respiratory
protective device. Individualized eye glasses mounted to the
facepiece will be furnished.
2. Employees with perforated eardrums shall not wear respirators.
3. Contact lenses shall not be permitted while wearing a respirator.
4. Eating, drinking, smoking, chewing gum and applying cosmetics shall
not be permitted while wearing a respirator
Inspection. Maintenance. Repair, and Storage of Respiratory Protective Devices
Proper inspection, maintenance, storage, and repair of respiratory devices are
mandatory to insure that these devices protect the health and safety of the
employees when in use.
Inspection
An important part of respirator maintenance program is the inspection of the
devices. If performed properly, inspections will identify damage or malfunctioning
respirators and help to maintain their state of readiness. All respiratory protective
devices must be inspected monthly or before each use. A record must be kept of
inspection dates and findings. Responsibility for inspection and record keeping
resides with the supervisor (who may delegate the responsibility to the Branch
Safety Officer), for equipment in general inventory and the employee for personally
issued equipment. Inspection guidelines for various respiratory protection devices
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX A
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 19 of 28
are provided in Appendix E of EPA Order 1440.3.
Maintenance
All respiratory protective devices shall be cleaned and disinfected after each use by
the user or by another designated person.
The actual cleaning may be accomplished in a variety of ways:
1. The respiratory protective device should be washed with detergent in
warm water using a brush, thoroughly rinsed in dean water, and then
air dried in a clean place. Care should be taken to prevent damage
from rough handling. This method is an accepted procedure for a
small group or unit of employees where each employee deans his/her
own respirator.
2. A standard domestic type dish or dothes washer may be used if a rack is
installed to hold the facepieces in a fixed position. (If the facepieces are
placed loose in the washer, they may be damaged.) This method is
especially useful in a large unit or group where respirator usage is
extensive. *Handy-wipe disinfectants may be used as a substitute for
the above methods.
Detergents and disinfectants: If possible, detergents containing a bactericide should
be used. Organic solvents should not be used, as they can deteriorate the rubber
facepiece. If the above combination is not available, a detergent may be used,
followed by a disinfecting rinse. Reliable disinfectants may be made from some
available household solutions.
1. Hypochlorite solution [50 parts per million (ppm) of chlorine] made by
adding approximately two tablespoons of chlorine bleach per gallon of
water. A two-minute immersion is suffident to disinfect the respirator.
2. Aqueous solution of iodine (0.8ml tincture of iodine in one liter. The
iodine 7% ammonium and potassium iodine, 45% alcohol and 48%
water.) Again, a two-minute immersion is sufficient and will not
damage the rubber and plastic in the respirator facepieces. Check with
the manufacturer to find out the proper temperature for the solutions.
If the respirators are washed by hand, a separate disinfecting rinse may be provided.
If a dish or clothes washing machine is used, the disinfectant must be added to the
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX A
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 20 of 28
rinse cycle, and the amount of water in the machine at the time will have to be
measured to determine the correct amount of disinfectant to be added.
Rinsing: The cleaned and disinfected respirators should be rinsed thoroughly in
dean water (120° F maximum) to remove all traces of detergent, cleaner and
sanitizer, and disinfectant This is very important to prevent dermatitis.
Drying: The respirators may be allowed to dry by themselves on a dean surface.
They may also be hung from a horizontal wire, like drying dothes, but care must be
taken not to damage the facepieces.
Repair
Continued use of respiratory protective devices may require periodic repair or
replacement of component parts of the equipment. Such repairs and parts
replacement must be done by a qualified individual(s). Equipment in need of repair
will be given to the Supervisor or Safety Officer designee, who will either arrange
for the repair of the equipment or its disposal if it is not repairable.
Replacement of parts and repair of air-purifying respirators, in most cases, present
little problem. Most equipment manufacturers supply literature which details the
component parts of their respirator and include servicing information. The
manufacturer will also provide replacement parts. Replacement parts for
respiratory protective devices must be those of the manufacturer of the equipment.
Substitution of parts from a different brand or type of respirator will invalidate the
approval of the respirator.
(All respirators and parts shall be NIOSH or MSHA approved with the appropriate
TC number.)
Defective air-supplying respiratory equipment, with the exception of the SCBA, can
be repaired and worn if broken parts are replaced by a qualified individual, again
with the aid of the manufacturer's literature and parts. Maintenance of SCBA
equipment is more difficult, primarily because of the valve and regulator assembly.
Because of this, regulations require that SCBA equipment be returned to the
manufacturer or certified repair person for adjustment or repair.
Storage
Care that has been taken to repair and maintain respirators can be negated by
improper storage. Respiratory protective equipment must be stored to protect it
from dust, sunlight, heat, extreme cold, excessive moisture, and damaging
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX A
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 21 of 28
chemicals. Leaving a respirator unprotected can lead to damage of the working parts
or permanent distortion of the facepiece, thus making it ineffective.
After cleaning and disinfecting the respirators, they should be placed individually in
plastic bags capable of being sealed until reissue. They should be stored in a single
layer with the facepiece and exhalation valve in a normal position to prevent the
rubber or plastic from assuming a permanently distorted shape.
Equipment in general inventory will be stored in designated lockers or chests
provided with the equipment. Personally issued equipment when not in use will be
stored in a personally issued equipment locker. In the field, the equipment will be
transported in the chests provided with the equipment or in a special carrying bag.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX A
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 22 of 28
ATTACHMENTS
ADMINISTRATIVE RESPIRATORY PROTECTION PROGRAM
(To be Distributed to Employees When Issued Respirators)
General
The OSHA General Industry standard for respiratory protection, 29 CFR 1910.134,
requires that a written respiratory protection program be established by an employer.
The following procedures are based on the requirements for a minimum respirator
program as established by the Occupational Health and Safety Administration.
OSHA's Requirements for a Minimal Respirator Program:
1. " Written standard operating procedures (S.O.P.) governing the selection and
use of respirators shall be established."
2. "Respirators shall be selected on the basis of hazards to which the worker is
exposed."
3. "The user shall be instructed and trained in the proper use of respirators and
their limitations."
4. "Where practicable, the respirators should be assigned to individual workers
for their exclusive use."
5. "Respirators shall be regularly cleaned and disinfected. Those used by more
than one worker shall be thoroughly cleaned and disinfected after each use."
6. "Respirators shall be stored in convenient, clean, and sanitary location."
7. "Respirators used routinely shall be inspected during cleaning. Worn or
deteriorated parts shall be replaced. Respirators for emergency use, such as
self-contained breathing devices, shall be thoroughly inspected at least once a
month and after each use."
8. "Persons should not be assigned to tasks requiring use of respirators unless it
has been determined that they are physically able to perform the work and
use the equipment. The local physician shall determine what health and
physical conditions are pertinent. The respirator user's medical status should
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX A
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 23 of 28
be reviewed annually."
9. "Approved or accepted respirators shall always be used."
Guidelines
1. The guidelines in this program are designed to help reduce employee
exposures to occupational dust, fumes, mists, radionudides, gases, and
vapors.
2. The primary objective is to prevent excessive exposure to these contaminants.
3. Where feasible, exposure to contaminants will be eliminated by engineering
controls (example, general and local ventilation, enclosure or isolation, and
substitution of a less hazardous process or material.)
4. When effective engineering controls are not feasible, use of personal
respiratory protective equipment may be required to achieve the goal.
Responsibilities
1. Management
It is management's responsibility to determine what specific situations
require use of respiratory equipment. Management must also provide proper
respiratory equipment to meet the needs of each specific situation.
Employees must be provided with adequate training and instruction on all
equipment.
2. Management/Supervisory
Superintendents, supervisors, foremen, or group leaders of each area are
responsible for ensuring that all personnel under their control are completely
knowledgeable of the respiratory protection requirements for the areas in
which they work. They are also responsible for insuring that their
subordinates comply with all facets of this respiratory program, including
respirator inspection and maintenance.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX A
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 24 at 28
3. Employees
It is the responsibility of the employee to have an awareness of the respiratory
protection requirements for their work areas (as explained by management.)
Employees are also responsible for wearing the appropriate respiratory
equipment according to proper instructions and for maintaining the
equipment in a clean and operable condition.
ADMINISTRATION
1. Name: Signature:
Regional Health & Safety Manager
is responsible for overall program administration.
2. Name: Signature:
Physician, Occupational Health Nurse
is responsible for monitoring the health of company employees via a
comprehensive medical and health program, including physical
examinations.
3. Name: Signature:
Either Regional Health & Safety Manager or Supervisor
is responsible for selection, issuance, training, and fit testing of all •
respirators used in this Agency including recordkeeping of the "Respirator
Issuance and Training", card and "Job Description - Respirator Specification"
form.
RECOMMENDED RESPIRATORY PROTECTION PROGRAM
Work Area Monitoring
Although it is not specifically discussed in the OSHA Requirements for a Minimal
Respirator Program, to assure the adequacy of a respiratory protection program,
monitoring should be conducted on a periodic basis to provide a continuing
healthful environment for employees. Personal sampling equipment may be used
in accordance with accepted industrial hygiene standards to sample each work area.
Results of these samples will pinpoint areas where respiratory protection is
required. A "Job Description - Respirator Specification" Form will also document
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX A
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 25 of 28
what type of equipment should be worn for specific hazards present.
EMPLOYEE MEDICAL MONITORING
1. Pre-employment physical examinations are conducted on all employees to
assure that they are physically able to perform their work and can use
respiratory equipment as required.
2. Yearly physical examinations will be given to regular employees in order to
assist them in maintaining their health. (At option of employer/physician or
where such exams are required by Local, State, and/or Federal Regulations).
3. Biological monitoring in the form of blood and/or urinary analysis will be
conducted on a yearly basis for all employees if appropriate (Employer/
Physician determination).
4. Records must be kept on file for the duration of employment and for 30 years
following.
RESPIRATOR INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE
The following points should be considered for respirator inspection and
maintenance:
1. The wearer of the respirator should inspect it daily whenever it is in use.
2. Respirators not discarded after one shift use, will be cleaned on a daily basis,
according to the manufacturer's instructions, by the assigned employee or
other person designated by the respirator program coordinator.
3. Respirators not discarded after one shift use, will be stored in a suitable
container away from areas of contamination.
4. Whenever feasible, respirators not discarded after one shift use, will be
marked or stored in such a manner to assure that they are worn only by the
assigned employee. If use by more than one employee is required, the
respirator must be cleaned between uses.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX A
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 26 of 28
EMERGENCY RESPIRATORY EQUIPMENT
Self contained breathing apparatus may be required in specific areas for emergency
use. This equipment will be used only by trained personnel when it is necessary to
enter hazardous atmospheres. The following points should be considered:
1. All potential users will be fully trained in the use of this equipment.
2. When the equipment is used, it will be tested in an uncontaminated
atmosphere prior to entering the hazardous area if possible.
3. An employee will not work with this apparatus in a hazardous atmosphere
on an individual basis. At least one additional employee suitably equipped
with a similar breathing apparatus must be in contact with the first employee
and must be available to render assistance if necessary.
4. This equipment will be inspected monthly by trained department or group
personnel. Inspection and maintenance information will be maintained by
the Branch Supervisor Safety Officer.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX A
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 27 of 28
JOB DESCRIPTION - RESPIRATOR SPECIFICATION FORM
JOB
DESCRIPTION
Contaminant Concentration X. ppm mg/m3
Recommended Respiratory Protection
First Choice Second Choice
NIOSH Approval Numbers
OSHA Standard for Contaminant
This form and the card that states that the employee is able to wear a respirator
should be presented by the employee at the time of the fit testing. The form should
also be filled out by the Public Health Service and by the person conducting the fit
test and forwarded to the Regional Health and Safety Manager.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX A
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 28 of 28
RESPIRATOR ISSUANCE AND TRAINING
Employee Employee # Title Date
Respirator: Self-Contained _Supplied Air
_Powered Air __HEPA Filter
Dust/Mist Filter _Chemical Cartridge
_Dust/Fume/Mist Filter _Chemical Cartridge
w/pre-filter
Model Application NIOSH Approval #
Limitations: Beard Denture Glasses None
Explain:
Fitting: Satisfactory Satisfactory
Positive Pressure Isoamyl Acetate Test
Test
Satisfactory Satisfactory
Negative Pressure Sweetener Test
Test
Maintenance: Cleaning: Daily Weekly Other
Disposal: _Daily _Weekly _Other
Individual Plant Other
Indicator
Employee Signature Date
Approved Date
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX B
VERSION: AUGUST/FINAL 1993
PAGE: Iof5
APPENDIX B: MEDICAL MONITORING PROGRAMS
MEDICAL MONITORING SELECTION POLICY
The Regional Medical Monitoring Selection Policy is detailed in Regional Order
3130, see Safety Office, and is to be followed by all EPA Region 5 employees to which
it applies.
PURPOSE
The purpose of the Regional policy is to insure consistency in our approach to
mandatory participation in Medical Monitoring and to ensure that we provide the
most comprehensive health protection possible for our employees. Baseline and
subsequent yearly periodic medical monitoring exams are required for three
categories of Regional employees.
POLICY
The three categories for which Medical Monitoring is mandatory are Hazardous
Waste Site Workers, Laboratory Personnel, and Other Field Personnel or Inspectors
who are exposed to toxic materials. These categories are detailed within the
Procedure section below.
PROCEDURE
The first category of employees, Hazardous Waste Site Workers, are those who are
engaged or involved in clean-up operations, investigations, inspections, corrective
actions or similar activities at hazardous waste sites, treatment, storage, and disposal
(TSDs) facilities or emergency response operations involving hazardous substances.
Regulations relative to Medical Monitoring requirements which apply to
Hazardous Waste Site Workers can be found in both 29 CFR 1910.120, Hazardous
Waste Operations and Emergency Response, Final Rule, dated March 6, 1989, and
EPA Order 1440.2.
The second category of employees required to participate in the Regional Medical
Monitoring Program is Laboratory Personnel who regularly work with or around
toxic substances which have a risk of impairing the health of the employee. The
regulations covering Medical Monitoring for Laboratory Personnel are set out in the
EPA Order 1440, Chapter 8.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX B
VERSION: AUGUST/FINAL 1993
PAGE: 2 of 5
The third group of employees covered by mandatory Medical Monitoring consists of
Field Personnel who are routinely engaged in field activities (other than Hazardous
Waste Site activities) that might expose them to toxic substances or involve
significant physical exertion. These employees are field inspectors and other
personnel who work with toxic substances, or in the area of toxic substances to the
degree that there is a risk of health impairment, or who frequently engage in
arduous or physically taxing activity, or who use respiratory protective equipment.
All other personnel who may be exposed to some or all of the hazards and
conditions described in this Order, but to a lesser degree than the three categories of
employees described herein, are encouraged to enroll in the Regional Medical
Monitoring Program. Final determination, if a question arises relative to
individual participation or application of other related requirements relative to
Medical Monitoring, will be made by the Regional Safety Manager who will consult
with U.S. PHS Personnel, as appropriate. The determinations made in this regard
are important. A determination that an employee is in the mandatory category of
Medical Monitoring is also a determination that Medical Monitoring is a condition
of employment in that position. Refusal to comply with this requirement could
represent grounds for disciplinary action up to removal.
FURTHER REFERENCES
The regulations relative to Medical Monitoring for the personnel mentioned in this
Order are to be found in EPA Order 1440.2, see Safety Office.
MEDICAL MONITORING PROGRAM PROCEDURES
U.S. EPA, Region 5, has established an agency-wide medical surveillance program to
reduce insofar as possible the health risks of its employees who may be exposed to
toxic substances or hazardous materials. This program is designed to monitor the
health of employees whose work regularly or periodically poses the possibility of
exposure to hazardous materials. Representative job categories that have health
monitoring made available to them include laboratory workers. Generally,
administrative, fiscal, secretarial, and other support personnel who have only
indirect, infrequent, or inconsequential incidental exposures are not included.
All personnel who work (regularly or periodically) at Superfund or RCRA waste
sites are required, by law, to participate in the medical surveillance program as a
condition of employment. (29 CFR 1910.120) Other employees whose jobs justify
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX B
VERSION: AUGUST/FINAL 1993
PAGE: 3 of 5
inclusion in the program are free to participate if they choose, although EPA
recommends participation by all employees who are referred for an examination.
Health monitoring is an employer responsibility and EPA bears the entire cost.
When a preexisting or non-job related condition is detected in the course of a health
monitoring examination, the employee is referred to his/her private physician for
further evaluation, treatment, and follow-up. The employee must bear these costs.
If the condition is later determined to have resulted from employment, the
employee may seek compensation and recovery of medical expenses from the
Department of Labor, Office of Workers' Compensation Programs.
The health provider source for EPA employees is the U.S. Public Health Service
(PHS), Division of Federal Employee Occupational Health (DFEOH) by contractual
arrangements. The PHS/DFEOH health units are located in the Metcalf Federal
Building at 77 W. Jackson and the Federal Office Building at 536 S. Clark Street
(Chicago); in the McNamara Building (Detroit); and the Federal Office Building
(Akron). Consultation is available with the Regional Occupational Medicine Officer
when a job-related illness is detected or suspected.
CONTENT OF MEDICAL SURVEILLANCE EXAMINATIONS
Medical surveillance consists of a series of blood chemistry tests, urine tests, and
electrocardiogram, pulmonary function testing, vision tests, hearing testing when
there has been or might be exposure to noise, cervical cytology (Pap smear test) and
pelvic examination (females), medical and work history, and a complete
examination by a physician. Chest X-rays and other special tests may also be
included as necessary. The physician is responsible for explaining the significance of
all findings - no employee should leave the health unit with unanswered questions
or concerns.
FREQUENCY OF MEDICAL SURVEILLANCE EXAMINATIONS
Baseline or pre-placement examinations are conducted prior to a job assignment
where exposure to toxic substances or similar hazardous materials may be possible.
Annual examinations are conducted for all persons in the job categories previously
described.
Termination examinations are conducted at the termination of employment or
before reassignment to an area where medical examinations are not required, if an
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX B
VERSION: AUGUST/FINAL 1993
PAGE: 4 of 5
employee has not had an examination within the last six months.
Crisis monitoring will be provided to EPA employees who have experienced acute
exposures or other work related health hazards, or who report aggravated pre-
existing medical conditions as a result of adverse work activities, on an emergency
basis. Under these conditions, the employee may report directly to the PHS health
unit for special tests as necessary. For life threatening emergencies and for non
emergencies occurring outside of normal working hours, the nearest hospital-based
emergency center is the most appropriate provider of the required services. Prior
EPA approval for medical testing is not required under emergency circumstances;
however, an application for EPA approval must be submitted promptly to the EPA.
ACCESS TO MEDICAL SURVEILLANCE EXAMINATIONS
The EPA Regional Health and Safety Officer develops a list of employees who are to
be examined and provides these names to the PHS health units. The decision as to
whom is recommended for the program often rests with the Branch Chief or
supervisor most familiar with the possible hazards involved for employees under
their supervision. If an employee has not been included in the medical surveillance
program and believes they may have been exposed to toxic substances or hazardous
materials, the supervisor should be contacted.
Upon enrollment in the medical surveillance program, the employee will be
contacted by the PHS health unit nurse to schedule an appointment. Various forms
shall be obtained from the Health and Safety Office and must be completed before
the actual examination - a medical and work history (Baseline or Interim), Privacy
Act Statement, Authorization for Disclosure of Information (to EPA Regional
Health and Safety Officer for occupationally related findings only), and a medical
questionnaire for respirator users. It is requested that the supervisor complete two
forms: a "Request for Medical Clearance for Respirator Use" (top portion) and a
"Report of Employee Exposure to Hazardous Substance or Conditions". All forms
will be provided to the employee by an EPA liaison person or the PHS health unit
nurse.
The medical surveillance examination is normally accomplished in two visits to the
health unit. During the first visit, basic tests are administered and samples of blood
and urine are submitted to the laboratory. (NOTE: NO DRUG TESTING OR A.I.D.S.
TESTING IS DONE.) A return visit is scheduled with the physician when all test
results have been received.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX B
VERSION: AUGUST/FINAL 1993
PAGE: 5 of 5
EMPLOYEE HEALTH MAINTENANCE EXAMINATION PROGRAM (EHMEs)
EPA's policies on employee health maintenance are described in a Regional Order
titled "Employees Health Maintenance Policy and Procedures." The order describes
the available services under the Employee Health Maintenance Program. The
program provides periodic examinations to evaluate the health of employees who
are not clinically ill. It is designed to discover previously undiagnosed diseases and
to assist employees and organizations in maintaining optimum on-the-job health
for their employees. EPA, Region 5 participates in this program through the
Department of Health and Human Services, Division of Federal Employee
Occupational Health. The order also describes the process for selecting candidates
for inclusion in the program and the criteria used in determining eligibility. The
examination consists of blood tests, hearing tests, vision screening and glaucoma
tests, spirometry (a test for evaluating the condition of the lungs), an EKG (a test to
evaluate the condition of the heart), a pap smear (for women), a proctoscopy of the
colon (optional), and a full body physical examination. An employee may not
receive an EHME exam more often than once within a two-year period.
OTHER HEALTH SERVICES PROVIDED TO EPA EMPLOYEES
Occasionally, there is confusion between the medical surveillance examination and
the EHME-Employee Health Maintenance Examination. EHMEs are routine
general medical exams, not related specific work exposures. As a participating
agency in the PHS/DFEOH program, EPA is allotted a certain number of EHMEs per
year. EPA, in turn, provides names of employees who are to receive EHMEs to PHS
based on a set of criteria developed by EPA. The EHME and the medical
surveillance examinations are performed for different reasons and should be
viewed as two separate programs.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX C
REVISION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: Iof3
APPENDIX C: HEARING CONSERVATION PROGRAM
Under the OSHA regulation for Occupational Noise Exposure (29 CFR 1910.95), a
program must include:
Assessment of noise exposure
Audiometric tests of exposed workers
Noise abatement and/or administrative controls
Availability of hearing protection
Employee training and education
Maintenance of records on noise and hearing data
Assessment of Noise Exposure
GLNPO research vessels are required to follow the regulatory specifications as
outlined in the OSHA standard for Occupational Noise Exposure (29 CFR 1910.95).
When information indicates that a worker's exposure may equal or exceed an 8-
hour Time-Weighted Average (TWA) of 85 dBA, GLNPO must implement a
monitoring program. Monitoring of the worker's noise exposure should be
performed in accordance with the regulatory standard and must be computed in
accordance with Appendix A of the standard (29 CFR 1910.95). Monitoring shall be
repeated whenever a change in production, process, equipment or controls change
or increase noise exposures. GLNPO will provide affected employees the
opportunity to observe results of noise measurements.
To determine if personnel are being over exposed to noise, sound level meters
should be used to identify areas where hazardous noise levels exist. The sound
level meter will measure noise at different times during the day and indicate a daily
average exposure. Alternately, a noise dosimeter may be attached directly to a
worker to measure the amount of noise to which they are exposed during a period
of time. If noise levels are at 85 dBA, or higher, based on an 8-hour work day,
GLNPO will notify the worker.
Audiometric Tests of Exposed Workers
29 CFR 1910.95 states that "The employer shall establish and maintain an
audiometric testing program" by "making audiometric testing available to all
employees whose exposures equal or exceed an 8-hour Time-Weighted Average
(TWA) of 85 dBA." This testing shall be provided at no cost to the employee.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX C
REVISION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 2of3
Testing must be performed by a licensed or certified professional in accordance with
29 CFR 1910.95(g) (3). All ideograms shall meet the requirements of Appendix C of
the regulation.
Within six (6) months of the worker's first exposure at or above 85 dBA, GLNPO
will provide the employee with a baseline audiogram to which subsequent
ideograms can be compared. Audiograms shall be repeated at least annually
thereafter. Evaluation of the ideograms shall be performed in accordance with 29
CFR 1910.95(g) (7-10).
Noise Abatement and/or Administrative Controls
When workers are subjected to sound exceeding 85 dBA, administrative or
engineering controls will be implemented. If such controls fail to reduce levels to
acceptable limits, personal hearing protection should be provided. Hearing
protection can include the following:
• Ear plugs: These seal the ear canal and prevent noise from reaching
delicate parts of the ear. Ear plugs are inexpensive and portable, but they
can be hard to fit and can introduce dirt into the ear canal if not kept clean.
• Canal caps: These are soft pads on a headband that seal the entrance to the
ear without entering the ear. If used incorrectly, they might not seal the ear
properly.
• Ear muffs: These have a head band, ear cups, and ear cushions. This type
of ear protection usually provides the greatest amount of protection.
Availability of Hearing Protectors
GLNPO will make hearing protection available to all workers exposed to an 8-hour
Time-Weighted Average (TWA) of 85 dBA or greater. This is provided at no cost to
the worker and should be replaced as necessary.
GLNPO will ensure that hearing protection is worn in compliance with the
regulation. In addition, GLNPO will ensure proper selection of hearing protection
Based on the evaluation methods described in Appendix B of the regulation (29 CFR
1910.95).
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX C
REVISION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PACE: 3 of 3
Employee Training and Education
GLNPO will institute a training program for all workers who are exposed to noise
levels at or above the 85 dBA Time-Weighted Average (TWA). Training will be
updated and repeated annually. Training will include the following:
• the effects of noise on hearing
• the purpose of hearing protection
• the advantages and disadvantages of various types of protectors
• instruction on the selection, fitting, use and care of various types of
protectors
• the purpose of audiometric testing
• description of audiometric testing procedures
In addition, GLNPO will make available in the workplace and on board all research
vessels a copy of the standard (29 CFR 1910.95).
Maintenance of Records on Noise and Hearing Data
GLNPO will maintain records of all worker exposure records in accordance with 29
CFR 1910.95 (M) of the regulation. Noise exposure measurement records will be
retained for two (2) years. Audiometric test records will be retained for the duration
of the worker's association with GLNPO.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX D
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: Iof4
APPENDIX D: HAZARD COMMUNICATION PROGRAM
Committment
The U.S. EPA is firmly committed to providing a safe and healthy work
environment for all EPA personnel and contractors. In order to meet this
committment, all GLNPO facilities and Research Vessels are required to comply
with OSHA's Hazard Communication standard, 29 CFR 1910.1200. A Hazard
Communication program shall be implemented as outlined herein.
A Hazard Communication Coordinator will be assigned and will have the overall
responsibility for ensuring compliance by coordinating the following functions:
• Maintenance of the hazardous chemical inventory.
• Maintenance of a complete Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) file and
current employee MSDS notebooks.
• Training of all employees regarding chemical safety.
• Updating of training as new chemicals are added or processes are changed.
• Labeling of all transfer and waste containers.
• Dissemination of hazard information to outside contractors
A successful Hazard Communication Program requires the cooperation of EPA and
contracting personnel. It is the duty of GLNPO to assure that hazard
communication is given proper priority. All personnel are encouraged to ask
questions and keep informed so that GLNPO can maintain a safe and healthy
workplace.
Access To The Written Program
All, or any part, of this written Hazard Communication Program is available to all
EPA personnel, contractors, and/or their designated representative. Interested
persons can contact the Hazard Communication Coordinator for review and
copying.
Labeling
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX D
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 2of4
In accordance with the OSHA Hazard Communication Standard (29 CFR 1910.1200),
all containers shall be labeled as specified in this section.
A. No hazardous chemicals will be accepted for use on board GLNPO research
vessels or shipped to any outside location, unless labeled with at least the
following information:
• Identity of the hazardous chemical(s)
• Appropriate hazard warnings for the chemicals(s)
• Name and address of the chemical manufacturer, importer, or other
responsible party
B. All spray bottles or other transfer containers will be labeled with at least the
following information:
• Identity of the hazardous chemical(s)
• Appropriate hazard warnings for the chemical(s)
C The Hazard Communication Coordinator is responsible for reviewing labels
and assuring that the label information is kept current.
D. No label is to be defaced or removed when material is received or in use.
Any containers with missing labels will be removed from service until
proper labels are installed.
Material Safety Data Sheets
A material safety data sheet (MSDS) containing the information required by 29 CFR
1910.1200 shall be maintained for each hazardous substance. The MSDS shall be the
most current one supplied by the chemical manufacturer, importer, or distributor.
MSDSs will be available for review by all personnel.
The Hazard Communication Coordinator shall be responsible for maintaining an
inventory of chemicals currently in use. In addition, a separate inventory file must
be maintained of previously used chemicals. Inventory records of previously used
chemicals must be maintained for thirty-years as part of employee exposure records.
An office file containing the current chemical inventory and appropriate MSDSs is
located in the laboratory office on board ship. A copy of the inventory and MSDSs
for use by occupants of GLNPO facilities can be found in wall-mounted notebooks
located near the point of use in the hallway between the Chemistry and Biology
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX D
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 3 of 4
laboratories.
Personnel Information and Training Policy
A. All EPA personnel and contractors, including temporary contractors who may
possibly be exposed to chemical hazards shall be appropriately informed
and/or trained concerning the potential hazards of the chemicals in GLNPO
facilities.
B. All EPA personnel and contractors, including temporary contractors, shall be
informed of the details contained in this program, including an explanation
of the labeling system, the material safety data sheets, and how to interpret
and use this information.
C. All EPA personnel and contractors, including temporary contractors shall be
provided with additional training when new chemical hazards are
introduced or prior to performing non-routine tasks that could involve
exposure to hazardous chemicals.
D. When appropriate, reinforcement of training will be conducted through
topics at safety meetings.
E. The extent of information transmitted to EPA personnel and contractors
during training sessions will be dictated by the degree of chemical hazard
present. The following sources of information will be used during training
sessions:
• The text of the Hazard Communication Standard (29 CFR 1910.1200)
• An inventory list of hazardous chemicals
• Applicable MSDSs
• The written Hazard Communication Program
Contractor Policy
Outside contractors shall be provided with all necessary information concerning the
potential hazards of the substances to which they may be exposed and appropriate
protective measures required to minimize their exposure.
Whenever possible, the contractor or agency management should be provided with
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX D
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 4 of 4
a list of the hazardous chemicals and the material safety data sheets for the materials
their employees may be exposed to by virtue of their work in GLNPO facilities. In
addition, contractors must have MSDSs on site for all potentially hazardous
chemicals they use or produce in GLNPO facilities.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX E
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: I of 5
APPENDIX E: CONFINED SPACE ENTRY REGIONAL POLICY
Purposes
The U.S. EPA Personnel will comply with all rules and policies of the host company
unless the rule conflicts with the U.S. EPA Regional Policy or office Standard
Operating Procedures (SOP). Each Division Office or other unit of U.S. EPA is
responsible for establishing a specific SOP according to EPA Entry Protocol (See
attached Confined Space Entry Permit) for each area of potential confined space
entry and is responsible for documenting all activities, specific needs, and exposure
possibilities.
Confined Space Defined
A tank, vessel, silo, vault, pit, open topped space, pipeline, duct, sewer, tunnel, or
any other spaces having limited means of egress, not designed for continuous
employee occupancy and contains a hazardous atmosphere or die potential for such.
Hazardous Environment or Atmosphere
An atmosphere presenting a potential for death, disablement, injury, or acute illness
from one or more of the following causes:
1. Less than 19.5 percent or more than 23.5% oxygen;
2. A flammable gas, or vapor, in excess of 10% of its lower flammable
limit (LFL) or lower explosive limit (LED;
3. An airborne combustible dust at a concentration that obscures vision at
a distance of five feet or less;
4. An atmospheric concentration that exceeds the listed numerical value
of any toxic, corrosive, or asphyxiant substance listed in the TLV
booklet (ACGIH) or the PEL (OSHA) that can reasonably be expected to
be present.
5. Electrical, thermal or mechanical hazards.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX E
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 2 of 5
Requirements
1. All confined spaces are considered Immediately Dangerous to Life or
Health (IDLH) until proven otherwise. IDLH means any condition
which poses an immediate threat of loss of life; may result in
irreversible or immediate-severe health effects; may result in eye
damage; irritation or other conditions which could impair escape from
the permitted space.
2. All entry into confined spaces requires a permit of entry.
(See Attachment 1 of this appendix.)
3. Prior to entry into any confined space, the U.S.EPA inspector will
contact the Region to provide an individual competent of issuing a
permit.
4. The U.S. EPA's permit issuer responsible for issuing the permit can use
the company's data, as long as the EPA's PI considers it valid.
5. Neither the U.S. EPA inspector, nor the individual who will sign off on
the EPA permit will sign off on the company's permit.
6. All confined spaces will be identified by a sign, placard, or other equally
effective means.
7. Confined spaces that have been identified as needing a permit will be
guarded against unauthorized entry and positive lockout procedures
will be ensured when entering. Positive lockout will include, but is
not limited to, the following systems: mechanical (prevent all
mechanical movement, such as rotating gears, mixing blades, shaft
rotation, etc.); hydraulic (all pressurized fluid lines leading to the space
are positively locked out or bled to prevent accidental energy release);
electrical: (all power to the space is positively controlled so as not to
present a hazard); pneumatic (all air lines controlling rotating parts
connected to the space are bled, locked, or controlled by other means so
as not to create a hazard).
8. An entry permit will be a written authorization by a qualified person
that provides for safe work practices in a confined space.
9. No entry will be allowed by EPA Personnel into a confined space
without assuring adequate training. A question and answer sheet has
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX E
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 3 of 5
been provided to assess adequate training requirements of employees
(See Attachment 2 of this appendix).
10. Permit issuers are qualified persons who follow the EPA Entry Protocol.
A question and answer sheet has been provided to assess qualified
permit issuers (See Attachment 2 of this appendix). A qualified person,
by virtue of their education, training and experience, is a person
designated in writing and is capable of anticipating confined space
hazards and recommending controls to assure safe entry.
It will be the Regional Health and Safety Manager's responsibility to
assure that adequate training is provided and to assure that enough
permit issuers are certified to carry out the mission of the agency.
11. All personal protective equipment must be approved for the hazards of
the space. See Health and Safety Manager for approved equipment.
12. Entry will be made only with a backup person. Suitable PPE varies
with the work to be performed and the type of atmosphere present. At
a minimum, EPA Personnel's PPE will include:
• approved safety glasses ANSI Z-87.1
• approved steel-toed shoes ANSI Z-41
• approved hard hat ANSI Z-89.1
• approved flashlight FM-UL Class I, Div. 1, Group A, B, C, D
• additionally, approved escape SCBA, (EISA) (North) may be required.
13. All U.S. EPA personnel entering the confined space will have a
portable direct reading monitor or combination of monitors calibrated
prior to entering that test for:
• Oxygen content by percent volume
• Flammables & combustibles reading percent LEL (Lower Explosive
Limit)
• Toxic Substances - carbon monoxide, hydrogen sulfide, chlorine,
chlorinated solvents, phosgene, etc. (Whatever is present and
appropriate).
Readings will be taken at several levels of elevation.
14. Any U.S. EPA Personnel entering concentrations above the PEL or
entering any oxygen deficient atmosphere will receive written
permission from the Branch Chief or equivalent for continued entry. If
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX E
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 4 of 5
written approval is granted, the EPA Personnel will be protected by the
appropriate approved respiratory protective devices, harness life lines,
rescue equipment, and attendant.
15. Do not enter radioactive areas without consulting with the Regional
Health and Safety Manager and following EPA's radiation policy.
16. All entries will cease and all U.S. EPA Personnel will immediately
leave the confined space should a non-permitted condition exist. This
would include alarm signal(s) or other warnings such as employee
symptoms of over exposure or sudden leaks of liquid or gas. An
example of an alarm would be when an individual is warned of an
unsafe condition from an audible warning indicating an oxygen
deficient atmosphere (less than 19.5% (O2); or a potential flammable
hazard (greater than 10% LEL); or toxic gas alarm greater than 35 parts
per million (ppm) Carbon Monoxide (CO) or 10 ppm Hydrogen Sulfide
(HjS) or by any other means of warning the EPA Personnel of a non-
permitted condition. (Other alarms may be received from a signal line,
siren, commercial radio, etc.)
17. All permits will be filled out completely by the qualified person and
kept in the local U.S. EPA office for a period of five years.
18. All training and calibration records will be kept in the local EPA office
for a period of five years.
19. All EPA Personnel entering confined spaces will pass a physical
examination assuring that they are physically able to perform the
activities and are able to use the monitoring, rescue and respiratory
equipment.
20. All respirator users will be fit-tested and trained on the devices they
will use during normal confined space activities and during
emergencies.
21. All entrants will be briefed on the hazards of the space and the purpose
of the entry.
22. All entrants' PPE will be decontaminated, discarded or otherwise
treated to assure that no hazards are removed from the confined space.
23. Rescue provisions will be ensured by the permit issuer prior to entry.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX E
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 5of5
References
Safety Requirements for Working in Tanks and Other Confined Spaces, American
National Standards Institute, Z117.1.1977
Safety Requirements for Confined Spaces, American National Standards Institute,
Z117.1.1989
Criteria for a Recommended Standard. Working in Confined Space, National
Institute for Occupational Safety and Health, December, 1979
Permit Required for Confined Spaces, Federal Register, 29 CFR 1910.146, Vol. 54,
No. 10
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX E, ATTACHMENT 1
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: I of 2
Attachment 1 - CONFINED SPACE ENTRY PERMIT
(Check or fill in all blanks that apply)
Today's Date:
Tune of Entry: Date Time Safety Permit No.
Purpose of Entry: Inspection Other _
Brief Description of Purpose .
Location of Entry (Be Specific).
The US EPA Personnel Or Subcontractors Entering
Name Time In Time Out Name Tlmeln TimeOut
Have all personnel gone through a pre-entry briefing? Yes No.
Date Time.
Type & S/N of Sampling Equip-Make
Type & S/N of Sampling Equip-Make
Pre-Entry Reading Taken? Yes
Document later readings on back.
% Oxygen-Opening Middle
% LEL-Opening Middle
Toxic Reading -CO H2S
Are all power sources intrinsically safe?
SN Calib. Date
SN Calib. Date
No
Bottom Other All 19.5%
Bottom Other All 10% LEL
Other All PEL
Yes No
Have all personnel been given the proper PPE? Yes No
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX E, ATTACHMENT 1
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 2 of 2
Have all personnel been trained to work safely and to use equipment? Yes No
Is a rescue plan in place? Yes No Why Not?
Has the area been secured and all energy sources locked and tagged? Yes No
Is there any possibility of entrapment or engulfment by particulate matter? Yes No.
If "yes", has provision been made to work safely in such an area? Yes No
Are O2, LEL and toxic substances within safe limits? Yes No
I certify that the above conditions are accurate and validate the entry only for the stated purpose, time
and identified employees, not to exceed work for one shift. If any question was answered "no" and a
satisfactory answer was not given, DO NOT ISSUE PERMIT.
DATE
SIGNATURE
TITLE
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX E, ATTACHMENT 2
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: Iof21
Attachment 2 - CONFINED SPACE ENTRY;
ASSESSMENT FOR QUALIFIED PERMIT ISSUERS
I. Normal atmospheric air contains what percentage of oxygen?
A. 21.9%
B. 22.0%
C 19.5%
D. 20.9%
2. Oxygen's chemical symbol is:
A. OX
B. Oj
C O
D. O4
3. Oxygen and nitrogen make up the highest percent of our atmosphere. What
is the next largest percent member?
A. Argon
B. CO2
C Hydrogen
D. CO
4. How many parts per million is the third highest % element?
A. 1,000
B. 400
C. 9,000
D. 10,000
Reprinted From: Region V Health & Safety Manual
Version: R51440 (9/29/91)
By: T.W.Krug,OH
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX E, ATTACHMENT 2
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 2 of 21
5. A fire can sustain combustion at 12% oxygen?
A. Yes
B. No
C Not very likely
D. Yes, violently
6. The minimum % of oxygen needed to sustain life at rest is:
A. 8%
B. 12%
C 16%
D. 19.5%
7. A candle will go out at below what % oxygen?
A. 12%
B. 19.5%
C 21%
D. 16%
8. Gases that are considered simple asphyxiant are?
A. N2
B. GO
C 002
D. A and C
Reprinted From: Region V Health & Safety Manual
Version: R51440 (9/29/91)
By: T.W.Knig,OH
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX E, ATTACHMENT 2
VERSION: FINAL/ AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 3 of 21
9. We exhale _ % of oxygen?
A. 16%
B. 19.5%
C 21%
D.
10. We exhale _ parts per million of carbon dioxide?
A. 20,000
B. 50,000
C 400
D. 1,000
11. What percentage of normal atmospheric nitrogen would be left after an
influx of 10% argon?
A. 10%
B. 68%
C 78%
D. 70%
12. After a fire, what type of toxic gases are left?
A. GO
B. CO2
C. CH4
D. Qz
13. Which of the following could cause an oxygen deficient atmosphere?
A. Increase in CC>2
B. Increase in CH4
C. Drying of paints
D. All of the above
Reprinted From: Region V Health & Safety Manual
Version: R51440 (9/29/91)
By: T.W.Krug,OH
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX E, ATTACHMENT 2
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 4 of 21
14. Which would not cause an oxygen deficient atmosphere?
A. Fire
B. Leaking oxygen cylinder
C Curing of cement
D. Bacterial action of fermentation
15. What percent of atmospheric oxygen is there at 10,000 feet?
A. 19.5%
B. 16.0%
C 20.9%
D. 12.0%
16. Which of the following is considered a chemical asphyxiant?
A. HCN
B. COz
C CO
D. A and C
17. Grade D breathing air is composed of what range of oxygen percentage?
A. 20-21%
B. 19.5-22.5%
C 19.5-23.5%
D. 16-21%
18. In flammable spray painting operations, the oxygen content is usually?
A. 20.9%
B. 16.0%
C. 19.5%
D. 25%
Reprinted From: Region V Health & Safety Manual
Version: R51440 (9/29/91)
By: T.W.Krug,CIH
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX E, ATTACHMENT 2
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 5 of 21
19. An air line respirator should be used for oxygen deficient atmospheres.
A. Yes
B. No
C Don't know
D. Only if you have an escape respirator with you
20. ACGIH oxygen deficient atmosphere is considered?
A. 16%
B. 18%
C 19.5%
D. 21%
21. A fire or explosion can exist below the LEL?
A. No
B. Yes
C. Yes, only if above 19% oxygen
D. Yes, only if the rate of combustion equals the flash point
22. The minimum temperature at which a fire can exist is called?
A. Spontaneous ignition
B. Heat or fusion
C Flash point
D. A and C
23. Most flammable gases and vapors are at their LEL when the percent by
volume in air equals .
A. 1-5%
B. 40-50%
C. ,01%oftheUEL
D. The vapor pressure
Reprinted From: Region V Health & Safety Manual
Version: R51440 (9/29/91)
By: T.W. Krug,OH
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX E, ATTACHMENT 2
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 6 of 21
24. The three components necessary to have a fire are?
A. 8% C>2 - Fuel - Spark
B. 19.5% Oz - Temp above 100° - Heat
C Air - Fuel - Heat
D. Ignition Source - oxygen -10% LEL
25. How many parts per million is 10% by volume?
A. 1,000
B. 10,000
C 100,000
D. 1,000,000
26. If the LEL of a flammable vapor is 1% by volume, how many parts per
million is 1% of the LEL?
A. 10 PPM
B. 100 PPM
C 1,000 PPM
D. 10,000 PPM
27. According to the proposed 1910.146 Confined Space Standard, what is the
upper limit of percent LEL of flammable gas or vapor allowed?
A. 50%
B. 1%
C 10%
D. 20%
28. Which of the following is a flammable gas?
A. CG>2
B. CH4
C CCL4
D. NH4
Reprinted From: Region V Health & Safety Manual
Version: R51440 (9/29/91)
By: T.W.Krug,OH
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX E, ATTACHMENT 2
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 7 of 21
29. Which of the following is not a flammable gas?
A. Diesel fuel
8. Gasoline
C Carbon monoxide
D. A and B
30. A combustible gas meter reads in:
A. %LEL
B. %UEL
C % Volume
D. % Oxygen
31. Most combustible gas meters measure only pure gases?
A. True
B. False
32. The principle of operation of the combustible gas meter is?
A. Electric arc
B. Oxidation/reduction
C. Electro-oxidation
D. Wheat stone bridge
33. If the LEL of a certain gas is 5% by volume and the UEL is 15% by volume,
theoretically, what reading should you get on a CGM when you use a 2%
volume mixture with a balance of nitrogen?
A. 10,000 PPM
B. 40% LEL
C. Zero
D. 80% of flash point
Reprinted From: Region V Health & Safety Manual
Version: R51440 (9/29/91)
By: T.W.Krug,OH
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX E, ATTACHMENT 2
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 8 of 21
34. The preceding question using 2% volume mixture with a balance of air?
A. 10,000 PPM
B. 40% LEL
C Zero
D. 80% of flash point
35. Combustible gas meters can measure all types of gas?
A. True
B. False
36. Combustible gas meters will indicate the lower explosive limit for
explosive dusts?
A. True
B. False
37. The percent of oxygen will not affect the operation of CGM.
A. True
B. False
38. An ordinary dean rubber hose can be used to extend the sampling
distance with a CGM?
A. True
B. False
39. The accuracy of a CGM can be 50% inaccurate?
A. True
B. False
40. Pre-calibration is not necessary for a CGM because it is done at the factory?
A. True
B. False
Reprinted From: Region V Health & Safety Manual
Version: R51440 (9/29/91)
By: T.W.Knig,dH
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX E, ATTACHMENT 2
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 9 of 21
41. Carbon monoxide (CO) is a toxic gas that can kill a human in less than one
half hour at how many parts per million?
A. 400
B. 35
C 1,000
D. 2,000
42. Hydrogen sulfide's (H2S) IDLH (Immediately Dangerous to Life or Health)
air level is usually considered to be .
A. 100 PPM
B. 20 PPM
C 400 PPM
D. 1,000 PPM
43. Carbon dioxide is found as a byproduct of?
A. Fire
B. Cementing
C. Humans
D. Two of the above
44. Carbon dioxide is exhaled at what percent by volume?
A. 3-5%
B. .04%
C 16%
D. 12%
45. Methane is a toxic gas to humans?
A. True
B. False
Reprinted From: Region V Health & Safety Manual
Version: R51440 (9/29/91)
By: T.W.Knig,OH
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX E, ATTACHMENT 2
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: lOof 21
46. Methane smells like
A. Natural gas
B. Rotten eggs
C Sweet violets
D. No smell at all
47. Oxygen deficiency can occur from the following?
A. Influx of simple asphyxiant gases ie., CO^ N^ argon, CH4
B. Rotting or decomposition of organic material
C The rusting of iron or drying of paints
D. The curing of cement
E. All of the above
48. Halo around lights and a brown copper tint to silver coins is an indication
of what toxic gas?
A. Chlorine
B. Bromine
C. Hydrogen sulfide
D. Sulfur dioxide
49. Bluing of the lips and fingernail beds is indicative of what type exposure?
A. Carbon monoxide
B. Hydrogen sulfide
C Hypoxia
D. Frostbite
E. Two of the above
50. Carbon monoxide poisoning symptoms are?
A. Halos around lights yellow copper tint to silver coins
B. Reddening of the eyes and dilation of the pupils
C Cherry red lips and fingernail beds
D. Two of the above
Reprinted From: Region V Health & Safety Manual
Version: R51440 (9/29/91)
By: T.W.Krug,OH
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX E, ATTACHMENT 2
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 11 of 21
51. Carbon monoxide is lighter than air?
A. True
B. False
C Same
52. Methane is heavier than air?
A. True
6. False
C Depends on air density
53. Which of the following are chemical asphyxiants?
A. Carbon monoxide
B. Hydrogen cyanide
C Hydrogen sulfide
D. All of the above
54. Detector tube sampling has what percent error?
A. 1-2%
B. 5-10%
C 25-35%
D. Over 50%
55. Presently the guidelines to follow when assessing toxics in confined
spaces depends on?
A. The material stored previously and presently
B. The specific gravity of the gas or vapor
C The IDLH levels and PEL or TLV levels
D. All of the above
E. None of the above
Reprinted From: Region V Health & Safety Manual
Version: R51440 (9/29/91)
By: T.W.Knig,dH
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX E, ATTACHMENT 2
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 12 of 21
56. After the initial assessment for toxics the air contaminant levels must be
documented and further tests need not be done until the entry permit is
revoked?
A. True
B. False
57. Which current federal standard states that employees must have a written
confined space program?
A. 29 CFR 1926.21
B. 29 CFR 1910.146
C 29 CFR 1910.134 (E) (3)
D. 29 CFR 1910.94 (D)
E. Two of the above
58. Which federal regulation does not require training of employees regarding
the potential hazard of their job and means of assuring protection?
A. 29 CFR 1926.21
B. 29 CFR 1910.67
C 29 CFR 1910.1200
D. Two of the above
59. The sense of smell can be relied on to assess toxics in confined spaces
because all toxic gases have a unique irritant smell that adequately warns
the entrant?
A. True
B. False
C Sometimes
D. Do not even think of using your senses to assess a confined space
60. Wet cardboard in a confined space will?
A. Increase oxygen levels
B. Decrease oxygen levels
C. Increase humidity
D. Increase fungal spore production
E. Two of the above
Reprinted From: Region V Health & Safety Manual
Version: R51440 (9/29/91)
By: T.W.Krug,OH
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX E, ATTACHMENT 2
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 13 of 21
61. Respirators are required for all CS (Confined Space) work?
A. True
B. False
C Depends on the hazards
D. Only if directed by your supervisor
62. Respirators allowed for entry into and escape from IDLH atmospheres
are?
A. Airline
B. SCBA
C Gas mask
D. Air purifying
E. B and C
63. Respirators that are NIOSH approved for escape from IDLH atmospheres
are .
A. SCBA
B. Air purifying mouth piece respirators
C Gas mask with canister
D. All of the above
64. Respirators kept for emergency escape must be checked?
A. Daily
B. Weekly
C Monthly
D. Bimonthly
65. The protection factor assigned to a half mask respirator is ?
A. 2
B. 5
C. 10
D. 100
Reprinted From: Region V Health & Safety Manual
Version: R51440 (9/29/91)
By: T.W.Knig,OH
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX E, ATTACHMENT 2
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE- 14 of 21
66. The number TC-23C- assigned to a respirator indicates it is
approved for?
A. IDLH entry
B. Any air contaminant
C Gases or vapors
D. Dusts, mists, fumes
67. All respirators must be inspected by the user prior to donning?
A. True
B. False
C Depends, if it is an escape respirator then, no
68. All respirators must be fit tested prior to use?
A. True
B. False
C I don't know
D. I don't care
69. Which of the following respirators must the user be trained on to assure
proper usage?
A. SCBA
B. Airline
C Air purifying
D. All of the above
70. How do you know when to change the filter on a dust/mist/fume type
respirator?
A. The filter must be changed daily
B. When the filter turns color
C When the user smells the contaminant inside the respirator
D. When breathing becomes difficult
Reprinted From: Region V Health & Safety Manual
Version: R51440 (9/29/91)
By: T.W.Krug,dH
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX E, ATTACHMENT 2
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 15 of 21
71. When do you change a chemical cartridge on a respirator?
A. When the cartridge changes color
B. When breathing becomes difficult
C When you smell or taste the contaminant inside
D. When your supervisor advises you to change them
72. What is the best glove for chlorinated solvents like trichlorethylene?
A. Cotton
B. Leather
C Butyl rubber
D. Nitrile
73. What is required PPE for entry into IDLH atmosphere?
A. SCBA respirator
B. Airline respirator
C. Life line and harness
D. Two of the above
74. A good glove for protection against acids such as 10% sulfuric or 10%
hydrochloric is?
A. Rubber
B. Neoprene
C. Nitrile
D. Leather
E. A, B, & C
75. When working with caustics or acids there must be in the area for
immediate use?
A. An eye wash and shower
B. A first aid kit with 3% boric acid solution
C. An ANSI approved eye ointment
D. A copy of the OSHA 1910.STD
Reprinted From: Region V Health & Safety Manual
Version: R51440 (9/29/91)
By: T.W.Krug,dH
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX E, ATTACHMENT 2
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 16 of 21
76. Non-slip footwear is recommended for all entrants into a confined space.
What ANSI standard covers testing and certifying foot protection?
A. ANSI Z1117.1
B. ANSI Z89.1
C ANSI Z41.11967
D. ANSI Z87.1
77. The ANSI standard that addressed confined spaces being hazardous until
proven otherwise is?
A. Z49.2
B. Z117.1
C Z89.21980
D. Z88.21980
E. B and D
78. The NIOSH document that addresses hazards of confined spaces and
classifies them as A, B, or C is?
A. 80-1041980
B. 80-1061979
C. 90-1041990
D. 60-2101987
79. The main problem gas with supplied air respirators using a compressor is?
A. Hydrogen
B. Hydrogen cyanide
C Carbon monoxide
D. Carbon dioxide
Reprinted From: Region V Health & Safety Manual
Version: R51440 (9/29/91)
By: T.W.Knig,OH
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX E, ATTACHMENT 2
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 17 of 21
80. An air line respirator can be used for protection against air borne carbon
monoxide?
A. Yes
B. No
C Yes, if grade D air is assured
D. Yes, if ambient air is below IDLH levels for CO
E. C and D
81. The proper testing sequence for confined spaces is the following?
A. Toxics, flammable, oxygen
B. Flammables, toxics, oxygen
C Oxygen, toxics, flammables
D. Oxygen, flammables, toxics
82. SCBAs with aluminum tanks must be hydrostatically tested at what
interval?
A. Every three years
B. Every five years
C Every year
D. Once at the factory unless damaged
83. SCBA regulators can be inspected and repaired by the user to assure proper
air flow?
A. True, if the diaphragm is damaged
B. False
C True, if authorized by your supervisor
D. A and C
84. The maximum air pressure allowed for a 2015 PSI rated SCBA tank is?
A. 2015
B. 2070
C. 2216
D. 3000
Reprinted From: Region V Health & Safety Manual
Version: R51440 (9/29/91)
By: T.W.Knig,OH
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX E, ATTACHMENT 2
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 18 of 21
85. How many cubic feet of air is in an average SCBA tank (30 minute)?
A. 40-45
B. 200
C 100
D. 80
86. The maximum weight of an SCBA is?
A. 25 Ibs.
B. 35 Ibs.
C 50 Ibs.
D. 15 Ibs.
87. The normal human uses how many cubic feet of air per hour (average work
rate)?
A. 10
B. 35
C 85
D. 125
E 5
88. Before entering a confined space for work, what is needed to assure a safe
confined space entry?
A. Hazard pay
B. A permit
C. Training class
D. Rescue equipment and PPE
E. B, C, and D
89. In IDLH entries, what is the minimum number of SCBAs required?
A. 1
B. 2
C 3
D. 4
E. None
Reprinted From: Region V Health & Safety Manual
Version: R51440 (9/29/91)
By: T.W. Krug, OH
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX E, ATTACHMENT 2
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 19 of 21
90. When initial testing shows 16% oxygen on your monitor what is the
recommended practice?
A. Get out and ventilate
B. If in, get out, investigate why, then make recommendations
C Check monitor for error then recheck
D. Get out and call the fire department
E. A and C
91. Inerting a space with CO2 is a good practice?
A. When hot work is needed
B. As long as the oxygen level is kept below 19.5%
C. As long as the oxygen level is kept below 8%
D. Providing employees in the space wear SCBAs
E. A, C, and D
92. The following can be used for inerting substances:
A. CO
B. Steam
C. CO2
D. N2
E. All but one of the above
93. Lighting in a confined space containing flammables needs to conform to?
A. OSHA approved status
B. Class H, Division I, Group C atmosphere
C. Class I, Division I, Group D atmosphere
D. Illumination ANSI pamphlet 205-10
94. The amount of oxygen left after an explosion or fire is approximately?
A. 8%
B. 16%
C. 19.5%
D. 21%
Reprinted From: Region V Health & Safety Manual
Version: R51440 (9/29/91)
By: T.W.Kni&OH
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX E, ATTACHMENT 2
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 20 of 21
95. TP=SP+VP is a toxic metabolic formula?
A. True
B. False
C True if toxic product is greater than 1
D. False, it is a brake horsepower formula
96. In the ventilation formula Q=VA, the Q stands for.
A. Quotient
B. Quiet Air
C Cubic feet per minute
D. Cubic feet
97. Velocity pressure is always negative?
A. True
B. False
C I don't know
D. I don't care
98. One percent by volume of any gas is equal to how many parts per million?
A. 10 PPM
B. 100 PPM
C 1,000 PPM
D. 10,000 PPM
99. Air concentration can be expressed in parts per million or ?
A. Ft/Min
B. Mg/m3
C. Cubic feet per minute CFM
D. B or E
E. MPPC
Reprinted From: Region V Health & Safety Manual
Version: R51440 (9/29/91)
By: T.W.Krug,OH
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX E, ATTACHMENT 2
VERSION: FINAL/ AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 21 of 21
100. The ANSI standard requirements for working in confined spaces is
A. ANSI Z117.7
B. ANSI Z80-106
C 1910.134
D. Z117.1
Reprinted From: Region V Health & Safety Manual
Version: R51440 (9/29/91)
By: T.W.Krug,OH
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX F
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: Iof3
APPENDIX F: HOT WORK PROCEDURES
Hot Work Permitting System
Hot work is defined as the cutting, shaping or joining of metals by use of heat
produced by flame or electric arc. This includes welding, brazing, soldering and
the use of cutting torches, blow torches and similar activities. In addition, the
loosening of frozen nuts or bolts or even paint removal can also be classified as
hot work.
Hot work activities conducted by EPA or contractor personnel will be done
through a permit system. The permit is an authorization, in writing, for the
worker to proceed with the hot work activities. The hot work permit will list the
time, place, type of work, and certify that hazards have been evaluated and
proper protective equipment has been authorized. See Attachment 1 of this
Appendix for a sample of a Hot Work Permit The following is a minimum list
of items that should be provided on the permit:
1) Date, shift, and location of work being performed.
2) Description of work being performed.
3) Potential hazards that the worker may encounter.
4) Isolate mechanical and electrical systems.
Authorized personnel will evaluate hot work operations based on the Hazard
Communication Program stated in CFR 1910.1200. Chemical inventory lists and
Material Safety Data Sheets will be referenced prior to hot work to identify the
location and reactive characteristics of any dangerous or potentially dangerous
materials where the hot work will occur. This will allow personnel to monitor
for chemical and physical agents before and during hot work activities. It will
ensure that the proper engineering controls have been implemented and that
appropriate personal protective equipment is being used as well.
Implementation of Engineering Controls: In some situations it may be necessary
to ventilate, isolate or implement some other control to reduce the hazard of the
task performed.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX F
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 2 of 3
Wearing of Proper Personal Protection Equipment: After the initial air
monitoring and evaluation of the hot work site is performed, proper protective
equipment will be selected. Personal protective equipment may include gloves,
coveralls, boots, aprons, head cover, ear protection, eye protection, face
protection, and/or respiratory protection.
WORK PRACTICES
Fire Watch
Suitable fire extinguishing equipment will be maintained and stationed at the
work site. Any welding or cutting activity will require a fire watch person to
observe the individual performing the hot work. Cutting or welding on a
partition (wall, deck, etc.) may require a second fire watch in order to observe the
other side of the wall, deck, etc. The person will be trained in use of the fire
extinguishing devices and trained in alerting the proper authorities in case of an
accident. After completion of hot work, a fire watch will be kept for half an hour
Posting the Permit and Any Necessary Warning Signs
Depending on the work activity and the hazards involved, signs will be posted to
offer an important reminder to the individual conducting the work and also
warn others outside the work area of the hazards associated with the task being
performed.
Keeping the Work Area Free of Hazards
The work area will be inspected for flammable debris and other hazards that may
contribute to injury or death. Flammable items will be removed or isolated from
the work area. If it is not possible to remove the hazard it may be necessary to
move the work area to a new location. If there is no safe way of conducting the
hot work activity it will be necessary to pursue alternative methods.
Additionally, all gas cylinder regulators must be closed at the end of use.
Acetylene and oxygen hoses must be rolled-up at the end of each use and stored
in such a way that they will not rupture, present a fire hazard or a confined space
hazard.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX F
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 3of3
Hot Work Permits
The permit should only be posted at the work area and allowed for one shift. If
work is to continue during another shift or day, a new permit must be issued
before hot work activities resume.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX F, ATTACHMENT 1
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: lofl
1 - FIRE PROTECTION - HOT WORK PERMIT
In an effort to establish control over operations using open flames or producing sparks (e.g. welding,
cutting, burning), authorization must be secured before equipment capable of igniting combustible
materials is used outside areas normally specified.
Fill out form prior to conducting any hot work. After conducting hot work, the Hot Work Permit
should be returned to the maintenance department which will collect and forward it to the Safety
Department for filing and record purposes.
1. Area where work is to be done has been inspected and is free of any
unnecessary combustible or flammable materials:
Yes No
2. The designated fire watch is:
(Name of Person)
3. Fire extinguishing equipment is available in the hot work area:
Yes No
4. All departments and/or personnel concerned have been notified of the
Hot Work activities: Yes No
5. Combustible materials have been isolated from sources of ignition in the
hot work area: Yes No
6. Only trained and authorized personnel are allowed to conduct hot work in
the work area: Yes No
7. Date of issue:
8. Time permit is valid:
9. Name of person completing form:
10. Name of Supervisor authorizing hot work to be performed:
Comments:
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX G
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: lo£5
APPENDIX G: LOCKOUT/TAGQUT PROGRAM
INTRODUCTION
This Lockout/Tagout Program has been developed to comply with the Occupational
Safety and Health Administration's (OSHA) Control of Hazardous Energy Sources
Standard in 29 CFR 1910.147. This program will safeguard the health and well-being
of GLNPO personnel exposed to the hazards presented by energized machines or
equipment. Rigorous compliance with this program will ensure that machines and
equipment are isolated from all potentially hazardous energy sources, locked out
and tagged out, before any employees perform any servicing or maintenance
activities where the unexpected energization, start-up or release of stored energy
could cause serious injury or death. Energy sources present in the facility includes
electrical, mechanical, hydraulic, and pneumatic sources.
The Captain has been appointed to administer the Lockout/Tagout Program, and
has full support to effectively manage this program, assisted by the electrical
engineers and marine technicians. The administrator has been authorized to carry
out this program without delay.
PROGRAM OF COMPLIANCE
The Lockout/Tagout Program will include the following components:
Energy Source Surveys
Authorized Employees
Affected Employees
Training
Lockout/Tagout Methods
Lockout/Tagout Procedures
Restoring Equipment to Use
Outside Contractor Information Exchange
ENERGY SOURCE SURVEYS
It is the intent of GLNPO to conduct a detailed energy source survey of all
equipment and machines in the facility. The initial survey will include the
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX G
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 2 of 5
identification of all energy sources for each piece of equipment or machinery and
location of energy shutoffs for each piece of equipment. This survey will result in
the production of a written lockout/tagout control procedure for each piece of
equipment. New equipment or machinery will be inspected during installation and
a written lockout/tagout procedure will be developed for each piece of new
equipment before it is energized.
Follow-up surveys will be made yearly and at such a time as engineering or
production procedures result in a changes to energy sources or controls.
AUTHORIZED EMPLOYEES
Lockout/tagout authorized associates are persons who have been trained in the
procedures necessary to lockout and tagout equipment or machinery prior to
servicing or performing maintenance on it. Only authorized associates may install
or remove locks and tags installed as part of this program.
AFFECTED EMPLOYEES
Affected employees include any associate who operates or uses machinery or
equipment on which servicing or maintenance is being performed under
lockout/tagout procedures, or who has to work in an area in which servicing or
maintenance work is being performed. All associates in the mechanical areas of
GLNPO operational areas are considered to be affected employees and will be trained
to recognize locks and tags used for lockout/tagout and the need for lockout/tagout
procedures.
Any associate who attempts to remove, alter, bypass, or override a lockout/tagout
will be subject to disciplinary action.
TRAINING
Training will be provided to all authorized associates in the procedures for
lockout/tagout. Only trained associates will be authorized to initiate or remove
lockout/tagouts.
All affected associates will receive lockout/tagout awareness training.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX G
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 3 of 5
LOCKOUT/TAGOUT METHODS
Lockout/tagout will be accomplished using a padlock or combination of padlock and
multiple lock hasp in combination with a warning tag. The padlock will ensure that
the hazardous energy source cannot be re-energized. Chains and special hardware
may also be used to isolate energy sources. Padlocks with keys will be available at
Lockout/Tagout stations, with a master key retained in the key safe.
The warning tag will communicate the reasons why the energy source should not be
re-energized. The warning tag will be attached at the lockout and at the equipment
control panel, and will be of non-reusable, all-weather construction, fastened with a
nylon tie. The name of the authorized associate, date and time of the
lockout/tagout, and a brief description of the work to be performed will be included
on warning tag.
LOCKOinVTAGOUT PROCEDURES
Prior to initiating any repairs, modifications and/or adjustments to operating
equipment or machines, the following steps will be followed:
1. The immediate line manager for the affected equipment or machines will
be notified that the energy sources will be deactivated using the
Lockout/Tagout procedures.
2. All sources of energy to the affected equipment will be identified by the
authorized associate. Energy sources include mechanical, electrical,
hydraulic and pneumatic.
3. All controls will be turned off, and all energy to the affected equipment
will be turned off or blanked and locked out. Stored energy will be
released. If more than one authorized employee is assigned to work on the
equipment, a multiple lock hasp will be used.
4. A warning tag will be filled out and affixed to the controls and to the
lockout device(s).
5. Prior to starting any work on the locked out equipment, the authorized
employee will attempt to start the equipment to ensure that the lockout
device provides adequate protection. Operating controls must be reset to
the "off" position after this test.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX G
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 4 of 5
6. Work on the locked out/tagged out equipment may now be performed.
RESTORING EQUIPMENT TO USE
After the completion of all repairs, maintenance and/or adjustments to the locked
out/tagged out equipment, it will be restored to use by following these steps:
1. The authorized associate and the line manager will verify that the area
around the equipment is safe to reenergize. No associates or tools will be
permitted in unsafe areas around the equipment, and all guards and
covers will be properly reconnected.
2. Lockout/tagouts will be removed by the authorized associate. If work will
be carried out over several shifts, the outgoing authorized associate will
return the key to the Administrator or Assistant Administrator for
safekeeping in a secure location. All locked out equipment will be tested to
ensure that it remains in a de-energized state.
3. If the work is completed, the lock shall not be removed from the
equipment until the authorized employee removes it, or until the
lockout/ tagout administrator investigates the equipment, verifies the
safety of the equipment, and verifies that the authorized employee is
unavailable to remove his lock and attempts to contact -him.The
authorized associate will be notified of the removal of his lock when he
returns to the building.
4. The equipment is restarted.
OUTSIDE CONTRACTOR INFORMATION EXCHANGE
Whenever outside contractor personnel are engaged to perform work on equipment
or machines,the Lockout/Tagout administrator will provide a copy of the GLNPO
Lockout/Tagout Program and receive a copy of the contractor's written program. All
authorized and affected associates will be informed of significant differences
between the two programs and will observe the locks and tags of both programs.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX G
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 5 of 5
LOCKOUT PROCEDURE CHECKLIST
1. Train authorized lockout/tagout associates and affected associates.
2. Assign work and define work area.
3. Identify all energy sources to equipment.
4. Notify affected associates.
5. Turn off energy sources at controls, if possible.
6. Turn off energy sources at breakers or valves, releasing stored energy.
7. Attempt to restart equipment
8. Check for operation.
9. Return controls to "off" position.
10. Install warning tags at all locks and controls.
11. Perform repair, maintenance, servicing or adjustment.
12. Check equipment and notify affected associates.
13. Remove warning tags and lockouts.
14. Restore equipment to operating conditions.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX H
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: Iof37
APPENDIX ft BLQODBORNF PATHOGENS PROGRAM - R/V LAKE GUARDIAN
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION I: PURPOSE OF THE PLAN
SECTION II:
SECTION ID:
SECTION IV:
SECTION V:
SECTION VI:
SECTION VII:
SECTION VIII:
GENERAL PROGRAM MANAGEMENT
A. Responsible Persons
B. Availability to Employees
C. Review and Update
EXPOSURE DETERMINATION
METHODS OF COMPLIANCE
A. General
B. Engineering Controls
C. Work Practice Controls
D. Personal Protective Equipment
E. Housekeeping
HEPATITIS B VACCINATION, POST-EXPOSURE EVALUATION
AND FOLLOW-UP
A. Hepatitis B Vaccination
B. Post-Exposure Evaluation and Follow-Up
C. Information Provided to the health care Professional
D. health care Professional's Written Opinion
E. Medical Recordkeeping
LABELS AND SIGNS
INFORMATION AND TRAINING
A. Training Topics
B. Training Methods
C. Recordkeeping
HIV AND HBV RESEARCH LABORATORIES AND
PRODUCTION FACILITIES
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX H
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 2 of 37
SECTION I
PURPOSE OF THE PLAN
One of the major goals of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration
(OSHA) is to regulate facilities where work is carried out to promote safe work
practices in an effort to minimize the incidence of illness and injury experienced
by employees. Relative to this goal, OSHA has enacted the Bloodborne
Pathogens Standard, codified as 29 CFR 1910.1030. The purpose of the
Bloodborne Pathogens Standard is to "reduce occupational exposure to Hepatitis
B Virus (HBV), Human Immunodeficiency Virus (HIV) and other bloodborne
pathogens that employees may encounter in their workplace.
The US EPA Great Lakes National Program Office (GLNPO) believes that there
are a number of "good general principles that should be followed when working
with bloodborne pathogens." These include:
• It is prudent to minimize all exposure to bloodborne pathogens.
• Risk of exposure to bloodborne pathogens should never be underestimated.
• Our facility should institute as many work practices and engineering controls a
possible to eliminate or minimize employee exposure to bloodborne
pathogens.
We have implemented this Exposure Control Plan to meet the letter and intent
of the OSHA Bloodborne Pathogens Standard. The objective of this plan is
twofold:
• To protect our employees from the health hazards associated with bloodborne
pathogens.
• To provide appropriate treatment and counseling should an employee be
exposed to bloodborne pathogens.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX H
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 3 of 37
SECTION n
GENERAL PROGRAM MANAGEMENT
A. RESPONSIBLE PERSONS
There are four major "Categories of Responsibility" that are central to the
effective implementation of our Exposure Control Plan. These are:
• The "Exposure Control Officer"
• Department Managers and Supervisors
• Education /Training Instructors
• Our Employees
The following sections define the roles played by each of these groups in carrying
out the plan. (Throughout this written plan, employees with specific
responsibilities are identified. If, because of promotion or other reasons a new
employee is assigned any of these responsibilities, the GLNPO Safety Manager
and/or the Ship Operations Project Officer is to be notified of the change, so that
they can update their records.)
EXPOSURE CONTROL OFFICER
The "Exposure Control Officer" will be responsible for overall management and
support of our facility's Bloodborne Pathogens Compliance Program. Activities
which are delegated to the Exposure Control Officer typically include but are not
limited to:
• Overall responsibility for implementing the Exposure Control Plan for the
entire facility.
• Working with management and other employees to develop and administer
any additional bloodborne pathogens-related policies and practices needed to
support the effective implementation of this plan.
• Looking for ways to improve an Exposure Control Plan, as well as to revise and
update the plan when necessary.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX H
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 4 of 37
• Collecting and maintaining a suitable reference library on the Bloodborne
Pathogens Standard and bloodborne pathogens safety and health information.
• Knowing current legal requirements concerning bloodborne pathogens.
• Acting as the facility liaison during OSHA inspections.
• Conducting periodic facility audits to maintain an up-to-date Exposure Control
Plan.
A designated EPA employee or contractor has been appointed the facility's
Exposure Control Officer.
We have determined that the Exposure Control Officer will require assistance in
fulfilling his/her duties. To assist them in carrying out their duties, we have
created an Exposure Control Committee composed of the following people. (If
no committee is to be established, write "No committee established").
Exposure Control Committee
US EPA's Chief Scientist - Co-Chair
Analytical Contract Project Representative
Shio Operating Contract Representative
Additional Representatives from Ship Safety Committee (as needed)
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX H
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 5 of 37
DEPARTMENT MANAGER AND SUPERVISORS
Department Managers and Supervisors are responsible for exposure control in
their respective areas. They work directly with the Exposure Control Officer and
our employees to ensure that proper exposure control procedures are followed.
EDUCATION/TRAINING COORDINATOR
Our Education/Training Coordinator will responsible for providing information
and training to all employees who have the potential for exposure to bloodborne
pathqgens. Activities falling under the direction of the Coordinator include:
• Maintaining an up-to-date list of facility personnel requiring training (in
conjunction with facility management).
• Developing suitable education/training programs.
• Scheduling periodic training seminars for employees.
• Maintaining appropriate training documentation such as Sign-In Sheets,
Quizzes, Training Agenda, etc.
• Periodically reviewing the training programs with the Exposure Control
Officer, Department Managers and Supervisors to include appropriate,new
information.
GLNPO's Safety Manager has been selected to be the facility's Education/Training
Coordinator.
EMPLOYEES
As with all of our facility's activities, our employees have the most important
role in our Bloodborne Pathogens Compliance Program, for the ultimate
execution of much of our Exposure Control Plan rests in their hands. In this
role, they must do such things as:
• Know what tasks they perform that have the potential for occupational
exposure.
• Attend the bloodborne pathogens training sessions.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX H
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 6 of 37
• Plan and conduct all operations in accordance with our work practice controls.
• Develop good personal hygiene habits.
B. AVAILABILITY OF THE EXPOSURE CONTROL PLAN TO EMPLOYEES
To help them with their efforts, our facility's Exposure Control Plan is available
to our employees at any time. Employees are advised of this availability during
their education/training sessions. Copies of the Exposure Control Plan are kept
at the following locations:
• Chemical Hygiene Officer's Office
• GLNPO Headquarters
• Designated First Aid Area
• Contained within GLNPO's Safety Health and Environmental
• Compliance Manual .
C REVIEW AND UPDATE OF THE PLAN
We recognize that it is important to keep our Exposure Control Plan up to date.
To ensure this, the plan will be reviewed and updated under the following
circumstances:
• Annually, on or before May 5 of each year.
• Whenever new or modified tasks and procedures are implemented which
affect occupational exposure of our employees.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX H
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 7 of 37
• Whenever our employees' jobs are revised in such ways that new occupational
exposure may occur.
• Whenever we establish new functional positions within our facility that may
involve exposure to bloodborne pathogens.
SECTION HI
EXPOSURE DETERMINATION
One of the keys to implementing a successful Exposure Control Plan is to identify
exposure situations employees may encounter. To facilitate this in our facility,
we have prepared the following lists:
• Job classifications in which all employees have occupational exposure to
bloodborne pathogens.
• Job classifications in which some employees have occupational exposure to
bloodborne pathogens.
• Tasks and procedures in which occupational exposure to bloodborne pathogens
occurs (these tasks and procedures are performed by employees in the job
classifications shown on the two previous lists).
GLNPO Safety Manager and the Ship Operations Project Officer will work with
department managers and supervisors to revise and update these lists as-our
tasks, procedures, and classifications change.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX H
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 8 of 37
JOB CLASSIFICATIONS IN WHICH ALL EMPLOYEES HAVE EXPOSURE TO
BLOODBORNE PATHOGENS
Below are listed the job classifications in our facility where all employees may
come into contact with human blood or other potentially infectious materials,
which may result in possible exposure to bloodborne pathogens:
TOB TITLE DEPARTMENT/LOCATION
Ship's Chemical Hygiene Officer R/V Lake Guardian
Chief Scientist R/V Lake Guardian
Ship's Operations Contractor Designee R/V Lake Guardian
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX H
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 9 of 37
JOB CLASSIFICATIONS IN WHICH SOME EMPLOYEES HAVE EXPOSURE TO
BLOODBORNE PATHOGENS
Below are listed the job classifications in our facility where some employees may
come into contact with human blood or other potentially infectious materials,
which may result in possible exposure to bloodborne pathogens:
JOB TITLE DEPARTMENT/LOCATION
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX H
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 10 of 37
WORK ACTIVITIES INVOLVING POTENTIAL EXPOSURE TO BLOODBORNE
PATHOGENS
Below are listed the tasks and procedures in our facility where employees may
come into contact with human blood or other potentially infectious materials
which may result in exposure to bloodbome pathogens.
JOB DEPARTMENT/
TASK CLASSIFICATION LOCATION
First Aid or Chief Scientist
CPR Responder Ship's Cbpmiral Hygiene
Officer
Ship's Operations Contractor
Designee
Ship's Analytical Contractor
or Designee
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX H
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 11 of 37
SECTION IV
METHODS OF COMPLIANCE
We understand that there are a number of areas that must be addressed in order
to effectively eliminate or minimize exposure to bloodborne pathogens in our
facility. The first five areas we deal with in our plan are:
• The use of Universal Precautions.
• Establishing appropriate engineering controls.
• Implementing appropriate Work Practice Controls.
• Using necessary Personal Protective Equipment.
• Implementing appropriate housekeeping procedures.
Each of these areas is reviewed with our employees during their bloodborne
pathogens training (see the "Information and Training" section of this plan for
additional information). By rigorously following the requirements of OSHA's
Bloodborne Pathogens Standard in these five areas, we feel that we will
eliminate or minimize our employees' occupational exposure to bloodborne
pathogens as much as possible.
A. UNIVERSAL PRECAUTIONS
In our facility we have begun the use of Universal Precautions on September 1,
1993. As a result, we treat all human blood and body fluids, such as semen and
vaginal secretions, as if they are known to be infected with HBV, HTV and other
bloodborne pathogens.
In circumstances where it is difficult or impossible to differentiate between body
fluid types, we assume all body fluids to be potentially infectious.
The Designated Exposure Control Officer is responsible for overseeing our
Universal Precautions Program.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX H
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 12 of 37
6. ENGINEERING CONTROLS
One of the key aspects to our Exposure Control Plan is the use of Engineering
Controls to eliminate or minimize employee exposure to bloodborne pathogens.
As a result, employees use cleaning, maintenance and other equipment that is
designated to prevent contact with blood or other potentially infectious
materials.
The Designated Exposure Control Officer periodically works with department
managers and supervisors to review tasks and procedures performed in our
facility where engineering controls can be implemented or updated. As a part of
this effort, a facility survey was completed in October 1992 identifying three
things:
• Operations where engineering controls are currently employed.
• Operations where engineering controls can be updated.
• Operations currently not employing engineering controls, but where
engineering controls could be beneficial.
The results of this survey can be found on the following pages.
Each of these lists is reexamined during our annual Exposure Control Plan
review and opportunities for new or improved engineering controls are
identified. Any existing engineering control equipment is also reviewed for
proper function and needed repair or replacement each month, in conjunction
with the department manager or supervisor where the equipment is located.
ENGINEERING CONTROL EQUIPMENT
The following operations have, or should have, Engineering Control Equipment
to eliminate or minimize our employees' exposure to bloodborne pathogens. If
equipment is needed but not yet available "None" is indicated in the "Control
Equipment" column.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX H
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST!993
PAGE: 13of37
DEPARTMENT/
OPERATION
Analytical Laboratory
Throughout
Designated First Aid
Station
CONTROL
EQUIPMENT
Safety Shower
NEEDS
UPDATING
Monthly
DATE OF
LAST
REVIEW
Monthly
Eve Wash
Sinks, spigots
Waste Receptacles
Routine
Maintenance
Monthly
Routine
Maintenance
Monthly
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX H
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 14 of 37
In addition to the engineering controls identified on these lists, the following
engineering controls are used throughout the facility:
• Handwashing facilities (or antiseptic hand cleaners and towels or antiseptic
towelettes), are readily accessible to all employees who have the potential for
exposure.
• Self-sheathing needles. (MEDICAL).
• Containers for contaminated reusable sharps having the following
characteristics:
- Puncture resistant.
- Color-coded or labeled with a biohazard warning label.
- Leak-proof on the sides and bottom.
(MEDICAL)
• Specimen containers which are:
- Leak proof.
- Color-coded or labeled with a biohazard warning label.
- Puncture-resistant if necessary.
(MEDICAL)
• Secondary containers which are:
- Leak-proof.
- Color-coded or labeled with a biohazard warning label.
- Puncture-resistant, if necessary.
(MEDICAL)
C WORK PRACTICE CONTROLS
In addition to engineering controls, our facility uses a number of Work Practice
Controls to help eliminate or minimize employee exposure to bloodborne
pathogens. Many of these Work Practiced Controls have been in effect for some
time.
The person in our facility who is responsible for overseeing the implementation
of these Work Practice Controls is the Designated Exposure Control Officer.
He/she works in conjunction with department mangers, supervisors and our
facility's training coordinators to effect this implementation.
Our facility has adopted the following Work Practice Controls as part of our
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX H
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 15 of 37
Bloodborne Pathogens Compliance Program:
• Employees wash their hands immediately, or as soon as feasible, after removal
of potentially contaminated gloves or other personal protective equipment.
• Following any contact of body areas with blood or any other potentially
infectious materials, employees wash their hands and any other exposed skin
with soap and water as soon a possible. They also flush exposed mucous
membranes with water.
• Contaminated needles and other contaminated sharps are not bent, recapped or
removed unless:
- It can be demonstrated that there is no feasible alternative.
- The action required is by specific medical procedure.
- In the above situations the recapping or needle removal is
accomplished through the use of a medical device or a one-handed
technique.
(MEDICAL)
• Contaminated reusable sharps are placed in appropriate containers
immediately, or as soon as possible after use.
(MEDICAL)
• Eating, drinking, smoking, chewing gun, applying cosmetics or lip balm, and
handling contact lenses is prohibited in work areas where there is potential for
exposure to bloodborne pathogens.
• Food and drink is not kept in refrigerators, freezers, on countertops or in other
storage areas where blood or other potentially infectious materials are present.
(MEDICAL)
• Mouth pipetting/ suctioning of blood or other infectious materials is
prohibited.
(MEDICAL)
• All procedures involving blood or other infectious materials minimize
splashing, spraying or other actions generating droplets of these materials.
(MEDICAL)
• Specimens of blood or other materials are placed in designated leak-proof
containers, appropriately labeled, for handling and storage.
(MEDICAL)
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX H
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 16of37
• If outside contamination of a primary specimen container occurs, that
container is placed within a second leak-proof container, appropriately labeled,
for handling and storage. Of specimen can puncture the primary container, the
secondary container must be puncture resistant.)
(MEDICAL)
Equipment which becomes contaminated is examined prior to servicing or
shipping, and decontaminated as necessary unless it can be demonstrated that
decontamination is not feasible.
- An appropriate biohazard warning label is attached to any
contaminated equipment, identifying the contaminated portions.
- Information regarding the remaining contamination is conveyed to
all affected employees, the equipment manufacturer and the
equipment service representative prior to handling, servicing or
shipping.
When a new employee comes to our facility, or an employee changes jobs within
the facility, the following process occurs to ensure that they are trained in the
appropriate work practice controls:
• The employee's job classification and the tasks and procedures they will
perform are checked against the Job Classifications and Tasks List which we
have identified in our Exposure Control Plan as those in which the potential
for occupational exposure exits.
• If the employee is transferring from one job to another within our facility, the
job classification and tasks/ procedures pertaining to their previous position are
also checked against these lists.
• Based on this "cross checking", the new job classifications and/or tasks and
procedures which will bring the employee into occupational exposure
situations are identified.
• The employee is then trained by the facility Training Coordinator or another
instructor regarding any work practice controls that the employee is not
experienced with.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX H
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 17 of 37
D. PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT
Personal Protective Equipment is our employees' last line of defense against
bloodborne pathogen exposure. Because of this, our facility provides for our
employees, at no cost to them, the Personal Protective Equipment that they need
to protect themselves against such exposure. This equipment includes but is not
limited to:
• Gloves
• Safety glasses
• Goggles
• Face shields/masks
• Respirators
Hypoallergenic gloves, gloveliners and similar alternatives are readily available
to those employees who are allergic to the gloves our facility normally uses.
The Designated Exposure Control Officer, working with department managers
and supervisors, is responsible for ensuring that all departments and work areas
have appropriate personal protective equipment available to all employees.
Our employees are trained regarding the use of appropriate personal protective
equipment for their job classifications and task/procedures they perform.
Training is provided when necessary if an employee takes a new position or
news job functions are added to their current position.
To determine the need for additional training, the employee's previous job
classification and tasks are compared to those for any new job or function. Any
needed training is provided by their department manager or supervisor working
with our facility's Training Coordinator.
To ensure that all personal protective equipment is not contaminated and is in
the appropriate condition to protect employees from potential exposure, our
facility adheres to the following practices:
• All personal protective equipment is inspected periodically and repaired or
replaced as needed to maintain its effectiveness.
• Reusable personal protective equipment is cleaned, laundered and
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX H
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 18 of 37
decontaminated as needed.
• Single-use personal protective equipment, or equipment that cannot, for
whatever reason, be decontaminated, is disposed of by forwarding that
equipment to the Designated Exposure Control Officer.
To make sure that this equipment is used as effectively as possible, our
employees are to adhere to the following practices when using their personal
protective equipment:
• Any garments penetrated by blood or other potentially infectious materials are
removed immediately or as soon as feasible.
• All potentially contaminated personal protective equipment is removed prior
to leaving a work area.
• Gloves are worn in the following circumstances:
- Whenever the employees anticipate hand contact with blood or
other potentially infectious materials.
- When handling or touching contaminated items or
surfaces.
• Disposable gloves are replaced as soon as practical after contamination or if
they are torn, punctured or otherwise lose their ability to function as an
exposure barrier.
• Utility gloves are decontaminated for reuse unless they are cracked, peeling,
torn or exhibit other signs of deterioration at which time they are disposed of.
• Masks and eye protection (such as goggles, face shields, etc) are used whenever
splashes or sprays may generate droplets of infectious materials.
• Protective clothing (such as coats) are worn whenever potential exposure to the
body is anticipated.
E. HOUSEKEEPING
Maintaining our facility in a clean and sanitary condition is an important part of
our Bloodborne Pathogens Compliance Program. To facilitate this, we have set
up a written schedule for cleaning and decontamination of the appropriate areas
of the facility. The schedule provides the following information:
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX H
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 19 of 37
• The area to be cleaned/decontaminated.
• Day and time of scheduled work.
• Cleansers and disinfectants to be used.
• Any special instructions that are appropriate.
Using this schedule, our janitorial/cleaning staff employs the following practices:
• All equipment and surfaces are cleaned and decontaminated after contact with
blood or other potentially infectious materials:
- After the completion of medical procedures. (MEDICAL)
- Immediately (or as soon as feasible) when surfaces are overtly
contaminated.
- After any spill of blood or infectious materials. (MEDICAL)
- At the end of the work shift if the surface may have been
contaminated during that shift.
• Protective coverings (such as plastic trash bags or wrap, aluminum foil or
absorbent paper) are removed and replaced:
- As soon as it is feasible when overtly contaminated.
- At the end of the work shift if they may have been
contaminated during the shift.
• All trash containers, pails, bins and other receptacles intended for use routinely
are inspected, cleaned and decontaminated as soon as possible if visibly
contaminated.
• Potentially contaminated broken glassware is picked up using mechanical
means (such as a dustpan and brush, tongs, forceps, etc.).
• Contaminated reusable sharps are stored in containers that do not require
"hand processing". (MEDICAL)
The Designated Exposure Control Officer is responsible for setting up our
cleaning and decontamination schedule making sure it is carried out within our
facility.
We are also very careful in our facility in handling regulated waste (including
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX H
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 20 of 37
bandages, feminine hygiene products and other potential infectious materials).
• They are discarded or "bagged" in containers that are:
- Able to be dosed.
- Puncture-resistant if the discarded materials have the potential to
penetrate the container.
- Leak-proof if the potential for fluid spill or leakage exists.
- Red in color or labeled with the appropriate biohazard warning
label.
• Containers for this regulated waste are placed in appropriate locations in our
facility within easy access of our employees and as close as possible to the
sources of the waste.
• Waste containers are maintained upright, routinely replaced and not allowed
to overfill.
• Contaminated laundry is handled as little as possible and is not sorted or rinsed
where it is used.
• Whenever our employees move containers of regulated waste from one area
to another, the containers are immediately closed and placed inside an
appropriate secondary container if leakage is possible from the first container.
The Designated Exposure Control Officer is responsible for the collection and
handling of our facility's contaminated waste.
CLEANING SCHEDULE
SCHEDULED CLEANERS/
EQUIPMENT/ CLEANING DISINFECTANTS SPECIAL
AREA (DAY/TIME) USED INSTRUCTIONS
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX H
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 21 of 37
SCHEDULED CLEANERS/
EQUIPMENT/ CLEANING DISINFECTANTS SPECIAL
AREA (DAY/TIME) USED INSTRUCTIONS
First Aid Station After Use Solutions with
bleach or NaCl Oi
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX H
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 22 of 37
SECTION V
HEPATITIS B VACCINATION, POST-EXPOSURE EVALUATION AND FOLLOW-
UP
Everyone in our facility recognizes that even with proper adherence to all our
exposure prevention practices, exposure incidents can occur. As a result, we
have implemented a Hepatitis B Vaccination Program as well as set up
procedures for post-exposure evaluation and follow-up should exposure to
bloodborne pathogens occur.
A. VACCINATION PROGRAM
To protect our employees as much as possible from the possibility of Hepatitis B
infection, our facility has implemented a vaccination program This program is
available, at no cost, to all employees who have occupational exposure to
bloodborne pathogens.
The vaccination program consists of a series of three inoculations over a six-
month period. As part of their bloodborne pathogens training, our employees
have received information regarding the Hepatitis B vaccination, including its
safety and effectiveness.
The GLNPO Safety Manager is responsible for setting up and operating our
vaccination program which has been in effect since September-1,1993.
Vaccinations are performed under the supervision of a licensed physician or
other health care professional. Employees taking part in the vaccination
program are listed on the following pages. Employees who have declined to take
part in the program are listed as well, and have signed the "Vaccination
Declination Form".
To ensure that all employees are aware of our vaccination program, it is
thoroughly discussed during our bloodborne pathogens training. We also post
"Vaccination Program Notices" in prominent places throughout our facility.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX H
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 23 of 37
EMPLOYEES ELIGIBLE FOR HEPATITIS B VACCINATION
INOCULATION
DEPARTMENT/ ACCEPTED/ DATES RECEIVED
NAME TITLE DECLINED SCHEDULED #U &L
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX H
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 24 of 37
VACCINATION DECLINATION FORM
DATE:
EMPLOYEE NAME:
EMPLOYEE ID#
I understand that due to my occupational exposure to blood or other potentially
infectious materials I may be at risk of acquiring Hepatitis B virus (HBV)
infection. I have been given the opportunity to be vaccinated with Hepatitis B
vaccine at no charge. However, I decline to receive the Hepatitis B vaccination at
this time. I understand that by declining this vaccine, I continue to be at risk of
acquiring Hepatitis B, a serious disease. If, in future, I continue to have
occupational exposure to blood or other potentially infectious materials and I
wish to be vaccinated with Hepatitis B vaccine at that time, I can receive the
vaccination series at no charge.
EMPLOYEE SIGNATURE DATE
FACILITY REPRESENTATIVE SIGNATURE DATE
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX H
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 25 of 37
MAKE SURE YOU HAVE RECEIVED YOUR
HEPATITIS B
VACCINATION
The vaccination is given at the following times:
Location:
TO SIGN UP CALL OR TALK TO
YOUR SUPERVISOR.
THIS VACCINATION IS FREE OF
CHARGE TO ALL EMPLOYEES
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX H
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 26 of 37
B. POST-EXPOSURE EVALUATION AND FOLLOW-UP
If one of our employees is involved in an incident where exposure to bloodborne
pathogens may have occurred, there are two things that we immediately focus
our attention and efforts upon:
• Investigating the circumstances surrounding the exposure incident.
• Making sure that our employees receive medical consultation and treatment if
needed and as expeditiously as possible.
The Designated Exposure Control Officer investigates every exposure incident
that occurs in our facility. This investigation is initiated within 24 hours after
the incident occurs and involves gathering the following information:
• When the incident occurred
- Date and time
• Where the incident occurred
- Location within the facility
• What potentially infectious materials were involved in the incident
- Type of material (blood, etc.)
• Source of the material
• Under what circumstances the incident occurred
- Type of work being performed
• How the incident was caused
- Accident
- Unusual circumstances (equipment malfunction, power failure, etc.)
• Personal protective equipment being used at the time of the incident
• Actions taken as a result of the incident
- Employee decontamination
- Clean up
- Notifications made
After this information is collected it is evaluated, a written summary of the
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX H
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 27 of 37
incident and its cause is prepared, and recommendations are made for avoiding
similar incidents in the future (to assist with this gathering of information, we
use the "incident Investigation Form").
In order to ensure that our employees receive the best and most timely treatment
should an exposure to bloodborne pathogens occur, our facility has set up a
comprehensive post-exposure evaluation and follow-up process. We use the
checklist at the end of this section to verify that all the steps in the process have
been correctly followed. This process is overseen by the following people:
• Designated Exposure Control Officer
• Ship Operations Project Officer
• GLNPO Health & Safety Manager
We recognize that much of the information involved in this process must
remain confidential, and will do everything possible to protect the privacy of
those involved.
As the first step in this process we provide an exposed employee with this
confidential information:
• Documentation regarding the routes of exposure and circumstances under
which the exposure incident occurred.
• Identification of the source individual (unless infeasible or prohibited by law).
Next, if possible, we test the source individual's blood to determine the HBV and
HIV infectivity. This information will also be made available to the exposed
employee, if it is obtained. At that timed, the employee will be made aware of
any applicable laws and regulations concerning disclosure of the identity and
infected status of the source individual.
Finally, we collect and test the blood of the exposed employee for HBV and HTV
status.
Once these procedures have been completed, an appointment is arranged for the
exposed employee with a qualified health care professional to discuss the
employee's medical status. This includes an evaluation of any reported illness as
well as any recommended treatment.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX H
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 28 of 37
C INFORMATION PROVIDED TO THE HEALTH CARE PROFESSIONAL
To assist the health care professional we forward a number of documents to
him/her, including the following:
• A copy of the Bloodborne Pathogens Standard
• A description of the exposure incident
• The exposed employee's relevant medical records
• Other pertinent information
D. HEALTH CARE PROFESSIONAL WRITTEN OPINION
After the consultation, the health care professional provides our facility with a
written opinion evaluating the exposed employee's situation. We, in turn,
furnish a copy of this medical opinion to the employee in question.
In keeping with the emphasis on confidentiality, the written opinion will
contain only the following information:
• Whether a Hepatitis 8 Vaccination is indicated for the employee.
• Whether the employee has received the Hepatitis B Vaccination.
• Confirmation that the employee has been told about any medical condition
resulting from the exposure incident which may require further evaluation or
treatment
All other findings or diagnoses will remain confidential and will not be included
in the written report.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX H
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 29 of 37
E MEDICAL RECORDKEEPING
To make sure that we have as much medical information available to the
participating health care professional as possible, our facility maintains
comprehensive medical records on our employees.
GLNPO Health and Safety Manager is responsible for setting up and maintaining
these records which include the following information:
• Name of the employee
• Social security number of the employee
• A copy of the employee's Hepatitis B Vaccination status
- Dates of any vaccinations
- Medical records relative to the employee's ability to receive the
vaccination
• Copies of the results of the examinations, medical testing, and follow-up
procedures which took place as a result of an employee's exposure to
bloodborne pathogens.
• A copy of the information provided to the consulting health care
professional as a result of any exposure to bloodborne pathogens.
As with all information concerning these areas, we recognize that it is important
to keep the information in these medical records confidential. We will not
disclose or report this information to anyone without the employee's written
consent except as required by law.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX H
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 30 of 37
EXPOSURE INCIDENT INVESTIGATION FORM
DATE OF INCIDENT: TIME OF INCIDENT:.
LOCATION:
POTENTIALLY INFECTIOUS MATERIALS INVOLVED:
TYPE: SOURCE: _
CIRCUMSTANCES (WORK BEING PERFORMED, ETC.):
HOW INCIDENT WAS CAUSED (Accident, equipment malfunction, etc.):
PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT BEING USED:
ACTIONS TAKEN (Decontamination, clean up, reporting, etc.):
RECOMMENDATIONS FOR AVOIDING REPETITION OF INCIDENT:.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX H
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 31 of 37
POST-EXPOSURE EVALUATION AND FOLLOW-UP CHECKLIST
The following steps must be taken, and information transmitted, in case of an
employee's exposure to bloodborne pathogens:
ACTIVITY COMPLETION DATE
Employee furnished with documentation
regarding exposure incident.
Source individual identified.
Source Individual
Source individual's blood tested and results
given to exposed employee.
_ Unable to obtain consent.
Exposed employee's blood collected and
tested.
Appointment arranged for employee with
health care professional.
Professional's Name
Documentation forwarded to health care
professional.
_Bloodborne Pathogens Standard
.Description of exposed employee's duties
.Description of exposure incident, including
routes of exposure
.Result of source individual's blood testing
.Employee's medical records
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX H
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 32 of 37
SECTION VI
LABELS AND SIGNS
For our employees one of the most obvious warnings of possible exposure to
bloodborne pathogens are biohazard labels. Because of this, we have
implemented a comprehensive biohazard warning labeling program in our
facility using labels of the type shown on the following page or, when
appropriate, using red "color-coded" containers. The Designated Control Officer
is responsible for setting up and maintaining this program in our facility.
Items in our facility were labeled:
• Containers of regulated waste
• Refrigerators/freezers containing blood or other potentially infectious
materials. (MEDICAL)
• Sharps disposal containers. (MEDICAL)
• Other containers used to store, transport or ship blood and other infectious
materials. (MEDICAL)
• Laundry bags and containers
• Contaminated equipment
On labels affixed to contaminated equipment we have also indicated which
portions of the equipment are contaminated.
We recognize that biohazard signs must be posted at entrances to HIV and HBV
research laboratories and production facilities. However, we do not have these
types of operations in our facility so we are not affected by these special
requirements.
(If the facility has HIV and HBV research laboratory and production operations,
please see the copy of the Bloodborne Pathogens Standard, section (g) (1) (ii) for
warning sign requirements.)
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX H
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 33 of 37
BIOHAZARD LABELS
SECTIONVII
INFORMATION AND TRAINING INFORMATION AND TRAINING
Having well informed and educated employees is extremely important when
attempting to eliminate or minimize their exposure to bloodborne pathogens.
Because of this, all employees who have the potential for exposure to bloodborne
pathogens must participate in a comprehensive training program and are
furnished with as much information as possible regarding this issue.
This program was set up so that employees would receive the required training
on or before June 4,1992. Employees will be retrained at least annually to keep
their knowledge up to date. Additionally, all new employees, as well as those
changing jobs or job functions, will be given any additional training that their
new position may require at that time.
The GLNPO Health and Safety Officer is responsible for seeing that all employees
who have the potential for exposure to bloodborne pathogens receive this
training. He/she will be assisted by the following instructors:
Marc Magee. Helix Environmental. Inc.
U.S. Public Health Service
A. TRAINING TOPICS
The topics covered in our training program include, but are not limited to, the
following:
• The Bloodborne Pathogens Standard.
• The epidemiology and symptoms of bloodborne diseases.
• Our facility's Exposure Control Plan (and where employees can obtain a
copy).
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX H
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 34 of 37
> Appropriate methods for recognizing tasks and other activities that may
involve exposure to blood and other potentially infectious materials.
• A review of the use and limitations of methods that will prevent or
reduce exposure, including:
- Engineering controls
- Work practice controls
- Personal protective equipment
• Selection and use of personal protective equipment including:
- Types available
- Proper use
- Location within facility
- Removal
- Handling
- Decontamination
- Disposal
• Visual warnings of biohazards within our facility including labels, signs,
and "color-coded" containers.
• Information on the Hepatitis B vaccine, including:
-Efficacy
-Safety
- Method f administration
- Benefits of vaccination
- Our facility's free vaccination program
• Actions to take and persons to contact in an emergency involving blood
or other potentially infectious materials.
• The procedures to follow if an exposure incident occurs, including
incident reporting.
• Information on the post-exposure evaluation and follow-up, including
medical consultation, that our facility will provide.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX H
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 35 of 37
B. TRAINING METHODS
Our facility's training presentations make use of several training techniques
including, but not limited to:
• Classroom type atmosphere with personal instruction.
• Video programs.
• Training manuals/employee handouts.
• Employee review sessions.
We have used the forms found on the following page and/or our computer
systems to facilitate this recordkeeping.
These training records are available for examination and copying to our
employees and their representatives as well as to OSHA and its' representatives.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX H
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 36 of 37
BLOODBORNE PATHOGENS TRAINING SESSIONS
DATE OF SESSION: SESSION SUMMARY (ATTACHED).
INSTRUCTOR(S) QUALIFICATIONS
ATTENDEE NAME JOB TITLE SSN SIGNATURE
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX H
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 37 of 37
SECTION VIE
HIV AND HBV RESEARCH LABORATORIES AND PRODUCTION FACILITIES
We recognize that there are several special requirements for HIV and HBV
research and production facilities in the areas of construction, engineering
controls, work practices, the use of containment equipment as well as employee
education and training. However, since we do not have these types of operations
in our facility, these special requirements do not apply. Therefore, our exposure
control plan does not address these requirements.
(If your facility includes HIV or HBV research laboratories or production
facilities, you can find a listing of special requirements that the Standard imposes
upon such facilities by consulting the Bloodbome Pathogen Standard 20 CFR
1910.1030. In this case, to complete your Exposure Control Plan you will need to
document the methods you will use to comply with these special requirements
as well as your implementation schedule.)
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX I
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: Iofl6
APPENDIX I: PERSONAL PROTECTIVE CLOTHING & EQUIPMENT
Policy and Responsibility
This section establishes policy, responsibilities, and practices for the procurement,
issue, control, and use of protective clothing and equipment by GLNPO employees
engaged in laboratory and field activities.
Policy
It is the policy of the Environmental Protection Agency to administer its programs
in a manner that will assure the protection of the health and safety of all personnel
in routine field and laboratory work, especially those persons engaged in work of a
hazardous or toxic nature, by providing and requiring the use of specified protective
clothing and equipment.
References
1. Occupational Safety and Health Act, P.L. 91-596.
2. 29 CFR1910, Subpart I. Sections 132,133,134,135,136,137, and 139.
3. EPA Order 1440.2 Health and Safety Requirements for Employees
engaged in Field Activities, EPA Order 1440.3 Respiratory Protection.
Definitions
The applicable terms used in this chapter are defined in the following paragraphs.
Field Activities
The term field activities, as used in this chapter, means EPA program activities that
are conducted by EPA employees outside of EPA administered facilities. These
activities include, but are not limited to, environmental and pesticides sampling,
field analysis, inspection of water and wastewater treatment plants, hazardous
material spills and waste site investigations, inspections, and sampling.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX I
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 2 of 16
Routine Laboratory Activities
The term routine laboratory activities denotes EPA program activities that are
conducted by EPA employees in an EPA-administered laboratory facility.
Applicability
The provisions of this chapter are applicable to all GLNPO employees at all
operational levels. They are also applicable to EPA contractors.
Responsibilities
The duties assigned Regional personnel with regard to Personal Protective
Equipment (PPE), are detailed in the following paragraphs.
Regional Administrator
The Regional Administrator is responsible for implementing the regional safety
program of which the requirements of this chapter are a part. It is the responsibility
of the Regional Administrator to require Division and Office Directors to budget the
funds necessary to procure personal protective clothing and equipment.
Division and Office Directors
The Division and Office Directors are responsible for assigning staff to field and
laboratory work which may require the use of personal protective clothing and
safety equipment.
Supervisors
In accordance with the procedures of this manual, the supervisor is responsible for
determining the level of protection required (in consultation with the Health and
Safety Officer). He/she is responsible for controlling, issuing, and inspecting the
protective clothing/equipment in their section. He/she is responsible for
identifying employees who require protective prescription lenses and for having
these employees provide current prescriptions. He/she is responsible for keeping an
accurate inventory and for maintaining the protective clothing/equipment in a
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX I
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 3 of 16
functional condition. He/she is responsible for identifying employees who require
training and certification; for ensuring that those employees receive training and
certification in compliance with the provisions of EPA Orders 1440.2, 1440.3, and
OSHA 29 CER 1910.120; and for ensuring these requirements are contained in their
position description. He/she is responsible for recommending appropriate
correction and/or disciplinary action of employees who choose to violate or neglect
safety requirements.
Regional Health and Safety Manager
The Regional Health and Safety Manager (RHSM) is responsible for assisting
supervisors in the selection, procurement, issuance, and maintenance of protective
clothing and equipment. He/she reviews every procurement request related to
safety, health or personal security, to assure that the request is justified and
appropriate. He/she will determine if the item, or an acceptable alternative, is
available in the Region, based on the Regional inventory of all protective
clothing/equipment that he/she maintains. He/she will annually perform a review
and audit of the condition, inventory, and use of protective clothing/equipment for
each Division and Office. A report of this annual review/ audit will be distributed to
all Division/Office Directors. He/she is responsible for identifying program areas
that require training and certification. As a member of the Region 5 training
committee, he/she advises the Office of Personnel regarding the Health and Safety
training requirements of EPA 1440.2, 1440.3, and OSHA 29 CFR 1910.120, and
recommends the required funding. The Regional Health and Safety manager shall
be responsible for administering the Respiratory Protection Program in Region 5.
Employee
Employees are responsible for the protective clothing and/or equipment issued to
them and are required to wear and use the clothing and equipment as prescribed in
this chapter and for reporting any damage and/or malfunction of the
clothing/equipment issued to them. Employees may provide a current prescription,
at their own expense, if the supervisor has determined that the government will
provide protective prescription eye wear.
Employees assigned protective clothing and /or equipment are required to sign a
receipt for such items.
1. They have received proper training in the use and maintenance of
these items.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX I
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 4 of 16
2. They have read the safety procedures and agree to accept the
responsibilities provided therein.
3. They accept responsibility for the maintenance and use of the assigned
protective clothing and equipment. Cleaning, sanitizing and
maintaining the respirators is included in this responsibility. Any
damage, excessive wear, or malfunction of the equipment must be
reported immediately to the individual's supervisor. Individuals are
also responsible for the cost of replacing items of protective clothing or
equipment lost, damaged, or stolen through their own negligence.
4. Items provided from a general supply will be maintained by the
organizational unit responsible for its supply and issuance.
Eye and Face Protection
Descriptions of the protective equipment available specifically for the eyes and face
are included in the following paragraphs.
Protective Eye Wear
Protective eye wear, including plain and prescription lenses, shall be provided to all
field and laboratory employees. They must be worn when the danger of eye injury
exists. No one may enter a controlled location where eye protection is mandatory
without such equipment. Areas in a laboratory, or on-site locations may be
designated as controlled areas by the person in charge. It is his/her responsibility to
determine the level of protection required and to enforce its use.
Safety Glasses
Safety glasses that comply with the standard for Occupational and Educational Eye
and Face Protection (OSHA Regulation) shall be the minimum eye protection
required for regular use by GLNPO personnel. This standard requires that the
glasses pass a flammability test, consist of lens retaining frames, contain a minimum
lens thickness of 3mm and be impact resistant. Safety glasses meeting this standard
will be suitably marked with the manufacturer's identification.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX I
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 5 of 16
Face Shields
Safety glasses or goggles offer little protection to the face and neck. Full face shields
that protect the face and neck shall be worn when the maximum protection from
flying particles and splashes from harmful liquids is needed. Face shields are not a
primary eye protection device and are designed for use over the protective eyewear
required for the operation.
Contact Lenses
Contact lenses are not protective eyewear. In situations where protective eyewear is
required, the person in charge will determine if contact lenses may be worn with
additional appropriate eye protection as determined by 29 CFR 1910.134. Contact
lenses may not be worn where there is risk of exposure to: intense heat; molten
metals; high paniculate containing atmospheres; chemical fumes, vapors or
splashes; or while wearing a respirator.
Head Protection
All head protection must meet the requirements of current OSHA requirements.
Head protection will be worn by all GLNFO employees where there is danger of
injury from limited electric shock or from falling or flying objects. Head protection
is required at waste-clean up sites where injury may result from, equipment
operation. Employees are required to wear head protection during all inspections of
industrial and chemical .plants, waste disposal operations, and sites where any of the
above hazards exist.
Protective Apparel
Protective apparel is required for most field and laboratory work performed in the
Region. It should be strong, resistant to chemical and thermal penetration, flexible
and easy to clean. The performance requirements are to be determined by the
substances being handled. It is the responsibility of the supervisor to determine the
choice of garment to be worn (laboratory coat, coveralls, rubber or plastic aprons,
splash suits, fully encapsulating disposable coveralls, etc.)
Aprons, Coveralls, Splash Suits
Plastic or rubber aprons, coveralls or splash suits provide protection from corrosive
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX I
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 6 of 16
or irritating liquids. However, they can accumulate a charge of static electricity and
in the case of fire can cause additional injuries. Therefore, they should not be worn
in areas where flammable solvents or other materials could be ignited by a static
charge.
Flame Resistant Garments
Properly-designed pants, jackets and hardhat liners with appropriate chemical
treatment provide protection from fire hazards such as unexpected furnace flames
and from the hazard of splashed molten metal. Jackets with pockets on the inside
only help to prevent injury in the presence of high-temperature, airborne particles.
Similarly, properly fitted jackets and pants, which are not rolled up, can also prevent
injury. Employees are required to wear chemically treated jackets and pants during
all coke oven battery and blast furnace casthouse inspections. At a minimum,
chemically-treated jackets must be worn during inspections at basic oxygen furnace
shops, electric arc furnace shops and facilities with electric arc furnaces and cupolas.
It is important that this type of protective clothing be chemically-treated after each
washing.
Disposable Outer Garments
Disposable outer garments (e.g. Polyethylene, Saran Coated or Tyyek) may, in some
cases, be preferable to reusable ones. Examples include the handling of quantities of
highly toxic or carcinogenic materials. Disposable full length suits are
recommended for high risk situations; however, many disposable garments offer
limited protection from vapor penetration and their use should be determined by
the supervisor.
Disposal of Contaminated Garments
Garments should be disposed of in accordance with disposal and decontamination
procedures provided by the provisions of the Specific Site Safety Plan or SOP or
similar rule.
Gloves
Gloves will be worn when it is necessary to handle corrosive materials, sharp or
rough objects, hot or cold materials, or when there is a possibility of exposure to
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX I
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 7 of 16
chemicals. Gloves will not be worn near machinery if they may cause bodily injury
as a result of being caught in the machine.
The following additional requirements will be met:
1. Gloves will be selected based on their intended use, the hazard
involved and their suitability for the job.
2. Before use, gloves will be inspected for punctures, tears or
discoloration.
3. Gloves will be appropriately cleaned before removal.
4. Leather gloves will be used for handling broken glassware, for inserting
rubber stoppers into glass tubes, for protection against rough or sharp-
edged objects, hot or cold materials and for similar operations where
protection from chemicals is not needed. Gloves will not be worn near
machinery if they may cause bodily injury as a result of being caught in
the machine.
5. Specialized gloves are manufactured for specialized activities. These
activities include:
A. Electrical operations or fish shocking activities where the use of
rubber insulated gloves meet OSHA regulations.
8. Working at temperature extremes where the use of gloves made
with such materials as Nomex or Kevlar or in combination with
other materials is required.
Foot Protection
All safety footwear must meet the requirements of OSHA regulations. Shoes must
be worn at all times in areas where chemicals are stored or used. Perforated shoes,
sandals or doth sneakers must not be worn in laboratories or during any field work.
Safety-toe shoes must be worn by all GLNPO employees who regularly engage in
moving, lifting, handling or carrying supplies, materials, equipment, furniture, or
other objects of such weight that accidental injury to the toes from falling or shifting
of such objects may result. Foot protection, other than ordinary shoes, may be
required in special cases. Safety-toe shoes or safety-toe boots are required for most
field activities. Rubber boots or plastic shoe covers are to be worn over safety-toe
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX I
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 8 of 16
shoes to avoid possible exposure to corrosive chemicals or to large quantities of
solvents or water that may penetrate normal foot gear (e.g., during clean-up
operations.)
Respiratory Protection
Approved respirator protection will be worn by GLNPO employees when they are
working in, or when they encounter, hazardous atmospheres exceeding the
Permissible Exposure Limits, in suspected oxygen deficient atmospheres, or where
there is imminent danger of release of airborne toxic substances. See Appendix A,
Respiratory Protection Program, of this manual.
Non-Personal Protective/Safety Equipment in Laboratories
Emergency alarm systems, safety showers, eye wash fountains, fire extinguishers,
and other such equipment will be provided as part of the laboratory work place. The
requirements and technical standards are set forth in 29 CFR 1910.
Emergency Equipment
The following equipment is required for laboratory emergencies. This equipment
should be stored together in a central location closest to the laboratory operation
having the highest risk of an emergency situation.
Quantity .Description
2 Positive pressure (pressure demand) self-contained
breathing apparatus (SCBA) (MSHA, NIOSH approved)
2 Fully encapsulated suits*
2 Hooded, chemical splash suits
2 Chemical resistant disposable coveralls
1 Spill control cart with spill control equipment
1 Thin-window Geiger counter (0-5mr/hr.) minimum*
'Optional
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX I
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 9 of 16
Several pairs of gloves are also required. The gloves should be selected to protect
against a variety of corrosive or toxic materials. Leather and insulated gloves
should also be included in the selection.
All of the above equipment should be inspected periodically (at least every six
months.) The SCBAs should be inspected after each use or at least once a month.
Additional Protective Requirements
To prevent injury and protect the skin, laboratory personnel may not wear loose,
ragged or torn clothing and laboratory coats, meager or insufficient clothing (e.g.,
shorts and/or halter tops) or unrestrained hair.
Issuance and Training in the Use of Protective Clothing and Safety Equipment
All of the protective clothing and equipment listed in this manual, as specified for
use in laboratory work or field operations must be issued to the employee or made
available. If PPE is required for the task, it must be transported to the point of
operation and be worn and/or utilized as necessary in performing the activity. For
laboratory work, clothing and equipment made available on site satisfies the intent
of this manual.
Standard Level of Protection Provided
The Agency will provide each employee regularly engaged in field work with the
following: safety toe shoes; or toe caps, safety glasses/goggles and face shield
(prescription safety glasses will be provided when safety goggles do not fit over
regular prescription glasses), and an approved hard hat.
Field Work of a Hazardous Nature
In addition to the above, the Agency will provide each employee assigned to field
work of a hazardous or potentially hazardous nature the following items:
disposable coveralls, disposable gloves, pull on safety toe rubber boots (knee high),
and a respirator (as appropriate.)
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX I
VERSION: FINAL/ AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 10 of 16
Specialized Field Woik
The Agency will provide personnel assigned to specialized field work (e.g., GLNPO
and CERCLA personnel) work clothing/equipment as necessary. This may include:
life preserver; exposure suit; waders/ or fully encapsulated protective suit.
Employees assigned to field work, when there is the potential of fire, will be issued
fire resistant coveralls and jackets (e.g., Nomex.) Those employees who require
respiratory protection and prescription lenses will be provided prescription lenses
mounted in a special frame to accomodate the respiratory equipment.
Training
All employees engaged in field work will receive training and certification in
compliance with the provisions of EPA Order 1440.2 and 1440.3. Employees shall
not be permitted to engage in routine field activities unless they have been trained
and certified to a level commensurate with the degree of anticipated hazards. All
employees shall be provided with a minimum of 24 hours of health and safety
training prior to their becoming involved in normal routine field activities. In
addition, employees engaged in field activity requiring the use of respiratory
protective devices must be properly trained in the selection and use of such devices
and certified that he/she is physically capable of wearing such equipment.
LEVEL C DECONTAMINATION
A. Equipment Worn
The full decontamination procedure outlined is for workers wearing Level C
protection (with taped joints between gloves, boots, and suit) consisting of:
• One-piece, hooded, chemical-resistant splash suit.
• Canister equipped, full-face mask.
• Hard hat.
• Chemical-resistant, steel toe and shank boots.
• Boot covers.
• Inner and outer gloves.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX I
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 11 of 16
B. Procedure for Full Decontamination
Station 1: Segregated Equipment Drop
Deposit equipment used on site (tools, sampling devices and containers,
monitoring instruments, radios, clipboards, etc.) on plastic drop cloths or in
different containers with plastic liners. Each may be contaminated to a different
degree. Segregation at the drop reduces the probability of cross contamination.
Equipment: • various size containers
• plastic liners
• plastic drop cloths
Station 2: Boot Cover and Glove Wash
Scrub outer boot covers and gloves with decon solution or detergent and water.
Equipment: • container (20-30 gallons)
• decon solution or
• detergent water
• 2-3 long-handle, soft-bristle scrub brushes
Section 3: Boot Cover and Glove Rinse
Rinse off decon solution from Station 2 using copious amounts of water. Repeat
as many times as necessary.
Equipment: • container (30-50 gallons) or
• high-pressure spray unit
• water
• 2-3 long-handle, soft bristle scrub brushes
Station 4: Tape Removal
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX I
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 12 of 16
Remove tape around boots and gloves and deposit in container with plastic liner.
Equipment: • container (20-30 gallons)
• plastic liners
Station 5: Boot Cover Removal
Remove boot covers and deposit in container with plastic liner.
Equipment: • container (30-50 gallons)
• plastic liners
• bench or stool
Station 6: Outer Glove Removal
Remove outer gloves and deposit in container with plastic liner.
Equipment: • container (20-30 gallons)
• plastic liners
Station 7: Suit/Safety Boot Wash
Thoroughly wash splash suit and safety boots. Scrub with long-handle, soft-
bristle scrub brush and copious amounts of decon solution or detergent/water.
Repeat as many times as necessary.
Equipment: • container (30-50 gallons)
• decon solution or
• detergent/water
• 2-3 long-handle, soft-bristle scrub brushes
Station 8: Suit/Safety Boot Rinse
Rinse off decon solution or detergent/water using copious amounts of water.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX I
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 13 of 16
Repeat as many times as necessary.
Equipment: • container (30-50 gallons) or
• high-pressure spray unit
• water
• 2-3 long-handle, soft-bristle scrub brushes
Station 9: Canister or Mask Change
If worker leaves Exclusion Zone to change canister (or mask), this is the last step
in the decontamination procedure. Worker's canister is exchanged, new outer
gloves and boot covers donned, and joints taped. Worker returns to duty.
Equipment: • canister (or mask)
• tape
• boot covers
• gloves
Station 10: Safety Boot Removal
Remove safety boots and deposit in container with plastic liner.
Equipment: • container (30-50 gallons)
• plastic liners
• bench or stool
• bootjack
Station 11: Splash Suit Removal
With assistance of helper, remove splash suit. Deposit in container with plastic
liner.
Equipment: • container (30-50 gallons)
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX I
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 14 of 16
• bench or stool
• liner
Station 12: Inner Glove Wash
Wash inner gloves with decon solution or detergent/water that will not harm
skin. Repeat as many times as necessary.
Equipment: • decon solution or
• detergent/water
• basin or bucket
Station 13: Inner Glove rinse
Rinse inner gloves with water. Repeat as many times as necessary.
Equipment: • water
• basin or bucket
• small table
Station 14: Facepiece Removal
Remove facepiece. Avoid touching face with gloves. Deposit facepiece in
container with plastic liner.
Equipment: • container (30-50 gallons)
• plastic liners
Station 15: Inner Glove Removal
Remove inner gloves and deposit in container with plastic liner.
Equipment: • container (20-30 gallons)
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX I
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 15 of 16
• plastic liners
Station 16: Inner Clothing Removal
Remove clothing soaked with perspiration. Placed in container with plastic
liner. Do not wear inner clothing off site since there is a possibility that small
amounts of contaminants might have been transferred in removing splash suit.
Equipment: • container (30-50 gallons)
• plastic liners
Station 17: Field Wash
Shower if highly toxic, skin-corrosive or skin-absorbable materials are known or
suspected to be present. Wash hands and face if shower is not available.
Equipment: • water
• soap
• tables
• wash basins/buckets, or
• field showers
Station 18: Redress
Put on clean clothes. A dressing trailer is needed in inclement weather.
Equipment: • tables
• chairs
• lockers
• clothes
C. Full Decontamination (Situation 1) and Three Modifications (Situations 2, 3, &4)
Situation 1: The individual entering the Contamination Reduction Corridor is
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX I
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 16 of 16
observed to be grossly contaminated or extremely skin corrosive substances are
known or suspected to be present.
Situation 2: Same as Situation 1 except individual needs new canister or mask and
will return to Exclusion Zone.
Situation 3: Individual entering the CRC is expected to be minimally contaminated.
Extremely skin-corrosive materials are not present. No outer gloves or boot covers
are worn. Inner gloves are not contaminated.
Situation 4: Same as Situation 3 except individual needs new canister or mask and
will return to Exclusion Zone.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE 1 of 31
APPENDIX I: CHEMICAL HYGIENE PLAN AND SAFETY MANUAL
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1.1 Introduction
1.2 General Principles
1.3 Responsibilities
1.4 The Laboratory Facility
1.5 Basic Rules and Procedures for Working with Chemicals
1.6 Chemical Hygiene Standard Operating Procedures
1.7 Chemical Procurement, Distribution, and Handling
1.8 Signs and Labels
1.9 Hazard Identification
1.10 Industrial Hygiene
1.11 Employee Information and Training
1.12 Medical Evaluation Program
1.13 Personal Protective Equipment
1.14 Recordkeeping
1.15 Housekeeping, Maintenance, and Inspection
1.16 Waste Disposal
1.17 Spills and Accidents
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE 2 of 31
ATTACHMENTS
Attachment 1 - 29 CFR 1910.1450, Revised July 1,1992
Attachment 2 - Storage For Chemical Compatibility
Attachments - SOP for Hazardous Material Storage and Spill
Prevention
Attachment 4 - Weekly Inspection Checklist
Attachment 5 - SOP for Hazardous and Common Wastes
Attachment 6 - Radiation Safety For R/V Lake Guardian Laboratories
Attachment 7 - CRL Radiation Safety Manual
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE 3 of 31
CHEMICAL HYGIENE PLAN AND SAFETY MANUAL
U.S. EPA, Region V, Great Lakes National Program Office
Surveillance & Research Staff (SRS)
230 South Dearborn Street
Chicago, Illinois 60604
1.1 INTRODUCTION
The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) has approximately 33 laboratories
in different areas of the country. At these laboratories EPA employees analyze
samples and conduct tests in support of the investigative, enforcement, and
research responsibilities of Superfund and other Agency Programs. Analysts are
typically involved with samples or tests containing hazardous substances or
constituents.
The Occupational Safety and Health Administration's (OSHA) regulation for
"Occupational Exposures to Hazardous Chemicals in Laboratories", 29 CFR
1910.1450 (the standard) requires that each facility engaged in the laboratory use
of hazardous chemicals develop and implement a written program known as a
"Chemical Hygiene Plan" which sets forth procedures, equipment, personal
protective equipment and work practices that are capable of:
• protecting employees from the health hazards presented by
hazardous chemicals used in that particular workplace; and
• keeping employee exposures to the hazardous chemicals, to which
they may be occupationally exposed in their laboratories, below the
permissible exposure limits specified in the standard.
Purpose
This Chemical Hygiene Plan (CHP) sets forth policies, procedures, equipment,
personal protective equipment, and work practices that when properly
implemented, are capable of protecting employees from the health hazards
presented by hazardous chemicals used in the Lake Guardian laboratories. It is
the basis for a chemical hygiene program to ensure the proper implementation
of controls to protect the safety and health of personnel working in Great Lakes
National Program Office (GLNPO) laboratories.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE 4 of 31
This Plan is intended to meet the requirements of 29 CFR 1910.1450, the OSHA's
standard for occupational exposures to hazardous chemicals in laboratories, a
copy of which is found in Attachment 1.
Scope
All individuals employed in this laboratory workplace who may be exposed to
hazardous chemicals in the course of their assignments are required to follow
the provisions of this Chemical Hygiene Plan.
The Chemical Hygiene Plan will be reviewed and updated annually by the
Chemical Hygiene Officer and the Region V Safety Officer.
1.2 GENERAL PRINCIPLES
The following General Principles will be adhered to in the implementation of
this Chemical Hygiene Plan.
1. Minimize all chemical exposures
- Laboratory activities expose employees to a number of different
chemicals at relatively small exposures. It is our intent to
minimize these exposures to the lowest possible levels.
2. Minimize risk
- Avoid underestimation of risk
- General safety procedures are developed to account for health risks
in performing various procedures.
3. Provide adequate ventilation
- General and local ventilation (through use of fume hoods) will be
used as recommended in 29 CFR 1910.1450 a copy of which can be
found in Attachment 1.
4. Institute a Chemical Hygiene Program
- A Chemical Hygiene Program has been incorporated with
existing Laboratory Standard Operating Procedures and Safety
Manuals.
5. Observe established Action Levels and/or Permissible Exposure
Limits (PELs) and Threshold Limit Values (TLVs) Monitoring will
be done as necessary to assure safe levels of chemical
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE 5 of 31
6. Properly dispose of hazardous chemicals
- Chemical waste will be properly disposed of according to applicable
federal, state, and local regulations.
1.3 RESPONSIBILITIES
General laboratory responsibilities are addressed in the GLNPO Quality
Assurance Project Plan (QAPP). This section will outline responsibilities of the
Chemical Hygiene Officer and implementation of the Chemical Hygiene Plan.
Documents mentioned below can be found in the safety office.
1. Organizational Structure
- See Quality Assurance Project Plan (QAPP), Section 2.0, Project
Organization and Responsibility, available in the safety office.
2. Roles and Responsibilities
a. EPA - See EPA 1440.5A, section 7.a.
b. Project Director - See QAPP, Section 2.0.
c. Safety and Health Manager - See EPA 1440.5A, section 8a.
d. Chemical Hygiene Officer (CHO)
• Provide technical assistance/guidance to administrators,
laboratory directors and supervisors in developing and
implementing chemical hygiene procedures and practices.
• Monitor procurement, use and disposal of chemicals in the
laboratories.
• Maintain an up-to-date file of material safety data sheets or
appropriate alternative. Maintain an inventory of all
hazardous chemicals in an up-to-date manner.
• Assist laboratory managers or project directors to develop
and implement the use of adequate procedures and use of
protective equipment to ensure employee health.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE60/31
• Know the current legal requirements with respect to the
Chemical Hygiene Plan (CHP), regulated substances, and
disposal methods.
• Coordinate emergency procedures and fire department
activities related to hazardous chemicals.
o
Conduct annual audits to determine the implementation
and effectiveness of the CHP and compliance with
company policy.
• Ensure up-to-date records are maintained on training of all
employees required to handle hazardous chemicals.
• Periodically inspect engineering controls and personal
protective equipment.
• Make routine surveys of the work area to ensure safe
practices are being followed.
• Ensure manufacturers' /suppliers' labels have not been
defaced or removed.
• Ensure that a copy of the Chemical Hygiene Plan and the
Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) manual are readily
accessible to the laboratory employee..
• Enforce applicable safety and health rules.
e. Employees - Lab worker/staff.
• Obey established safety rules.
• Follow established Standard Operating Procedures when
performing any work with hazardous chemicals.
• Know where the CHP and the MSDS's are kept in the
laboratory.
• Use engineering controls and personal protective
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE 7 of 31
equipment as required by laboratory standard operating
procedure and Chemical Hygiene Standard Operating
Procedures.
• Inform your supervisor of:
- Any symptoms of overexposure that may possibly be
related to hazardous chemicals;
- Missing labels on containers;
- Malfunctioning safety equipment.
• Do not remove or deface labels on the containers.
• Know the location of, and how to use, emergency
equipment, first aid supplies, emergency eyewash,
engineering control devices, etc.
• Know your role in emergency procedures, including your
assignment on the ship's station bill.
• Know the emergency evacuation route from the laboratory.
f. Master. Research Vessel. Lake Guardian
• Ensure that all ship's operations are conducted in
accordance with all applicable safety and health rules and
procedures.
g. EPA Supervisors
• Be sure that all laboratory employees have been properly
trained regarding use of hazardous chemicals, engineering
control equipment, personal protective equipment, and
waste and storage management.
• Ensure that employees and contractors are following the
CHP.
• Provide assistance to the CHO in maintaining the chemical
inventory and MSDS manual.
• Plan laboratory procedures in a manner which will
minimize employee hazard and waste generation.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE 8 of 31
1.4 THE LABORATORY FACILITY
Design
1. Design of the laboratory facilities shall provide, at a minimum, the
following components:
• General ventilation shall be installed to supply 4 to 12 air
exchanges per hour. Positive pressure shall be maintained
when necessary to reduce analytical error caused by
contamination from engine exhaust fumes. Air vents
shall be altered as necessary to minimize turbulence at the
face of fume hoods.
• Each laboratory shall be equipped with at least one
chemical fume hood having a face velocity of 100 fpm with
a minimum sash opening of 17 inches.
• Each laboratory shall be equipped with an eyewash
fountain capable of providing 15 minutes of flow.
Emergency drench showers shall be installed in numbers
sufficient to be accessible within 10 feet of at least one exit
from each laboratory.
• Space for waste disposal containers should be designed into
every lab along with drains and openings in work
surfaces to allow easy access to containers.
2. Designated areas.
• Fume hood #1 in the Multi-Purpose Lab, fume hood#2 in
the Chemistry Lab, and fume hood #4 in the Bio Lab are
the designated areas for use of carcinogens and highly toxic
materials. These materials are listed on page J-13 of the
Chemical Hygiene Plan. These materials can only be used
in these designated areas.
3. Maintenance.
• Chemical-hygiene-related equipment shall be inspected
according to the schedule given in Section 1.15. The EPA
-------
4. Usage.
SECTION: APPENDIX J
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE 9 of 31
Region V Health and Safety Officer shall be notified of any
deficiencies that cannot be easily remedied.
Only those procedures designated by EPA GLNPO as
appropriate to the facilities shall be carried out in the
laboratories.
5. Ventilation
General ventilation shall not be used to for protection
from toxic substances. If fume hoods or other local
ventilation is inadequate, EPA GLNPO shall be notified so
that appropriate equipment is obtained. Any alteration of
the ventilation system should be made only if thorough
testing indicates that worker protection from airborne toxic
substances will continue to be adequate.
6. Electrical
In the Biology, Multi-Purpose (Wet), and Chemistry Labs,
the outlets near any water source shall be equipped with a
Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter (GFCI). The GFCI outlets
shall be inspected by the ship's electrician before and after
each survey.
1.5 BASIC RULES AND PROCEDURES FOR WORKING WITH CHEMICALS
The following shall be used for guidelines in the general use of chemicals:
1. Avoidance of Routine Exposure
• Develop and encourage safe habits; avoid unnecessary
exposure to chemicals by any route of entry.
• Do not smell or taste chemicals.
• Apparatus which may produce toxic chemicals should be
vented to prevent entry into the local ventilation system.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX!
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE 10 of 31
• Inspect gloves and other personal protective equipment
before use.
• Do not allow release of toxic substances in cold rooms
(walk-in coolers) which may be inadequately ventilated.
2. Use of Chemicals
• Use only those chemicals for which the ventilation system
is appropriate.
• Keep chemical containers tightly sealed when not in use.
3. Eating. Smoking. Etc.
• Eating, drinking, smoking, gum chewing, or application of
cosmetics is prohibited in all laboratories. Wash hands
thoroughly before partaking in these activities.
• Storage, handling, or consumption of food or beverages in
storage areas, refrigerators, glassware, or utensils which are
also used for laboratory operations is prohibited.
5. Equipment and glassware
• Handle and store laboratory glassware with care to avoid
damage; do not use damaged glassware. Use equipment
only for its designed purpose.
6. Exiting
• Wash areas of exposed skin well before leaving the
laboratory.
7. Horseplay
• Avoid practical jokes or other behavior which might
confuse, startle, or distract another worker.
8. Mouth suction
• Do not use mouth suction for pipetting or siphoning.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE 11 of 31
9. Personal Apparel
Confine long hair and loose clothing. Wear shoes at all
times but do not wear sandals or other open shoes.
10. Personal Housekeeping
• Keep the work area clean and uncluttered, with chemicals
and equipment properly labeled and stored. Keep
chemicals away from incompatible materials, sunlight, and
unnecessary heat or open flames. Clean up the work area
on completion of an operation or at the end of each day.
Return chemicals back to their proper storage place.
11. Personal Protection
• Safety glasses or other appropriate eye protection shall be
worn in the laboratories by all persons including visitors.
• Wear appropriate gloves when the potential for contact
with toxic materials exists. Ensure that gloves are free from
contamination before moving from one procedure to the
next. Decontaminate gloves as necessary. Inspect gloves
before each use and wash them before removal. Replace
periodically or as needed.
• Use other protective and emergency apparel and
equipment as needed.
• Avoid use of contact lenses in the laboratory. If they are
used, the laboratory supervisor must be informed so that
special precautions are taken.
• Remove laboratory coats immediately upon significant
contamination. Do not store lab coats or other
contaminated personal protective equipment near food,
books, desks, dean clothes, etc.
12. Planning
• Review the MSDS and Chemical Hygiene SOP prior to
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE 12 of 31
performing any laboratory procedure. Plan appropriate
protective procedures and positioning of equipment before
beginning any new operation.
13. Unattended Operations
Leave lights on, place a suitable sign on the door, and
provide for containment of toxic substances in the event of
utility failure to the operation.
14. Use of Fume Hoods
• Use a hood for operations which might result in release of
toxic vapors or dust or as required by the procedure's SOP.
It is good practice to do a procedure in a fume hood, if
practical, even when not required.
• As a general rule, use a fume hood when working with
volatile substances having a Threshold Limit Value of less
than 50 ppm.
• Keep materials stored in the hood to a minimum and do
not allow them to block vents or air flow.
• Carcinogens and highly toxic chemicals must only be
handled in designated hoods.
• Never perform any chemical mixing or vaporization in a
heat hood or heat canopy.
• Leave the hood "on" when it is not in active use if toxic
substances are stored in it or if it is needed to maintain
general ventilation (i.e. the Hazardous Materials Storage
Locker).
15. Working Alone
Avoid working alone whenever possible. Do not work
alone if the procedures being conducted are hazardous.
When working alone, have a laboratory staff or crew
member occasionally check the work area.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE 13 of 31
1.6 CHEMICAL HYGIENE STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES (SOP)
All laboratory procedures for analysis done on the Lake Guardian can be found
in the Quality Assurance Project Plan. Chemical Hygiene SOFs for each
procedure are bound separately under the title Chemical Hygiene SOP's for U.S.
EPA's Great Lakes Program Office and are part of the Chemical Hygiene Plan.
Further recommendations can be found in a National Research Council
publication, 1981, entitled Prudent Practices for Handling Hazardous Chemicals
in Laboratories.
SOP's for chemical storage can be found in Attachment 2. SOP's for Chemical
Disposal can be found in Attachment 5. As lab procedures vary, these Chemical
Hygiene SOFs must be updated.
There are radioactive materials present in the Analytical (Ni 63) and Primary
Productivity (C 14) laboratories. These materials are subject to restriction by the
Nuclear Regulatory Commission as set forth in 10 CFR Part 20. Guidelines for
safe use of these materials on board the Lake Guardian are set forth in the
GLNFO Standard Operating Procedures for Radiation Safety, located in
Attachment 6 of this Appendix, and are administered by the ship's Radiation
Safety/Chemical Hygiene Officer.
Designated Areas
Work with select carcinogens, allergens, reproductive and embryotoxins and
substances that have a high degree of acute and/or chronic toxirity may require
additional protection for employees. For the GLNPO, the following compounds
are used which are select carcinogens under 29 CFR 1910.1450 (b).
• Beryllium
• Formaldehyde
In addition, the following chemicals are considered "extremely poisonous"
although not on the OSHA select carcinogen list. These chemicals should also be
used exclusively in the Designated Area. These chemicals are:
• Carbon 14
• Chloroform
• Hydrazine Sulfate
• Sodium Nitroprusside
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE 14 of 31
The Designated Area(s) on the Lake Guardian are:
Fume Hood #1. Multi-Purpose Lab
Fume Hood #2. Chemistry Lab
Fume Hood #4. Bio Lab
Fume Hood #6. Primary Prod. Lab
These fume hoods shall be labeled as Designated Areas. SOFs for these areas are
dependent on the material and procedure being done. Different Personal
Protective Equipment (PPE) may be required for different chemicals (See the
Chemical Hygiene SOP for each lab procedure). General SOP's in using these
fume hoods as a Designated Area are as follows:
Periodically check the air flow of the fume hood.
Wear appropriate PPE.
Avoid inhalation or skin contact with these chemicals.
Decontaminate or dispose of gloves after use.
Review MSDS's prior to laboratory procedures.
Excess hazardous material must be treated as
hazardous waste.
Thorough decontamination of the working area,
working surfaces, gloves and equipment must be done
prior to doing another procedural step.
Required Prior Approvals
Unique circumstances may require special approval as outlined in the Quality
Assurance manual. Any unusual procedures or circumstances not covered by
the Laboratory Analytical Procedures or the Chemical Hygiene Standard
Operating Procedures, must be approved by the Limnology Group Leader.
1.7 CHEMICAL PROCUREMENT, DISTRIBUTION AND HANDLING
Laboratory employees shall follow the procedures set forth in the document
entitled Standard Operating Procedures for Hazardous Material Storage and Spill
Prevention contained in Attachment 3. This Attachment provides information
concerning procurement, bulk storage, distribution, and laboratory storage.
Attachment 2 contains the chemical inventory for the routine surveys conducted
on the ship as well as information necessary to ensure compatible storage.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PACE 15 of 31
1.8 SIGNS AND LABELS
Prominent signs and labels for the following shall be posted in the laboratory:
• Emergency Telephone Numbers - Emergency telephone numbers
and radio contact with the U.S. Coast Guard shall be maintained
by the ship's Captain.
• Container Labeling - All containers of chemicals, cleaning
material, maintenance supplies, etc. throughout the facility shall
have labels identifying the contents. Damaged labels on such
materials shall be replaced. In addition, any transfer containers of
such chemicals and materials shall be appropriately labeled. This
is in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.1200, the OSHA Hazard
Communication Standard.
• Safety and First Aid Equipment - All safety showers, eyewash
stations, first aid kits, fire blankets, and fire extinguishers in the
facility shall have proper identification markings.
• Exit Signs - All exits shall be marked and the signs properly
maintained.
• High Risk Areas - All chemical storage cabinets shall be labeled to
indicate general category and chemical compatibility.
• Fume hoods #1,2,4, and 6 shall be labeled with "Designated
Area" signs indicating the use of carcinogenic, highly toxic and/or
radioactive materials in those areas.
1.9 HAZARD IDENTIFICATION
Purpose
This procedure outlines a method for determining the health hazards of a
particular chemical which will be used by the laboratory. For any chemical which
is purchased from an outside supplier, the manufacturer's or supplier's Material
Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) and label will be the principal source of hazard
information. For any chemical produced in the laboratory, or produced as a by-
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE 16 of 31
product, it will be assumed to be hazardous unless, or until, its identity can be
determined and a specific hazard analysis is performed.
Scope
This procedure will cover all hazardous chemicals used in the laboratory,
whether brought into the laboratory from an outside manufacturer or supplier,
or produced in the laboratory as a product, intermediate or by-product. This
procedure also details the acquisition and maintenance of MSDS and container
labeling.
Procedures
The Chemical Hygiene Officer (CHO) will review each new or revised MSDS
when it is received from a manufacturer or supplier. The review will be
conducted to assure that it is complete and that it provides information
concerning the health hazards, special procedures or practices for handling and
storage, emergency procedures and disposal methods. In conjunction with the
appropriate laboratory supervisor, the CHO will determine if special procedures
or practices need to be implemented to assure safe handling.
If available, supplier's samples must include a Material Safety Data Sheet for the
use of operating personnel in evaluating the product. The inventory can be
found in Attachment 2 of this CHP.
If a Material Safety Data Sheet is missing, the CHO will secure it through
appropriate channels. Suppliers who fail to cooperate in providing MSDSs will
be identified to the appropriate management personnel for disposition.
All labels affixed to incoming chemical containers must be maintained. Contact
the CHO if any container labels are missing or defaced. The container with a
missing or defaced label will be removed by the CHO from stock and not
returned until the condition has been rectified.
If any laboratory procedure will result in the production of a by-product which is
unknown, it will be considered hazardous and handled according to the SOP for
work with particularly hazardous substances.
If any laboratory procedure results in an intermediate or final product whose
composition is known, a literature search will be conducted to determine the
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE 17 of 31
hazardous nature of the chemical. Following this hazard evaluation, the CHO,
in conjunction with other members of the management staff as needed will
develop appropriate practices and procedures to assure safe handling, use, storage
and disposal of the chemical. These procedures will be included with the SOPs
for the work with hazardous chemicals to ensure employee protection.
In addition to the MSDS's, other information concerning hazards, safe handling,
storage, and disposal can be found in the CHO office and in the central Great
Lakes National Program Office, 77 W. Jackson Blvd., Chicago, IL 60604-3590.
Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS)
Since such a wide variety of substances are utilized in our facilities, one central
recordkeeping area will be used for storage of MSDSs for the entire facility. In
this way, everyone will know the location of MSDS information. The following
procedures cover recordkeeping and filing of MSDSs for chemicals used in the
laboratories. Additional copies of MSDSs should be made available at each
Laboratory to facilitate easy access.
• Before any chemical is received at the facility, each supplier
of hazardous materials will be contacted and an MSDS for
their products will be obtained. This initial request will be
formalized as part of the purchasing procedure, i.e. an
MSDS will be requested during the verbal ordering and
again on the written purchase order.
• A master file and cross reference list of MSDSs by trade name,
chemical names, supplier and user will be developed and
maintained by the CHO and located in the CHO office.
• A file of MSDSs for chemicals used in each laboratory will be
located in the central hallway.
• The laboratory file of MSDSs should be used for employee
training purposes and must be available for employee access.
• The CHO will make MSDSs available to any outside medical
provider or public service agency that needs the information.
• MSDSs for products that are not currently used or that have been
changed will be maintained in an inactive file for a minimum of
30 years in the lab office on board the Lake Guardian, then in a
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE 18 of 31
central GLNPO Office.
We will rely exclusively on the information supplied by the product vendor or
distributor of the Material Safety Data Sheet to properly determine the hazards of
any particular chemical used in the laboratories. MSDS's that are incomplete or
appear to be in error will be referred back to the vendor or distributor by the CHO
for information or change. If you notice any missing information or
information which appears to be inaccurate, please contact the CHO.
Note: MSDSs should be maintained in accordance with 1910.20 subpart C -
General Safety and Health Provisions - "Access to Employee Exposure and
Medical Records." Paragraph (d) Preservation of Records; (1) (11) (A) & (B),
Material Safety Data Sheets; and paragraph (c) (5) (iv). Records concerning the
identity of a substance or agent need not be retained for any specific period, as
long as some record of the identity (chemical name if known) of the substance or
agent, where it is used, and when it was used are retained for at least thirty (30)
years.
Labels
Labels are designed to provide information to employees concerning the hazards
of various chemicals. Therefore, it is important that hazardous chemicals
remain in properly labeled containers. The following procedures apply to all
manufacturers' labels.
• All manufacturers' labels will remain on the containers. If any
container labels are missing or defaced, please contact your
supervisor.
• As a minimum, each label should contain the following:
1. Identification of the material in the container;
2. Appropriate hazard warnings, such as health, fire,
and reactivity;
3. Name and address of chemical manufacturer, importer,
or the responsible party (applies only to manufacturers'
labels).
• If you are unfamiliar with the contents on the label, please see the
lab supervisor for further explanation.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE 19 of 31
In laboratory storage, reaction or processing containers should be labeled with:
• Identification of material in the container, such as, product or
chemical name;
• Whenever possible, appropriate hazard warnings as to health,
fire, or reactivity taken from the Material Safety Data Sheets, or
other hazard identification reference.
• Containers of chemicals produced in-house will be labeled with
appropriate hazard information by the CHO.
1.10 INDUSTRIAL HYGIENE
Purpose
Industrial Hygiene is the science of recognition, evaluation, and control of
environmental health hazards arising in the work place. This procedure
describes how chemical hazards in the laboratory will be evaluated. Material
Safety Data Sheets specify the health hazards associated with a hazardous
material. A professional Industrial Hygienist is needed to interpret this
information, especially Permissible Exposure Limits (PEL's) and Threshold Limit
Values (TLV's), in relationship to how hazardous materials are used in the
laboratory environment.
Scope
Certain hazardous chemicals require an industrial hygiene study to determine
the level of the hazardous chemical and extent of control needed to protect the
employee. These efforts will be coordinated by the Chemical Hygiene Officer
(CHO). Where a question exists concerning employee exposure to hazardous
materials, engineering controls, or personal protection equipment requirements,
the CHO should be contacted immediately.
Laboratory Procedures
Employee Exposure Determination In many of the laboratory procedures,
multiple hazardous chemicals are used, however, the quantities are small and
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE 20 of 31
the duration of use is short. For these reasons, monitoring of the potential
employee exposure due to airborne chemicals will be conducted if there is
sufficient reason to believe that an exposure is possible. The following criteria
will be used to determine if monitoring will be conducted:
• The toxicity and volatility of the hazardous chemical in use. If a
highly toxic or highly volatile material is handled during a
procedure, these operations will be placed on a priority
evaluation list to determine if sampling is needed.
• The manner in which the laboratory procedure is conducted.
Procedures which must be conducted outside a lab hood or
unventilated area, if toxic chemicals must be heated, procedures
must be conducted in open vessels vs. dosed containers.
• Quantity of, and frequency at which a hazardous chemical is used
in the lab.
• Report of an employee experiencing signs or symptoms of
exposure, such as, skin or eye irritation, shortness of breath,
headache, etc.
As required by the OSHA Lab standard, 29 CFR 1910.1450 (See Attachment 1 of
this Appendix), monitoring will be conducted if the above conditions could
result in an employee over exposure during use of the following chemicals
regulated by OSHA.
• OSHA Regulated Substances, according to 29 CFR 1910 Subpart Z,
dated July 1,1992, are the following:
Asbestos
Coal Tar Pitch Volatiles
4-Nitrobiphenyl
alpha-Naphthylamine
Methyl-chloromethyl ether
3, 3 -Dichlorobenzidine and its salts
bis-Chloromethyl ether
beta-Naphthylamine
Benzidine
4-Aminodiphenyl
Ethyleneimine
beta-Propiolactone
2-Acetylaminofluorene
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE 21 of 31
4-Dixnethylaminoazobenzene
N-Nitrosodimethylamine
Vinyl chloride
Inorganic Arsenic
Lead
Benzene
Coke Oven Emissions
Bloodborne Pathogens
Cotton Dust
1, 2-dibromo-3-chloropropane
Acrylonitrile
Ethylene oxide
Formaldehyde
Methylenedianiline
Monitoring of employee exposure may also be conducted for any other chemicals
used in the laboratory if the conditions stated under paragraph 1 are experienced.
The CHO will coordinate employee monitoring. The CHO should be contacted if
the above conditions are observed or if plans for a new procedure or use of a new
chemical could be expected to create any of the conditions described above.
Personal Protective Equipment (FPE)
Selection, use, maintenance and storage of all respiratory protective equipment
will be in accordance with the Respiratory Protection Program, as stated in
Appendix A of this manual.
Safety glasses will be worn at all times when working in any laboratory where
hazardous chemicals are used. Additional requirements for eye protection, such
as chemical splash guard, goggles, full face respirators, etc., will be determined by
the laboratory SOP for use of that chemical.
Protective clothing requirements, such as, lab coats, protective gloves, coveralls,
etc., will be determined by the laboratory SOP for use of that chemical.
Determinations are based on MSDS Recommendations and "Guidelines for the
Selection of Chemical Protective Clothing", available from the American
Conference of Governmental Hygienists,6500 Glenway Drive, Cincinnati, OH,
45211, (513)661-7881.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE 22 of 31
Preventive Maintenance Programs
Exhaust Ventilation: The local exhaust ventilation system will be maintained on
a quarterly basis by the Maintenance Department The evaluation will include:
• Hood performance
- Use smoke tubes to visualize the air flow patterns within the
hood. Excessive turbulence, uneven exhaust air flow patterns,
effects of make-up air will be evident from the smoke tube
evaluation.
- Measure the air velocity with a calibrated velometer. Make a
series of measurement to assure the even distribution of the
exhausted air stream. Air velocities should not vary more than
20% - 25% over the face of the hood.
- Always perform this evaluation with the hood sash in the full
open position. If adequate velocities are not attainable at the full
open position, remove the hood from service until it can be
maintained.
• Exhaust fan.
- Maintain the exhaust fan, e.g. drive belts, lubrication, etc.
- Observe proper direction of the fan rotation.
- Determine the condition of the fan blades.
- Check the performance of multi-speed fans, solenoids, etc.,
which can affect the performance of the hood under different
operating conditions.
• Additions to the Local Exhaust Ventilation (LEV) system.
Whenever an additional hood, or other ventilated equipment is added to the
system, the entire system should be re-evaluated. Following the evaluation,
necessary repairs or additions should be made to the system.
Eyewashes and Safety Showers: Eyewashes and Safety Showers will be checked
on a weekly basis by the CHO in the laboratory.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE 23 of 31
1.11 EMPLOYEE INFORMATION AND TRAINING
Purpose
This procedure outlines the laboratory's policy for training employees who are
required to handle hazardous chemicals.
Scope
The Information and Training Program will teach employees about the hazards
of the chemicals used in their areas and the protective measures by which they
can protect themselves from exposure to these chemicals. At a minimum/ the
following areas will be covered either in training sessions or provided as
reference materials to which each employee has ready access:
• The contents of the Federal Standard, "Occupational Exposure to
Hazardous Chemicals in Laboratories".
• The laboratory's Chemical Hygiene Program and its location.
• Permissible Exposure Limits for chemicals regulated by OSHA
and other established exposure limits which will be used during
employee exposure determinations.
• Symptoms associated with overexposure to hazardous materials.
• Hazards of chemicals used in the laboratories. This will be
accomplished by teaching the employee to read MSDS's and
manufacturers' labels.
• For additional information on the hazards of chemicals, the
employees will have access to appropriate reference material.
• Use of personal protective equipment.
• Standard operating procedures to be implemented when
hazardous chemicals are used.
• Special procedures that workers involved in use of particularly
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE 24 of 31
hazardous substances must follow.
• Emergency procedures.
• Storage practices.
• Waste disposal.
Procedures
Training Program: The training program will be presented in three parts.
1. Part I will present an explanation of the OSHA regulation, the
company's Chemical Hygiene Plan and where this and other
reference materials containing additional information on the
hazards, safe handling, storage and disposal of hazardous chemicals
are located.
2. Part n will include training in basic concepts associated with
chemical hazards. Areas covered are
a. Chemical Hazards - The basic concepts related to chemical
hazards: Definition of a hazard, types of hazards, exposure or
dose, routes of entry, acute versus chronic effects, Threshold Limit
Values, and types of control measures.
b. Material Safety Data Sheets - This explains what a Material Safety
Data Sheet is, how it can be used, and what information it
contains.
c. Labeling, Storage, and Handling - This introduces types of labels
and their purposes, emphasizing the importance of reading and
heeding labels. General storage considerations are covered and
safe handling procedures and personal protective equipment are
discussed. The intent is to lay the groundwork for a discussion of
the specific handling procedures to be used in the laboratory. This
section stresses the importance of following the standard
operating procedures.
3. Part in of the training will include the specific chemical hazards,
protective practices and equipment, applicable parts of the
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE 25 of 31
laboratory's Chemical Hygiene Plan and standard operating
procedures for work with hazardous chemicals in the laboratory to
which the employee is assigned. Areas covered are:
a. Chemicals You Use - This will teach employees about the
chemical hazards and control procedures for the specific chemical
hazards identified for each procedure in the laboratory that
involves hazardous chemicals.
b. Chemical Hygiene Plan - A detailed explanation of the CHP will
be provided to the employee including all applicable parts of the
CHP.
c. Standard Operating Procedures - Review in detail the SOP's
specific to the laboratory where the employee works.
4. Training will be provided as follows:
a. Newly hired personnel will be trained by the CHO before that
employee works with hazardous chemicals.
b. Employees transferred to new positions will be trained by the
CHO before working with hazardous chemicals.
c. Supplemental training, (i.e., when new chemical hazards or
procedures are introduced into the laboratory) will be presented to
the employee affected by the CHO.
d. Refresher training will be provided as deemed necessary by the
CHO. An annual refresher in selected aspects of chemical hazards
is desirable.
5. All training will be documented:
a. The CHO will maintain a list of employees who have received
training.
b. The CHO will obtain signatures from employees receiving
training, including transferred employees.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE 26 of 31
1.12 MEDICAL EVALUATION PROGRAM
Medical evaluation and surveillance for EPA personnel working in the Lake
Guardian laboratories shall be provided by their local office. All medical services
for contractor laboratory employees shall be provided by their employer.
1.13 PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT (PPE)
Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) shall be made available to all laboratory
employees. Appropriate PPE is dependent on the lab procedure being performed
and the chemicals used. Proper PPE is discussed in the Chemical Hygiene SOPs
and Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDSs). Recommendations regarding PPE
shall be based on the "Guidelines for the Selection of Chemical Protective
Clothing".
Safety showers and eyewash stations shall be conveniently located to
laboratories. These stations shall be checked weekly. Records of these
inspections shall be kept in the CHO's office.
Respiratory protection shall be provided as needed for Lake Guardian laboratory
personnel.
Eye Protection
Appropriate eye protection must be worn in the laboratory or when doing
laboratory or mechanical work. Protective eyewear should never be shared
between employees. Primary types of eye protection are as follows:
Safety Glasses
All lab employees who do not wear prescription eyewear shall have sturdy safety
glasses fitted with side shields. These glasses must be worn in the laboratory at
all times, even when the employee is not performing analytical work. This
requirement protects the employee from hazards generated by other analysts'
work. Persons needing prescription eyewear shall have safety-rated lenses with
side shields, as specified by ANSI Z.87.
Safety Goggles
Safety glasses are not always sufficient to protect employees from all chemical
hazards during analytical procedures. Safety goggles are designed to protect the
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE 27 of 31
eyes from splash hazards. All employees shall wear goggles when performing
analytical procedures involving liquids which may present such a hazard.
Face Shields
Face shields shall be provided when working with corrosive materials or
chemicals that are potentially explosive. Face shields are designed to be worn
comfortably over safety glasses or goggles and should not be used in place of
these items. The employee should never use a face shield in lieu of a protective
barrier designed for working with explosive procedures, but in conjunction with
the barrier.
Gloves
The skin is a potential route of exposure to hazardous materials on the Lake
Guardian. It is very important that gloves are worn when working with
chemicals or performing operations that involve heat hazards.
The analyst should not assume that a pair of gloves will provide adequate
protection, even when they are new. Gloves should be examined for
discoloration and punctures before each use. The employee should verify that
the gloves are appropriate for the hazard. Sometimes, when working with
mixtures, double or even triple gloving may be necessary. Following is a brief
description of the type of glove that should be worn for some laboratory
operations or when working with specific chemicals. In addition, the OHSD also
provides a manual on the proper selection of personal protective equipment that
may be consulted if the hazard is not listed here.
Hot Objects Fiberglass or treated leather gloves;
never wear asbestos gloves
Acids (HC1, Nitric) Natural Rubber
Acids (H2SO4) Neoprene
Bases Natural Rubber
PCBs Neoprene or poly vinyl alcohol
Amines Butyl Rubber
Ethers Polyvinyl Alcohol
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE 28 of 31
Xylene Polyvinyl alcohol
Methylene Chloride Vitron/Neoprene
Pentachlorophenol Nitrile
Mercury Poly vinyl alcohol
Carbon Disulfide Poly vinyl alcohol
Phenol Butyl rubber
2-Nitro Fluorine* Butyl Rubber/Nitrile
t-Butyl Alcohol* Butyl Rubber/Nitrile
*Data currently does not exist relating to appropriate glove type. The gloves were
recommended by a manufacturer.
1.14 RECORDKEEPING
This section should meet the requirements of 1910.1450 (j) and be consistent with
EPA Order 1440 "Occupational Health and Safety Manual," CHAPTER 3
("Accident and Illness Investigation, Reporting and Recordkeeping
Requirements"), 29 CFR 1960 Subpart I, 29 CFR 1910.20 and relevant sections of
other OSHA standards.
The following records shall be kept on board the Lake Guardian and will be
managed by the Chemical Hygiene Officer:
1. Accident / Illness records;
2. CHP records - compatible with current knowledge and regulations,
employee training, MSDSs, current chemical inventory;
3. Inventory and use records for hazardous and high-risk substances;
4. Respiratory fit testing records.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE 29 of 31
1.15 HOUSEKEEPING, INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE
Housekeeping - Floors shall be cleaned before and after each survey. Floors shall
be cleaned during a survey, as needed, to maintain dry conditions free of
chemical contamination.
Storage of laboratory equipment must not block hallways or exits or obstruct
access to safety showers, eyewashes, spill kits, first aid supplies, and fire
equipment
Laboratory equipment and supplies must be used and stored in a secure manner
always bearing in mind the ship's movement during rough weather.
Inspection - The CHO shall conduct weekly inspections of the laboratories,
general ship safety, and the hazardous materials storage area. Copies of the
current checksheets used for inspection shall be maintained in Attachment 4.
The safety showers and the GFCI outlets shall be inspected before the beginning
of each survey.
Maintenance - After inspections, arrangements shall be made with the chief
engineer or electrician for any needed repairs. Those repairs which cannot be
made immediately should be reported to the EPA Region V Health and Safety
Officer for inclusion in the next work list for the ship.
Laboratory personnel should report any problems or shortages associated with
safety and health equipment to the CHO.
1.16 WASTE DISPOSAL
Waste disposal for the Lake Guardian laboratories shall be conducted according to
the Standard Operating Procedures for Hazardous and Common Waste Disposal
contained in Attachment 5.
1.17 SPILLS AND ACCIDENTS
The best remedy for spills and accidents is to prevent their occurrence.
Guidelines for the prevention of chemical spills can be found in Attachment 3,
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE 30 of 31
the Standard Operating Procedures for Hazardous Material Storage and Spill
Prevention. Strict adherence to all standard operating procedures and the
guidelines set forth in this Chemical Hygiene Plan will greatly reduce the chance
for spills and accidents in the Lake Guardian laboratories.
Spills that do occur shall be remediated following the guidelines set forth in the
R/V Lake Guardian Hazardous Materials / Hazardous Waste Contingency Plan.
as stated in Appendix R of this manual.
The following guidelines shall be used in responding to accidents which may
occur:
General Emergency Procedures - General Emergency Procedures for the
operation of the boat can be found in Research Vessel Safety Procedures &
Seaward Services, Inc. Occupational Safety & Health Manual, found in Appendix
N of this manual.
Chemical Emergency Procedures
• Be aware of antidote or dilution procedures for all chemicals being used
in the procedure.
• Get victim to deluge shower or eyewash if needed.
• Contact the bridge and/or the CHO. Contact Captain for emergency
phone numbers.
• The Captain shall notify the proper authorities and summon help as
needed.
General First Aid - First aid supplies shall be maintained in portable kits in the
Chemistry Laboratory and the Captain's office.
Eye Contact: Promptly flush eyes with water for a period of at least 15 minutes
and seek medical attention.
Ingestion: Follow the directives in the chemical's MSDS and take appropriate
action. Seek medical attention.
Skin Contact: Remove all contaminated clothing and wash the affected area
thoroughly at the sink or in the emergency deluge shower. Seek medical
attention as needed.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE 31 of 31
1.18 SAFETY PROCEDURES
To ensure the health and safety of those working in the Lake Guardian
laboratories, the following safety procedures shall be observed in addition to
those procedures directly involved with chemical hygiene:
1. Compressed Gas Cylinders - All compressed gas cylinders must be
secured to permanent cylinder storage fixtures at all times.
Appropriate fixtures are located in the Analytical Laboratory and on
the 01 deck. Small capacity cylinders which cannot be secured to the
fixtures shall be secured by some other means in such a way as to
prevent rolling, falling, or bumping of the cylinders. Cylinders
containing oxygen shall be stored separately from cylinders and
other materials having highly flammable constituents by a distance
of 20 feet or a half hour fire wall. This does not apply to oxygen
cylinders in use or connected for use.
2. Fire Safety and Emergency Response Procedures - Dry chemical
(ABC) fire extinguishers shall be located in each of the permanent
laboratories as well as the hallway. Container laboratories shall
have their own automatic dry chemical system. All laboratory
personnel shall be familiarized with the use of immersion suits, life
jackets, and the ship's station bill. When the fire alarm is sounded
all laboratory personnel shall get an immersion suit and/or life
jacket and report to the location assigned to them on the station bill.
Other than for first response with a fire extinguisher, no non-crew
laboratory personnel shall be involved in fire righting. Fire doors
shall be kept dosed at all times.
3. On Deck Safety Procedures - Work vests shall be worn at all times
during sampling and testing conducted on the rosette deck and
fantail. No one is permitted on the fantail during sea operations
unless directly involved with sampling, testing, checking of
equipment, or other work. No one is permitted to work alone on
the fantail. A crew member with a radio should be present during
work at a sampling station. During weather conditions causing
freezing of water on deck surfaces, hoses shall be used to thaw
surfaces with warm water as needed to prevent a slipping hazard for
those working outside.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J, ATTACHMENT 1
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
Attachment 1 - Cover
Attachment 1 -19 CFR 1910.14SO REVISED TULY1.1992
-------
Labor
K
29
PART 1910 (§ 1910.1000 TO END)
Revised as of July 1, 1992
-------
Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor
§ 1910.1450
made with the aid of the secret may be in-
ippropriate.
152 PR 31877. Aug. 24, 1987, as amended at
J2 PR 46080, Dec. 4. 1987; 53 FR 1S03S, Apr.
27. 1988: 54 FR 24334, June 7, 1989; 54 FR
6888, Feb. 15,1989]
(1910.1450 Occupational exposure to haz-
ardous chemicals in laboratoriea.
(a) Scope and application. (1) This
section shall apply to all employers en-
gaged in the laboratory use of hazard-
ous chemicals as defined below.
(2) Where this section applies, It
shall supersede, for laboratories, the
requirements of all other OSHA
health standards in 29 CFR part 1910,
subpart Z, except as follows:
(i) For any OSHA health standard,
only the requirement to limit employ-
ee exposure to the specific permissible
exposure limit shall apply for labora-
tories, unless that particular standard
states otherwise or unless the condi-
tions of paragraph (a)(2)(iii) of this
section apply.
(ii) Prohibition of eye and skin con-
tact where specified by any OSHA
health standard shall be observed.
(Ill) Where the action level (or in the
absence of an action level, the permis-
sible exposure limit) is routinely ex-
ceeded for an OSHA regulated sub-
stance with exposure monitoring and
medical surveillance requirements,
paragraphs (d) and (gXD(ii) of this
section shall apply.
(3) This section shall not apply to:
(i) Uses of hazardous chemicals
which do not meet the definition of
laboratory use, and in such cases, the
employer shall comply with the rele-
vant standard in 29 CFR part 1910,
subpart Z, even if such use occurs in a
laboratory.
(ii) Laboratory uses of hazardous
chemicals which provide no potential
for employee exposure. Examples of
such conditions might include:
(A) Procedures using chemically-im-
pregnated test media such as Dip-and-
Read tests where a reagent strip is
dipped into the specimen to be tested
and the results are interpreted by
comparing the color reaction to a color
chart supplied by the manufacturer of
the test strip; and
(B) Commercially prepared kits such
as those used in performing pregnancy
tests in which all of the reagents
needed to conduct the test are con-
tained in the kit.
(b) Definitions-
Action level means a concentration
designated in 29 CFR part 1910 for a
specific substance, calculated as an
eight (8)-hour time-weighted average,
which initiates certain required activi-
ties such as exposure monitoring and
medical surveillance.
Assistant Secretary means the As-
sistant Secretary of Labor for Occupa-
tional Safety and Health, U.S. Depart-
ment of Labor, or designee.
Carcinogen (see select carcinogen).
Chemical Hygiene Officer means an
employee who is designated by the em-
ployer, and who is qualified by train-
ing or experience, to provide technical
guidance in the development and im-
plementation of the provisions of the
Chemical Hygiene Plan. This defini-
tion is not intended to place limita-
tions on the position description or job
classification that the designated ind-
vidual shall hold within the employ-
er's organizational structure.
Chemical Hygiene Plan means a
written program developed and imple-
mented by the employer which sets
forth procedures, equipment, personal
protective equipment and work prac-
tices that (i) are capable of protecting
employees from the health hazards
presented by hazardous chemicals
used in that particular workplace -and
(ii) meets the requirements of para-
graph (e) of this section.
Combustible liquid means any liquid
-having a flashpoint at or above 100 "F
(37.8 °C). but below 200 "F (93.3 'O.
except any mixture having compo-
nents with flashpoints of 200 °F (93.3
°C). or higher, the total volume of
which make up 99 percent or more of
the total volume of the mixture.
Compressed gas means:
(i) A gas or mixture of gases having,
in a container, an absolute pressure
exceeding 40 psl at 70 °F (21.1 'O: or
(ii) A gas or mixture of gases having,
in a container, an absolute pressur&
exceeding 104 psi at 130 *F (54.4 CC) re-
gardless of the pressure at 70 °F (21.1
°C): or
(iii) A liquid having a vapor pressure
exceeding 40 psi at 100 °F (37.8 °C> as
determined by ASTM D-323-72.
377
-------
§ 1910.1450
Designated area means an area
which may be used for work with
"select carcinogens," reproductive
toxins or substances which have a
hfeh degree of acute toxicity. A desig-
nated area may be the entire laborato-
ry, an area of a laboratory, or a device
such as a laboratory hood.
Emergency means any occurrence
such as, but not limited to, equipment
failure, rupture of containers or fail-
ure of control equipment which re-
sults in an uncontrolled release of a
hazardous chemical into the work-
place.
Employee means an individual em-
ployed in a laboratory workplace who
may be exposed to hazardous chemi-
cals in the course of his or her assign-
ments.
Explosive means a chemical that
causes a sudden, almost instantaneous
release of pressure, gas, and heat
when subjected to sudden shock, pres-
sure, or high temperature.
Flammable means a chemical that
falls into one of the following catego-
ries:
(i) Aerosol, flammable means an aer-
osol that, when tested by the method
described in 16 CFR 1500.45. yields a
flame protection exceeding 18 inches
at full valve opening, or a flashback (a
flame extending back to the valve) at
any degree of valve opening:
(ii) Gas, flammable means:
(A) A gas that, at ambient tempera-
ture and pressure, forms a flammable
mixture with air at a concentration of
13 percent by volume or less; or
(B) A gas that, at ambient tempera-
ture and pressure, forms a range of
flammable mixtures with air wider
than 12 percent by volume, regardless
of the lower limit. :
dii) Liquid, flammable means any
liquid having a flashpoint below 100 °F
(37.8 'O, except any mixture having
components with flashpoints of 100 *F
(37.8 *C) or higher, the total of which
make up 99 percent or more of the
total volume of the mixture.
(iv) Solid, flammable means a solid.
other than a blasting agent or explo-
sive as defined in § 1910.109(a). that is
liable to cause fire through friction.
absorption of moisture, spontaneous
chemical change, or retained heat
from manufacturing or processing, or
29 CFR Ch. XVII (7-1-92 Edition)
which can be ignited readily and when
ignited burns so vigorously and per-
sistently as to create a serious hazard.
A chemical shall be considered to be a
flammable solid if, when tested by the
method described in 16 CFR 1500.44, it
ignites and burns with a self-sustained
flame at a rate greater than one-tenth
of an inch per second along its major
axis.
Flashpoint means the minimum tem-
perature at which a liquid gives off a
vapor in sufficient concentration to
ignite when tested as follows:
(i) Tagliabue Closed Tester (See
American National Standard Method
of Test for Flash Point by Tag Closed
Tester, Zll.24-1979 (ASTM D 56-79))-
for liquids with a viscosity of less than
45 Saybolt Universal Seconds (SUS) at
100 *F (37.8 *C), that do not contain
suspended solids and do not have a
tendency to form a surface film under
test; or
(ii) Pensky-Martens Closed Tester
(see American National Standard
Method of Test for Flash Point by
Pensky-Martens Closed Tester, 211.7-
1979 (ASTM D 93-79))-for liquids with
a viscosity equal to or greater than 45
SUS at 100 *F (37.8 *C). or that contain
suspended solids, or that have a tend-
ency to form a surface film under test;
or
(iii) Setaflash Closed Tester (see
American National Standard Method
of Test for Flash Point by Setaflash
Closed Tester (ASTM D 3278-78)).
Organic peroxides, which undergo
autoaccelerating thermal decomposi-
tion, are excluded from any of the
flashpoint determination methods
specified above.
Hazardous chemical means a cheini-
cal for which there is statistically sip-
nificant evidence based on at least oat
study conducted in accordance with
established scientific principles that
acute or chronic health effects mo*
occur in exposed employees. The term
"health hazard" includes chemical*
which are carcinogens, toxic or highly
toxic agents, reproductive toxins, im-
tanls, corrosives, sensitizers, hepattr
toxins, nephrotoxins, neurotoiuu.
agents which act on the hematopo\et\c
systems, and agents which damage tht
lungs, skin, eyes, or mucous men
branes.
-------
Appendices A and B of the Hazard
Communication Standard (29 CFR
1910.1200) provide further guidance in
defining the scope of health hazards
and determining whether or not a
chemical is to be considered hazardous
for purposes of this standard.
Laboratory means a facility where
the "laboratory use of hazardous
chemicals" occurs. It is a workplace
where relatively small quantities of
hazardous chemicals are used on a
non-production basis.
Laboratory scale means work with
substances in which the containers
used for reactions, transfers, and other
handling of substances are designed to
be easily and safely manipulated by
one person. "Laboratory scale" ex-
cludes those workplaces whose func-
tion is to produce commercial quanti-
ties of materials.
Laboratory-type hood means a device
located in a laboratory, enclosure on
five sides with a moveable sash or
fixed partial enclosed on the remain-
ing side; constructed and maintained
to draw air from the laboratory and to
prevent or minimize the escape of air
contaminants into the laboratory; and
allows chemical manipulations to be
conducted in the enclosure without in-
sertion of any portion of the employ-
ee's body other than hands and arms.
Walk-In hoods with adjustable.
sashes meet the above definition pro-
vided that the sashes are. adjusted
during use so that the airflow and the
exhaust of air contaminants are not
compromised and -employees do not
work inside the enclosure during the
release of airborne hazardous chemi-
cals.
Laboratory use of hazardous chemi-
cals means handling or use of such
chemicals in which all of the following
conditions are met:
(i) Chemical manipulations are car-
ried out on a "laboratory scale;"
(ii) Multiple chemical procedures or
chemicals are used;
(iii) The procedures involved are not
part of a production process, nor in
any way simulate a production proc-
ess; and
(iv) "Protective laboratory practices
and equipment" are available and in
common use to minimize the potential
for employee exposure to hazardous
chemicals.
Medical consultation means a con-
sultation which takes place between
an employee and a licensed physician
for the purpose of determining what
medical examinations or procedures, if
any, are appropriate in cases where a
.significant exposure to a hazardous
chemical may have taken place.
Organic, peroxide means an organic
compound that contains the bivalent
-O-O-structure and which may be
considered to be a structural deriva-
tive of hydrogen peroxide where one
or both of the hydrogen atoms has
been replaced by an organic radical.
Oxidizer means a chemical- other
than, a blasting agent or .explosive as
defined in § 1910.109Ca), that initiates
or promotes combustion in other ma-
terials, thereby causing fire either of
itself or through the release of oxygen
or other gases.
Physical hazard means a chemical
for which there is scientifically valid
evidence that It is a combustible
liquid, a compressed gas, explosive,
flammable, an organic peroxide, an ox-
idizer, pyrophoric, unstable (reactive)
or water-reactive.
• -Protective laboratory practices and
equipment • means those laboratory
procedures, practices and equipment
accepted by laboratory health and
safety experts as effective, or that the
.employer can show to be effective, in
minimizing the potential for employee
••exposure to hazardous chemicals.
• Reproductive toxins. means chemi-
cals which affect the reproductive ca-
pabilities including chromosomal
damage (mutations) and effects on fe-
tuses (teratogenesis)
Select carcinogen means any sub-
stance which meets one of the follow-
ing criteria:
(i) It is regulated by OSHA as a car-
cinogen; or
(ii) It is listed under the category,
"known to be carcinogens," in the
Annual Report on Carcinogens pub-
lished by the National Toxicology Pro-
gram (NTP) (latest edition); or
(iii) It is listed under Group 1 ("car-
cinogenic to humans") by the Interna-
tional Agency for Research on Cancer
Monographs (IARC) (latest editions);
or
379
-------
§ 1910.1450
(iv) It is listed in either Group 2A or
2B by IARC or under the category,
"reasonably anticipated to be carcino-
gens" by NTP, and causes statistically
significant tumor incidence in experi-
mental animals in accordance with
atay of the following criteria:
(A) After inhalation exposure of 6-7
hours per day, 5 days per week, for a
significant portion of a lifetime to dos-
ages of less than 10 mg/m3;
(B) After repeated skin application
of less than 300 (mg/kg of body
weight) per week; or
(C) After oral dosages of less than 50
mg/kg of body weight per day.
Unstable (reactive) means a chemi-
cal which is the pure state, or as pro-
duced or transported, will vigorously
polymerize, decompose, condense, or
will become self-reactive under condi-
tions of shocks, pressure or tempera-
ture.
Water-reactive means a chemical
that reacts with water to release a gas
that is either flammable or presents a
health hazard.
(c) Permissible exposure limits. For
laboratory uses of OSHA regulated
substances, the employer shall assure
that laboratory employees' exposures
to such substances do not exceed the
permissible exposure limits specified
in 29 CFR part 1910, subpart Z.
(d) Employee exposure determina-
tion—(l) Initial monitoring. The em-
ployer shall measure the employee's
exposure to any substance regulated
by a standard which requires monitor-
ing if there is reason to believe that
exposure levels for that substance rou-
tinely exceed the action level (or in
the absence of an action level, the
PEL).
(2) Periodic monitoring. If the ini-
tial monitoring prescribed by para-
graph (d)(l) of this section discloses
employee exposure over the action
level (or in the absence of an action
level, the PEL), the employer shall im-
mediately comply with the exposure
monitoring provisions of the relevant
standard.
(3) Termination of monitoring. Mon-
itoring may be terminated in accord-
ance with the relevant standard.
(4) Employee notification of moni-
toring results. The employer shall,
within 15 working days after the re-
29 CFR Ch. XVII (7-1-92 Editio*)
ceipt of any monitoring results, nouij
the employee of these results in wni
ing either individually or by posiir^
results in an appropriate location trui
is accessible to employees.
(e) Chemical hygiene plan—General
(Appendix A of this section is non-
mandatory but provides guidance to
assist employers in the development ot
the Chemical Hygiene Plan.) (li
Where hazardous chemicals as defined
by this standard are used in the work
place, the employer shall develop and
carry out the provisions of a written
Chemical Hygiene Plan which is:
(i) Capable of protecting employees
from health hazards associated with
hazardous chemicals in that laborato-
ry and
(ii) Capable of keeping exposures
below the limits specified in paragraph
(c) of this section.
(2) The Chemical Hygiene Plan shall
be readily available to employees, em-
ployee representatives and, upon re-
quest, to the Assistant Secretary.
(3) The Chemical Hygiene Plan shall
include each of the following elements
and shall indicate specific measures
that the employer will take to ensure
laboratory employee protection:
(i) Standard operating procedures
relevant to safety and health consider-
ations to be followed when laboratory
work involves the use - of hazardous
chemicals;
(ii) Criteria that the employer will
use to determine and implement con-
trol measures to reduce employee ex-
posure to hazardous chemicals includ-
ing engineering controls, the use of
personal protective equipment and hy-
giene practices; particular attention
shall be given to the selection of con-
trol measures for chemicals that are
known to be extremely hazardous;
(iii) A requirement that fume hoods
and other protective equipment are
functioning properly and specific
measures that shall be taken to ensure
proper and adequate performance of
such equipment;
(iv) Provisions for employee infor-
mation and training as prescribed in
paragraph (f) of this section:
(v) The circumstances under which a
particular laboratory operation, proce-
dure or activity shall require prior ap-
proval from the employer or the em-
380
-------
ployer's designee-before Implementa-
tion;
(vi) Provisions for medical consulta-
tion and medical examinations in ac-
cordance with paragraph (g) of this
section;
(vii) Designation of personnel re-
sponsible for implementation of .the
Chemical Hygiene Plan including the
assignment of a Chemical Hygiene Of-
ficer and, if appropriate, establish-
ment of a Chemical Hygiene Commit-
tee; and
(viii) Provisions for additional em-
ployee protection for work with par-
ticularly hazardous substances. These
include "select carcinogens," reproduc-
tive toxins and substances which have
a high degree of acute toxicity. Specif-
ic consideration shall be given to the
following provisions which shall be in-
cluded where appropriate:
(A) Establishment of a designated
area;
(B) Use of containment devices such
as fume hoods or glove boxes;
(C) Procedures for safe removal of
contaminated waste; and
(D) Decontamination procedures.
(4) The employer shall review and
evaluate the effectiveness of the
Chemical Hygiene Plan at least annu-
ally and update it as necessary.
(f) Employee information and train-
ing. (1) The employer shall provide
employees with information and train-
ing to ensure that they are apprised of
the hazards of chemicals present in
their work area.
(2) Such information shall be provid-
ed at the time of an employee's initial
assignment to a work area where haz-
ardous chemicals are present and prior
to assignments involving new exposure
situations. The frequency of refresher
information and training shall be de-
termined by the employer.
(3) Information. Employees shall be
informed of:
(i) The contents of this standard and
its appendices which shall be made
available to employees;
(ii) The location and availability of
the employer's Chemical Hygiene
Plan;
(iii) The permissible exposure limits
for OSHA regulated substances or rec-
ommended exposure limits for other
hazardous chemicals where there is no
applicable OSHA standard;
(iv) Signs and symptoms associated
with exposures to hazardous chemicals
used in the laboratory; and
(v) The location and availability of
known reference material on the haz-
ards, safe handling, storage and dis-
posal of hazardous chemicals found in
the laboratory including, but not limit-
ed to. Material Safety Data Sheets re-
ceived from the chemical supplier.
(4) Training, (i) Employee training
shall include:
(A) Methods and observations that
may be used to detect the presence or
release of a hazardous chemical (such
as monitoring conducted by the em-
ployer, continuous monitoring devices,
visual appearance or odor of hazard-
ous chemicals when being released.
etc.):
(B) The physical and health hazards
of chemicals in the work area; and
(C) The measures employees can
take to protect themselves from these
hazards, including specific procedures
the employer has implemented to pro-
tect employees from exposure to haz-
ardous chemicals, such as appropriate
work practices, emergency procedures,
and personal protective equipment to
be used.
(ii) The employee shall be trained on
the applicable details of the employ-
er's written Chemical Hygiene Plan.
(g) Medical consultation and medi-
cal examinations. (1) The employer
shall provide all employees who work
with hazardous chemicals an opportu-
nity to receive medical attention, in-
cluding any follow-up examinations
which the examining physician deter-
mines to be necessary, under the fol-
lowing circumstances:
(i) Whenever an employee develops
signs or symptoms associated with a
hazardous chemical to which the em-
ployee may have been exposed in the
laboratory, the employee shall be pro-
vided an opportunity to receive an ap-
propriate medical examination.
(ii) Where exposure monitoring re-
veals an exposure level routinely
above the action level (or in the ab-
sence of an action level, the PELr for
an OSHA regulated substance for
which there are exposure monitoring
and medical surveillance requirements,
381
-------
§ 1910.1450
medical surveillance shall be estab-
lished for the affected employee as
prescribed by the particular standard.
(iii) Whenever an event takes place
In the work area such as a spill, leak,
explosion or other occurrence result-
ing in the likelihood of a hazardous
exposure, the affected employee shall
be provided an opportunity for a medi-
cal consultation. Such consultation
shall be for the purpose of determin-
ing the need for a medical examina-
tion.
(2) All medical examinations and
consultations shall be performed by or
under the direct supervision of a li-
censed physician and shall be provided
without cost to the employee, without
loss of pay and at a reasonable time
and place.
(3) Information provided to the phy-
sician. The employer shall provide the
following information to the physi-
cian:
(i) The identity of the hazardous
chemical(s) to which the employee
may have been exposed;
(ii) A description of the conditions
under which the exposure occurred in-
cluding quantitative exposure data, if
available; and
(iii) A description of the signs and
symptoms of exposure that the em-
ployee is experiencing, if any.
(4) Physician's written opinion, (i)
For examination or consultation re-
quired under this standard, the em-
ployer shall obtain a written opinion
from the examining physician which
shall include the following:
(A) Any recommendation for further
medical follow-up;
(B) The results of the medical exam-
ination and any associated tests;
(C) Any medical condition which
may be revealed in the course of the
examination which may piace the em-
ployee at increased risk as a result of
exposure to a hazardous chemical
found in the workplace; and
(O) A statement that the employee
has been informed by the physician of
the results of the consultation or med-
ical examination and any medical con-
dition that may require further exami-
nation or treatment.
(ii) The written opinion shall not
reveal specific findings of diagnoses
unrelated to occupational exposure.
29 CFR Ch. XVII (7-1-92 Edition)
(h) Hazard identification. (1) With
respect to labels and material safety
data sheets:
(i) Employers shall ensure that
labels on incoming containers of haz-
ardous chemicals are not removed or
defaced.
(ii) Employers shall maintain any
material safety data sheets that are
received with incoming shipments of
hazardous chemicals, and ensure that
they are readily accessible to laborato-
ry employees.
(2) The following provisions shall
apply to chemical substances devel-
oped in the laboratory:
(i) If the composition of the chemi-
cal substance which is produced exclu-
sively for the laboratory's use is
known, the employer shall determine
if it is a hazardous chemical as defined
in paragraph (b) of this section. If the
chemical is determined to be hazard-
ous, the employer shall provide appro-
priate training as required under para-
graph (f) of this section.
(ii) If the chemical produced is a by-
product whose composition is not
known, the employer shall assume
that the substance is hazardous and
shall implement paragraph (e) of this
section.
(iii) If the chemical substance is pro-
duced for another user outside of the
laboratory, the employer shall comply
with the Hazard Communication
Standard (29 CFR 1910.1200) includ-
ing the requirements for preparation
of material safety data sheets and la-
beling.
(i) Use of respirators. Where the use
of respirators is necessary to maintain
exposure below permissible exposure
limits, the employer shall provide, at
no cost to the employee, the proper
respiratory equipment. Respirators
shall be selected and used in accord-
ance with the requirements of 29 CFR
1910.134.
(j) Recordkeeping. (1) The employer
shall establish and maintain for each
employee an accurate record of any
measurements taken to monitor em-
ployee exposures and any medical con-
sultation and examinations including
tests or written opinions required by
this standard.
(2) The employer shall assure that
such records are kept, transferred, and
382
-------
made available in accordance with 29
CFR 1910.20.
(k) Dates—(1) Effective date. This
section shall become effective May 1,
1990.
(2) Start-up dates. (i> Employers
shall have developed and implemented
a written Chemical Hygiene Plan no
later than January 31.1991.
(ii) Paragraph (a)(2) of this'section
shall not take effect until the employ-
er has developed and implemented a
written Chemical Hygiene Plan.
(1) Appendices. The information con-
tained in the appendices is not intend-
ed, by itself, to create any additional
obligations not otherwise imposed or
to detract from any existing obliga-
tion.
(55 FR 3327. Jan. 31, 1990, 55 FR 7967, Mar.
6.1990. 55 FR 12111, Mar. 30.1990]
APPENDIX A TO § 1910.1450-NAT1OHAL RE-
SEARCH COUNCIL RECOMMENDATIONS CON-
CERNING CHEMICAL HYGIENE IN LABORATO-
RIES (NON-MANDATORY)
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Foreword
Corresponding Sections of the Standard and
This Appendix
A. General Principles
1. Minimize all Chemical Exposures
2. Avoid Underestimation of Risk
3. Provide Adequate Ventilation
4. Institute a Chemical Hygiene Program
5. Observe the PELs and TLVs
B. Responsibilities
1. Chief Executive Officer
2. Supervisor of Administrative Unit
3. Chemical Hygiene Officer
4. Laboratory Supervisor
5. Project Director
6. Laboratory Worker
C. The Laboratory Facility
1. Design
2. Maintenance
3. Usage
4. Ventilation
D. Components of the Chemical Hygiene
Plan
1. Basic Rules and Procedures
2. Chemical Procurement. Distribution,
and Storage
3. Environmental Monitoring
4. Housekeeping, Maintenance and Inspec-
tions
5. Medical Program
6. Personal Protective Apparel and Equip-
ment
7.. Records
8. Signs and Labels
9. Spills and Accidents
10. Training and Information
11. Waste Disposal
E. General Procedures for Working With
Chemicals
1. General Rules for all Laboratory Work
with Chemicals
2. Allergens and Embryotoxins
3. Chemicals of Moderate Chronic or High
Acute Toxlcity
4. Chemicals of High Chronic Toxicity
5. Animal Work with Chemicals of High
Chronic Toxlcity
F. Safety Recommendations
G. Material Safety Data Sheets
Foreword
As guidance for each employer's develop-
ment of an appropriate laboratory Chemical
Hygiene Plan, the following non-mandatory
recommendations are provided. They were
extracted from "Prudent Practices for Han-
dling Hazardous Chemicals in Laboratories"
(referred to below as "Prudent Practices").
which was published In 1981 by the Nation-
al Research Council and Is available from
•the National Academy Press. 2101 Constitu-
tion Ave.. NW.. Washington DC 20418.
"Prudent Practices" is cited because of its
wide distribution and acceptance and be-
cause of its preparation by members of the
laboratory community through the sponsor-
ship of the National Research Council.
However, none of the recommendations
given here will modify any requirements of
the laboratory standard. This Appendix
merely presents pertinent recommendations
from "Prudent Practices", organized into a
form convenient for quick reference during
operation of a laboratory facility and during
development and application of a Chemical
Hygiene Plan. Users of this appendix should
consult "Prudent Practices" for a more ex-
tended presentation and justification for
each recommendation.
"Prudent Practices" deals with both
safety and chemical hazards while the labo-
ratory standard Is concerned primarily with
chemical hazards. Therefore, only those rec-
ommendations directed primarily toward
control of toxic exposures are cited in this
appendix, with the term "chemical hygiene"
being substituted for the word "safetST.
However, since conditions producing or
threatening physical Injury often pose toxic
risks as well, page references concerning
major categories of safety hazards In the
laboratory are given In section F.
383
-------
§ 1910.1450
The recommendations from "Prudent
Practices" have been paraphrased, com-
bined, or otherwise reorganized, and head-
ings have been added. However, their sense
has not been changed.
Corresponding Sections of the Standard and
this Appendix
The following table is given for the con-
venience of those who are developing a
Chemical Hygiene Plan which will satisfy
the requirements of paragraph (e) of the
standard. It indicates those sections of this
appendix which are most pertinent to each
of the sections of paragraph (e) and related
paragraphs.
Paragraph and tope in laboratory standard
(e)(3)0) Standard operating procedures lor
handling toxic chemicals.
(e)(3)(u) Criteria to be used (or implementa-
tion of measures to reduce exposures.
(e)(3)(ni) Fume hood performance
(e)(3)(iv) Employee information and training
(including emergency procedures).
(e)(3)(v) Requirements lor prior approval of
laboratory activities.
(e)(3)(vi) Medical consultation and medical
examinations
(e)(3)(vu) Chemical hygiene responsibilities
(e)(3)(vm) Special precautions lor work with
particularly hazardous substances.
Relevant
appendix
section
C.O.E
0
C4b
010.09
E2b. E4b
OS. E4I
B
E2. E3, E4
In this appendix, those recommendations
directed primarily at administrators and su-
pervisors are given in sections A-D. Those
recommendations of primary concern to em-
ployees who are actually handling laborato-
ry chemicals are given in section E. (Refer-
ence to page numbers in "Prudent Prac-
tices" are given In parentheses.)
A. General Principles for Work with
Laboratory Chemicals
In addition to the more detailed recom-
mendations listed below in sections B-E.
"Prudent Practices" expresses certain gen-
eral principles, including the following:
1. It is prudent to minimize all chemical
exposures. Because few laboratory chemicals
are without hazards, general precautions for
handling all laboratory chemicals should be
adopted, rather than specific guidelines for
particular chemicals (2. 10). Skin contact
with chemicals should be avoided as a cardi-
nal rule (198). .
2. Avoid underestimation of risk. Even for
substances of no known significant hazard.1
exposure should be minimized; for work
with substances which present special haz-
ards, special precautions should be taken
(10. 37. 38). One should assume that any
29 CFR Ch. XVII (7-1-92 Edition)
mixture will be more toxic than its most
toxic component (30. 103) and that all sub-
stances of unknown toxicity are toxic (3.
34).
3. Provide adequate ventilation. The best
way to prevent exposure to airborne sub-
stances is to prevent their escape into the
working atmosphere by use of hoods and
other ventilation devices (32.198).
4. Institute a chemical hygiene program. A
mandatory chemical hygiene program de-
signed to minimize exposures is needed; it
should be a regular, continuing effort, not
merely a standby or short-term activity (6.
11). Its recommendations should be followed
in academic teaching laboratories as well as
by full-time laboratory workers (13).
5. Observe the PELs, TLVs. The Permissi-
ble Exposure Limits of OSHA and the
Threshold Limit Values of the American
Conference of Governmental Industrial Hy-
gienists should not be exceeded (13).
B. Chemical Hygiene Responsibilities
Responsibility for chemical hygiene rests
at all levels (6.11. 21) including the:
1. Chief executive officer, who has ulti-
mate responsibility for chemical hygiene
within the institution and must, with other
administrators, provide continuing support
for institutional chemical hygiene (7,11).
2. Supervisor of the department or other
administrative unit, who is responsible for
chemical hygiene in that unit (7).
3. Chemical hygiene officers), whose ap-
pointment is essential (7) and who must:
(a) Work with administrators and other
employees to develop and implement appro-
priate chemical hygiene policies and prac-
tices (7);
(b) Monitor procurement, use, and dispos-
al of chemicals used in the lab (8):
(c) See that appropriate audits are main-
tained (8):
(d) Help project directors develop precau-
tions and adequate facilities (10);
(e) Know the current legal requirements
concerning regulated substances (50): and
(f) Seek ways to Improve the chemical hy-
giene program (8. 11).
4. Laboratory supervisor, who has overall
responsibility for chemical hygiene in the
laboratory (21) including responsibility to:
(a) Ensure that workers know and follow
the chemical hygiene rules, that protective
equipment is available and in working order.
and'that appropriate training has been pro-
vided (21. 22);
(b) Provide regular, formal chemical hy-
giene and housekeeping inspections includ-
ing routine inspections of emergency equip-
ment (21.171);
(c) Know the current legal requirements
concerning regulated substances (SO. 231);
384
-------
(d) Determine the required levels of pro-
tective apparel and equipment (156, 160,
162); and
(e) Ensure that facilities and training for
use of any material -being -ordered are ade-
quate (215).
5. Project director or director of other spe-
cific operation, who has primary responsi-
bility for chemical hygiene procedures for
that-operation (7).
6. Laboratory worker, who Is responsible
for:
(a) Planning and conducting each oper-
ation in accordance with the institutional
chemical hygiene procedures (7, 21, 22,230);
and
(b) Developing good personal chemical hy-
giene habits (22).
C. The Laboratory Facility
1. Design. The laboratory facility should
have:
(a) An appropriate - general ventilation
system (see C4 below) with air intakes and
exhausts located so as to avoid intake of
contaminated air (194);
(b) Adequate, well-ventilated stockrooms/
storerooms (218. 219);
(c) Laboratory hoods and sinks (12,162);
(d) Other safety equipment including eye-
wash fountains and drench showers (162.
169): and
(e) Arrangements for waste disposal (12.
240).
2. Maintenance. Chemical-hygiene-related
equipment (hoods, incinerator, etc.) should
undergo continuing appraisal and be modi-
fied if inadequate (11. 12).
3. Usage. The work conducted (10) and Its
scale (12) must be appropriate to the physi-
cial facilities available and, especially, to the
quality of ventilation (13).
4. Ventilation—(a) General laboratory
ventilation. This system should: Provide a
source of air for breathing and for input to
local ventilation devices (199): It should not
be relied on for protection from toxic sub-
stances released into the laboratory (198);
ensure that laboratory air is continually re-
placed, preventing increase of air concentra-
tions of toxic substances during the working
day (194); direct air flow into the laboratory
from non-laboratory areas and out to the
exterior of the building (194).
(b) Hoods. A laboratory hood with 2.5
linear feet of hood space per person should
be provided for every 2 workers If they
spend most of their time working with
chemicals (199): each hood should have a
continuous monitoring device to allow con-
venient confirmation of adequate hood per-
formance before use (200, 209). If this is not
possible, work with substances of unknown
toxicity should be avoided (13)- or other
types of local ventilation devices should be
provided (199). See pp. 201-206 for a discus-
sion of hood design, construction, and eval-
uation.
(c) Other local ventilation devices. Venti-
lated storage cabinets, canopy hoods, snor-
kels, etc. should be provided as needed (199).
Each canopy hood and snorkel should have
a separate exhaust duct (207).
(d) Special ventilation areas. Exhaust air
from glove boxes and Isolation rooms should
be passed through scrubbers or other treat-
ment before release Into the regular ex-
haust-system (208). Cold rooms and warm
rooms should have provisions for rapid
escape and for escape in the event of electri-
cal failure (209).
(e) Modifications. Any alteration of the
ventilation system should be made only If
thorough testing indicates that worker pro-
tection from airborne toxic substances will
continue to be adequate (12.193, 204).
(f) Performance. Rate: 4-12 room air
changes/hour Is normally adequate general
ventilation if local exhaust systems such as
hoods are used as the primary method of
control (194).
(g) Quality. General air flow should not
be turbulent -and should be relatively uni-
form throughout the laboratory, with no
high velocity or static areas (194, 195); air-
flow into and within the hood should not be
excessively turbulent (200); hood face veloci-
ty should be adequate (typically 60-100 Ifm)
(200. 204).
(h) Evaluation. Quality and quantity of
ventilation should be evaluated on installa-
tion (202),. regularly monitored (at least
every 3 months) (6.12,14,195), and reevalu-
ated whenever a change in local ventilation
devices is made (12, 195, 207). See pp. 195-
198 for methods of evaluation and for calcu-
lation of estimated airborne contaminant
concentrations.
D. Components of the Chemical Hygiene
Plan
1. Basic Rules and Procedures (Recommen-
dations for these are given in section E,
below)
2. Chemical Procurement, Distribution, and
Storage
(a) Procurement. Before a substance Is re-
ceived, information on proper handling.
storage, and disposal should be known to
those who will be involved (215, 216). No
container should be accepted without an
adequate Identifying label (216). Preferably,
all substances should be received in a cen-
tral location (216).
(b) Stockrooms/storerooms. Toxic sub-
stances should be segregated in a well-iden-
tified area with local exhaust ventilation
(221). Chemicals which are highly toxic
(227) or other chemicals whose containers
have been opened should be in unbreakable
385
-------
§ 1910.1450
secondary containers (219). Stored chemi-
cals should be examined periodically tat
least annually) lor replacement, deteriora-
tion, and container integrity (218-19).
Stockrooms/storerooms should not be
used as preparation or repackaging areas,
should be open during normal working
hours, and should be controlled by one
person (219).
(c) Distribution. When chemicals are
hand carried, the container should be
placed In an outside container or bucket.
Freight-only elevators should be vised If pos-
sible (223).
(d) Laboratory storage. Amounts permit-
ted should be as small as practical. Storage
on bench tops and in hoods is inadvisable.
Exposure to heat or direct sunlight should
be avoided. Periodic Inventories should be
conducted, with unneeded Items being dis-
carded or returned to the storeroom/stock-
room (225-6. 229).
3. Environmental Monitoring
Regular instrumental monitoring of air-
borne concentrations is not usually Justified
or practical in laboratories but may be ap-
propriate when testing or redesigning hoods
or other ventilation devices (121 or when a
highly loxic substance is stored or used reg-
ularly (e.g.. 3 limes/week) (13).
4. Housekeeping, Maintenance, and
Inspections
(a) Cleaning. Floors should be cleaned reg-
ularly (24).
(b) Inspections. Formal housekeeping and
chemical hygiene inspections should be held
at least quarterly (6. 21) for units which
have frequent pesonnel changes and semi-
annually for others: Informal Inspections
should be continual (21).
(c) Maintenance. Eye wash fountains
should be inspected at intervals of not less
than 3 months (6). Respirators for routine
use should be inspected periodically by the
laboratory supervisor (169). Safety showers
should be tested routinely (169). Other
safety equipment should be Inspected regu-
larly, (e.g., every 3-6 months) (6. 24. 171).
Procedures to prevent restarting of out-of-
service equipment should be established
(25).
(a) Passageways. Stairways and hallways
should not be used as storage areas (24).
Access to exits, emergency equipment, and
utility controls should never be blocked
(24).
5. Medical Program
(a) Compliance with regulations. Regular
medical surveillance should be established
to ine extent required by regulations (121.
(b) Routine surveillance. Anyone whose
work involves regular and frequent handling
of lexicologically significant quantities of a
29 CFR Ch. XVII (7-1-92 Edition)
chemical should consult a qualified physi-
cian to determine on an individual basis
whether a regular schedule of medical sur-
veillance is desirable (11. 50).
(c) First aid. Personnel trained in first aid
should be available during working hours
and an emergency room with medical per-
sonnel should be nearby (173). See pp. 176-
178 for description of some emergency fin>t
aid procedures.
6. Protective Apparel and Equipment
These should Include for each laboratory:
(a) Protective apparel compatible with the
required degree of protection for substances
being handled (158-161);
(b) An easily accessible drench-type safety
shower (162,169);
(c) An eyewash fountain (162);
(d) A fire extinguisher (162-164);
(e) Respiratory protection (164-9). fire
alarm and telephone for emergency use
(162) should be available nearby: and
(f) Other items designated by the labora-
tory supervisor (156.160).
7. Records
(a) Accident records should be written and
retained (114).
(b) Chemical Hygiene Plan records should
document that the facilities and precautions
were compatible with current knowledge
and regulations (7).
(c) Inventory and usage records for high-
risk substances should be kept as specified
in sections E3e below.
(d) Medical records should be retained by
the institution in accordance with the re-
quirements of state and.federal regulations
(12).
8. Signs and Labels
Prominent signs and labels of the follow-
ing types should be posted:
(a) Emergency telephone numbers of
emergency personnel/facilities, supervisors.
and laboratory workers (28):
(b) Identity labels, showing contents of
containers (including waste receptacles) and
associated hazards (27, 48);
(c) Location signs for safety showers, eye-
wash stations, other safety and first aid
equipment, exits (27) and areas where food
and beverage consumption and storage are
permitted (24); and
(d) Warnings at areas or equipment where
special pr unusual hazards exist (27).
9. Spills and Accidents
(a) A written emergency plan should be
established and communicated to all person-
nel; it should include procedures for ventila-
tion failure (200), evacuation, medical care.
reporting, and drills (172).
386
-------
(b) There should be an alarm system to
alerl people in all parts of the facility in-
cluding isolation areas such as cold rooms
(172).
(C> A spill control policy should be devel-
oped and should include consideration of
prevention, containment, cleanup, and re-
porting (175).
(d) All accidents or near accidents should
be carefully analyzed with the results dis-
tributed to all who might benefit (8, 28).
10. Information and Training Program
(a) Aim: To assure that all individuals at
risk are adequately informed about the
work in the laboratory, its risks, and what
to do if an accident occurs (5. IS).
(b)-Emergency and Personal Protection
Training: Every laboratory worker should
Xnowthe location and proper use of avail-
able protective apparel and equipment (154.
169).
Some of the full-time personnel of the
laboratory should be trained in the proper
use of emergency equipment and procedures
(6).
Such training as well as first aid instruc-
tion should be available to (154) and encour-
aged for (176) everyone who might need it.
(c) Receiving • and stockroom/storeroom
personnel should know about hazards, han-
dling equipment; protective apparel, and rel-
evant regulations (217).
-------
§ 1910.1450
hands before conducting these activities (23,
24).
Avoid storage, handling or consumption of
food or beverages in storage areas, refrigera-
tors, glassware or utensils which are also
used for laboratory operations (23, 24. 226).
(e) Equipment and glassware: Handle and
store laboratory glassware with care to
avoid damage; do not use damaged glass-
ware (25). Use extra care with Dewar flasks
and other evacuated glass apparatus: shield
or wrap them to contain chemicals and frag-
ments should implosion occur (25). Use
equipment only for its designed purpose (23,
26).
(f) Exiting: Wash areas of exposed skin
well before leaving the laboratory (23).
(g) Horseplay: Avoid practical jokes or
other behavior which might confuse, startle
or distract another worker (23).
(h) Mouth, suction: Do not use mouth suc-
tion for pipeting or starting a siphon (23,
32).
(i) Personal apparel1 Confine long hair
and loose clothing (23. 158). Wear shoes at
all times in the laboratory but do not wear
sandals, perforated shoes, or sneakers (158).
(j) Personal housekeeping: Keep the work
area clean and uncluttered, with chemicals
and equipment being properly labeled and
stored: clean up the work area on comple-
tion of an operation or at the end of each
day (24).
(k) Personal protection: Assure that ap-
propriate eye protection (154-156) is worn
by all persons, including visitors, where
chemicals are stored or handled (22, 23, 33,
154).
Wear appropriate gloves when the poten-
tial for contact with toxic materials exists
(157); inspect the gloves before each use.
wash them before removal, and replace
them periodically (157). (A table of resist-
ance to chemicals of common glove materi-
als is given p. 159).
Use appropriate (164-168) respiratory
equipment when air contaminant concentra-
tions are not sufficiently restricted by engi-
neering controls (1G4-5), inspecting the res-
pirator before use (169).
Use any other protective and emergency
apparel and equipment as appropriate (22,
157-162).
Avoid use of contact lenses in the labora-
tory unless necessary: if they are used,
inform supervisor so special precautions can
be taken (155).
Remove laboratory coats Immediately on
significant contamination (161).
(1) Planning: Seek Information and advice
about hazards (7). plan appropriate protec-
tive procedures, and plan positioning of
equipment before beginning any new oper-
ation (22. 23 j.
-------
Notify supervisors of all Incidents of expo-
sure or spills; consult a qualified physician
when appropriate.
3. Work with Chemicals of Moderate
Chronic or High Acute Toxicity
EXAMPLES: diisopropylflurophosphate (41),
hydrofluoric acid (43), hydrogen cyanide
(45).
Supplemental rules to be followed in addi-
tion to those mentioned above (Procedure B
of "Prudent Practices", pp. 39-41):
(a) Aim: To minimize exposure to these
toxic substances by any route using all rea-
sonable precautions (39).
-------
§ 1910.1450
access (48, 227. 229) area in appropriately La-
beled, unbreakable, chemically resistant,
secondary containers (48, 229).
(k) Clove boxes: For a negative pressure
glove box, ventilation rate must be at least 2
volume changes/hour and pressure at least
0.5 inches of water (48). For a positive pres-
sure glove box. thoroughly check for leaks
before each use (49). In either case, trap the
exit gases or filter them through a HEPA
filter and then release them Into the hood
(49).
(1) Waste: Use chemical decontamination
whenever possible; ensure that containers of
contaminated waste (including washings
from contaminated flasks) are transferred
from the controlled area in a secondary con-
tainer under the supervision of authorized
personnel (49. 50. 233).
5. Animal Work with Chemicals of High
Chronic Toxlclty
(a) Access.1 For large scale studies, special
facilities with restricted access are prefera-
ble (56).
(b) Administration of the toxic substance:
When possible, administer the substance by
injection or gavage instead of in the diet. If
administration is in the diet, use a caging
system under negative pressure or under
laminar air flow directed toward HEPA fil-
ters (56).
(c) Aerosol suppression: Devise procedures
which minimize formation and dispersal of
contaminated aerosols, including those from
food, urine, and fcces (e.g.. use HEPA fil-
tered vacuum equipment for cleaning.
moisten contaminated bedding before re-
moval from the cage, mix diets In closed
containers in a hood) (55. 56).
(d) Personal protection: When working in
the animal room, wear plastic or rubber
gloves, fully buttoned laboratory coat or
jumpbuit and. if needed because of incom-
plete suppression of aerosols, other apparel
and equipment (shoe and head coverings.
respirator) <56).
(c) Waste disposal: Dispose of contaminat-
ed animal tissues and excreta by inciner-
ation if the available incinerator can con-
vert the contaminant to non-toxic products
(238); otherwise, package the waste appro-
priately for burial in an EPA-approved site
(239).
F. Safety Recommendations
The above recommendations from "Pru-
dent Practices" do not include those which
are directed primarily toward prevention of
physical injury rather than toxic exposure.
However, failure of precautions against
injury will often have the secondary effect
of causing toxic exposures. Therefore, we
list below page references for recommenda-
tions concerning some of the major catego-'
29 CFR Ch. XVII (7-1-92 Edition)
rles of safety hazards which also have impli-
cations for chemical hygiene:
1. Corrosive agents: (35-6)
2. Electrically powered laboratory appara-
tus: (179-92)
3. Fires, explosions: (26. 57-74. 162-4. 174-5,
219-20,226-7)
4. Low temperature procedures: (26. 68)
5. Pressurized and vacuum operations (in-
cluding use of compressed gas cylinder*):
(27,75-101)
G. Material Safety Data Sheets
Material safety data sheets are presented
in "Prudent Practices" for the chemicals
listed below. (Asterisks denote that compre-
hensive material safety data sheets are pro-
vided).
•Acetyl peroxide (105)
•Acrolein (106)
•Acrylonilrile(107)
Ammonia (anhydrous) (91)
•Aniline (109)
•Ben/ene (110)
•Benito[a]pyrene(112>
•Bts(chloromethyl) ether (113)
Boron trichloride (91)
Boron tnfluoride (92)
Bromine (114)
•Ten-butyl hydroperoxidc (148)
. 'Carbon disulfide( 116)
Carbon monoxide (92)
•Carbon tetrachlonde (118)
•Chlorine (119)
Chlorine trifluoride (94)
•Chloroform (121)
Chloromechane (93)
•Diethyl ether(122)
Diisopropyl fluorophosphate(41)
•Dimethylformamide (123)
•Dimethyl sulfate (125)
•Dioxane(12fi)
•Elhylcne dibromide (128)
•Fluorine (95)
•Formaldehyde (130)
•Hydrazino and salts (132)
Hydrofluoric acid (43)
Hydrogen bromide <98)
Hydrogen chloride (98)
•Hydrogen cyanide (133)
•Hydrogen sulfide (135)
Mercury and compounds (52)
*Mcthanol(137)
•Murpholme (138)
•Nickel carbonyl (99)
•Nitrobenzene(139)
Nitrogen dioxide (100)
N-mtrosodiethykamine (54)
•Peracetic acid (141)
•Phenol (142)
•Phosgene (143)
•Pyndme(144)
•Sodium azide (145)
•Sodium cyanide (147)
Sulfur dioxide (101)
390
-------
•Trlchloroethylene (149)
•Vinyl chloride (150)
APPENDIX B TO § 1910.1450—REFERENCES
(NON-MANDATORY)
The following references are provided to
assist the employer in the development of a
Chemical Hygiene Plan. The materials
listed below are offered as non-mandatory
guidance. References listed here' do not
Imply specific endorsement of a book, opin-
ion, technique, policy or a specific solution
for a safety or health problem. Other refer-
ences not listed here may better meet the
needs of a specific laboratory, (a) Materials
for the development of the Chemical Hy-
giene Plan:
1. American Chemical Society. Safety in
Academic Chemistry Laboratories. 4th edi-
tion. 19B5.
2. Pawcett. H.H. and W. S. Wood. Safety
and Accident Prevention in Chemical Oper-
ations. 2nd edition. Wlley-Intersclence. New
York. 1982.
3. Plury. Patricia A.. Environmental
Health and Safety in the Hospital Laborato-
ry. Charles C. Thomas Publisher. Spring-
Held 1L. 197B.
4. Green. Michael E. and Turk. Amos.
Safety In Working wild Chemicals. Macmil-
lan Publishing Co.. NY. 1978.
5. Kaufman, James A.. Laboratory Safety
Guidelines. Dow Chemical Co., Box 1713.
Midland. MI 48640. 1977.
6. National Institutes of Health. NIH
Guidelines for the Laboratory use of Chemi-
cal CarcinoKcns. NIH Pub. No. 81-2385.
GPO. Washington. DC 20402. 1981.
7. National Research Council. Prudent
Practices for Disposal of Chrmlcals from
Laboratories. National Academy Press.
Washington. DC. 1983.
B. National Research Council. Prudent
Practices for Handling Hazardous Chemi-
cals in Laboratories. National Academy
Press. Washington. DC. 1981.
9. Renfrew. Malcolm. Ed.. Safety In the
Chemical Laboratory. Vol. IV. J. Chem. Ed..
American Chemical Society. Easlon. PA.
1981.
10. Steere. Norman V.. Ed.. Safety in the
Chemical Laboratory. J. Chem. Ed. Ameri-
can Chemical Society. Easlon. PA. 18042.
Vol. I. 1967. Vol. II. 1971. Vol. Ill 1974.
11. Steere. Norman V.. Handbook of Labo-
ratory Safety, the Chemical Rubber Compa-
ny Cleveland. OH. 1971.
12. Young. Jay A.. Ed.. Improving Safety
in the Chemical Laboratory. John Wiley ft
Sons. Inc. New York. 1987.
cb) Hazardous Substances Information:
1. American Conference of Governmental
Industrial Hygienists. Threshold Limit
Values for Chemical Substances and Physi-
cal Agents in the Workroom Environment
with Intended Changes. 6500 Glenway
Avenue. Bldg. D-7 Cincinnati. OH 45211-
4438 (latest edition).
2. Annual Report on Carcinogens. Nation-
al Toxicology Program U.S. Department of
Health and Human Services. Public Health
Service, U.S. Government Printing Office.
Washington, DC. (latest edition).
3. Best Company, Best Safety Directory.
Vols. I and II. Oldwick. NJ.. 1981.
4. Bretherlck. L.. Handbook of Reactive
Chemical Hazards. 2nd edition. Butter-
worths. London.1979.
5. Bretherick, L.. Hazards in the Chemical
Laboratory, 3rd edition. Royal Society of
Chemistry. London. 1986.
6. Codr of Federal Regulations. 29 CFR
part 1910 subpart Z. U.S. Govt. Printing
Office. Washington. DC 20402 (latest edi-
tion).
7. IARC Monographs on the Evaluation of
the Carcinogenic Ri.sk of Chemicals to Man.
World Health Organization Publications
Center. 49 Sheridan Avenue. Albany. New
York 12210 (latest editions).
8. NIOSH/OSHA Pocket Guide to Chemi-
cal Hazards. NIOSH Pub. No. 85-114. U.S.
Government Printing Office. Washington.
DC. 1985 (or latest edition).
9. Occupational Health Guidelines.
NIOSH/OSHA NIOSH Pub. No. 81-123 U.S.
Government Printing Office. Washington.
DC, 1981.
10. Patty, P.A.. Industrial Hygiene and
Toxicology. John Wiley & Sons. Inc.. New
York. NY (Five Volumes).
11. Registry of Toxic Effects of Chemical
Substances, U.S. Department of Health and
Human Services. Public Health Service.
Centers for Disease Control. National Insti-
tute for Occupational Safety and Health.
Revised Annually, for sale from Superin-
tendent of Documents U.S. Govt. Printing
Office. Washington. DC 20402.
12. The Merck Index: An Encyclopedia of
Chemicals and Drugs. Merck and Company
Inc. Rah way. N.J.. 1976 (or latest edition).
13. Sax. N.I. Dangerous Properties of In-
dustrial Materials. 5th edition. Van Nos-
trand Rcinhold. NY.. 1979.
14. SiltiK. Marshall. Handbook of Toxic
and Hazardous Chemicals. Noycs Publica-
tions. Park RidBC. NJ. 1981.
(c) Information on Ventilation:
1. American Conference of Governmental
Industrial Hypienists Industrial Ventilation
(latest edition). 6500 Glenway Avenue. Bldg.
D-7. Cincinnati. Ohio 45211-4438.
2. American National Standards Institute.
Ine. American National Standards Fugda-
menlals Governing the Design and Oper-
ation of Local Exhaust Systems ANSI Z 9.2-
1979 American National Standards Insti-
tute. N.Y.1979.
3. Imad. A.P. and Watson. C.L. Ventilation
Index: An Easy Way to Decide about Haz-
391
-------
§ 1910.1499
ardous Liquids. Professional Safety pp 15-
18. April 1980.
4. National Fire Protection Association.
Fire Protection -for Laboratories Using
Chemicals NFPA-45,1982.
Safety Standard for Laboratories in
Health Related Institutions, NFPA, 56c,
1980.
Fire. Protection Guide on Hazardous Ma-
terials. 7th edition. 1978.
National Fire Protection Association. Bat-
terymarch Park, Quincy. MA 02269.
5. Scientific Apparatus- Makers Associa-
tion (SAMA), Standard for Laboratory
Fume Hoods, SAMA LF7-1980, 1101 16th
Street. NW.. Washington. DC 20036.
(d> Information on Availability of Refer-
enced Material:
1. American National Standards Institute
(ANSI). 1430 Broadway. New York. NY
lOOia.
2. American Society for Testing and Mate-
rials tASTM). 1916 Race Street, Philadel-
phia. PA 19103.
(Approved by the Office of Management
and Budget under control number 1218-
0131)
[55 FR 3327. Jan. 31,1990; 55 FR 7967, Mar.
6. 1990; 57 FR 29204, July 1. 1992]
29 CFR Ch. XVII (7-1-92 Edition)
§ 1918.1499 Source of standards.
Section 1910,1000.....
41 CFR 50-204.50, except lor
Table 2-2. the source ot which
is American National Stand-
ards Institute. Z37 series
[40 FR 23073, May 28, 1975]
§ 1910.1500 Standards organizations.
Specific standards of the following
organizations have been referred to in
this subpart. Copies of the standards
may be obtained from the issuing or-
ganization.
American Conference of Governmental
Industrial Hygienists
6500 Glenway Avenue. Bide. D—7
Cincinnati, Ohio 45211—4438
American National Standards Institute
1430 Broadway
New York, New York 10018
[40 FR 23073, May 28. 1975, as amended at
43 FR 57603, Dec. 8, 1978; 57 FR 29204. July
1. 1992J
392
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J, ATTACHMENT 2
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
Att.2-Pagel
AttarhniPnt 2 - STORAGE FOR PHEMICAL COMPATIBILITY
Chemicals in the R/V Lake Guardian Laboratories have been color labeled and
should be stored by hazard group according to the following chart:
Group Number
Hazard Classification
Color
Acids
Red
Flammable
Orange
m
Refrigerated Materials
Green
IV
Oxidizers
Yellow
Alkalis
Blue
VI
Extremely Poisonous
Brown
VII
Generally Safe
White
VIII
Special Storage
Black
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J, ATTACHMENT 2
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
Att.2-Page2
rHFMlCAL STORAGE INVENTORY
All chemicals must be stored in segregated areas by compatible chemicals.
Incompatible chemicals may react violently with each other or form highly toxic
gases. These reactions can occur by mixing incompatible vapors or spilling
incompatible contents onto each other. Therefore, extreme care must be taken to
keep compatibles segregated physically from incompatibles, e.g., storage of
incompatibles on a bottom shelf of a cabinet is not an acceptable segregating
procedure. Storage areas must be kept in a cool, adequately ventilated area. All
flammable or combustible materials and high heat sources must be kept clear of
storage areas. Storage areas should not be in a "heavy traffic" area and should be
protected from physical damage. Storage cabinets must be clearly labeled as to what
materials can be stored in them. An inventory of chemicals in each storage area
must be kept updated. New chemicals purchased must be checked to see what
compatible materials they may be stored with by reviewing MSDS's, e.g., not all
acids can be stored together.
Chemicals should not be stored in cabinets under fume or heat hoods where
chemicals procedures take place. Chemicals should not be stored in direct sunlight.
Chemicals listed within a group may be stored together. Groups of chemicals must
be physically separated.
Chemical Storage Group I. Most Acids
In general, keep most acids separate from oxidizers and bases.
Chemical Comments
Acetic Acid Keep from hydroxyls, ethylene
glycol, peroxides, permanganates,
chromic acid, nitric acid, per-
chloric acid
l-Amino-2-Naphthal
-4-Sulfonic Acid
Ammonium Phosphate
Ascorbic Acid
Disodium Ethylenediamine
Tetracetate
EDTA Tetrasodium Salt
L-(+)-Glutamic Acid
Glutaraldehyde
B-Glycerophosphoric Acid
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J, ATTACHMENT 2
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
Att.2-Page3
Chemical Comments
Disodium Salt
Hydrochloric Acid
Lugol's Solution
Oxalic Acid Keep from sulfuric acid
Phosphoric Acid
Plantinum Cobalt Color Standard
Sulfuric Acid
Kodak Farmer's Reducer (Thio-
sulfuric Acid Disodium Salt)
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J, ATTACHMENT 2
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
Att.2-Page4
Chemical Storage Group II. Flammables
All flammables must be stored in a flammable liquid storage cabinet. There shall be
no storage of oxidizers, combustibles or ignitables in this area.
Chemicals Comments
Acetone
Ethyl Alcohol
Hexane
Isopentyl Alcohol
Isoamyl Alcohol
Methyl Alcohol
Nitromethane
Sodium Borohydride
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J, ATTACHMENT 2
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
Att.2-Page5
Chemical Storage Group HI. Refrigerated Materials
These materials must be stored refrigerated and no oxidizers, acids or other
incompatibles shall be contained in the refrigerated area.
Chemical Comments
14C, Radioactive Material
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J, ATTACHMENT 2
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
Att.2-Page6
Chemical Storage Group IV. Oxidizers (in
These chemicals must be kept separate from acids, combustibles, flammables,
ignitables, and other incompatibles.
Chemical Comments
Ammonium Molybdate
Ammonium Persulfate Keep from organics, sodium
peroxide, reducing agents.
Ascarite Material is not an oxidizer.
Keep from acids.
Ferric Nitrate
Iodine
Manganese Dioxide
Potassium Dichromate
Potassium Nitrate
Potassium Persulfate
Potassium Nitrite
Soda Lime
Sodium Bichromate
Sodium Hypochlorite
Stannous Chloride
Sodium Nitrate
Sodium Nitrite
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J, ATTACHMENT 2
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
Att.2-Page7
Chemical Storage Group V. Alkalis
These chemicals contain alkali salts which react with some acids and other
chemicals. Keep from oxidizers.
Chemical Comments
Aluminum Standard
Barium Standard
Beryllium Standard
Boron Standard
Calcium Standard
Cobalt Standard
Copper Standard
Iron Standard
Lithium Standard
Magnesium Standard
Magnesium Carbonate
Manganese Standard
Potassium Hydroxide
Potassium Standard
Soda Lime
Sodium Carbonate
Sodium Hydroxide
Sodium Standard
Strontium Standard
Titanium Standard
Vanadium Standard
Zinc Standard
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J, ATTACHMENT 2
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
Alt. 2-Page 8
Chemical Storage Group VI, Extremely Poisonous Chemicals
In general, these must be kept from acids and oxidizers.
There are no cyanides used in any procedures.
Chemicals
Carbon Tetrachloride
Chloroform
Dricote
Formaldehyde
Hydrazine Sulfate
Mercuric Oxide Red
Mercuric Thiocyanate
Methylene Chloride
Methylmercuric Bromide
Methylmercury (n) Hydroxide
Phenol
Platinum Chloride
(Platinizing Solution)
Polychlorinated Biphenyl
Standards
Sodium Nitroprusside
(Sodium Nitroferricyanide)
Comments
Keep from alkalis
Keep from acids, metals,
oxidizers
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J, ATTACHMENT 2
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
Att.2-Page9
Chemical Storage Group VTJ, Chemicals that can be stored relatively safely.
These chemicals are relatively safe to store. In general, keep acids and oxidizers
from these chemicals.
Chemicals Comments
Ammonium Chloride Keep from acids and alkalis
Ammonium Sulfate Keep from oxidizers
Antimony Potassium Tartrate
(Potassium Antimony! Tartrate)
Brij-35
Bio-Rex 70
Buffer Solutions
Cadmium
Calcium Sulfate
Cupric Bromide
Cupric Oxide
Cupric Sulfate, 5-Hydrate
(Copper Sulfate)
Disodium Phosphate
4', 6-Diamidino-2-Phenylindole
Dihydrochloride
Ecostint
Ferrous Sulfate
Magnesium Nitrate Hexahydrate
Magnesium Sulfate
Manganese Sulfate
(Manganous Sulfate)
Mercury Indicator
Methenamine Keep from acids and oxidizers
(Hexamethylenetetramine)
Methyl thymol Blue
Monopotassium Phosphate
N-l -Naphthylethylenediamine
Dihydrochloride
Phenolphthalein
Phenylethylamine
Potassium Chloride
Kodak Bleach (Potassium Bichromate)
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J, ATTACHMENT 2
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 199S
Att.2-PagelO
Chemical Comments
Potassium Iodide
Potassium Phosphate
Potassium Sodium Tartrate
Potassium Biiodate
Potassium Biphthalate
Potassium Sulfate
Primary Calibration Standards
RadiacWash
Silicon Atomic Absorption Standard
Sodium Bisulfite
Sodium Bicarbonate
Sodium Borate
Sodium Bromide
Sodium Chloride
Sodium Citrate
Sodium Iodide
Sodium Lauryl Sulfate
(Sodium Dodecyl Sulfate)
Sodium Metaphosphate
Sodium Phosphate
Sodium Potassium Tartrate
Sodium Salicylate
Sodium Silicate
Sodium Sulfate
Sodium Sulfite
Sodium Thiosulfate
Starch
Sulfanilamide
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J, ATTACHMENT 2
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
Att.2-Pagell
These chemicals present unique hazards and cannot be stored with any group of
chemicals in this laboratory. These chemicals must be stored separately from all
other chemicals at this laboratory. See MSDS's for special precautions.
Chemicals
Nitric Acid
Sodium Azide
Comments
Incompatible with some acids,
is an oxidizer
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J, ATTACHMENT 3
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
Att.3-Pagel
Attachment 3 - STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURESJQR
HAZARDOUS MATERIAL STORAGE AND SPIU PREVENTION
I. Introduction
The use of proper handling procedures for hazardous materials helps to ensure a
safe working environment for persons working in a laboratory. The special hazards
present, because the Lake Guardian laboratories are on board a ship, make proper
handling of chemicals especially important. The purpose of this document is to
present standard operating procedures which will provide safe storage of hazardous
materials in all laboratory areas and will result in the reduction of spills.
n. Ordering and Procurement of Chemicals
In order to ensure that adequate storage will be provided for hazardous materials
needed during a survey, the Chemical Hygiene Officer (CHO) must be informed of
the chemical name, amount, and approximate arrival date of all deliveries to the
ship. If the chemical has not been on board previously, an MSDS must be requested
by the person placing the order. All MSDSs must be given to the CHO to use in
planning for safe handling and hazard communication.
No chemicals will be accepted for storage without adequate labeling. Labels shall
include at the minimum: identification of the contents, description of hazards,
precautionary information, first aid instructions, and spill cleanup procedures.
Compressed gas cylinders shall not be kept on board unless there is sufficient
equipment to adequately secure them during sailing. There will be no storage at the
warehouse of gas cylinders intended for use on the ship.
m. Bulk Storage of Hazardous Materials
Storage of any one hazardous material in quantities greater than one gallon (4 liters)
is considered bulk storage and is not permitted in the laboratories. The only
exception to this rule is the extraction laboratory which contains a flammables
cabinet. All other bulk storage will take place in the hazardous materials locker
(HMD.
The HML consists of two separately diked storage areas, one for flammable
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J, ATTACHMENT 3
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
Att.3-Page2
materials and one for corrosives, each with appropriately labeled cabinets. If cabinet
space is insufficient, do not store corrosives in the flammables cabinets or vice
versa. Notify the CHO.
IV Transfer to the Laboratory
All bottled hazardous materials leaving the HML must be in protective bottle
carriers or transferred to a non-breakable container. Transfer of chemicals to non-
breakable containers must take place in the HML hood. Materials shall be taken
from the HML only in quantities sufficient for one workshift or one gallon (4 liters),
whichever is less.
V. Storage in the Laboratory
Hazardous materials in the laboratories must be kept in containment pans
sufficient to hold the entire quantity of the largest container. This applies to both
cabinet and countertop storage. Countertop storage shall be minimized whenever
possible to reduce the danger of spills during rough seas.
Materials in the fume hoods shall also be kept in containment pans. Hood storage
shall be limited to those chemicals frequently used during the present shift and
quantities should not be great enough to impede proper function of the hood.
Hazardous materials shall be stored according to chemical compatibility to reduce
the danger of reaction following a spill. The CHO will be inspecting laboratory
storage and will determine when changes are necessary.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J, ATTACHMENT 4
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
Att.4-Pagel
WEEKLY INSPECTION CHECKSHEET
Date
A checkmark indicates inspection met with standard. If conditions are
unacceptable, indicate date corrected or make comment below.
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
8)
9)
10)
11)
12)
13)
Bio. Chem. Wet Ext. Anal. Prod.
Lab Lab Lab Lab Lab Lab
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J, ATTACHMENT 4
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
Att.4-Page2
WEEKLY LABORATORY INSPECTIONS
1) The eyewash is working properly.
2) Hoods are free of unnecessary clutter.
3) Transfer containers are properly labeled.
4) Hoods are being used at or below the permitted sash height.
5) Waste containers are properly labeled and dated.
6) All chemicals are kept in proper containment.
7) Chemicals are stored according to compatibility.
8) Combustibles are stored away from heaters.
9) GFCI outlets are functioning correctly.
10) Access to spill and first aid kits is unobstructed.
11) All power cords are in good working condition.
12) Compressed gas cylinders are properly secured.
13) All exits are unobstructed.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J, ATTACHMENT 4
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
Att.4-Page3
WEEKLY GENERAL SAFETY INSPECTIONS
FOR R/V LAKE GUARDIAN
Date
Emergency showers are unobstructed.
Emergency lights are functioning.
No combustibles are stored near room heaters.
All fire doors are closed.
All exits are dearly marked and unobstructed.
Tool room equipment is dean of accumulated debris and
shavings.
Machine guards are in place on tool room equipment.
The floor mat is properly placed in front of the main
electrical control panel in the engine room.
Circuit boxes are in safe condition and doors are closed.
Compressed gas cylinders are properly secured.
All GFCIs are in working condition.
All extension cords are grounded and not in permanent use.
Electrical cords are in good condition.
No combustibles are stored in the exhaust vent room.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J, ATTACHMENT 5
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
Att.5-Pagel
Aftarhnnmt 5: SOP FOR HAZARDOUS AND COMMON WASTES
I. INTRODUCTION
n HAZARDOUS CHEMICAL WASTE
A. Hazardous Waste Storage
1. Satellite Storage
2. Primary Storage
3. Interim and Secondary Storage
B. Hazardous Waste Transport
C Disposal Procedures
1. Transporters
2. Disposal Facilities
m. NONHAZARDOUS CHEMICAL WASTE
A. Laboratory Non-Hazardous Chemical Waste
1. Acid Waste
2. Basic Waste
3. Neutral Waste
B. Ship Non-Hazardous Chemical Waste
IV COMMON WASTE
A. Hazardous Common Waste
B. Non-Hazardous Common Waste
C Recyclables
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J, ATTACHMENT 5
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
Att.5-Pagp2
R/V LAKE GUARDIAN
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES FOR
HAZARDOUS AND COMMON WASTES
I. Introduction
These standard operating procedures were developed to ensure that waste handling
operations by Lake Guardian personnel comply with local, state, and federal
regulations. In addition, proper handling of waste enhances the safety of personnel
on board the ship and minimizes hazards to the environment. Following the
correct procedures will help to ensure that the Lake Guardian continues to serve the
Great Lakes and the communities along its shores in the best possible manner.
In its role as a research vessel, the Lake Guardian generates two kinds of waste. As a
functioning research laboratory, chemical wastes are produced which can be of
either a hazardous or nonhazardous nature. The ship's additional function as a
vessel on which its personnel travel, results in the accumulation of the common
wastes of daily living and of ship operations. This document serves as a standard
for disposal of both these types of waste.
n. Hazardous Chemical Waste
Hazardous chemical wastes are those listed or defined by the Resource
Conservation and Recovery Act in 40 CFR Part 261. Some wastes are listed by name
in the regulation and others are included by definition as having ignitable,
corrosive, reactive, or toxic characteristics. All disposal of hazardous chemical
wastes shall be carried out under the supervision of the Chemical Hygiene Officer
(CHO).
A. Hazardous Waste Storage
Hazardous chemical wastes are stored in three areas, the satellite area, the
primary storage area, and the interim or secondary storage area. The
following discusses storage and labeling methods for each type of area.
1. Satellite Storage
Hazardous waste generated during preparation and analytical
procedures is initially stored within the laboratory at the site of
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J, ATTACHMENT 5
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
Att.5-Page3
generation. Acidic, basic, and organic solvent wastes are stored in
polyethylene containers. Containers for PCB disposal greater than 50
ppm are to be made of steel. Containment pans must be used and
must have a capacity large enough to hold the contents of the largest
container within its confines.
All temporary waste containers must have a hand written label stating
the chemical name(s) of its contents. Five gallon containers used for
final disposal will have color coded waste labels. These labels will be
distributed by the chemical hygiene officer. Laboratory personnel are
responsible only for marking the label with the accumulation start
date. The accumulation start date is the first day in which waste was
put into the container.
In laboratory areas where five gallon final disposal containers are
unsuitable, smaller temporary containers may used. These containers
must be of the specified type (polyethylene, steel, etc.) and must be
hand labeled as to chemical content No glass containers may be used.
Seven waste streams have been identified for possible generation by
GLNPO laboratories. To minimize disposal costs, it is important that
none of these waste streams are mixed. To assist in identification of
waste stream containers, a color code system will be used. All
containers regardless of size will be marked with appropriate colored
labels. When transferring waste from a temporary container to a five
gallon disposal carboy, the color codes must match. The following is a
list of the waste streams and their designated labels:
a. Red - Acid waste from metals preparation and metals
standards, containing nitric acid, hydrochloric acid, trace
metals, and water;
b. Yellow - Acid waste from the dissolved oxygen carbon
(DOC) system containing sulfuric acid, chromic acid,
metals including mercury, and water;
c. Blue - Basic and neutral waste, containing sodium
hydroxide, mercuric sulfate, phenol, and water;
d. Green - Organic solvent waste containing PCBs in
concentrations less than 50 ppm PCBs;
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J, ATTACHMENTS
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
Alt. 5-Page 4
e. Flammable Symbol - Waste solvents including hexane,
methanol, and methylene chloride;
f. Radioactive Symbol - Low level radioactive waste
containing Carbon 14.
There is also a methylene chloride waste containing approximately 1%
methylene chloride with water. This waste is non-hazardous and is
discussed in section TO..
2. Primary Storage
The primary storage area for all hazardous wastes is the Hazardous
Materials Locker (HML). This room is also a primary storage area for
hazardous materials before use. The locker is divided into two storage
areas, one containing the storage cabinets for corrosives and the other
containing the cabinets for flammables. The two areas are separately
diked and a dry chemical fire suppression system has been installed.
Hazardous wastes leaving satellite storage shall be taken to the HML
for continued storage. If the hazardous waste is in containers other
than the five gallon carboys, the waste shall be transferred into an
appropriately labeled carboy stored in the HML. All waste chemical
transfers shall take place in the hood in the HML.
All flammable wastes shall be stored in the flammables cabinets.
Corrosive wastes shall be stored in the corrosives -cabinets, taking care
to separate acidic and basic materials. Other carboys for neutral and
non-flammable wastes may be stored on the floor in containment pans
with a five gallon capacity. Care must be taken to see that containers
are secured from movement during sailing.
3. Interim or Secondary Storage
Secondary storage at a land facility has been proposed. Until that
storage area is completed, interim storage will take place at the
warehouse in Bay City. Transport of hazardous waste to interim
storage may be performed only by EPA personnel following the
established transport guidelines.
Storage shall take place at the warehouse only when transport for
disposal cannot be scheduled to coincide with time in port. Storage at
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX I, ATTACHMENT 5
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
Att.5-Page5
the warehouse should not extend beyond five working days.
B. Hazardous Waste Transport
Hazardous waste must be transported to secondary storage by persons
employed directly by the EPA in an EPA owned vehicle. Contractors and
their employees may not transport hazardous waste at any time and vehicles
owned by a contractor or his employees are not acceptable for transport.
Transportation of hazardous waste to storage must follow the guidelines
printed in Procedures for the Transportation of Hazardous Materials bv Great
Lakes National Program Office via Government Vehicle, as stated in
Appendix S of this manual.
C Disposal Procedures
Disposal of all Hazardous waste must be made through an EPA contracted
transport, storage, and disposal (TSD) facility. The CHO or his/her designated
representative shall be present for the pickup of all wastes.
1. Transporters
The CHO or representative shall be responsible for the accuracy
of the information on the waste manifest by assuring that the
labeling, amounts, and waste codes are correct for each waste
stream. Placarding of the transport vehicle may be provided by
the transporter, however, the CHO or representative must
assure that it is correct Manifests shall be signed by the CHO or
representative and one copy should be sent to the appropriate
state agency. The remaining generator copy should be filed in
the manifest file in the laboratory office and retained for five
years.
2. Disposal Facilities
After any TSD has been contracted and before each waste pickup,
the CHO must assure that any disposal facilities used by the
contractor are in compliance with EPA off-site policy.
The disposal facility shall return a signed copy of the manifest to
the ship within 35 days after receiving the waste. If mis copy is
not returned within 35 days, the CHO shall attempt to contact
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J, ATTACHMENT 5
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
Att.5-Page6
the disposal facility. If not received within 45 days, the CHO
shall contact the appropriate agency as directed in 40 CFR 262.42,
or contact the appropriate state agency. After receipt, the
generator's manifest copy from the disposal facility shall be filed
with the original copy from the transporter in the laboratory
office.
m. Non-hazardous Chemical Waste
While many of the chemical wastes from the laboratories can be assumed to be
hazardous, a few are non-hazardous. Some hazardous wastes can be pretreated and
then disposed of as non-hazardous waste. In addition, the ship generates several
types of non-hazardous waste. This section will identify specific waste streams
which may be disposed of as non-hazardous and provide guidelines for
pretreatment where necessary.
A. Laboratory Non-Hazardous Chemical Waste
Laboratory chemical wastes that can disposed of as non-hazardous materials
are grouped by pH as acidic, basic, or neutral.
1. Acidic and Basic Waste
Acids (pH less than 2) and bases (pH greater than 12.5) without
other chemical contamination may be neutralized and disposed
of in the laboratory sink. All neutralizations must take place in
a fume hood and pH should be brought as close to 7 as feasible.
2. Non-regulated Waste
The aqueous faction of the methylene chloride extraction
procedure is a non-regulated waste. It must, however, be
treated, using carbon filters, to remove any detectable
methylene chloride before it can be disposed of into a sewer
system. The procedure used in the snip's laboratory generates a
large quantity of this waste which is stored in one of the ship's
holding tanks. Drains leading to the holding tank are found in
the multi-purpose, extraction, and analytical laboratories.
At no time is any other waste to be added to the tank. The waste
shall be treated by a contractor assigned by the EPA.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J, ATTACHMENT 5
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
Att.5-Page7
B. Ship Non-Hazardous Chemical Waste
Waste from systems operations of the ship consists of engine oil, oily waste
(oil mixed with water), antifreeze, graywater (sewage), and untreated surface
water. All may be disposed of as non-hazardous waste with the following
considerations:
1. Disposal of ship waste shall be the responsibility of the ship's
engineer and project manager. The CHO shall be notified of the
type and quantity of waste before disposal and give approval of
the transport and disposal method. All completed manifests
must be forwarded to the CHO immediately.
2. Oil and oily waste may be handled by any local contractor
provided it is recycled. If tested and found contaminated or
otherwise unrecydeable, it must be disposed of following the
guidelines in part E.G.
3. Antifreeze may be disposed of as non-hazardous provided
testing does not show any evidence of contamination. If
contaminated, it must be disposed of following the guidelines in
part n.C.
IV. Common Waste
Common waste shall be defined as any waste other than chemical whether
generated in the laboratory or in other sections of the ship.
A. Hazardous Common Waste
Hazardous common waste is generated exclusively in the laboratories.
Gloves, paper towels, or other disposables that come into contact with
hazardous waste must be collected separately, stored in appropriately labeled
bags, and disposed of as hazardous waste.
B. Non-Hazardous Common Waste
In order to maintain the respect and goodwill of the public in the towns and
cities where the ship takes port, the Lake Guardian must ensure proper
disposal its garbage, trash, and other non-hazardous common waste.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J, ATTACHMENT 5
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
Art. 5-Page 8
Personnel on board are expected to follow the guidelines in this section at all
times.
1. At no time is anything to be thrown overboard, either at port or
at sea.
2. All garbage and trash generated throughout the ship other than
in the laboratories shall be placed in the trash compactor in the
laundry room. Compacted trash will be stored in bags and tied
securely to the main deck until a proper place of disposal is
reached.
3. Final disposal of trash shall take place at a Coast Guard
dumpster or shall be picked up directly by a paid trash hauler.
No trash may be disposed of at public parks or other public
dumping places.
4. No trash disposal shall take place without approval by the
captain or the CHO who will ensure that arrangements have
been made with the Coast Guard or trash hauler.
5. No excess bags will be left beside a full dumpster unless
permission is granted from the captain or CHO.
6. Aerosol cans, paints, or commercial solvents intended for
disposal shall be given to the duty engineer for storage until
proper disposal can be arranged by the CHO.
C Recycling
Although no formal plan for recycling is in place, recycling and conservative
use of disposable materials is encouraged whenever possible. Persons
working on the ship are encouraged to bring a mug for their personal use
while on board.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J, ATTACHMENT 6
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
Att.6-Pagel
Attachment fc RADIATION SAFETY SOP
FOR R/V LAKE CUARDIAN LABORATORIES
Limited use of radioactive materials in the R/V Lake Guardian laboratories is
covered under the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission's Material License
(Attachment A) issued to the U.S. EPA Central Regional Laboratory (CRL). By
amendment to this license, Carbon 14 and Nickel 63 may be used for laboratory
research and sample analysis on board the ship. Use of these materials is subject to
the guidelines enumerated in the CRL Radiation Safety Manual (Attachment B)
and, in addition, to the specific Lake Guardian guidelines presented here.
Procurement
All radionuclides must be procured by the CRL Radiation Safety Officer (RSO) as
specified in the CRL Radiation Safety Manual (hereafter referred to as the Manual).
Radionuclides transported to the ship must be carried by an EPA owned vehicle
driven by an EPA employee. Shipments must be accompanied by a bill of lading
and arrive just prior to use.
Use Aboard the Ship
Use of radionuclides on board the ship shall be overseen by an Interim RSO who
shall be named on the license and shall carry out the responsibilities assigned to the
Interim RSO in the Manual.
Training
The Interim RSO and all other employees involved with use of radioactive
materials on the ship shall be trained according to Radiation Safety Training
guidelines in the Manual.
Records
All records of training, disposal, equipment, and inventory shall be kept at CRL.
Copies of results of wipe tests for sealed source devices shall be maintained in the
ship's lab office.
Laboratory Use
The Primary Productivity Lab or any other lab designated for use of radioactive
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J, ATTACHMENT 6
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
Att.6-Page2
materials shall not be used at any time, even during port time, for other types of lab
work, storage of supplies, or storage of personal items.
Storage and Disposal
Storage of radionuclides shall follow storage guidelines in the Manual. No
unsealed radionuclides shall be left on board when the Interim RSO departs at the
end of a Survey. Solid and liquid wastes generated on the ship are to be packaged
and labeled as radioactive waste and shall be taken to CRL for disposal according to
the Manual.
Spill Procedures
Should a spill or other release of radioactive materials occur, procedures outlined in
the R/V Lake Guardian Contingency Plan part IV B 8, stated in Appendix R of this
manual, shall be followed.
Non-GLNPO Groups
Groups outside of GLNPO using the ship's laboratory facilities and wishing to use
radioactive materials must observe the following guidelines:
1) All use of radioactive materials must be approved by the CRL Radiation
Safety Officer.
2) The ship's Chemical Hygiene Officer and Interim RSO, if expected on board,
shall be notified prior-to arrival.
3) Proof of amendment of NRC license to use the material on board the ship
must be provided.
4) A copy of the R/V Lake Guardian Radiation Safety SOP shall be provided to
the group supervisor with the expectation that these guidelines shall be
observed by persons using radionuclides on the ship.
5) All radioactive materials and wastes, both liquid and solid, must be removed
by the group at departure.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J, ATTACHMENT 7
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
Attachment 7 - Cover
Attachment 7 - CRL RADIATION SAFETY MANUAL
-------
APPROVAL PAGE
FOR
CRL RADIATION SAFETY MANUAL
Howard Pham, Radiation Safety Officer Date
Jaries H. Adams, OHSD / Date
aslPB f. Ell, CRL Director Date
.
iylyia Crlffin, £SD Safety Officer Date
William H. Sanders, III, ESD Director Dzte
c? . j^
__
A. Jmes Finn, Health and Safety Mgr. Date
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J, ATTACHMENT 7
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
Att.7-Pagel
Attachment 7: RADIATION SAFETY MANUAL
FOR CENTRAL REGIONAL LABORATORY
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Organization of Radiation Safety Program
Management of the Radiation Safety Program 2
Radiation Safety Training
General Rules for Working With Radioactive Materials
Radionudides and Sealed Source Devices
Procurement
Receiving Shipments
Inventory
Storage and Use
Labeling and Marking
Safety Plans 12
Protective Measures 12
Spills and Decontamination 15
Disposal 16
Records 18
TAKEN FROM: CRL Radiation Safety Manual
VERSION: 2/91
PAGE: loflS
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J, ATTACHMENT 7
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
Att.7-Page2
RADIATION SAFETY MANUAL
CENTRAL REGIONAL LABORATORY
REGION V
Central Regional Laboratory (CRL) has established, as part of its overall safety
program, this manual to provide guidelines for the safety and well-being of
personnel involved in radiation work. Although the facility uses and stores very
small quantities of radioactive materials, proper training of workers, laboratory
techniques, and general housekeeping practices are established and maintained in
order to prevent unnecessary radiation exposure and/or contamination.
Organization of the Radiation Safety Program
Each person working with radioisotopes is responsible for adhering to the safety and
operational procedures discussed in this document. The following sections review
the management of the program and key personnel for administering the radiation
safety program.
Management of the Radiation Safety Program
Assurance of an adequate radiation safety program at CRL is the ultimate
responsibility of the CRL Director. However, the actual program implementation is
delegated to the Radiation Safety Officer (RSO). The CRL Health and Safety
Committee provides additional oversight and management assistance in carrying
out the program.
Radiation Safety Officer's Duties:
The RSO is an individual appointed by the CRL Director. The RSO is qualified by
training and experience in radiation safety to advise and assist the Director and CRL
staff in the safe use of radioactive material and radiation producing devices. The
TAKEN FROM: CRL Radiation Safety Manual
VERSION: 2/91
PAGE: 2 of 18
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J, ATTACHMENT 7
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
Att.7-Page3
RSO is named on the Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) license and cannot be
changed without prior approval of the NRC. The RSO's duties include the
following:
1. General overseeing all activities involving radioactive material,
including conducting routine monitoring.
2. Determining compliance with rules and regulations and license
conditions.
3. Maintaining an inventory of all radionuclides at CRL and limiting the
quantities of radionuclides to the amounts authorized by the licensee.
4. Supervising and coordinating the radioactive waste disposal program,
including keeping waste storage and disposal records.
5. Overseeing distribution of personal monitoring devices and reviewing
exposure data.
6. Performing leak tests on sealed sources.
7. Supervising decontamination in case of contaminating accidents.
8. Serving as a member of the CRL Health and Safety Committee.
9. Processing procurement requests for radionuclides.
10. Maintaining contamination survey records.
11. Ensuring that appropriate protective clothing and equipment are
available to personnel.
12. Recommending to the laboratory director the termination of
hazardous or potentially hazardous radiological operations.
In addition to the CRL RSO, an interim radiation safety officer is appointed aboard
each research vessel during each limnology cruise that is scheduled to use
TAKEN FROM: CRL Radiation Safety Manual
VERSION: 2/91
PAGE: 3 of 18
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J, ATTACHMENT?
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
AH. 7-Page 4
radioactive materials. The interim RSO oversees ship activities involving the use
of radioisotopes and ensures that storage and handling practices are in compliance
with the guidelines established by this manual. The interim RSO's responsibilities
include those listed in items 1,2,5,6,7,8,10,11, and 12.
Safety Committee:
The CRL Safety Committee covers radiation safety and disposal issues on an as-
needed basis during its monthly meetings. Committee members present topics for
discussion and resolution. If action outside the meeting is required, the committee
chairman designates members to investigate and resolve issues. Issues that are
beyond the scope of the committee are referred to CRL upper management or EPA
divisions as required; for example, the Air and Radiation Division is available for
radiation safety support.
Laboratory Personnel:
Each person who is designated as a user or who has contact with any radioactive
material and/or is an operator of an instrument containing a sealed source device is
responsible for the following:
1. Keeping his/her external exposure to radiation as low as reasonably
achievable.
2. Wearing the prescribed monitoring equipment, such as a dosimeter, in
radiation areas.
3. Wearing protective clothing, including gloves, whenever
contamination is possible and not wearing the protective clothing
when outside the laboratory area.
4. Wearing respiratory protection devices where needed.
5. Using pipette filling devices and never pipetting radioactive liquids by
mouth.
TAKEN FROM: CRL Radiation Safety Manual
VERSION: 2/91
PAGE: 4 of 18
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J, ATTACHMENT 7
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
Att.7-Page5
6. Performing radioactive work within the confines of an exhaust hood
unless previous examination has indicated the safety of working in the
open.
7. Avoid eating, drinking or smoking where radioactive materials are
present. Refrigerators must not be used jointly for foods and
radioactive materials.
8. After work with radionuclides, checking immediate areas of hoods,
benches, or any work area where radioactive materials are being used
(through use of low level meters or wipe tests) for possible
contamination and removing contamination immediately. If removal
is not possible, the area shall be clearly identified and the radiation
safety officer notified.
9. Keeping the work area neat and dean. Work areas shall be free of
equipment and materials not required for the immediate procedure.
Transport and keep radioactive materials in double containers to
prevent breakage or spillage and to ensure adequate shielding. Keep
work surfaces covered with absorbent material, preferably paper lined.
10. Labeling and isolating radioactive waste and equipment used in the
laboratory. Equipment used for radioactive substances should not be
used for other work unless the equipment is completely
decontaminated prior to being used.
11. Immediately reporting accidental release, inhalation, ingestion or
injury involving radioactive materials to the supervisor, the
emergency response team, and the RSO. The individual shall
cooperate in all attempts to evaluate his/her exposure.
12. Carrying out decontamination procedures when necessary and taking
adequate steps to prevent additional spread of contamination.
13. When performing new analyses or working with new radioisotopes,
working with the RSO and lab safety personnel to develop a safety plan
for the analytical procedure.
TAKEN FROM: CRL Radiation Safety Manual
VERSION: 2/91
PAGE: 5 of 18
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J, ATTACHMENT 7
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
Alt. 7-Page 6
14. Notifying the Hazardous Waste Disposal Officer (HWDO) of any
radioactive waste slated for disposal and working with the HWDO to
dispose of the material in accordance with local, State and Federal
regulations.
Postings:
CRL posts its NRC license in accordance with NRC regulations on the safety
bulletin board and in each work area where radioactive materials are used. In
addition, the following items are conspicuously posted in appropriate areas at CRL:
• The regulations of 10 CFR 19 and 20
• This radiation safety manual
• Any notice of violation involving radiological working conditions,
proposed imposition of civil penalty, or order issued pursuant to 10
CFR 20, Subpart B, and any response submitted to such notices.
• Form NRC-3 (revision 6/82 or later) "Notice to Employees"
Radiation Safety Training
All employees involved in the use of radioactive materials at CRL are required to
complete an annual radiation safety training course. The course is also required for
new employees or employees who are transferred to work in areas requiring the use
of radioactive materials. Copies of the radiation safety manual and the NRC license
are provided to each employee participating in the training. In addition, on-the-job
training is conducted before an employee is allowed to independently perform
analyses involving radioisotopes. The following topics are presented and discussed
during the training course:
• Radioactivity and radioactive decay
• Characteristics of ionizing radiation
TAKEN FROM: CRL Radiation Safety Manual
VERSION: 2/91
PAGE: 6 of 18
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J, ATTACHMENT 7
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
Alt. 7-Page 7
• Man-made radiation sources
• Acute effects of exposure to radiation
• Health risks associated with occupational radiation exposures
• Special considerations in the exposure of women of reproductive age
• Occupational exposure limits
• Modes of exposure; internal and external
• Basic protective measures; time, distance, shielding
• Procedures for maintaining exposure as low as is reasonably achievable
• Radiation survey instrumentation; calibration and limitations
• Radiation monitoring programs and procedures
• Contamination control, including protective clothing and equipment
and workplace design
• Personnel decontamination
• Responsibilities of employees and management
• Interaction with radiation protection staff
• Operational procedures associated with specific job assignments.
An annual meeting is also held with ancillary personnel (security, housekeeping,
and clerical) whose duties may require them to work in the vicinity of radioactive
material. The ancillary personnel are informed where radionuclides are stored
and/or used at CRL and taught to recognize the radioactive warning signs posted in
the laboratory. These personnel are cautioned to use care in labs where the
radioisotopes may be present, for example, they are told not to touch or remove
equipment on bench tops. In addition, a written handout is provided to the
TAKEN FROM: CRL Radiation Safety Manual
VERSION: 2/91
PAGE: 7 of 18
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J, ATTACHMENT 7
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
Att.7-Page8
supervisors of these personnel; the handout t has a statement to be signed by the
supervisor which indicates that the supervisor has read and understands the
information provided in the handout, and will provide such information to new
employees.
General Rules for Working With Radioactive Materials
The following consists of rules general to all activities involving the use of
radioisotopes at CRL. Employees should be aware of these rules and use them.
1. Individuals under the age of 18 are not permitted to enter areas where
open radioisotopes are used, nor are they allowed to work with
radioactive materials or devices.
2. High standards of cleanliness and good housekeeping should be
maintained in all radioisotope use/storage areas.
3. Personal belongings should not be brought into the laboratory where
they may be contaminated.
4. Eating, drinking, smoking, and the application of cosmetics is
forbidden in any area where unsealed radioisotopes are used.
5. Rubber or plastic gloves and laboratory coats should be worn
whenever working with radioactive material. Gloves should be
presumed to be contaminated and either cleaned or discarded as
radioactive waste.
6. Faucets, notebooks, calculators, drawer handles, and so on, should not
be handled while wearing gloves.
7. Whenever possible, work with all equipment on easily cleaned trays.
All work surfaces must be covered with absorbent paper.
8. Radioactive material should be kept covered, and must be used and
stored behind shielding of a type and amount appropriate to the
radionudide(s) present.
TAKEN FROM: CRL Radiation Safety Manual
VERSION: 2/91
PAGE: 8 of 18
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J, ATTACHMENT 7
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
Alt. 7-Page 9
9. Work involving potential for airborne radioactivity must be
performed in an approved hood.
10. Before leaving the laboratory, wash hands and remove protective
equipment, including lab coat.
Radionuclides and Sealed Source
Under the current NRC license, CRL is authorized to have the following
radionuclides on site:
Element and Number
Chemical and /or
Physical Form
Any byproduct material with Any
Atomic Numbers between
3-83, inclusive
Element and Number
Carbon-14
Nickel-63
Nickel-63
Chemical and/or
Physical Form
Any
Foils in Perkin-Elmer
Model 6006204 detector
cells
Plated sources in
Hewlett-Packard
Model 19235 detector
cells
Maximum Amount
Not to exceed 2.0
millicuries, total
Maximum Amount
Not to exceed 30.0
millicuries, total
Not to exceed 15.0
millicuries per foil
Not to exceed 15.0
millicuries, per
source
Appendix A contains a copy of the most recent inventory of radionuclides currently
held by CRL. This appendix is updated biannually.
TAKEN FROM: CRL Radiation Safety Manual
VERSION: 2/91
PAGE: 9 of 18
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J, ATTACHMENT 7
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
Att.7-PagelO
Procurement
In order to ensure that the amounts on hand do not exceed those allowed by the
license, the following procurement process must be followed when ordering
radioactive materials or sealed source devices:
1. The analyst must discuss the request for radionuclides with the
Radiation Safety Officer to determine the method of handling, storing,
monitoring for, and disposing of the substance. This must be
performed before the procurement request form is completed.
2. The procurement requisition is approved and logged by the Radiation
Safety Officer.
3. All incoming radionuclides are delivered to the Radiation Safety
Officer, who, in turn, notifies the analyst.
4. The Radiation Safety Officer logs the shipment on the inventory and
turns it over to the analyst.
Receiving Shipments
Every package containing radioactive material is opened and inspected by the
Radiation Safety Officer as soon as possible after receipt. The following procedures
for opening and inspecting packages are completed before the radionuclides are
transferred to the analyst:
1. Disposable plastic gloves and a lab coat are worn while inspecting
shipment containing unsealed radioactive material.
2. Contamination surveys of packages are performed to determine
whether there is leakage. Before opening the package, the RSO
monitors the package with a meter capable of low-level readings and
performs a wipe test. If a reading is higher than background, the
Regional Health Physicist is called for guidance in handling and
opening the package. If both readings are less than or equal to
background, the package is opened. After the package is opened, it is
TAKEN FROM: CRL Radiation Safety Manual
VERSION: 2/91
PAGE: lOoflS
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J, ATTACHMENT 7
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
Att.7-Pagell
surveyed again with a low-level meter. If the reading is higher than
background, the Regional Health Physicist is called for guidance.
3. All received shipments are logged in a book which identifies:
• The type of radionuclide received
• Serial number of source and activity at the time of calibration (if
sealed)
• Serial number of survey meter used and survey results
• Wipe test results
• Surveyor's initials
Inventory
Physical inventories are conducted for all radioactive materials, including source
devices, biannually. The RSO is responsible for maintaining the inventory and
ensuring that all radioactive materials are accounted for.
The RSO also maintains a running inventory, indicating quantities of materials on
hand, materials on order, source devices present or being repaired off site, and
radioactive materials for disposal. The RSO uses the running inventory to ensure
that NRC license limits are not exceeded.
Storage and Use
Radioactive materials must be stored so that the measured ionizing radiation level
in areas occupied by personnel is less than 2.0 millirems/hour (mR/hr) and as low
as reasonably achievable. If additional storage space or shielding is needed for
materials that exceed the limits, the analyst should consult with the RSO.
All unsealed radioactive materials must be labeled clearly and marked in such a
way that personnel passing through the laboratory will note any materials on a
bench top that present a radiation hazard. This requirement is especially critical for
emergency response personnel entering the laboratory during an emergency
situation. Radioactive materials should never be left unattended or unsecured.
Analysts are responsible for securing materials in a locked cabinet or other
TAKEN FROM: CRL Radiation Safety Manual
VERSION: 2/91
PACE: lloflS
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J, ATTACHMENT 7
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
Att.7-Pagel2
appropriate storage place when not using the materials. If the analyst leaves the
work area for lunches or breaks, a sign should be placed on the door banning access
to other personnel. Locking the door would also be helpful to ensure that
unauthorized personnel do not have access to the materials.
All laboratories and storage areas that contain radioisotopes must be dearly labeled
on all entrances. The yellow and magenta radiation hazard warning label is
appropriate for this purpose.
Labeling and Marking
Walkways and doors leading to open radionuclide work areas are conspicuously
and properly identified by the use of warning signs stating "Caution, Radiation
Area". All equipment and apparatus used for liquid scintillation is used exclusively
for the purpose of counting and must be labeled with approved warning tape. All
containers of licensed material must bear durable, clearly visible labels identifying
the radioactive contents, and these must be stored and locked in an appropriate
cabinet.
Safety Plans
Safety plans must be written for all methods or procedures involving the use of
radioactive materials that are not sealed source devices. Sealed source device safety
procedures are already included in safety plans for other methods. Refer to the CRL
Safety Manual for guidance in developing a safety plan.
Protective Measures
In addition to the work rules discussed previously, all employees should attempt to
keep the dose of external radiation as low as reasonably-achievable (ALARA)
through good work practices. Keeping the dose from external radiation at ALARA
levels requires the wise use of time, distance, and shielding. In every situation,
these three factors must be considered jointly. While shielding is desirable in
reducing exposure, it must not be overlooked that doing the job in one-half the
time is just as effective as halving the dose rate with shielding. Working twice as
TAKEN FROM: CRL Radiation Safety Manual
VERSION: 2/91
PAGE: 12 of 18
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J, ATTACHMENT 7
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
Att.7-Pagel3
far from a point source is as effective as doing a job in one-fourth the time.
Time
Plan ahead; be familiar with the procedures involved for the analysis so that
handling time is reduced and, therefore, the potential exposure to the radioisotope
is minimized.
Distance
The intensity of a radiation field decreases with the distance from the source. For a
point source the intensity is inversely proportional to the square of the distance, the
same as the light from a flashlight.
Shielding
The intensity of the radiation field is reduced by the proper placement of suitable
shielding material. The sealed source devices are shielded by the manufacturer and
wipe tests are conducted semiannually to ensure that leakage is not occurring.
Following are some general guidelines on shielding methods for radioisotopes:
1. Alpha particles are easily shielded by even a piece of paper.
2. Beta particles can be a problem. Using lead may produce
Bremsstrahlung (an x-ray) which in turn must be shielded. Therefore,
analysts should use aluminum or plastic to shield Beta particles.
3. Gamma and x-rays are shielded best by dense materials such as lead.
4. Neutrons are best shielded by hydrogenous materials such as water
and plastics.
Radiation Monitoring Devices
A number of radiation monitoring devices are available for use. Radiation
TAKEN FROM: CRL Radiation Safety Manual
VERSION: 2/91
PAGE: 13 of 18
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J, ATTACHMENT 7
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
Att.7-Pagel4
dosimeters are worn by personnel who work with sealed source and open
radioisotopes. Meters and other equipment are available for monitoring
contamination of work areas and lab equipment.
Dosimeters
The Region V safety office operates a dosimetry program to monitor external
radiation exposures of personnel who work with radionuclides. The dosimeter
must be worn on the person in the vicinity of the upper torso at all times when
engaged in work involving radioisotopes. The dosimeter must be worn outside
protective clothing in order not to impair the measurement of beta dose. Dosimetry
results are treated as medical monitoring records, and therefore, are subject to
privacy restrictions.
In the event that an exposure to radionuclides is suspected, bioassay screening is
available through the Public Health Service. If a person suspects exposure, he/she
must report this immediately to the supervisor, the RSO, and the Regional Safety
Office.
The NRC's present limit of radiation dose that can be received on the job is 5
rem/year. The EPA, however, has set an administrative dose limit in order to
control external exposure to be less than 0.5 rem/year. Every effort should be made
to ensure that the dose to any employee is ALARA.
Female employees who are considering pregnancy or are currently pregnant should
be especially cautious when working with or near radioactive materials. Pregnant
females should limit exposure to levels less than 0.5 rem/year and notify their
supervisors and the RSO as soon as they know they are pregnant.
Monitoring Instruments
Survey meters are available for use for monitoring contamination of equipment
and work areas. The meters are calibrated by a qualified company, such as the
manufacturer, on an annual basis. Any employee requiring the use of a meter
should see the RSO. The following survey meters are available at or to CRL:
TAKEN FROM: CRL Radiation Safety Manual
VERSION: 2/91
PAGE: 14 of 18
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J, ATTACHMENT 7
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
Att.7-Pagel5
• Ludlum Model 14C Geiger Counter with Model 44-9 Probe
• Eberline E520 with HP260 Handprobe
• Ludlum Micro-R Survey Meter
The following radiation detection instruments are available for use at CRL:
• Ludlum Model 140-5 Alpha Scintillation Counter
• Beckman Model LS-333 Beta Liquid Scintillation Counter
• Nucor Model 30 Beta and Gamma Counter
• Nuclear Chicago Model 26501 Beta and Gamma Counter
Laboratory Monitorine
The radioisotope work areas are monitored periodically. The radiation labs are
monitored after each work session is completed. Work areas aboard research
vessels should be monitored after each limnology cruise. Wipe tests of sealed
sources are conducted every six months.
If monitoring reveals that removable contamination is present in the amount of
200 dpm per 100 square centimeters or greater, decontamination procedures will be
implemented immediately.
The RSO will direct any changes in work procedures or decontamination necessary,
and the personnel involved will be responsible for the required action. If not
complied with, action will be taken by the CRL director. The RSO will coordinate
with the Air and Radiation Division for special monitoring procedures, such as air
sampling.
Spills and Decontamination
It is unlikely that a radioactive material spill will occur at CRL. Most radioactive
material is contained in sealed source devices in laboratory equipment. In the
event of a spill or leakage from a sealed source, the hazardous materials
contingency plan will be implemented immediately. This plan provides for
emergencies involving radioactive materials.
TAKEN FROM: CRL Radiation Safety Manual
VERSION: 2/91
PAGE: 15 of 18
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J, ATTACHMENT 7
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
Att.7-Pagel6
Disposal
Most radioactive wastes generated at CRL are low level in nature. The wastes
consist primarily of sample, biodegradable scintillation fluids, and lab wastes such as
towels. The RSO should be consulted when disposing of radioactive materials.
The disposal of waste contaminated with low levels of radioactivity is closely
monitored at CRL. An analyst wishing to dispose of radioisotopes must inform the
RSO of materials to be disposed. The RSO then meets with the analyst to determine
the hazards (e.g., RCRA regulated waste as well as being low level radioactive) and
the appropriate disposal method given the hazard characteristics. The following
discusses the disposal procedures used at CRL.
Liquid Wastes
Carbon-14 liquid wastes generated by GLNPO activities may be disposed via the
sanitary sewage system if the scintillation liquid used is biodegradable ( not
regulated under RCRA) and water-miscible. Ecostint is such a scintillation fluid.
According to 10 CFR Part 20.303, up to one Curie of Carbon-14 may be disposed per
year in this manner. In addition, up to one Curie combined of other product
isotopes (provided none of the prescribed daily limits or concentration limits for
each isotope is exceeded) may also be disposed in this manner in a year. Chicago
Metropolitan Sewer District regulations incorporate the NRC regulations by
reference.
The disposal of radioisotopes via the sewer system is closely monitored at CRL. The
following steps are performed during sewer disposal:
1. The disposer must have the authorization of the RSO to pour the
wastes down the drain.
2. A specific sink must be used exclusively for the disposal process. A
sign should be placed near the sink restricting use by other personnel
during the period in which it has been set aside for disposal.
3. Sink disposals are logged in a book maintained by the RSO. The log
includes the following: identity of disposer, radioisotope, total activity
TAKEN FROM: CRL Radiation Safety Manual
VERSION: 2/91
PAGE: 16 of 18
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J, ATTACHMENT 7
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
Att.7-Pagel7
and volume disposed, date and time of disposal, and sink location.
4. The container holding the low level liquid must be triple rinsed and
reserved for holding low level liquid wastes only.
5. The sink must be decontaminated. This is accomplished through
triple washing/rinsing the sink with a commercial cleaner such as Det-
O-Jet, or Liquinox. After the sink has been thoroughly cleaned and
dried, a dry wipe test should be taken to ensure that the removable
contamination is less than 200 dpm per 100 square centimeters. If the
removable contamination is higher than this number, the sink must
be washed/rinsed until the level is below that specified.
Solid Wastes
CRL holds a permit for disposal of solid low level waste at the Washington State
disposal site. All solid wastes which cannot be decontaminated are shipped to this
site; for example, gloves and paper towels cannot be easily decontaminated. Wastes
that can be decontaminated are cleaned then disposed of in regular trash. Examples
of solid wastes that can be decontaminated are sample vials and liquid waste
containers. The following procedures are used for decontamination of solid waste:
1. If sample vials are to be decontaminated, run a test on about ten
containers to determine whether the decontamination procedure is
appropriate for the vials.
2. Rinse the container three times with water, pouring the wastewater
down a predetermined sink. If the rinsing action does not
decontaminate the container satisfactorily, wash/rinse the container
three times with a solution of water and a commercial detergent such
as Det-OJet.
3. Wipe the container to ensure that removable contamination is less
than 200 dpm per 100 square centimeters or for the entire surface of the
container if less than 100 square centimeters. If the removable
contamination is less than this number, the container may be thrown
away as regular trash. If the removable contamination is greater than
TAKEN FROM: CRL Radiation Safety Manual
VERSION: 2/91
PAGE: 17 of 18
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J, ATTACHMENT 7
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
Att.7-Pagel8
allowed, repeat the decontamination process. If the procedure
continues to be unsuccessful, dispose of the container as low level
radioactive waste.
Solid wastes to be disposed at a low level site are stored in a drum in Room 1045.
Once a drum has been filled, arrangements will be made for shipment off site.
Records
The RSO is responsible for keeping all records required under NRC regulations and
as required by the license. Records to be maintained, as stated within the regulation,
include personnel training records, waste disposal records, wipe test and equipment
service records, and inventory records.
TAKEN FROM: CRL Radiation Safety Manual
VERSION: 2/91
PAGE: 18 of 18
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX K
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: Iof20
APPENDIX K: HEAVY EQUIPMENT PRACTICES FOR SEDIMENT SAMPLING
Knuckle/Pivot Crane
Operational Safety Practices During Use of HIAB Crane
Deck Safety Practices During Use of Overboard Science Equipment. A-Frames.
HIAB Crane and Hoists
1.0 Scope
To provide standard operating procedures for use before, during and after
operation of the HIAB crane. These procedures shall be followed by all
personnel aboard the R/V Lake Guardian involved with the handling,
maintenance, and operation of the HIAB crane.
2.0 Reference
Crane Inspection & Certification Bureau (CICB) Training Manual: Mobile Cranes
& Rigging Considerations. Chapter 1-2.
3.0 Responsibility
There are several CICB certified mobile crane operators aboard the R/V Lake
Guardian who will assume primary responsibility for handling, maintenance,
and operation of the HIAB crane.
4.0 Inspection
The following items shall be inspected on a weekly basis. Any deficiencies such
as those listed shall be carefully examined and a determination made as to
whether they constitute a safety hazard.
A. Prior to initial use, all new and/or altered cranes shall be inspected to
insure compliance with provisions contained in the Crane Inspection
and Certification Manual.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX K
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 2 of 20
B. All control mechanisms shall be inspected for maladjustments
interfering with proper operation.
C. All control mechanisms shall be inspected for excessive wear of
components and for contamination of lubricants or other foreign
matter.
D. All safety devices shall be inspected for malfunction.
E. Inspections for deterioration or leakage in air or hydraulic systems.
F. Crane hooks shall be inspected for deformations, cracks, or having
more than 15% in excess of normal throat opening or more than a 10
degree twist from the plane of the unbent hook.
G. Inspections are required for rope reeving for noncompliance with
crane manufacturer's recommendations.
H. Electrical apparatus shall be inspected weekly for malfunctioning, signs
of excessive deterioration, dirt and moisture accumulation.
A complete inspection of the crane shall be performed on a yearly basis. This
inspection shall include all of the requirements above as well as the following
items. Any deficiencies such as those listed shall be carefully examined and a
determination made as to whether they constitute a safety hazard.
I. Deformed, cracked or corroded members in the crane structure and
boom.
J. Loose bolts or rivets.
K. Cracked or worn sheaves and drums.
L. Worn, cracked or distorted parts such as pins, bearings, shafts, gears,
rollers, and locking devices.
M. Excessive wear on brake and clutch system parts, linings, pawls and
ratchets.
N. Load, boom angle and other indicator over their full range, for any
significant inaccuracies.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX K
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 3 of 20
O. Gasoline, diesel, electric or other power plants for improper
performance or noncompliance with safety requirements.
P Crane hooks. Magnetic particle or other suitable crack detecting
inspection should be performed at least once each year.
Q. Travel steering, braking and locking devices for malfunctions.
R. Excessively worn or damaged tires.
A crane which has been idle for a pehod of one month or more, but less than six
months, shall be given an inspection conforming with requirements of the
weekly inspection above, before placing in service.
A crane which has been idle for a period of over six months shall be given a
complete inspection conforming with requirements of the weekly and yearly
inspections, before placing in service.
5.0 Testing
A. Prior to initial use, all extensively repaired or altered cranes should be
tested by or under the direction of an appointed or authorized person.
B. Written reports shall be furnished by such persons showing test
procedures and confirming the adequacy of repairs or alterations.
C. Test loads shall not exceed 110% of the rated load at any selected
working radius.
D. Re-rating test report shall be readily available.
E. No cranes shall be re-rated in excess of the original load ratings unless
such rating changes are approved by the crane manufacturer or final
assembler.
6.0 Maintenance
A. A preventative maintenance program based on the crane
manufacturer's recommendations shall be established. Dated and
detailed records shall be readily available.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX K
VERSION: FINAL/ AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 4 of 20
B. It is recommended that replacement parts be obtained from the original
equipment manufacturer.
C. Before adjustments and repairs are started on a crane, the following
precautions shall be taken as applicable.
1. Crane placed where it will cause the least interference with other
equipment or operations in the area.
2. All controls in the "OFF' position.
3. Starting means rendered inoperative.
4. Warning or "out of order" signs placed on the crane.
5. Power plant stopped or disconnected at take-off.
6. Boom lowered to the ground if possible or otherwise secured against
dropping.
7. Lower load block lowered to ground or otherwise secured against
dropping.
D. After adjustments and repairs have been made, the crane shall-not be
operated until all guards have been reinstalled, safety devices
reactivated and maintenance equipment-removed.
7.0 Adjustments and Repairs
A. Any unsafe conditions disclosed by the inspection shall be corrected
before operation of the crane is resumed. Adjustments and repairs
shall be done only by designated personnel.
B. Adjustments shall be maintained to assure correct functioning of
components. (All functional operating mechanisms, safety devices,
control systems and power plants.
C. Repairs or replacement shall be provided promptly as needed for safe
operation.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX K
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 5 of 20
D. All replacement parts or repairs shall have at least the original safety
factor.
E. All moving parts of the crane for which lubrication is specified,
including rope and chain, shall be regularly lubricated. Lubricating
systems shall be checked for proper delivery of lubricant. Particular
care should be taken to follow manufacturer's recommendations as to
points and frequency of lubrication, maintenance of lubricant levels
and types of lubricant to be used.
F. Machinery shall be stationary while lubricants are being applied and
protection provided as called for in the above section "Maintenance",
unless equipped for automatic lubrication.
8.0 Rope Inspection
A. All running ropes in continuous service should be visually inspected
once every working day. A thorough inspection of all rope in use shall
be made at least once a month and a full written, dated and signed
report of rope conditions must be kept on file in the safety office. All
inspections shall be performed by an appointed, authorized person.
Any deteriorations, resulting in appreciable loss of original strength,
such as described below, shall be carefully noted and determinations
made as to whether further use of the rope would constitute a safety
hazard.
1. Reduction of rope diameter below nominal diameter due to loss of
core support, internal or external corrosion or wear of outside wires.
2. A number of broken outside wires and the degree of distribution of
concentration of such broken wires.
3. Worn outside wires.
4. Corroded or broken wires at end connections.
5. Corroded, cracked, bent, worn or improperly applied end
connections.
6. Severe kinking, crushing, cutting or outstanding.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX K
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 6 of 20
B. Heavy wear and/or broken wires may occur in sections in contact with
equalizer sheaves or other sheaves where rope travel is limited, or
with saddles. Particular care shall be taken to inspect ropes at these
locations.
C. All rope which has been idle for a period of a month or more due to
shut down or storage of a crane on which it is installed shall be given a
thorough inspection before it is placed in service. This inspection shall
be for all types of deterioration and shall be performed by an appointed,
authorized person whose approval shall be required for further use of
the rope. A written and dated report of the rope condition shall be
filed.
D. Particular care shall be taken in the inspection of non-rotating rope.
9.0 Rope Replacement
A. No precise rules can be given for determination of the exact time for
replacement of rope, since many variable factors are involved. Safety
in this respect depends largely upon the use of good judgement by an
appointed, authorized person in evaluating remaining strength in a
used rope after allowance for deterioration disclosed by inspection.
Safety of rope operation depends upon this remaining strength.
8. Conditions such as the following should be sufficient reason for
questioning rope safety and for consideration.of replacement.
1. In running ropes, six randomly distributed broken wires in one lay
or three broken wires in one strand in one lay.
2. Wear of one-third the original diameter of outside individual wires.
3. Kinking, crushing, bird caging or any other damage resulting in
distortion of the rope structure.
4. Evidence of any heat damage from any cause.
5. Reductions from nominal diameter of more than:
3/64" for diameters to and including 3/4"
1/16" for diameters 7/8 to 11/8" inclusive
3/32" for diameters 11/4" to 11/2" inclusive
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX K
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 7 of 20
6. In standing ropes, more than two broken wires in one lay in sections
beyond and connections or more than one broken wire at an end
connection.
C. In order to establish data as a basis of judging the proper time for
replacement, a continuing inspection record shall be maintained. This
record shall cover points on deterioration listed in "Inspection" of this
section.
10.0 Rope Maintenance
A. Rope shall be stored to prevent damage or deterioration.
B. Unreeling or uncoiling of rope shall be done as recommended by the
rope manufacturer and with extreme care to avoid kinking or inducing
a twist.
C. Before cutting a rope, seizing shall be placed on each side of the place
where the rope is to be cut to prevent unlaying of the strands. On
preformed rope, one seizing on each side of the cut is required. On
non-preformed ropes of 7/8" diameter or smaller, two seizing on each
side of the cut are required, and for non-preformed rope of one inch
diameter or larger, three seizing on each side of the cut are required.
D. During installation, care shall be observed .to avoid dragging of the rope
in dirt or around objects which will scrape, nick, crush or induce sharp
bends in it.
E. Rope should be maintained in a well lubricated condition. It is
important that lubricant applied as part of a maintenance program
shall be compatible with the original lubricant and to this end the rope
manufacturer should be consulted. Those sections of rope which are
located over sheaves or otherwise hidden during inspection and
maintenance procedures require special attention when lubricating
rope. The object of rope lubrication is to reduce internal friction and to
prevent corrosion. Periodic field lubrication is particularly important
for nonrotating rope.
F. When an operating rope shows greater wear at well defined localized
areas than on the remainder of the rope, rope life can be extended in
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX K
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 8 of 20
cases where a reduced rope length is adequate by cutting off a section at
one end, and thus shifting the wear to different areas of the rope.
11.0 Operation
A. Cranes shall only be operated by designated operators, learners under
the direct supervision of a designated operator, maintenance and test
personnel when it is necessary in the performance of their duties, and
inspectors.
B. No one, other than personnel specified in the above paragraph shall
enter a crane cab, with the exceptions of persons such as oilers and
supervisors, whose duties require them to do so, and then only in the
performance of their duties and with the knowledge of the operator or
other person.
C. Operators shall be required to pass a practical operating examination.
Examinations shall be limited to the specific type equipment which he
will operate.
D. Operators shall meet the following physical qualifications:
1. Have vision of at least 20/30 Snellen in one eye, and 20/50 in the
other, with or without corrective lenses.
2. Be able to distinguish red, green, and yellow regardless of position of
colors, if color differentiation is required for operation.
3. Hearing, with or without hearing aid, must be adequate for the
specific operation.
4. A history of epilepsy or of a disabling heart condition shall be
sufficient reason for his/her disqualification.
E. The operator shall not engage in any practice which will divert his
attention while actually engaged in operating the crane.
E When he is physically or mentally unfit, an operator shall not engage
in the operation of this equipment.
G. The operator shall respond to signals only from the appointed signal
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX K
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 9 of 20
man, but shall obey a stop signal at any time, no matter who gives it.
H. If a warning signal is furnished, it shall be sounded each time before
traveling, and intermittently during travel, particularly when
approaching workmen.
I. Before leaving his crane unattended, the operator shall:
1. Land any attached load, bucket, lifting magnet or other device.
2. Disengage dutch.
3. Set travel, swing, boom brakes and other locking devices.
4. Put controls in the "OFF' position.
5. Stop the engine.
6. Secure crane against accidental travel.
7. Crane booms shall be lowered to ground level or otherwise fastened
securely against displacement by wind loads or other outside forces.
J. If there is a warning sign on the switch or engine starting controls, the
operator shall not close the switch or start the engine until the warning
sign has been removed by the person placing it there.
K. Before closing the switch or starting the engine, the operator shall see
that all controls are in the "OFF" position and all personnel are in the
clear.
L. If power fails during operation, the operator shall set all brakes and
locking devices, move all clutch or other power controls to the "OFF'
position and, if practical, the suspended load should be landed under
brake control.
M. The operator shall familiarize himself with the equipment and its
proper care. If adjustments or repairs are necessary, or any defects are
known, he shall report the same promptly to the appointed person and
shall also notify the next operator of the defects upon changing shifts.
N. All controls shall be tested by the operator at the start of a new shift. If
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX K
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 10 of 20
any controls do not operate properly, they shall be adjusted or repaired
before operations are begun.
O. Booms which are being assembled or disassembled on the ground with
or without support of the boom harness should be securely blocked to
prevent dropping of the boom and boom sections.
12.0 Handling and Moving the Load
A. No crane shall be loaded beyond the rated load, except for test purposes.
B. When loads which are limited by structural competence rather than by
stability are to be handled, the person responsible for the job shall
ascertain that the weight of the load has been determined within plus
or minus 10% before it is lifted.
C. The hoist rope shall not be wrapped around the load.
D. The load shall be attached to the hook by means of slings or other
approved devices.
E. The individual directing the lift shall see that the crane is level and
where necessary blocked properly and that the load is well secured and
properly balanced in the sling or lifting device before it is lifted more
than a few inches.
F. Before starting the hoist, note the following conditions:
1. Hoist rope shall not be kinked.
2. Multiple part lines shall not be twisted around each other.
3. The hook shall be brought over the load in such a manner as to
prevent swinging.
4. If there is a slack rope condition, it should be determined that the
rope is properly seated on the drum and in the sheaves.
G. During hoisting, care shall be taken that there is no sudden acceleration
or deceleration of the moving load and that the load does not contact
any obstructions.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX K
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 11 of 20
H. Side loading of booms shall be limited to freely suspended loads.
Cranes shall not be used for dragging loads sideways.
I. The operator shall not hoist, lower, swing or travel while anyone is on
the load or hook.
J. The operator should avoid carrying loads over people.
K. The operator shall test the brakes each time a load approaching the
rated load is handled by raising it a few inches and applying the brakes.
L. Outriggers shall be used when the load to be handled at that particular
radius exceeds the rated load without outriggers as given by the
manufacturer for that crane. Where floats are used, they shall be
securely attached to the outriggers. Wood blocks used to support
outriggers shall:
1. Be strong enough to prevent crushing.
2. Be free from defects.
3. Be of sufficient width and length to prevent shifting or toppling
under load.
M. Neither the load nor the booms shall be lowered below the point
where less than two full wraps of rope remain in their respective
drums.
N. When two or more cranes are used to lift one load, one designated
person shall be responsible for the operation. He/she shall analyze the
operation and instruct all personnel involved in the proper
positioning, rigging of the load and the movement to be made.
O. In transit, the following additional precautions shall be exercised:
1. The boom shall be carried in line with the direction of motion.
2. The superstructure shall be secured against rotation, except when
negotiating turns when there is an operator in the cab or the boom is
supported on a dolly.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX K
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PACE: 12 of 20
3. The empty hook shall be lashed or otherwise restrained so that it
cannot swing freely.
E Before traveling a crane with a load, a designated person shall be
responsible for determining and controlling safety. Decisions such as
position of load, boom location, ground support, travel route and speed
of movement shall be in accordance with his/her determinations.
Q. A crane with or without load shall not be traveled with the boom so
high that it may bounce back over the cab.
R. When rotating the crane, sudden starts and stops shall be avoided.
Rotational speed shall be such that the load does not swing out beyond
the radii at which it can be controlled. A tag or restrain line shall be
used when rotation of the load is hazardous.
S. When a crane is to be operated at a fixed radius, the boom-hoist pawl or
other positive locking device shall be engaged.
T. Ropes shall not be handled on a winch head without the knowledge of
the operator.
U. While a winch head is being used, the operator shall be within
convenient reach of the power unit control level.
13.0 Holding A Load
A. The operator shall not leave his position at the controls while the load
is suspended.
8. No person should be permitted to stand or pass under a load on the
hook.
C. If the load must remain suspended for any considerable length of time,
the operator shall hold the drum from rotating in the lowering
direction by activating the positive controllable means at the operators
station.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX K
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 13 of 20
14.0 Signals
A. Standard signals to the operator shall be in accordance with the
standards prescribed in the next paragraph, unless voice
communication equipment (telephone, radio or equivalent) is utilized.
Signals shall be discernible or audible at all times. No response shall be
made unless signals are clearly understood.
B. Hand signals shall be in accordance with attached diagram.
C. For operations not covered by the hand signals, or for special
conditions that occur from time to time, additions to or modification of
the standard signals shall be required. In such cases, these special
signals shall be agreed on in advance by the operator and the
signalman and should not be in conflict with standard signals.
D. If it is desired to give instructions to the operator, other than provided
by the established signal system, the crane motions shall be stopped.
15.0 Miscellaneous
A. Cranes shall not be operated without the full amount of any ballast or
counterweight in place as specified by the maker, but truck cranes that
have dropped the ballast or counterweight may be operated
temporarily with special care and only for light loads without full
ballast of counterweight in place.. The ballast or counterweight in place
specified by the manufacturer shall not be exceeded.
B. Except where the electrical distribution and transmission lines have
been de-energized and visibly grounded at point of work or where
insulating barriers not a part of or an attachment to the crane have
been erected to prevent physical contact with the lines, cranes shall be
operated proximate to, under, over, by or near power lines only in
accordance with the following:
1. For lines rated 50kV or below, minimum clearance between the
lines and any part of the crane or load shall be 10 feet.
2. for lines rated over 50 kV minimum, clearance between the lines
and any part of the crane or load shall be 10 feet plus 0.4 inches for
each IkV over 50kV, or use twice the length of the line insulator but
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX K
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 14of20
never less than 10 feet.
3. In transit with no load and boom lowered, the clearance shall be a
minimum of four feet.
4. It is recommended that a person be designated to observe the
clearance and give timely warning for all operations where it is
difficult for the operator to maintain the desired clearance by visual
means.
C. Cage-type boom guards, insulating lines, or proximately warning
devices may be used on cranes, but the use of such devices shall not
operate to alter the requirements of paragraph (A) above, even if such
devices are required by law or regulation.
D. Before the commencement of operations near electrical lines, the
person responsible for the job shall notify the owners of the lines or
their authorized representative providing them with all pertinent
information and requesting their cooperation.
E. Any overhead wire shall be considered to be an energized line unless
and until the person owning such line or the electrical utility
authorities indicate that it is not an energized line.
F. Exceptions to this procedure, if approved by the owner of the electrical
lines, may be granted by the administrative or regulatory authority if
the alternate procedure provides sufficient protection and is .set forth in
writing.
G. Firm footing, uniformly level within one percent should be provided.
Where such a footing is not otherwise supplied, it should be provided
by substantial timbers, cribbing, or other structural members sufficient
to distribute the load so as not to exceed safe bearing capacity of the
underlying material.
H. A carbon dioxide, dry chemical or equivalent fire extinguisher shall be
kept in the vicinity of the crane. Operating and maintenance
personnel shall be familiar with the use and care of the fire
extinguishers provided.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX K
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 15 of 20
Hand signals for use in directing winch or crane operators:
1011
(Mnin>lioo» MOiflNOMMiiO*
POCMttlMMC
Hand Signals: Where verbal communications are impossible or are likely to be
interfered with by other noises, the crew should utilize a standard set of hand
signals. Where the winch operator doesn't have a clear view of the load, one
competent crewman should give signals, not the whole crew.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX K
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 16 of 20
DECK SAFETY PRACTICES DURING USE OF OVERBOARD SCIENCE
EQUIPMENT. A-FRAMES. MAB CRANE AND HOISTS
1.0 Scope
To provide standard operating procedures and general deck safety practices during
the use of overboard science equipment, A-Frames, HIAB Crane, Hoists or any
other systems that lift, lower, secure or otherwise handle objects on board the R/V
Lake Guardian.
2.0 References
Environmental Protection Agency: GLNPO Chemical Hygiene Plan and Safety
Manual. Page 34.
Environmental Protection Agency, Region V: Health and Safety Manual. Section
18-1.
North Pacific Fishing Vessel Owner's Association: Vessel Safety Manual. Chapter
4, "Working Conditions".
Seaward Services, Inc.: Occupational Safety &- Health Program for Employees
Working Aboard the R/V Roger R. Simons and R/V Lake Guardian. Section 2-1.
3.0 Responsibility
The ship's Master is responsible for implementation and accomplishment of the
procedures contained herein.
4.0 Frequency of Inspection
Prior to the use of any piece of lifting gear, crane, A-Frame, davit or other handling
device, either the ship's Science Officer, Marine Science Technician, the mate on
watch or appointed designee, shall visually inspect the equipment involved with
the operation and attest to its ability to perform the intended operation. This
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX K
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 17 of 20
inspection shall include slings, hoists, blocks, ropes and associated hardware. On
an annual basis, preferably several weeks prior to commencement of a new
operating season, all of the aforementioned gear will be inspected by a qualified
and independent third party for material condition and safe working load. Straps,
chains, shackles, turnbuckles, etc., shall be condemned and removed from the
vessel if found to be unserviceable. Cranes, winches, A-Frames and davits found
to be unserviceable shall be "tagged out of order" and repaired prior to further use.
5.0 Deck Skills and Safety Procedures
A. Work vests shall be worn at all times during sampling and testing
conducted on the weather decks.
B. Hard hats must be worn by crane operators and any persons assisting
with the load.
C All individuals involved in sampling procedures on deck shall wear
appropriate safety gear. (Life vests, work suits, hard hats, eye, face, hand
and foot protection, safety lines, etc.). Employees will be provided with
personal protective equipment and trained in the use and care of this
equipment In compliance with OSHA 1910 standards, vessel
employees are required to adhere to any and all policies regarding
personal protective equipment for their own well being.
D. No one is permitted on the weather decks during sea operations unless
directly involved with sampling, testing, checking of equipment or
other work.
E. During weather conditions causing freezing of water on deck surfaces,
hoses shall be used to thaw surfaces with warm water as needed to
prevent a slipping hazard for those working outside. Special
precautions are necessary in wet, slippery conditions.
R Never stand in a bight (a loop of line, rope or chain) or put any part of
your body into a bight without first making sure that the gear cannot be
worked.
G. Never stand in the direct line of pull when a rope or wire is under
tension, in case it breaks and snaps back. Generally, rope or wire snaps
back with a corkscrew motion, so the danger zone extends to either side
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX K
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 18 of 20
of the direct line of pull.
H. Lines under tension may be subjected to sudden shocks or strains that
cause them to bounce violently up and down. Never straddle or step
over a line or wire under tension. Be especially cautious when the gear
has become snagged or fouled.
I. Stay out from underneath loads suspended in the air, and keep in
mind that suspended loads become battering rams in rolling seas. A
tag line must be attached to any load being hoisted to control turning
and swinging.
J. Do not stand between a load in the air and a rail, stanchion, hatch
coaming or any solid object against which you could be crushed. If you
are the man at the controls, never pass a load over another crewman.
K. Be sure to use adequate lighting when working in poorly lit areas or
during the night.
L. Only lower one device overboard at a time unless prior approval has
been obtained from the Science officer.
M. Do not work alone on the weather decks. A crew member with a radio
should be present during work at a sampling station.
N. Report any equipment failure or accident to the Bridge immediately.
6.0 Communication
A. Clear communication between the pilot house and deck should be
maintained by means of properly located, functioning intercoms or
radios.
B. Position the ship's internal video system in such a way that the pilot
house can view overboard activities.
C Inform pilot house of readiness to sample or the presence of overboard
gear or lines in the water.
D. Inform curious onlookers of unsafe conditions.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX K
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 19 of 20
E. Inform pilot house and clear decks after sampling is complete. Secure
science and deck gear. Turn off all electrical and mechanical
equipment.
F. When verbal communication is impossible or likely to be interfered
with by other noises, the crew should utilize a standard set of hand
signals. Where the winch operator does not have a clear view of the
load, only one designated person will be responsible for giving the
hand signals.
7.0 Deck Machinery
A. Gear systems, including wrapping heads, winches, tackle, nets, etc.,
should provide safe and convenient operation.
B. Wires and wraps should be of adequate strength for the anticipated
loads.
C Moving parts of winches and of wrap and chain leads which may
present a hazard should have adequate guards.
D. Repairs to winches, tackle and lifting gear should be to original
standards of construction. Repairs should be tested using dead loads
before the gear is placed back in service.
E. Protection should be provided around winch foundations to prevent a
person from being caught or dragged under.
F. Sheaves should be guarded where possible. Blocks and sheaves should
be properly lubricated at regular intervals.
G. All shackles used aloft should be safety wired or "moused" so they
cannot come loose accidentally.
H. Winches should be provided with a means to prevent over hoisting
and to prevent the accidental release of a load if the power supply fails.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX K
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 20 of 20
8.0 General Lifting Precautions
A. Components must be of sufficient size to accomplish the task, and
should be inspected regularly.
B. Fiber lines should be checked for signs of excessive wear, fraying, rot
and dryness.
C Wire rope should be examined for fish hooks, badly worn areas and
kinks. Badly worn wire ropes should be replaced.
D. Wooden blocks should be inspected for cracked or rotten cheeks, worn
pins or cracked or badly worn metal parts.
E. Shackles, swivels, metal blocks and hooks should be inspected for
cracks, distortion, excessive wear or metal fatigue.
F. If one part of a lifting appliance gives way, the force may weaken or
destroy other parts.
G. Heavy weights should never be permitted to drop regardless of the
distance. They should be lowered to rest and secured to prevent rolling
or sliding. Never keep a load in the air any longer than necessary.
H. All motions with heavy weights should be slow to avoid creating
momentum. Attaching a tag line will help avoid many problems and
ensure safe handling of the load.
I. Avoid sudden shocks or strain, and beware of side pulls. Side play puts
great stress on a boom or crane.
J. Only certified crane operators are permitted to operate the ship's cranes
and hoists.
K. Any person directing the crane operator must be trained in the use of
standard operating hand signals. (See Attachment A)
L Report any equipment failure or accident to the Bridge immediately.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX L
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
APPENDIX L! CHEMICAL HYGIENE STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES
FOR U.S. EPA GLNPO RESEARCH VESSELS
-------
Chemical
Hygiene
SOP No.:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
Overall Glove
Rec oinme nda t i on
Optional
CPE*
CPE
CPE
CPE
CPE
CPE
Vinyl
CPE
CPE
Vinyl
CPE
CPE
CPE
CPE
CPE
CPE
Insulated
N/A
Vinyl
CPE
Laboratory Procedure
Dissolved Nutrients Filtration
Total Alkalinity
Ammonia Nitrogen
Chloride
Dissolved Organic Carbon
Chlorophyll-a & Chlorophyll-b
Chlorophyll-a & Pheophytin-a
Specific Conductance
Nitrate & Nitrite Nitrogen
Dissolved Oxygen
Dissolved Oxygen
Electrometric pH
Soluble Reactive Phosphorous
Total Phosphorous, Total
Dissolved Phosphorous
Silicates
Standards & Spikes Preparation
Sulfate
Suspended Solids
Technicon Autoanalyzer &
Associated Recording Equip.
Turbidity
Aerobic Keterotrophs , Total
Coliforma, Fecal Coliforms,
Fecal Streptococci
22
Neoprene
Determining Primary Production
Parameters
-------
Chemical
Hygiene
SOP No. :
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
Overall Glove
Recommendation
N/A
N/A
Neoprene
CPE
CPE
CPE
CPE
CPE
CPE
CPE
CPE
CPE
CPE
CPE
CPE
Laboratory Procedure
Quality Control Schedule
Reagent Water System
Sampling Surface Haters for
Hydrophobic Contaminants
Including Filtration, Liquid/
Liquid Extraction
Determination of Metals in
Acid Rain
Determination of Cadmium,
Chromium, & Nickel in Acid
Rain
Determination of Total Arsenic
in Water
Determination of Total Potassium
& Sodium in Acid Rain
Determination of Nickel in Acid
Rain
Analysis of Total Kjeldahl
Nitrogen & Total Phosphorous
in Water
Analysis of Particulate Organic
Carbon in Lake Water
Direct Observation of Bacteria
by DAPI
Analysis of Phytoplankton
Analysis of Zooplankton
Analysis of Total Phosphorous
Determination of Calcium,
• m. » J m
w
Sodium
-------
Chemical
Hygiene Overall Glove
SOP No.; Recommendation Laboratory Procedure
38 CPE Determination of Total Calcium
Magnesium, Potassium, &
Sodium
39 See Pg. 39-1 Liquid/Liquid Water Extraction
Capture
*CPE = CHLORINATED POLYETHYLENE
-------
1-1
CHEMICAL HYGIENE SOP
No. 1
Laboratory Procedure:
Method:
Description:
Chemicals Used:
Dissolved Nutrients Filtration
An unaltered sample is vacuum filtered
through a pre-washed selected .45 urn
membrane filter.
None
Overall Glove Recommendation: Gloves optional, any protective
glove
SAFETY CONTROLS
Procedure
Pouring sample into
separatory funnel,
draining, shaking,
filtering, etc.
Potential Exposure
None
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
General ventilation
is adequate. PPE-
General lab
requirements,
safety glasses, lab
coat, gloves not
required, rubber
gloves optional
WASTE GENERATION AND HANPLIKG
Follow all guidelines in the U.S. EPA's Characterization of Waste
From Standard Analytical Methods.
SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS
None
-------
2-1
CHEMICAL HYGIENE SOP
NO. 2
Laboratory Procedure:
Method:
Description:
Total Alkalinity
Titration
A measured amount of sample is titrated
with acid to a pH of 4.5.
Sulfuric acid, pH buffers, sodium
carbonate.
Chemicals Used:
Overall Glove Recommendation: Chlorinated polyethylene (CPE)
SAFETY CONTROLS
Procedure
1. Sulfuric
dilutions,
necessary
acid
if
Potential Exposure
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
2. Stock alkalinity
standard
preparation,
(sodium carbonate)
None, except with
excessive skin
contact
3. Stock alkalinity
dilutions, handling
None
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
General ventilation
is adequate. If
practical, do
procedure in a fume
hood. PPE-splash
proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
viton, chlorinated
polyethylene,
polyethylene gloves
General ventilation
is adequate. If
practical, do
procedure in a fume
hood. PPE-splash
proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
any protective
glove or CPE
General ventilation
adequate. PPE-
safety glasses, lab
coat , gloves
optional. If used,
any protective
glove is adequate.
CPE
-------
2-2
Procedure
4. Handling of pH
buffers
Potential Exposure
Spillsr splashing
5. Titration of
sample of check
standard with
sulfuric acid
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
General ventilation
is adequate. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
gloves not
required, butyl
gloves optional.
CPE
General ventilation
is adequate. If
practical, do
procedure in a fume
hood. Sulfuric
acid concentrations
are low. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
viton, chlorinated
polyethylene,
polyethylene gloves
optional, not
required
WASTE GENERATION AND HANDLING
Follow all guidelines in the U.S. EPA's Characterization of Haste
From Standard Analytical Methods.
SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS
Thoroughly wash hands after procedure completion.
-------
3-1
CHEMICAL HYGIENE SOP
NO. 3
Laboratory Procedure:
Method:
Description:
Chemicals Used:
Ammonia Nitrogen
Automated phenolate/nitroprusaide
spectrophotometric determination
Ammo concentration of a sample determined
spectrophotometrically.
Sodium hydroxide phenol, 5.25% chlorine
bleach, potassium sodium tartrate, sodium
citrate, sulfuric acid, Brij-35, sodium
nitroprusside, ammonia standard
Overall Glove Recommendation: Chlorinated Polyethylene (CPE)
SAFETY CONTROLS
Procedure
1. Sodium phenolate
solution
preparation, phenol
and sodium
hydroxide
Potential Exposure
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
Do procedure in a
fume hood. When in
contact with water,
sodium hydroxide
may generate
sufficient heat to
ignite a
combustible
materials. Allow
to cool. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
butyl gloves
(choice), viton
gloves (adequate)
for phenol,
nitrile, neoprene
or rubber gloves
(choice), butyl
gloves (adequate)
for sodium
hydroxide. CPE
adequate for
procedure
-------
3-2
Procedure
2 . Sodium
hypochlorite
solution, 5.25%
chlorine bleach
Potential Exposure
Spills, inhalation
3. Complexing
reagent, potassium
sodium tartrate,
sodium citrate,
sulfuric acid,
Brij-35
Inhalation
4 . S o d i
nitroprusside
u m
5. Sodium hydroxide
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
PFE and/or
Engineering Controls
General ventilation
is adequate. Do
procedure in a fume
hood if practical.
PPE-splash proof
safety goggles, lab
coat, rubber gloves
or CPE
General ventilation
is adequate. If
practical, do
procedure in a fume
hood. PPE-splash
proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
viton, chlorinated
polyethylene,
polyethylene gloves
Sodium nitro-
prusside is a
poison. Perform
procedure in fume
hood. PPE-splash
proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
& rubber gloves or
CPE
When in contact
with water, sodium
hydroxide may
generate sufficient
heat to ignite
combustible
materials. Allow
to cool. Do
procedure in a fume
hood. PPE-splash
proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
nitrile, neoprene
or rubber gloves
(choice), butyl
gloves or CPE
adequate
-------
3-3
FPE and/or
Procedure Potential Exposure Engineering Controls
6. Standards As listed in SOP As listed in SOP
handling No. 16 No. 16. Gloves -
* CPE
WASTE GENERATION AND HANDLING
Follow all guidelines in the U.S. EPA's Characterization of Waste
From Standard Analytical Method
SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS
Use care handling sodium hydroxide which may generate high heat
when in contact with water.
Wash hand thoroughly after procedure completion.
-------
4-1
CHEMICAL HYGIENE SOP
No. 4
Chloride
Automated Ferricyanide Spectrophoto-
metric Determination
Liberated thiocyanate ion, in the
presence of ferric ion, forms highly
colored ferric thiocyanate. The ferric
thiocyanate is determined spectrophoto-
metrically.
Chemicals Used: Chloride reagent, chloride standards
Overall Glove Recommendation: Chlorinated Polyethylene (CPE)
Laboratory Procedure:
Method:
Description:
SAFETY CONTROLS
Procedure
1. Chloride reagent
preparation,
mercuric
thiocyanate,
metHanoi, ferric
nitrate, nitric
acid, Brij-35
Potential Exposure
Spills, splashing,
inhalation,
flammable
2. Chloride reagent
handling
Slight inhalation
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
This material is
flammable and
hazardous. Do
procedure in a fume
hood. PPE-splash
proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
no choice gloves
based on data for
all these
materials .
Recommend viton or
butyl gloves and
double gloving. CPE
adequate. All
reagents should be
covered and sealed
with parafilm when
complete
Concentrations are
1ow, general
ventilation
adequate. PPE-
splash proof safety
glasses, lab coat,
gloving not
required, viton,
butyl or CPE gloves
optional
-------
4-2
PPE and/or
Procedure Potential Exposure Engineering Controls
3. Standards As outlined in SOP As outlined in SOP
handling No. 16 No. 16. Gloves -
CPE
WASTE GENERATION AND HANDLING
Follow all guidelines in the U.S. EPA's Characterization of Haste
From Standard Analytical Methods.
SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS
Keep ignition sources away from flammables. Keep containers closed
when not in use.
Wash hands thoroughly after procedure completion.
-------
5-1
CHEMICAL HYGIENE SOP
Laboratory Procedure:
Method:
Description:
Chemicals Used:
No. 5
Dissolved Organic Carbon
The determination of organic carbon
requires the removal of inorganic carbon,
Measurements are made with a non-
dispersive infrared analyzon.
Sulfuric acid, potassium persulfate,
organic carbon standard.
Overall Glove Recommendation: Chlorinated Polyethylene (CPE)
SAFETY CONTROLS
Procedure
1. Sulfuric acid
solution
preparation,
handling
Potential Exposure
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
2. Persulfate
reagents, potassium
persulfate
3 . Stand ards
handling
As outlined in SOP
No. 19
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
Do procedure in a
fume hood. Add
acid slowly. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
viton, chlorinated
polyethylene,
polyethylene gloves
Local exhaust is
adequate. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
rubber or neoprene
gloves. CPE
adequate. Potassium
persulfate is a
strong oxidizer.
Keep from
flammables.
As outlined in SOP
f!9. Gloves - CPE
-------
Procedure
4. CO, analyzer
operation
Potential Exposure
Compressed gas
cylinder explosions
5. Analytical
system
Dependent on
reagent or standard
used
WASTE GENERATION AMD HANDLING
5-2
PFE and/or
Engineering Controls
Keep compressed gas
cylinders secure
and upright.
Follow safety
procedures in
Compressed Gas
Association
Pamphlet P-l
Follow PPE and
Engineering
Controls as
outlined for each
reagent or standard
used. Gloves - CPE
Follow all guidelines of the U.S. EPA's Characterization of Waste
from Standard Analytical Methods.
SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS
Compressed gas cylinders.
Thoroughly wash hands after procedure completion.
-------
6-1
CHEMICAL HYGIENE SOP
No. 6
Laboratory Procedure:
Method:
Description:
Chemicals Used:
Chlorophyll-a and chlorophyll-b
Spectroflourometric Determination
Algae samples are steeped in ethanol.
The decrease in fluorescence at particular
wave lengths resulting from the acidi-
fication of the sample is proportional
to chlorophyll-a and chlorophyll-b
Acetone, sodium bicarbonate, chlorophyll-a
standard, chlorophyll-b standard, mag-
nesium carbonate, hydrochloric acid,
acetone.
Overall Glove Recommendation: Chlorinated Polyethylene (CPE)
SAFETY CONTROLS
Procedure
1. Acetone solution
preparation,
acetone and
bicarbonate
sodium
Potential Exposure
Spills, splashing,
inhalation,
flammable
2. Chlorophyll-a,
chlorophyll-b
standards
3. Ma gnesium
carbonate
suspension
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
None
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
Acetone is
flammable. Do
procedure in a fume
hood. Keep from
ignition sources.
PPE-splash proof
safety goggles, lab
coat, butyl, or CPE
gloves
Perform procedure
in fume hood. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat
CPE or neoprene
gloves
General ventilation
is adequate. PPE-
splash proof safety
glasses, lab coat
-------
Procedure
4. Hydrochloric
acid solution
preparation
5. Calibration,
dilution of
chlorophyll
standards with
acetone
6. Analytical
procedure ,
filtration
7. Spectro-
fluorometer
preparation and
procedure
Potential Exposure
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
Flammable
Flammable
Spills, inhalation,
flammable
6-2
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
Do procedure in a
fume hood. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles/ lab coat,
rubber gloves
(choice), viton or
CPE gloves
(adequate)
Acetone and ethanol
is ext remely
flammable. Do
procedure in a fume
hood. Keep from
i gn ition sou rce s.
PPE-splash proof
safety goggles, lab
coat, gloves not
required, CPE
gloves optional
PPE* safety glasses
and lab coat
PPE-safety glasses
and lab coat
WASTE GENERATEIQH AKP HANDLING
Follow all guidelines in the U.S. EPA's Characterization of Waste
From Standard Analytical Methods.
SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS
Use care in handling flanunables. Keep containers closed when not
in use.
Wash hands thoroughly after procedure completion.
-------
7-1
Laboratory Procedure:
Method:
Description:
Chemicals Used:
CHEMICAL HYGIENE SOP
NO. 7
Chlorophyll-a and Pheophytin-a
Spectrofluorometric Determination
Algae samples are steeped in acetone.
Fluorescence at prescribed wavelengths is
measured before and after acidification.
Acetone, magnesium carbonate, chlorophyll-
a standard, hydrochloric acid.
Overall Glove Recommendation: Chlorinated Polyethylene (CPE)
SAFETY CONTROLS
Procedure
1. Acetone solution
preparation
Potential Exposure
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
2.Chlorophyll
standards
3. Magnesium
carbonate
suspension
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
None
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
Acetone is
flammable. Do
procedure in a fume
hood. Keep from
ignition sources.
PPE-splash proof
safety goggles, lab
coat, butyl or CPE
gloves
Perform procedure
in fume hood. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, & neoprene
or CPE gloves
General ventilation
is adequate. PPE-
splash proof safety
glasses, lab coat,
gloves not
required, any
protective glove
optional. CPE
gloves suggested
-------
Procedure
4. Hydrochloric
acid solution
Potential Exposure
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
5. Calibrations,
dilutions of
chlorophyll with
acetone
Flammable
6. Analytical
procedure ,
filtration
Flammable
7. Spectror
photometer and
spectrofluorometer
procedures
Spills, inhalation,
flammable
7-2
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
Do procedure in a
fume hood. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
rubber gloves
(choice), viton or
CPE gloves
(adequate)
Acetone is
flammable. Keep
from ignition
sources. Do
procedure in a fume
hood. PPE-splash
proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
CPE gloves
Acetone is
flammable. Keep
from ignition
sources. Do
procedure in a fume
hood. PPE-splash
proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
butyl or CPE gloves
optional
Use PPE as outlined
for handling
reagents, CPE
gloves suggested
WASTE GEKERATIOH AND HAMDLIHG
Follow all guidelines in the U.S. EPA's Characterization of Waste
From Standard Analytical Methods.
SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS
Use care in handling flammables. Keep containers closed when not
in use.
Wash hands thoroughly after procedure completion.
-------
8-1
CHEMICAL HYGIEKE SOP
No. 8
Laboratory Procedure:
Method:
Description:
Chemicals Used:
Specific Conductance
Conductivity Bridge
Specific conductance of water samples
are measured by a self-contained con-
ductivity meter.
Sodium chloride, potassium chloride.
Overall Glove Recommendation: Polyvinyl Chloride (VinylJ
SAFETY CONTROLS
Procedure
1. Stock chloride
set s t andard
solution, working
calibration
standard
preparation, sodium
chloride
2. Stock control
standard, control
standard, potassium
chloride
3. Calibration,
heating of standard
Potential Exposure
None
None
Heat (burns)
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
General ventilation
is adequate. PPE-
safety glasses, lab
coat, any
protective gloves.
Vinyl suggested
General ventilation
is adequate. PPE-
safety glasses, lab
coat, any
protective glove.
Vinyl suggested
Use local exhaust.
WASTE GENERATION MID HANDLING
Follow all guidelines in the U.S. EPA's Characterization of Waste
From Standard Analytical Methods.
SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS
Wash hands thoroughly after procedure completion.
-------
9-1
Laboratory Procedure!
Method:
Description:
CHEMICAL HYGIENE SOP
NO. 9
Nitrate and Nitrite Nitrogen
Cadmium reduction, automated, spectre-
photometric
Buffered samples are passed through a
reduction column to reduce nitrate to
nitrite. The nitrite undergoes a
diazotization reaction to form an azo
dye which is determined spectrophoto-
metrically.
Granulated cadmium, phosphoric acid,
sulfanilamide, N-(1-naphtyl)-ethylene-
diame dihydrochloride, Brij-35, hydro-
chloric acid, copper sulfate, ammonium
chloride.
Overall Glove Recommendation: Chlorinated Polyethylene (CPE)
Chemicals Used:
SAFETY CONTROLS
Procedure
1. Granulated
cadmium
Potential Exposure
Inhalation
2. Color reagent
preparation,
phosphoric acid,
sulfanilamide, N-
(1-naphtyl)-
ethylenediamine
dihydrochloride,
Brij-35
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
Do procedure in a
fume hood.- PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
rubber gloves (no
data on gloves).
CPE adequate
Do procedure in a
fume hood. Avoid
any high heating of
this material.
Phosphoric acid
reacts with water
and sulfanilamide.
Mix carefully.
PPE-splash proof
safety goggles, lab
coat, viton, or
butyl, or CPE
gloves
-------
Procedure
3» Hydrochloric
acid, reagent water
solution
Potential Exposure
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
4. Copper sulfate
solution
5. Buffer solution
preparation,
ammonium chloride,
Brij-35
Standards
handling
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
As listed in SOP
No. 19
9-2
PPE and/or
Enpineeri.no Controls
May cause skin or
respiratory burns.
Do procedure in a
fume hood. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
neoprene, rubber
gloves or CPE
gloves
Avoid heating this
material. Do
procedure in a fume
hood. PPE-splash
proof safe ty
goggles, lab coat,
neoprene, nitrile
or CPE gloves
Do not burn this
material. Do
procedure in a fume
hood. PPE-splash
proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
neoprene, nitrile,
butyl, viton, or
CPE gloves
As listed in SOP
No. 19. Gloves -
CPE
7. Procedure:
7a. Preparation of
reduction column,
cadmium,
hydrochloric acid
7b. Preparation of
reduction column,
cadmium, copper
sulfate
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
Do procedure in a
fume hood. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
neoprene, rubber or
CPE gloves
Avoid heating. Do
procedure in a fume
hood. PPE-splash
proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
neoprene, nitrile
or CPE gloves
-------
Procedure
7c.Preparation of
reduction column,
cadmium handling
8. Analytical
system handling
standards
9. Conditioning the
pump, ammonium
chloride
10. Preliminary
calibration, dilute
standards
Potential Exposure
Inhalation
As listed in SOP
No. 19
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
As listed in SOP
No. 19
9-3
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
Do procedure in a
fume hood. PPE-
splaah proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
rubber or neoprene
gloves (no data on
gloves). CPE
adequate
As listed in SOP
No. 19. Gloves -
CPE
Allow local exhaust
or venting
operating
equipment. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
neoprene, nitrile,
butyl, viton, or
CPE gloves
As listed in SOP
No. 19. Gloves -
CPE
WASTE GENERATION AND HANDLING
Follow all guidelines in the U.S. EPA's Characterization of Waste
From Standard Analytical Methods.
SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS
Follow Trouble Shooting / Corrective Action Section
Hash hands thoroughly after procedure completion.
-------
10-1
Laboratory Procedure:
Method:
Description:
CHEMICAL HYGIENE SOP
No. 10
Dissolved Oxygen
Micro Method, Winkler Titration
The sample is treated with several
chemicals. Manganous hydroxide combines
with dissolved oxygen in the sample to
form a brown precipitate. Free iodine
is released which is stoichiometrically
equivalent to the dissolved oxygen in
the sample. The sample is then titrated
with sodium thiosulfate.
Manganese sulfate, sodium hydroxide,
sodium iodide, sodium azide, sulfuric
acid, soluble starch, sodium thiosulfate,
potassium biiodate, potassium iodide,
chloroform.
Overall Glove Recommendation: Chlorinated Polyethylene (CPE)
except for chloroform, see
procedure 14
Chemicals Used:
SAFETY CONTROLS
Procedure
1. Manganese
sulfate solution
preparation
Potential Exposure
Inhalation
PPC and/or
Engineering Controls
General ventilation
is adequate. Do
procedure in a fume
hood if practical.
PPE-splash proof
safety goggles, lab
coat, no data on
gloves, recommend
rubber or CPE
gloves
-------
Procedure
2. Alkaline azide
reagent, sodium
hydroxide, sodium
iodide, sodium
azide
Potential Exposure
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
3. Starch indicator
solution
None
4 . Sodium
thiosulfate stock
solution ,
chloroform
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
10-2
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
Sodium azide is
extremely poisonous
and may be
explosive at very
high heat. Sodium
hydroxide is highly
toxic. Both
materials react
violently with
water. Mix slowly,
allow to cool. Do
procedure in a fume
hood. PPE-splash
proof safety
goggles, face
shield, lab coat,
nitrile, neoprene
or rubber gloves
(choice), butyl or
CPE gloves
(adequate}. Apron
optional
General ventilation
adequate. PPE-
safety glasses or
splash proof, lab
coat, any type of
protective - glove
optional. CPE
suggested
Chloroform is a
suspect carcinogen.
Do procedure in
Designated Area
fume hood. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
viton gloves only
-------
10-3
Procedure
5 . Sodium
thiosulfate
standard titrant
Potential Exposure
None
6. Potassium
biiodate stock
solution, working
standard
Drying (burns)
7. Potassium iodide
solution
preparation
None
8. Sulfuric acid
solution
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
General ventilation
is adequate. If
practical, do
procedure in fume
hood. PPE-safety
glasses or splash
proof, lab coat,
nitrile, neoprene,
viton, butyl or CPE
gloves
Use local heat
exhaust for
heating. General
ventilation
adequate for
preparation. PPE-
safety glasses, lab
coat, gloves not
required, vinyl or
CPE gloves optional
General ventilation
adequate. If
practical, do
procedure in a fume
hood. PPE-safety
glasses or splash
proof, lab coat,
any protective
glove optional.
CPE suggested
General ventilation
is adequate. If
practical, do
procedure in a fume
hood. PPE-splash
proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
viton, chlorinated
polyethylene,
polyethylene gloves
-------
Procedure
9. Standardization
of sodium
thiosulfate
Potential Exposure
Spills, splashing/
inhalation
10. Procedure
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
10-4
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
Low concentrations,
general ventilation
adequate. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
viton or CPE gloves
If practical, do
procedures in a
fume hood. Use PPE
as listed for each
reagent handled
WASTE GENERATION AND HANDLING
Follow all guidelines in the U.S. EPA's Characterization of Waste
From Standard Analytical Methods.
SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS
Mix alkaline azide solution carefully to avoid violent reaction.
Recommend double gloving with carcinogens in the event of a spill.
Wash hands thoroughly after procedure completion.
-------
11-1
CHEMICAL HYGIENE SOP
NO. 11
Laboratory Procedure: Dissolved Oxygen
Method: Micro, dissolved oxygen meter measurement
Description: Samples are analyzed with a Dissolved
Oxygen meter immediately after collection.
Chemicals Used: Potassium chloride
Overall Glove Recommendation: Vinyl
SAFETY CONTROLS
PPE and/or
Procedure Potential Exposure Engineering Controls
Addition potassium None General ventilation
chloride solution adequate. PPE-
to probe safety glasses, lab
coat, any
protective gloves.
Vinyl suggested
WASTE GENERATION AMD HANDLING
Follow all guidelines in the U.S. EPA's Characterization of Waste
From Standard Analytical Methods.
SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS
Wash hands thoroughly after procedure completion.
-------
12-1
Laboratory Procedure:
Method:
Description:
Chemicals Used:
CHEMICAL HYGIENE SOP
No. 12
Electometric pH
The pH of a sample is determined
electrometrically using a glass electrode
in combination with a reference electrode
or with a combination pH electrode.
Calibration standard buffers, control
standard buffers, sodium hydroxide for
cleaning.
Overall Glove Recommendation: Chlorinated Polyethylene (CPE)
SAFETY CONTROLS
Procedure
1. Calibration
using pH buffers
( potassium
biphthalate-sodium
hydroxide buffer)
2. Washing with
sodium hydroxide
Potential Exposure
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
Spills, splashing;
inhalation
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
General ventilation
may be adequate.
PPE-splash proof
safety goggles, lab
coat, gloves not
required, neoprene,
butyl, rubber or
CPE gloves optional
When in contact
with water, sodium
hydroxide may
generate sufficient
heat to ignite
combustibles. Do
procedure in a fume
hood, collect
rinse-off. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
nitrile, neoprene,
rubber gloves
(choice), butyl or
CPE gloves
(adequate)
-------
12-2
WASTE GENERATION AND HANDLING
Follow all guidelines in the U.S. EPA's Characterization of Waste
From Standard Analytical Methods.
SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS
Wash hands thoroughly after procedure completion.
-------
13-1
No. 13
Laboratory Procedure: Soluble Reactive Phosphorous
Method:
Description: Phosphate ions react with ammonium
molybdate and potassium antimonyl
tartrate. It is reduced with ascorbic
acid to form a blue complex which is
determined spectrophotometrically.
Chemicals Used: Sodium lauryl sulfate, sulfuric acid,
ammonium molybdate, ascorbic acid,
potassium antimonyl tartrate, hydro-
chloric acid, sodium hydroxide.
Overall Glove Recommendation: Chlorinated Polyethylene (CPE)
SAFETY CONTROLS
Procedure
1. Sodium lauryl
sulfate solution
preparation
Potential Exposure
Splashing
2. Sulfuric acid
solution
preparation
Spills, splashing/
inhalation
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
General ventilation
adequate. Do
procedure in fume
hood if practical.
PPE-splash' proof
safety goggles, lab
coat, rubber gloves
(choice), any
protective glove
(adequate). CPE
suggested
Do procedure in a
fume hood. May
cause skin and
respiratory burns.
PPE-splash proof
safety goggles, lab
coat, viton,
chlorinated
polyethylene,
polyethylene gloves
-------
Procedure
3. Ammonium
molybdate stock
solution
Potential Exposure
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
4. Ascorbic acid
solution
Slight irritations
5 . Potassium
antimonyl tartrate
solution
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
6. Combined color
reagent mixture
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
7 . Standards
preparation and
handling
Follow SOP No. 16
13-2
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
General ventilation
is adequate. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
no data on gloves,
recommend rubber or
CPE gloves
General ventilation
is adequate. If
practical, do
procedure in fume
hood. PPE-splash
proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
any protective
glove. CPE
suggested
General ventilation
is adequate. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
no data on gloves*
recommend rubber or
CPE
General ventilation
is adequate.
Follow analytical
procedure steps
when adding
chemicals. Add
slowly, mix
carefully, allow
mixture to cool.
PPE-splash proof
safety goggles, lab
coat, use
appropriate gloves
for handling
sulfuric acid,
remaining solutions
and handling of mix
- CPE adequate
Follow SOP No.
Gloves - CPE
16.
-------
Procedure
B. Procedure
9. Hydrochloric
acid preparation
Potential Exposure
Follow SOP No. 19
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
10. Trouble
Shooting sequencing
hydrochloric acid
Inhalation
11. Sodium
hydroxide
preparation
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
13-3
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
Follow SOP No.
Gloves - CPE
19.
May cause severe
skin or respiratory
burns. Do
procedure in a fume
hood. PPE-splash
proof safety
goggles/ lab coat,
neoprene, rubber or
CPE gloves
Acid is dilute,
general ventilation
adequate. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
neoprene, rubber or
CPE gloves. Seal
container with
parafilm
When in contact
with water, sodium
hydroxide may
generate sufficient
heat to ignite
combustibles. Do
procedure in a fume
hood. PPE-splash
proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
nitrile, neoprene,
rubber gloves
(choice), butyl or
CPE gloves
(adequate)
-------
13-4
PPE and/or
Procedure Potential Exposure Engineering Controls
12. Trouble Splashing Sodium hydroxide
Shooting sequencing soln. is quite
with sodium dilute. General
hydroxide ventilation is
adequate. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
nitrile, neoprene
rubber gloves
(choice), butyl or
CPE gloves
(adequate)
WASTE GENERATION AMD HANDLING
Follow all guidelines in the U.S. EPA's Characterization of Waste
From Standard Analytical Methods.
SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS
Mix combined color reagent very carefully.
Wash hands thoroughly after procedure completion.
-------
14-1
CHEMICAL HYGIENE SOP
No. 14
Laboratory Procedure: Total phosphorous, total dissolved
phosphorous
Method:
Description:
Chemicals Used;
Low level, micro-persulfate digestion/
automated spectrophotometric deter-
mination.
Water samples are digested - blue
complex is determined spectrophoto-
metrically.
Sulfuric acid, hydrochloric acid,
ammonium persulfate, ammonium molybdate,
ascorbic acid, potassium antimonyl
tartrate, sodium lauryl sulfate
Overall Glove Recommendation: Chlorinated Polyethylene (CPE)
SAFETY CONTROLS
Procedure
1 . Sample
preservation with
sulfuric acid
Potential Exposure
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
2. Preparation of
hydrochloric acid
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
May cause skin or
respiratory burns.
General ventilation
adequate for this
procedure but use
caution. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
viton, chlorinated
polyethylene,
polyethylene gloves
May cause severe
skin or respiratory
burns. Do
procedure in a fume
hood. PPE-splash
proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
neoprene, rubber or
CPE gloves
-------
Procedure
3 . Digestion
solution
preparation,
sulfuric acid
4. Digestion
solution
preparation,
ammonium persulfate
5. Working
digestion solution/
sulfuric acid,
ammonium persulfate
6. Sampler wash,
sulfuric acid
Potential Exposure
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
Spills, splashing,
inhalation,
potential violent
reactions
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
14-2
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
May cause skin or
respiratory burns.
Do procedure in a
fume hood. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
viton, chlorinated
polyethylene,
polyethylene gloves
This material is a
strong oxidizer
when heated. Keep
from combustibles.
do procedure in a
fume hood. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
neoprene, viton or
butyl or CPE gloves
Sulfuric acid is
not compatible with
strong oxidizers.
Mix solution
carefully, avoid
heating and heat
sources. General
ventila, tion
adequate at 10 ml
volumes of each
reagent. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles and face
shield, lab coat,
viton or CPE gloves
only, viton apron
recommended
Very dilute acid.
General ventilation
is adequate. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
viton, chlorinated
polyethylene,
polyethylene gloves
-------
Procedure
7 . Color
development
reagent, sulfuric
acid
Potential Exposure
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
8. Ammonium
molybdate stock
solution
preparation
9. Ascorbic acid
stock solution
preparation
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
Slight irritations
10. Potassium
antimony! tartrate
solution
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
14-3
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
May cause skin or
respiratory burns.
Do procedure in a
fume hood. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
viton, chlorinated
polyethylene,
polyethylene gloves
General ventilation
adequate. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
no data on gloves -
recommend rubber or
CPE
General ventilation
adequate* If
practical, do
procedure in a fume
hood. PPE-splash
proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
any protective
glove. CPE
suggested
General ventilation
adequate. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles/ lab coat,
no data on gloves -
recommend rubber or
CPE
-------
14-4
Procedure
11. Combined color
reagent mixture
Potential Exposure
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
12. Sodium lauryl
sulfate solution
preparation
Splashing
13. Standard
preparation
14. Digestion
sample, calibration
and controls
preparation
Follow SOP No. 16
Spills, splashing/
inhalation
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
General ventilation
and good lab prac-
tice is adequate.
Follow analytical
procedure steps
when adding
chemicals. Add
slowly, mix
carefully, allow
mixture to cool.
PPE-splash proof
safety goggles, lab
coat, use approp-
riate gloves for
handling sulfuric
acid, remaining
solutions and
handling of mix-CPE
gloves
General ventilation
is adequate. If
practical, do
procedure in a fume
hood. PPE-splash
proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
rubber gloves
(choice), any
protective glove
(adequate)
Follow SOP No. 16.
Gloves - CPE
General ventilation
is adequate<
appropriate
outlined
reagents
controls
Hear
PPE as
for
and
-------
14-5
PPE and/or
Procedure Potential Exposure Engineering Controla
15. Digestion, Burns, inhalation Use exhaust hood
heating tubes while digesting.
Allow a clean air
purge before
opening. Use
insulated gloves
when handling hot
items
16. Analytical Inhalation Follow procedures
procedures and PPE in sop No-
19. Gloves - CPE
WASTE GEKERATIOK AMD HANDLING
Follow all guidelines in the U.S. EPA's Characterization of Waste
From Standard Analytical Methods.
SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS
Combined color reagent mix should be done carefully/ as well as
working digestion solutions. Avoid breathing digestion vapors off
of heating apparatus.
Hash hands thoroughly after procedure completion.
-------
15-1
Laboratory Procedure:
Method:
Description:
CHEMICAL HYGIENE SOP
No. 15
Silicates
Automated spectrophotometric, molybdate
blue
In acidic solution, silicamolybdate is
reduced to molybdenum blue which is
determined spectrophotometrically
Ammonium molybdate, sulfuric acid,
oxalic acid, ascorbic acid, acetone
Chemicals Used:
Overall Glove Recommendation: Chlorinated Polyethylene (CPE)
SAFETY CONTROLS
Procedure
1. Ammonium
molybdate reagent,
ammonium molybdate,
sulfuric acid
2. Oxalic
reagent
acid
Potential Exposure
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
Do procedure in a
fume hood. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
viton or CPE gloves
Incompatible with
oxidizers and
sulfuric acid.
Avoid this contact.
Avoid heating.
General ventilation
is adequate. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
rubber, butyl,
chlorinated
polyethylene gloves
(choice), nitrile,
CPE or neoprene
gloves (adequate)
-------
Procedure
3. Ascorbic acid
reagent, ascorbic
acid, acetone
Potential Exposure
Splashing ,
inhalation,
flammable
4 . Standards
solution
5. Analytical
Procedures
Follow SOP No. 16
Follow SOP No. 19
15-2
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
Acetone is
flammable. Keep
from ignition
sources. Do
procedure in a fume
hood. Remaining
procedures can be
done in general
ventilation. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
butyl or CPE gloves
only. Seal reagent
top with parafilm
Follow SOP No. 16
Follow SOP No. 19
WASTE GENERATION AND HANDLING
Follow all guidelines in the U.S. EPA's Characterization of Waste
From Standard Analytical Methods.
SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS
Use caution working with flammables.
Wash hands thoroughly after procedure completion.
-------
16-1
CHEMICAL HYGIENE SOP
No. 16
Standards and Spikes Preparation
Many
Preparation of individual standards
used for the analytical procedures.
Sulfuric acid, chloroform, anhydrous
ammonium sulfate/ potassium biphthalate,
sodium chloride, potassium nitrate,
potassium nitrite, sodium nitrite,
potassium phosphate (monobasic), silica,
sodium sulfate, ammonium chloride,
methenamine, potassium chloride,
potassium sulfate, sodium nitrate,
sodium phosphate (dibasic), sodium
glycerophosphate, sodium silicate
Overall Glove Recommendation: Chlorinated Polyethylene (CPE)
Laboratory Procedure:
Method:
Description:
Chemicals Used:
SAFETY CONTROLS
Procedure
Calibration (set)
standards ,
preparation:
1. Ammonia stock
standard, anhydrous
ammonium sulfate,
sulfuric acid
Potential Exposure
Splash, possible
explosion
FPE and/or
Engineering Controls
Avoid extreme heat
w/ ammonium sulfate
or sulfuric acid-
explosive. Do not
mix ammon i urn
sulfate with
oxidizers-produces
toxic gases. When
adding sulfuric
acid, do procedure
in fume hood. All
other dilutions of
the stock standard
can be done in
general
ventilation. Do in
fume hood if
practical
-------
Procedure
2. Di ssolved
organic carbon,
potassium
biphthalate and
sulfuric acid
3. Chloride stock
standard, sodium
chloride
4. Nitrate stock
standard, potassium
nitrate, sulfuric
acid
5. Nitrite stock
standard, potassium
nitrite, sodium
nitrite, chloroform
6. Phosphorous
stock standard,
potassium phosphate
(monobasic),
sulfuric acid
Potential Exposure
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
None
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
16-2
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
PPE-splash proof
safety goggles, lab
coat, viton,
chlorinated
polyethylene,
polyethylene gloves
Low cone, of acid
general ventilation
is adequate. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
viton, chlorinated
polyethylene,
polyethylene gloves
General ventilation
adequate. General
lab PPE required:
Safety glasses, lab
coat, any
protective
optional.
suggested
glove
CPE
Do procedure in a
fume hood. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
viton, chlorinated
polyethylene,
polyethylene gloves
Chloroform is a
suspect carcinogen.
Do procedure in the
Designated Area
fume hood. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
viton or CPE gloves
Do procedure in a
fume hood. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
viton, chlorinated
polyethylene,
polyethylene gloves
-------
Procedure
7. Silica
standard
stock
Potential Exposure
Inhalation
8. Sulfate stock
standard, sodium
sulfate
Slight inhalation
Intermediate
control standards,
working control
standards
(dilutions of
intermediate},
spike preparations
9. Ammonia /
orthorphosphate,
sulfuric acid
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
10. Nitrate/silica
intermediate
1 1 . Digested
phosphorous ,
sulfuric acid
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
16-3
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
Do procedure in a
fume hood. PPE-
safety glasses, lab
coat, any
protective glove
optional. CPE
suggested
General ventilation
is adequate. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
any protective
glove. CPE
suggested
General ventilation
may be adequate.
If practical, do
procedure in a fume
hood. PPE-splash
proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
viton, chlorinated
polyethylene,
polyethylene gloves
General ventilation
is adequate. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
viton or CPE gloves
Do procedure in a
fume hood. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
viton, chlorinated
polyethylene,
polyethylene gloves
-------
Procedure
12. Chloride
sulfate
Potential Exposure
None
Control standard
concentrate for
autoanaly zers,
preparation:
13
Ammonium
Inhalation
chloride
14. Dissolved
organic carbon,
methenamine
Spills, splashing/
inhalation,
flammable
15. Chloride and
sulfate stock and
high & low control
concentrate,
potassium chloride,
potassium sulfate
None
16-4
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
General ventilation
is adequate.
General lab PPE-
safety glasses, lab
coat, any
protective glove.
CPE suggested
General ventilation
La adequate, low
cone. PPE-splash
proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
chlorinated
polyethylene
gloves. Seal
ammonium chloride
buffer with
parafilm
General ventilation
is adequate, low
cone. Keep from
ignition sources.
PPE-splash proof
safety goggles, lab
coat, (no data on
gloves), recommend
rubber gloves or
CPE and double
gloving
General ventilation
adequate. If
practical, do
procedure in fume
hood. PPE-safety
glasses, lab coat,
any protective
glove. Suggest CPE
-------
»^ocedure
16. Nitrate stock
control, sodium
nitrate
Potential Exposure
Spills, inhalation
17. Orthophosphate
stock control*
sodium phosphate
(dibasic)
18. Digested
phosphorous, sodium
glycerophosphate
Slight spills,
inhalation
19. Silica
control, Naa
stock
Si F§
Inhalation, spills
Intermediate
control standards,
working control
standards,
preparation:
20. Ammonia /
orthophosphate,
su If uric acid (high
& low standard)
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
16-5
FPE and/or
Engineering Controls
Avoid any shock or
heating to this
material. General
ventilation is
adequate. This
material is a solid
and nay disperse in
the fume hood.
PPE-splash proof
safety goggles, lab
coat, butyl, CPE or
viton gloves
General ventilation
is adequate. PPE-
safety glasses, lab
coat
any
protective glove,
CPE suggested
General ventilation
is adequate. PPE-
safety glasses, lab
coat, any
protective glove.
CPE suggested
Local ventilation
adequate. PPE-
safety glasses, lab
coat, any protec-
tive glove. CPE
suggested
General ventilation
is adequate.
Quantity of acid
used is low. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
viton, chlorinated
polyethylene,
polyethylene gloves
-------
17-1
Sulfate
Automated, methylthymol blue, spectro-
photometric determination
Hater samples are passed through various
chemical reactions to determine the
amount of sulfate present
Barium chloride, methylthymol blue,
hydrochloric acid, ethanol, ammonium
chloride, ammonium hydroxide, tetra-
sodium EDTA, sodium hydroxide, Brij-
35, sodium sulfate, calcium oxide
Overall Glove Recommendation: Chlorinated Polyethylene (CPE)
Laboratory Procedure:
Method:
Description:
Chemicals Used:
SAFETY CONTROLS
Procedure
1. Barium chloride
solution
preparation
Potential Exposure
2. Methylthymol
blue solution
preparation
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
Perform procedure
in fume hood. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
any protective
glove. CPE
suggested
Do procedure in
fume hood. Ethanol
vapors may flash
back. Keep from
open flame. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
polyethylene gloves
only for ethanol,
rubber (choice) or
viton or CPE
(adequate) gloves
-------
Procedure
3. Buffer solution
preparation
Potential Exposure
Spills, splashing/
inhalation
4. Buffered EDTA
solution
preparation
5. Sodium hydroxide
solution
preparation
Spills, splashing/
inhalation
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
6. Dilution water
preparation
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
17-2
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
General ventilation
is adequate. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
neoprene, CPE or
rubber gloves.
Seal reagent and
waste container
with parafilm
General ventilation
is adequate. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles/ lab coat,
neoprene, CPE or
butyl gloves
When in contact
with water, sodium
hydroxide may
generate sufficient
heat to ignite
combustible
materials. Keep
these materials
away. Prepare
solution in a fume
hood. PPE-splash
proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
nitrile, neoprene,
rubber gloves
(choice), butyl or
CPE gloves
(adequate)
General ventilation
is adequate. If
practical, do
procedure in fume
hood. PPE-splash
proof safety
goggles/ lab coat,
rubber gloves
(choice), any
protective glove
(adequate]. CPE
suggested
-------
Procedure
7. Sulfate stock
solution
preparation,
working solution
dilutions
8. Analytical
procedure
9. Pump all
reagents through
system, run pattern
for calibration
standards, handling
samples, analysis
10. Hash
procedure
out
Potential Exposure
Follow SOP No. 16
Follow SOP No. 19
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
17-3
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
Follow SOP No. 16.
Gloves - CPE
Follow SOP No. 19.
Gloves - CPE
Use appropriate PPE
as indicated
Use appropriate PPE
as indicated
HASTE GENERATION AND HANDLING
Follow all guidelines in the U.S. EPA's Characterization of Waste
From Standard Analytical Methods.
SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS
Use care in handling ammonium hydroxide. Review Safety and Waste
Handling and Troubleshooting / Corrective Action sections in the
Laboratory Procedure Manual for this procedure.
Wash hands thoroughly after procedure completion.
-------
18-1
Laboratory Procedure:
Method:
Description:
Chemicals Used:
SAFETy CONTROLS
Procedure
Drying in oven or
muffle furnace
CHEMICAL HYGIENE SOP
NO. 18
Suspended Solids
Glass fiber filters
Water samples are filtered through a
glass fiber filter. This is washed,
dried/ and weighed
None
Potential Exposure
Heat (burns)
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
Exhaust heat from
furnace. Use
insulated gloves
handling hot items
WASTE GENERATION1 AND HAMDLIWC
None.
SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS
None
-------
19-1
CHEMICAL HYGIENE SOP
No. 19
Laboratory Procedure:
Method:
Description:
Chemicals Used:
SAFETY CONTROLS
Procedure
Electrical
connections, wet
conditions
Technicon autoanalyzer and associated
recording equipment
This is a general description of
operation of autoanalyzers, recorders/
and the computer connections.
As listed in each SOP which requires
this equipment.
Potential Exposure
Electrical shock,
hazards
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
Use Ground Fault
Interrupter
WASTE GENERATION AND HANDLING
None.
SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS
None
-------
20-1
CHEMICAL HYGIENE SOP
No. 20
Laboratory Procedure: Turbidity
Method: Nephelometric
Description: A comparison of light scattered by the
sample under defined conditions with the
intensity of light scattered by a standard
reference suspension. Readings are made
in a nephelometer.
Chemicals Used: Hydrazine sulfate, hexamethylenetetramine
Overall Glove Recommendation: Polyvinyl chloride (Vinyl)
SAFETY CONTROLS
PPE and/or
Procedure Potential Exposure Engineering Controls
1. Stock formazin Spills, splashing, Respiratory and
solution inhalation skin burns. Do
preparation, procedure in a fume
hydrazine sulfate, hood. PPE-splash
hexamethylenetetra proof safety
mine goggles, lab coat,
and polyvinyl
chloride gloves
2. General Inhalation, spills General ventilation
procedure is adequate. PPE-
safety glasses &
lab coat. Rubber
or vinyl gloves
optional
WASTE GENERATION AND HANDLING
Follow all guidelines in the U.S. EPA's Characterization of Waste
Prom Standard Analytical Methods.
SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS
Wash hands thoroughly after procedure completion.
-------
21-1
Laboratory Procedure:
Method:
Description:
CHEMICAL HYGIENE SOP
No. 21
Aerobic Heterotrophs. (Total Coliforms
Fecal Coliforms, Fecal Streptococci,
not presently done).
Microbiological analysis of water
samples
SOP for Aerobic Heterotroohs
Chemicals Used:
Sodium thiosulfate, ethyl alcohol,
phosphate buffer solution
Overall Glove Recommendation: Chlorinated Polyethylene except for
hot items (CPE).
SAFETY CONTROLS
Procedure
1. Addition of
sodium thiosulfate
to each sample
bottle
Potential Exposure
None
2. Heating agar,
autoclaving
3. Flaming of flask
lip
Beat (burns)
Flammable
4. Forceps
sterilized in ethyl
alcohol
Flammable
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
General ventilation
is adequate. If
practical, do
procedure in a fume
hood. Suggested
PPE-splash proof
safety goggles, lab
coat, nitrile,
neoprene, viton,
CPE or butyl gloves
Exhaust heat. Use
insulated gloves
handling hot items
Keep combustible
chemicals and
materials away from
area. If
prac t ical, remove
these from lab
Keep container of
ethyl alcohol 2 ft.
from flame. Vapors
can potentially
flash back
-------
Procedure
5. Analytical
procedures ,
handling
Potential Exposure
Biological
6. Sterilization of
equipment
Heat, inhalation
7. Calibration, pH
buffers
Splashing
inhalation
WASTE GENERATION AMD HANDLING
21-2
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
General bio-safety
rules should apply
for all procedures.
FPE-safety glasses,
lab coat, gloves
not required, any
protective glove
optional. CPE
suggested
Use exhausting vent
or hood over
autoclave. Use
insulated gloves
when handling hot
items
General ventilation
is adequate. If
practical, do
procedure in a fume
hood. PPE-splash
proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
neoprene, butyl,
CPE or rubber
gloves
Follow all guidelines in the U.S. EPA's Characterization of Waste
From Standard Analytical Methods.
SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS
Follow Biosafety Rules as outlined in the Chemical Hygiene Safety
Manual. Recommend double gloving in the event of spill.
Hash hands thoroughly after procedure completion.
-------
21-3
SOP for Fecal Coliform Bacteria
Chemicals Used:
Rosalie acid, sodium hydroxide,
potassium dihydrogen phosphate, mag-
nesium chloride
Overall Glove Recommendation: Chlorinated Polyethylene except for
hot items (CPE).
SAFETY CONTROLS
Procedure
1. Difco M-FC Broth
preparation
Potential Exposure
Spills, splashing
2. Rosalie acid
solution
preparation
3. Lauryl Tryptos
Broth preparation
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
Spills, splashing,
inhalation, heat
(burns)
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
General ventilation
adequate. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
any protective
glove. CPE
suggested
Perform procedure
in fume hood. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
rubber or CPE
gloves
General ventilation
is adequate. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
neoprene, CPE or
rubber gloves. Use
care during
autoclaving to
prevent burns. Use
exhaust hood while
autoclaving and
during removal of
products. Use
insulated gloves
for hot items
-------
Procedure
4. EC medium
preparation
Potential Exposure
Spills, splashing,
inhalation, heat
(burns)
5. Stock phosphate
buffer solution
preparation, pH
adjustment
Spills, splashing,
inhalation, heat
(burns)
6. Working solution
of phosphate buffer
Spills, splashing,
inhalation, heat
(burns)
21-4
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
General ventilation
is adequate. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
neoprene, CPE or
rubber gloves. Use
care during
autoclaving to
prevent burns. Use
exhaust hood while
autoclaving and
during removal of
products. Use
insulated gloves
for hot items
General ventilation
is adequate. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
neoprene, CPE or
rubber gloves. Use
care during
autoclaving to
prevent burns. Use
exhaust hood while
autoclaving to
prevent burns. Use
exhaust hood while
autoclaving and
during removal of
products. Use
insulated gloves
for hot items
General ventilation
is adequate. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
neoprene, CPE or
rubber gloves. Use
care during
autoclaving. Use
exhaust hood while
autoclaving and
during removal of
products. Use
insulated gloves
for hot items
-------
Procedure
7 . Sample
preparation and
serial dilutions
Potential Exposure
Spills, splashing,
inhalation,
biological
8. Filtration
procedure
Spills, splashing,
inhalation,
biological
21-5
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
Biosafety rules
need to be
followed .
Procedure must be
done in the
Biological Safety
Cabinet. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
CPE or rubber
gloves (double
gloving is
recommended)
Biosafety rules
need to be
followed.
Procedure must be
done in the
Biological Safety
Cabinet. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
CPE or rubber
gloves (double
gloving is
recommended). Use
care while
operating incubator
to prevent burns.
Use exhaust hood
for incubator
operation and
removing samples.
Allow a clean air
purge before
opening incubator.
Use insulated
gloves for hot
items
-------
Procedure
9. Verification
procedures counting
and recording
Potential Exposure
Spills, splashing,
inhalation,
biological
21-6
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
Biosafety rules
need to be
followed .
Procedure must be
done in the
Biological Safety
Cabinet. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
CPE or rubber
gloves (double
gloving is
recommended). Use
care while
operating incubator
to prevent burns.
Use exhaust hood or
vent while
incubator is in
operation and while
removing samples.
Allow a clean air
purge before
opening incubator.
General lab rules
and PPE. Use
insulated gloves
for hot items
WASTE GENERATION AND HANDLING
Follow all guidelines in the U.S. EPA's Characterization of Waste
From Standard Analytical Methods.
SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS
Biological Safety procedures need to be followed during these
procedures. Thorough decontamination of work areas and equipment
needs to be followed closely. All biological work must be done in
a Biological Safety Cabinet. Double gloving is recommended for
protection in the event of a spill of inoculant.
Review all Biosafety procedures in the Chemical Hygiene Safety
Manual prior to any work.
-------
21-7
SOP for Total Coliform Bacteria
Chemicals Used:
Ethanol, dipotassium hydrogen phosphate,
potassium dihydrogen phosphate, sodium
chloride, sodium lauryl sulfate, magnesium
chloride, methylene blue, sodium hydroxide
Overall Glove Recommendation: Chlorinated Polyethylene (CPE)
SAFETY CONTROLS
Procedure
1. M-Endo Broth MF
preparation
Potential Exposure
Spills, splashing,
inhalation, heat
(burns)
2. To rehydrate M-
Endo Broth MF
Spills, splashing,
inhalation,
flammables .
Ethanol is very
flammable
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
General ventilation
is adequate. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
neoprene, CPE or
rubber gloves. Use
exhaust hood during
autoclaving. Use
insulated gloves
for heated material
Ethanol is very
flammable. Do
procedures in a
fume hood. Keep
from open flames.
Keep container
closed. PPE-splash
proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
polyethylene gloves
only for handling
ethanol, rubber or
neoprene for
remaining
procedure. Boil in
a fume hood. Do
not use open flame
heat source. CPE
gloves adequate for
procedure
-------
Procedure
3. Lauryl Tryptose
Broth preparation
Potential Exposure
Spills, splashing,
inhalation, heat
(burns)
4. Rehydration of
Lauryl Tryptose
Broth preparation
Spills, splashing,
inhalation, heat
(burns)
5. Stock phosphate
buffer solution
preparation, pH
adjustment
Spills, splashing,
inhalation, heat
(burns)
21-8
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
General ventilation
is adequate. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
neoprene, CPE or
rubber gloves. Use
care during
autoclaving to
prevent burns. Use
exhaust hood while
autoclaving and
during removal of
products. Use
insulated gloves
for hot items
General ventilation
is adequate. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
neoprene, CPE or
rubber gloves. Use
care during
autoclaving to
prevent burns. Use
exhaust hood while
autoclaving and
during removal of
products. Use
insulated gloves
for hot items
General ventilation
is adequate. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
CPE, neoprene or
rubber gloves. Use
care during
autoclaving to
prevent burns. Use
exhaust hood while
autoclaving and
during removal of
products. uae
insulated gloves
for hot items
-------
Procedure
6. Working solution
of phosphate buffer
Potential Exposure
Spills, splashing,
inhalation, heat
(burns)
7. Brilliat Green
Bile 2% preparation
Spills, splashing,
inhalation, heat
(burns)
21-9
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
General ventilation
is adequate. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
neoprene, CPE or
rubber gloves. Use
care during
autoclaving to
prevent burns. Use
exhaust hood while
autoclaving and
during removal of
products. Use
insulated gloves
for hot items
General ventilation
is adequate. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
neoprene, CPE or
rubber gloves. Use
care during
autoclaving to
prevent burns. Use
exhaust hood while
autoclaving to
prevent burns. Use
exhaust hood while
autoclaving and
during removal of
products. Use
insulated gloves
for hot items
-------
Procedure
8. Serial dilutions
Potential Exposure
Spills, splashing,
inhalation,
biological
9. Single step
procedure
Spills, splashing,
inhalation, heat
(burns), biological
21-10
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
Biosafety
procedures must be
followed .
Procedure must be
done in the
Biological Safety
Cabinet. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
CPE or rubber
gloves. Double
gloving is
recommended .
Biosafety
procedures must be
followed
Procedure must be
done in the
Biological Safety
Cabinet. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
CPE or rubber
gloves. Double
gloving is
recommended.
Biosafety
procedures must be
followed
-------
Procedure
10. Single
procedure
step
Potential Exposure
Spills, splashing,
inhalation/ heat
(burns), biological
11. Two-step
enrichment
procedure
Spills, splashing,
inhalation, heat
(burns], biological
21-11
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
Procedure must be
done in the
Biological Safety
Cabinet. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
CPE or rubber
gloves, double
gloving is
recommended. Use
care while
operating incubator
to prevent burns.
Use exhaust hood
while incubator is
in operation and
while removing
samples. Allow a
clean air purge
before opening
incubator. Use
insulated gloves
for hot items
Procedure must be
done in the
Biological Safety
Cabinet. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
CPE or rubber
gloves, double
gloving is
recommended. Use
care while
operating incubator
to prevent burns.
Use exhaust hood
while incubator is
in operation and
while removing
samples. Allow a
clean air purge
before opening
incubator. Use
insulated gloves
for hot items
-------
21-12
PPE and/or
Procedures Potential Exposure Engineering Controls
12. Counting and None General lab rules
recording and PPE
WASTE GENERATION AND HANDLING
Thoroughly dilute and neutralize all materials and pour down drain.
Follow all guidelines in the U.S. EPA's Characteri2ation of Waste
Prom Standard Analytical Methods.
SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS
Biological safety practices need to be followed during sample
procedures. Thorough decontamination of work areas and equipment
needs to be followed closely. All biological work must be done in
a Biological Safety Cabinet. Double gloving is recommended for
protection in the event of a spill of inoculant.
Review all Biosafety Procedures in the Chemical Hygiene Safety
Manual prior to any work.
-------
21-13
SOP for Fecal Streptococci
Chemicals Used: Hydrogen peroxide, 2, 3, 5-Triphenyl
tetrazoliura chloride, sodium carbonate,
bile salts
Overall Glove Recommendation: Chlorinated Polyethylene (CPE)
SAFETY CONTROLS
Procedure
1. BHI agar
preparation KF
streptococcus agar
2. Addition of 2,
3, 5-triphenyl
tetrazolium
chloride to agar
3. Analytical
procedures,
handling
Potential Exposure
Heat, inhalation
Biological
4. Addition of 3%
hydrogen peroxide
None
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
Exhaust heat while
boiling. Use
insulated gloves
when handling hot
items
Missing MSDS
General biosafety
rules should apply
for all procedures.
PPE-safety glasses,
lab coat, latex
gloves (or any
protective glove).
CPE suggested
General ventilation
is adequate. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
CPE or rubber
gloves
WASTE GENERATION AND HANDLING
Follow all guidelines in the U.S. EPA's Characterization of Waste
From Standard Analytical Methods.
SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS
Follow Biosafety Procedures as outlined in the Chemical Hygiene
Safety Manual.
-------
22-1
Laboratory Procedure:
Method:
Description:
Chemicals Used:
CHEMICAL HYCIEKE SOP
Mo. 22
Determining primary production
parameters.
"C Radiotracer
Samples are inoculated with radiotracer
UC. The radioactivity of the filter
containing the algal cells is determined
by liquid scintillation counting.
Radiotracer NaHMCOa, phenolethylamine,
hydrochloric acid, "scintillation
cocktail*
Overall Glove Recommendation: Neoprene
SAFETY CONTROLS
Procedure
1. Analytical
procedures handling
radioactive
material
Potential Exposure
Ingestion/ skin if
not protected
(slight hazard)
2. Addition of
hydrochloric acid
to sample
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
All radioactive
materials used in
the procedure must
be done in the
Designated Area
fume hood. Follow
PPE guidelines in
CRL Radiation
Safety Manual
General ventilation
is adequate. If
practical, do
procedure in a fume
hood. PPE-splash
proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
neoprene or rubber
gloves
-------
Procedure
3. Addition of
liquid
scintillation
cocktail
Potential Exposure
Spills
4. Addition of
phenolethylamine
5, Clean
procedure
up Splashing
22-2
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
General ventilation
is adequate. PPE-
safety glasses, lab
coat, data on
gloves
inconclusive,
recommend viton or
a viton/neoprene
blended glove
material .
Recommend testing
this material prior
to use
Missing MSDS
General ventilation
is adequate. PPE-
safety glasses, lab
coat, any
protective glove.
Apron optional.
Neoprene gloves
suggested
WASTE CEMERATIOM MTO HANDLIHG
Follow all guidelines in the U.S. EPA's Characterization of Waste
From Standard Analytical Methods.
SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS
Hazards from alpha particle radiation occur from ingesting. Any
material will block alpha particles from exposed skin.
Follow all Safety Procedures and Guidelines for radioactive
material as outlined in the CRL Radiation Safety Manual.
-------
23-1
CHEMICAL HYGIENE SOP
No. 23
Laboratory Procedure: Quality Control Schedule
Method:
Description: This procedure is not applicable.
-------
24-1
CHEMICAL HYGIENE SOP
No. 24
Laboratory Procedure: Reagent Water System
Method:
Description: This procedure is not applicable.
-------
25-1
Laboratory Procedure:
Method:
Description:
CHEMICAL HYGIENE SOP
No. 25
Sampling surface waters for hydrophobia
contaminants including filtration and
liquid/liquid extraction
Chemicals Used:
Surface waters are collected with an
electrically powered pump. Filtered
water is passed through XAD-2 Resin
which extracts and concentrates
hydrophobia contaminants for analysis.
Acetone
Overall Glove Recommendation: Neoprene
SAFETY CONTROLS
Procedure Potential Exposure
1. Filtration
rinsing carboys
penta plate parts
with acetone
Note: Since gloves
may introduce
contaminants, it is
of great importance
to decontaminate
gloves
Spills, splashing,
inhalation,
flammable
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
Acetone is
extremely flammable
and irritating to
skin. Inhalation
of large quantities
can be hazardous.
Procedure must be
done in a fume
hood. If a
particular
procedure does not
make this feasible,
use a local exhaust
vent. Vapors can
travel a great
distance and
flashback to
source. Under no
circumstances
should ignition
sources, sparking,
heat generation, be
in the vicinity of
these vapors. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat.
Neoprene, CPE or
butyl gloves
-------
25-2
PPE and/or
Procedure Potential Exposure Engineering Controls
2. Extraction Methylene Chloride
Methylene Chloride is a known animal
carcinogen.
Procedure should be
per formed i n
Designated Area
fume hood. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
& neoprene or
polyvinyl alcohol
or viton gloves.
Set up extraction
equipment in hood.
WASTE GENERATION AMD HANDLING
Follow all guidelines in the U.S. EPA's Characterization of Waste
From Standard Analytical Methods.
SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS
Butyl gloves should offer excellent protection and not break down.
All fire hazards must be removed. Use fume hoods or local exhaust
vents that have explosion proof motors only. Do not do any heating
procedures near this activity.
-------
26-1
Laboratory Procedure:
Method:
Description:
Chemicals Used:
CHEMICAL HYGIEHE SOP
No. 26
Determination of metals in acid raid.
Inductively coupled argon plasma atomic
emission spectroscopy (ICP-AES).
Acid rain samples are analyzed for 15
different metals.
Nitric acid/ plasma grade standards:
aluminum, boron, barium, beryllium,
calcium, cobalt, copper, iron, lithium,
magnesium, manganese, strontium,
titanium, vanadium, zinc
Overall Glove Recommendation: Chlorinated Polyethylene (CPE)
SAFETY CONTROLS
Procedure
1. Nitric acid
handling,
dilutions, sample
preservation
Potential Exposure
Spills, splashing,
inhalation, heating
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
Nitric acid is
incompatible with
heat and most
common metals and
powdered me ta1s.
Extreme care must
be used when
heating. Do
procedure in a fume
hood. PPE-splash
proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
CPE or viton
gloves, face shield
2. Standard
( Standards
purchased
commercially, not
prepared here)
Standard as
follows:
-------
Procedure
2a. Aluminum
Potential Exposure
Inhalation
2b. Barium
Inhalation
2c. Beryllium
Inhalation, spills
2d. Boron
Inhalation
2e. Calcium
None
26-2
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
General ventilation
adequate. PPE-
splash proof safety
gogglesf lab coat,
rubber gloves (data
inconclusive on
gloves) . CPE
adequate
General ventilatin
adequate. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
rubber gloves (data
inconclusive on
gloves). CPE
adequate
This material is a
carcinogen .
Procedure must be
done in the
Designated Area
fume hood. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
rubber gloves
(double gloving
recommended). CPE
adequate
General ventilation
adequate. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
rubber gloves (data
inconclusive on
gloves). CPE
adequate
General ventilatin
adequate. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
rubber gloves (data
inconclusive on
gloves). CPE
adequate
-------
Procedure
2f. Silver
Potential Exposure
Inhalation, spills
2g. Cobalt
Inhalation
2h. Copper
Inhalation
2i. Iron
Inhalation
2j. Lithium
Inhalation
26-3
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
General ventilation
adequate. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
rubber gloves (data
inconclusive on
gloves). CPE
adequate
General ventilation
adequate. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
rubber gloves (data
inconclusive on
gloves). CPE
adequate
General ventilation
adequate. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
rubber gloves (data
inconclusive on
gloves). CPE
adequate
General ventilation
adequate. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
rubber gloves (data
inconclusive on
gloves). CPE
adequate
General ventilation
adequate. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
rubber gloves (data
inconclusive on
gloves). CPE
adequate
-------
Procedure
2k. Magnesium
Potential Exposure
Inhalation
21. Manganese
Inhalation
2m. Strontium
Inhalation, spills
2n. Titanium
Inhalation, spills
2o. Vanadium
Inhalation, spills
26-4
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
General ventilation
adequate. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles/ lab coat,
rubber gloves (data
inconclusive on
gloves). CPE
adequate
General ventilation
adequate. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
rubber gloves (data
inconclusive on
gloves]. CPE
adequate
General ventilation
adequate. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
rubber gloves (data
inconclusive on
gloves). CPE
adequate
General ventilation
adequate. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
rubber gloves (data
inconclusive on
gloves). CPE
adequate
General ventilation
adequate. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
rubber gloves (data
inconclusive on
gloves). CPE
adequate
-------
Procedure
2p. Zinc
Potential Exposure
Inhalation, spills
3. AROO standard
preparation in
nitric acid
Spills, splashing,
inhalation, heating
4. AR01 Standard
preparation,
calcium magnesium
in nitric acid
Spills, splashing,
inhalation, heating
26-5
PFE and/or
Engineering Controls
General ventilation
adequate. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
rubber gloves (data
inconclusive on
gloves). CPE
adequate
Nitric acid is
incompatible with
heat and most
common metals and
powdered metals.
Extreme care must
be used when
heating. Do
procedure in a fume
hood. PPE-splash
proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
CPE or rubber
gloves (acid is
diluted)
Nitric acid is
incompatible with
heat and most
common metals and
powdered me t a1s.
Extreme care must
be used when
heating. Do
procedure in a fume
hood. PPE-splash
proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
CPE or rubber
gloves (acid is
diluted)
-------
Procedure
5. AR02 standard
preparation/
aluminum/ boron/
barium, beryllium/
cobalt/ copper/
iron, lithium/
manganese/
strontium/
titanium, vanadium,
and zinc in nitric
acid
Potential Exposure
Inhalation
splashing
6. Interelemental
correction
solution, iron in
nitric acid
Spills, splashing,
inhalation/ heating
26-6
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
Beryllium is a
carcinogen,
therefore ,
procedure must be
done in the
Designated Area
fume hood. Nitric
acid is
incompatible with
heat and most
common metals.
Extreme care must
be used when
heating. Do
procedure in a fume
hood. PPE-splash
proo f safety
goggles/ lab coat/
CPE or rubber
gloves, (acid is
diluted)
Nitric acid is
incompatible with
heat and most
common metals and
powdered metals.
Extreme care must
be used when
heating. Do
procedure in a fume
hood. PPE-splash
proof sa fety
goggles, lab coat,
CPE or rubber
gloves, (acid is
diluted)
-------
Procedure
7. Lab control
standards, high and
low, aluminum,
boron, barium,
beryllium, cobalt,
copper, iron,
lithium, manganese,
strontium,
titanium, vanadium,
and zinc in nitric
acid
8. Intermediate
solution and
dilution, aluminum,
iron, magnesium,
boron, copper,
titanium, vanadium,
zinc, barium,
lithium, manganese,
strontium,
beryllium, calcium,
cobalt in nitric
acid
Potential Exposure
Inhalation,
splashing
Inhalation,
splashing
26-7
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
Beryllium is a
carcinogen ,
therefore,
procedure must be
done in the
Designated Area
fume hood. Nitric
acid is
incompatible with
heat and most
common metals and
powdered metals.
Extreme care must
be used when
heating. Do
procedure in a fume
hood. PPE-splash
proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
CPE or rubber
gloves, (acid is
diluted)
Beryllium is a
carcinogen,
therefore ,
procedure must be
done in the
Designated Area
fume hood. Nitric
acid is
incompatible with
heat and most
common metals.
Extreme care must
be used when
heating. Do
procedure in a fume
hood. PPE-splash
proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
CPE or rubber
gloves (acid is
diluted)
-------
26-8
PPE and/or
Procedures Potential Exposure Engineering Controls
9. Analytical Inhalation Do as much as
procedures , practical under a
calibrations, fume hood or a
local exhaust vent.
Avoid breathing
fumes. PPE-safety
glasses or splash
proof goggles, lab
coat, rubber or CPE
gloves
WASTE GENERATION AND HANDLING
Follow all guidelines in the U.S. EPA's Characterization of Haste
From Standard Analytical Methods.
SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS
Many standards used are carcinogenic or very poisonous. Extreme
care must be taken when handling these materials. Follow all
procedures carefully in the analytical procedure manual. Double
gloving is recommended.
Nitric acid used in these procedures is dilute enough to most
likely not react with metals and heat. However, care must still be
used.
wash hands thoroughly after procedure completion.
-------
27-1
CHEMICAL HYGIENE SOP
No. 27
Laboratory Procedure: Determination of cadmium, chromium,
and nickel in acid rain samples.
Method:
Description:
Chemicals Used:
Flameless atomic absorption spectroscopy
Acid rain samples are analyzed by
flameless atomic absorption
Nitric acid, ammonium phosphate,
magnesium nitrate, stock standards:
cadmium, chromium, nickel, argon
Overall Glove Recommendation: Chlorinated Polyethylene (CPE)
SAFETY CONTROLS
Procedure
1 . Sample
preservation with
nitric acid
Potential Exposure
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
2. Matrix modifier:
ammonium hydrogen
phosphate,
magnesium nitrate
hexahydrate
solution
preparation
None
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
Nitric acid is
incompatible with
heat and common
metals and powdered
metals. Extreme
care must be taken.
Do procedure in a
fume hood. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
viton, rubber
gloves, or face
shield optional.
CPE adequate
General ventilation
is adequate. If
practical, do
procedure in a fume
hood. PPE-splash
proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
any protective
glove recommended
(data inconclusive
on gloves). CPE
adequate
-------
Procedure
3. Flasks stored
with nitric acid
Potential Exposure
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
4. Stock standard,
stock calibration
standards handling:
cadmium
Spills, inhalation,
contact
4a. Chromium
Spills, inhalation,
contact
4b. Nickel
Inhalation
27-2
PPE and/or
Enoineerind Controls
Nitric acid is
incompatible with
heat and common
metals and powdered
metals. Extreme
care must be taken.
Do procedure in a
fume hood. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
viton gloves, CPE
or rubber gloves,
face shield
optional
Do procedure in a
fume hood. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
(no data on glove
types) recommend
rubber or CPE
gloves
This material is a
carcinogen. Do
procedure in the
Designated Area
fume hood. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
(no data on gloves)
recommended rubber
or CPE gloves and
double gloving
This material is a
carcinogen .
Procedure must be
done in the
Designated Area
fume hood. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
CPE or rubber
gloves plus double
gloving recommended
-------
Procedure
5. Dilution of
standards with
nitric acid
Potential Exposure
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
6. Working
calibration
standards
preparation-
dilution with
nitric acid
7 . Instrument
calibration
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
Spills, inhalation,
eyes
8. Analytical
procedures
Spills, inhalation
27-3
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
Do procedure in a
fume hood. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
viton gloves, CPE
or rubber gloves,
face shield
optional
Do procedure in a
fume hood. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
viton gloves, CPE
or rubber gloves,
face shield
optional
Do as much of
pr ocedu re as
possible in a fume
hood. Local
exhaust over
instrument may be
more practical.
PPE-safety glasses
or splash proof
safety goggles, lab
coat, rubber or CPE
gloves, proper eye
protection for
lighting
electrodeless
discharge lamp
Do as much of
procedure as
possible in a fume
hood. Local
exhaust over
instrument may be
more practical.
PPE-safety glasses
or splash proof
safety goggles, lab
coat, rubber or CPE
gloves
-------
27-4
WASTE GENERATION AND HANDLING
Follow all guidelines in the U.S. EPA'u Characterization of Waste
From Standard Analytical Methods.
SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS
Nitric acid is diluted enough to reduce potential for heat and
metal reactions. However, care must still be used. Metal
standards are toxic. Use extreme care with carcinogens. Double
gloving recommended for spills.
-------
28-1
Laboratory Procedure:
Method:
Description:
Chemicals Used:
CHEMICAL HYGIENE SOP
NO. 28
Determination of total arsenic in water.
Hydride generation atomic absorption
spectroscopy.
Samples are digested and oxidized.
Arsenic is determined spectrophoto-
metrically.
Potassium persulfate, nitric acid,
sodium borohydride, hydrochloric acid,
sodium hydroxide, arsenic standard,
arsenic pentoxide standard, dimethyl
arsenic acid (cacodylic acid), arsenic
trioxide standard
Overall Glove Recommendation: Chlorinated Polyethylene (CPE)
SAFETY CONTROLS
Procedure
1. Nitric acid
additions to sample
bottles
Potential Exposure
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
Nitric acid is
incompatible with
heat and common
metal a and powdered
metals. Extreme
care must be taken.
Do procedure in a
fume hood. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
viton gloves, CPE
or rubber gloves,
face shield
optional
-------
Procedure
2 . Sodium
borohydride
solution, mixed
with sodium
hydroxide
Potential Exposure
Spills, splashing/
inhalation
3. Potassium
persulfate solution
28-2
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
Sodium borohydride
will liberate
hydrogen gas on
contact with water.
Sodium hydroxide
may generate
sufficient heat to
ignite combustibles
when in contact
with water.
Procedure must be
done in a fume
hood. PPE-splash
proof aafety
goggles, face
shield recommended,
lab coat, rubber
apron recommended,
rubber gloves are
only common glove
for both materials.
CPE gloves adequate
Local exhaust is
adequate. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
CPE, rubber or
neoprene g1oves.
Potassium
persulfate is an
oxidizer, keep from
flammables
4. Arsenic
standards
preparation:
4 a . Arsenic
trioxide, nitric
acid
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
Arsenic is a
carcinogen. This
material reacts
with acids. Do
procedure with
extreme caution.
Procedure must be
done in the
Designated Area
fume hood. PPE-
-------
Procedure
Potential Exposure
4b. Arsenic spiking
solution, nitric
acid
Spills, splashing/
inhalation
4 c . Arsenic
pentoxide, sodium
hydroxide
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
28-3
PFE and/or
Engineering Controls
splash proof safety
goggles, face
shield, lab coat,
rubber apron,
rubber gloves. CPE
adequate
Arsenic is a
carcinogen. This
material reacts
with acids. Do
procedure with
extreme caution.
Procedure must be
done in the
Designated Area
fume hood. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, face
shield, lab coat,
rubber apron,
rubber or CPE
gloves
Sodium hydroxide
may cause
sufficient heat to
ignite combustibles
when in contact
with water.
Arsenic is a
carcinogen. This
material reacts
with acids. Do
procedure with
extreme caution.
Procedure must be
done in the
Designated Area
fume hood. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, face
shield/ lab coat,
rubber apron,
rubber or CPE
gloves
-------
Procedure
4d. Arsenic (V)
intermediate and
standard, nitric
acid
Potential Exposure
Spills/ splashing,
inhalation
4 e. Dimethyl
arsenic acid,
sodium hydroxide,
stock and spiking
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
5. Instrument
operation and
calibration
Spills, inhalation
28-4
PFE and/or
Engineering Controls
Arsenic is a
carcinogen. This
material reacts
with acids. Do
procedure with
extreme caution.
Procedure must be
done in the
Designated Area
fume hood. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, face
shield, lab coat,
rubber apron,
rubber or CPE
gloves
This material is a
carcinogen. Sodium
hydroxide reacts
with water and may
generate sufficient
heat to ignite
combustibles. Do
procedure in the
Designated Area
fume hood. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles,, face
shield, lab coat,
rubber apron,
rubber gloves or
CPE adequate
Do as much of
procedure as
possible in a fume
hood. Or use local
exhausting over
operation. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
CPE or rubber
gloves. Wear eye
protection for UV
light when igniting
electrodeless
discharge lamp
-------
Procedure
6. Digestion
procedure
Potential Exposure
Spills, inhalation,
heat (burns)
7. Analytical
procedure
Spills, inhalation
8. Rinsing and
adding hydrochloric
acid
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
28-5
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
Use local exhaust
over autoclave.
Avoid breathing
vapors. PPE-as
outlined for each
solution and
standard. Use
insulated gloves
handling hot items.
Allow a clean air
purge before
opening autoclave
Do as much of
procedure a s
possible in a fume
hood. Or use local
exhaust ove r
operation. PPE-as
outlined for each
standard
May cause severe
skin or respiratory
burns. Do
procedure in a fume
hood. PPE-splash
proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
CPE, neoprene or
rubber gloves
WASTE GENERATION AND HANDLING
Follow all guidelines in the U.S. EPA's Characterization of Waste
From Standard Analytical Methods.
SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS
Use proper procedures handling carcinogens and toxic materials.
Allow for thorough decontamination.
-------
29-1
CHEMICAL HYGIEME SOP
NO. 29
Determination of total potassium and
sodium in acid rain.
Flame atomic absorption
Acid rain samples are analyzed by
atomic absorption.
Nitric acid, potassium standards,
sodium standards, hydrochloric acid
Overall Glove Recommendation: Chlorinated Polyethylene (CPE)
Laboratory Procedure:
Method:
Description:
Chemicals Used:
SAFETY CONTROLS
Procedure
1 . Sample
preservation with
nitric acid
Potential Exposure
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
2. Potass ium
standards ,
intermediate
standards, working
standards in nitric
acid
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
Nitric acid is
incompatible with
heat, common metals
and powde red
metals. Extreme
care must be taken.
Do procedure in a
fume hood. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
CPE, viton or
rubber gloves, face
shield optional
Nitric acid is
incompatible with
heat, common metals
and powdered
metals. Extreme
care must be taken.
Do procedure in a
fume hood. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
CPE, viton or
rubber gloves, face
shield optional
-------
Procedure
3 . Sodium
standards,
intermediate
standards, working
standards, in
nitric acid
Potential Exposure
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
4 . Instrument
calibration, burner
operation
Heat (burns),
compressed gas
cylinder explosions
5. Ins trument
calibration
Inhalation, spills
6. Analytical
procedure washing
with hydrochloric
acid
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
29-2
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
Nitric acid is
incompatible with
heat, common metals
and powd e red
metals. Extreme
care must be taken.
Do procedure in a
fume hood. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
CPE, viton or
rubber gloves, face
shield optional
Keep combustibles
away from operating
area. Acetylene
tank must be secure
and upright.
Follow all safety
procedures in
Compressed Gas
Association
Pamphlet P-l
Do as many
procedures as
possible in a fume
hood. Or use local
exhausting during
operation. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
CPE, rubber gloves
Nay cause severe
skin or respiratory
burns. Do
procedure in a fume
hood. PPE-splash
proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
CPE, neoprene or
rubber gloves
-------
29-3
WASTE GENERATION AND HANDLING
Follow all guidelines in the U.S. EPA's Characterization of Waste
From Standard Analytical Methods.
-------
30-1
Laboratory Procedure:
Method:
Description:
Chemicals Used:
CHEMICAL HYGIENE SOP
No. 30
Determination of nickel in acid rain.
Flameless atomic absorption
Acid rain samples are analyzed by atomic
absorption.
Nitric acid, nickel standards
Overall Glove Recommendation: Chlorinated Polyethylene (CPE)
SAFETY CONTROLS
Procedure
1 . Sample
preservation with
nitric acid,
rinsing, immersions
Potential Exposure
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
2. Nickel standard,
stock calibration
standard, working
calibration
sta.ndard
preparation with
nitric acid
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
Nitric acid is
incompatible with
heat, common metals
and powdered
metals. Extreme
care must be taken.
Do procedure in a
fume hood. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
CPE, viton or
rubber gloves, face
shield optional
Nitric acid is
incompatible with
heat, common
metals, and
powdered metals.
Nickel is a
carcinogen. This
procedure must be
done in the
Designated Area
fume hood. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
CPE, rubber gloves,
double gloving
recommended
-------
Procedure
3. Instrument
calibration
Potential Exposure
Spills, inhalation/
eyes
4. Analytical
procedures
Spills, inhalation
WASTE GENERATION AND HANDLING
30-2
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
Do as much of
procedure as
possible in a fume
hood or local
exhaust over
operation. PPE-
safety glasses or
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
CPE or rubber
gloves, proper eye
protection for
lighting
electrodeless
discharge lamp
Do as much of
procedure a s
possible in a fume
hood or local
exhaust ove r
operation. PPE-
safety glasses or
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
CPE or rubber
gloves
Follow all guidelines in the U.S. EPA's Characterization of Haste
From Standard Analytical Methods.
SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS
Double gloving recommended for carcinogens in the event of a spill.
Use care in handling carcinogens.
-------
31-1
Laboratory Procedure:
CHEMICAL HYGIENE SOP
No. 31
Analysis of total Kjeldahl nitrogen
and total phosphorous in water.
Chemicals Used:
Method:
Description: Samples are evaporated and digested. They
are then analyzed for total phosphorous
and total Kjeldahl nitrogen using a
technicon auto analyzer.
Sulfuric acid, potassium sulfate, mercuric
oxide, sodium hydroxide, potassium sodium
tartrate, sodium citrate, phenol, bleach
(household), sodium nitroprusside, sodium
chloride, ascorbic acid, potassium anti-
mony 1 tartrate, adenosine-5' monophos-
phoric acid, sodium salt, potassium
sulfate, ammonium molybdate, sodium
hypochlorite, ascorbic acid, glutamic
acid, potassium dihydrogen phosphate
Overall Glove Recommendation: Chlorinated Polyethylene (CPE)
SAFETY CONTROLS
Procedure
1. Digesting
solution
preparation
Potential Exposure
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
Do procedure in a
fume hood.
Mercuric oxide is
extremely toxic,
sulfuric acid
reacts violently
with water. Pour
acid slowly. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
viton, chlorinated
polyethylene or
polyethylene gloves
and apron. When
handling potassium
sulfate only, any
protective glove
can be used. CPE
suggested
-------
Procedure
2 . Digesting
solution, glassware
cleaning
3. Sampler wash
solution
preparation
Potential Exposure
Spills/ splashing,
inhalation
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
4. Dilution loop
solution
preparation
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
5. Complexing
reagents solution
preparation
None documented
6. Alkaline phenol
solution
preparation
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
31-2
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
Do procedure in a
fume hood. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
CPE, neoprene or
rubber gloves
Do procedure in a
fume hood. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
viton, chlorinated
polyethylene, or
polyethylene gloves
Do procedure in
fume hood. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
nitrile, neoprene,
CPE, rubber or
polyethylene gloves
General ventilation
is adequate. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
any protective
glove. CPE
suggested
Do procedure in a
fume hood. Phenol
and sodium
hydroxide are
extremely
poisonous. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
CPE or butyl gloves
7 . Sodium
hypochlorite
solution
preparation
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
General ventilation
adequate. If prac-
tical, do in fume
hood. PPE-splash
proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
CPE, viton, or
rubber gloves
-------
Procedure
8. Sodium nitro-
prusside reagent
preparation
Potential Exposure
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
9. Sodium chloride
solution
preparation
None
10. Sulfuric acid
solution
preparation
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
1 1 . Ammonium
molybdate solution
preparation
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
12. Ascorbic acid
solution
preparation
None
31-3
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
Sodium nitro-
prusside is a
poison. Perform
procedure in fume
hood. PPE-splash
proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
CPE, rubber gloves
General ventilation
is adequate. No PPE
required. Splash
proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
any protective
glove. CPE
suggested
Do procedure in
fume hood. Add
acid carefully to
avoid violent
reaction with
water. PPE-splash
proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
viton, chlorinated
polyethylene gloves
and apron. Apron
optional
General ventilation
is adequate. If
practical, do
procedure in a fume
hood. PPE-splash
proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
CPE or rubber
gloves
General ventilation
is adequate. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
any protective
glove. CPE
suggested
-------
Procedure
13. Potassium
antimonyl tartrate
solution
preparation
14. Combined color
reagent preparation
Potential Exposure
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
15. Nitrogen stock
standard
preparation
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
16. Phosphorous
stock standard
preparation,
working range
dilutions
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
17. Stock AQC
standard, working
standard dilutions
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
31-4
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
General ventilation
is adequate. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
CPE or rubber
gloves
General ventilation
is adequate. If
practical, do
procedure in fume
hood. Combine
reagents in order
given in Laboratory
Procedures. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
viton, chlorinated
polyethylene,
polyethylene gloves
Do procedure in a
fume hood. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
viton, chlorinated
polyethylene,
polyethylene gloves
General ventilation
is adequate. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
viton, chlorinated
polyethylene,
polyethylene
gloves. Use same
PPE to preserve
s ample s with
sulfuric acid
General ventilation
is adequate. Do
procedure in fume
hood if practical.
PPE-splash proof
safety goggles, lab
coat, viton,
-------
Procedure
Potential Exposures
18. Digestion,
glassware rinse
with hydrochloric
acid
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
19. Sample
preparation,
calibration,
pumping reagents,
handling samples
during tests
20. Evaporating
sample tubes
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
31-5
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
chlorinated
polyethylene,
polyethylene gloves
If practical, do
procedure in fume
hood. General
ventilation is
adequate. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
rubber (choice)
gloves and apron,
CPE or viton,
gloves (adequate)
Use appropriate PPE
when handling
calibration
standards samples
Inhalation, heat
(burns)
Use care in
operating heating
equipment. Use
exhaust hood or
vent while
operating. Handle
carefully while
removing
WASTE GENERATION AND HANDLING
Follow all guidelines in the U.S. EPA's Characterization of Waste
From Standard Analytical Methods.
SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS
Use extreme care in handling phenol and mercuric oxide. These are
extremely toxic. Use care in handling the many, different acids.
-------
32-1
Laboratory Procedure:
Method:
Description:
CHEMICAL HYGIENE SOP
No. 32
Analysis of particulate organic carbon
in lake water.
Infrared defection of carbon dioxide.
Non-dissolved carbon in water is caught
on a fiberglass filter which is burned
to carbon dioxide. Carbon dioxide is
sparged and quantified by an IR detector,
Potassium hydrogen phthalate standard,
sulfuric acid, EDTA standard
Chemicals Used:
Overall Glove Recommendation: Chlorinated Polyethylene (CPE)
SAFETY CONTROLS
Procedure
1. Stock potassium
hydrogen phthalate
standard, mix in
sulfuric acid
Potential Exposure
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
2. Working
calibration
standards
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
General ventilation
is adequate for
small volume of
acid. If
practical, do
procedure in fume
hood. PPE-splash
proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
viton, chlorinated
polyethylene,
polyethylene gloves
General ventilation
is adequate for
small volume of
acid. If
practical, do
procedure in fume
hood. PPE-splash
proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
viton, chlorinated
polyethylene,
polyethylene gloves
-------
Procedure
3. EDTA standard
preparation, mix in,
sulfuric acid
Potential Exposure
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
4. EDTA control
standard high and
low
Moderate splash
5. Instrument start
up, oxygen
adjustment
Compressed gas
cylinder explosion
6. Instrument start
up, furnace start
up
7. Instrument start
up, addition of
sulfuric acid
Flammable
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
32-2
FPE and/or
Engineering Controls
General ventilation
is adequate for
small volume of
acid. If
practical, do
procedure in fume
hood. PPE-splash
proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
viton, chlorinated
polyethylene,
polyethylene gloves
General ventilation
is adequate for
small volume of
acid. If
practical, do
procedure in fume
hood. PPE-splash
proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
neoprene, rubber or
CPE gloves
Keep cylinder
upright and secure.
Keep all f lammables
away from area.
Follow safety rules
in Compressed Gas
Association
Pamphlet P-l
Keep combustibles
and oxygen tanks
safely away
General ventilation
is adequate for
small volume of
acid. If
practical, do
procedure in fume
hood. PPE-splash
proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
viton, chlorinated
polyethylene,
polyethylene gloves
-------
32-3
FPE and/or
Procedure Potential Exposure Engineering Controls
8. Preparation of Heat (burns) Use insulated
nickel shells in gloves and forceps
furnace handling hot items.
Use local exhaust
during operation
9. Sample analysis Inhalation Use local exhaust
during operation.
PPE-as outlined for
each standard
WASTE GENERATIONS AND HANDLING
Follow all guidelines in the U.S. EPA's Characterization of Waste
From Standard Analytical Methods.
SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS
Use proper procedures handling compressed gas cylinders.
-------
33-1
Laboratory Procedure:
CHEMICAL HYGIENE SOP
No. 33
Direct observation of bacteria by
DAPI.
Method:
Description:
Chemicals Used:
A sample is prepared on a microscope slide
and bacteria counted under a compound
microscope.
Gluteraldehyde, nitric acid, irgalan
black (stain), 4', 6-diamidine-2
phenylindol, acetic acid, paraffin oil,
ethyl alcohol
Overall Glove Recommendation: Chlorinated Polyethylene (CPE)
SAFETY CONTROLS
Procedure
1 . Sample
preservation with
gluteraldehyde
Potential Exposure
Spills/ splashing,
inhalation
2. Wash all
glassware with
nitric acid
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
Glutaraldehyde
readily penetrates
skin. Do procedure
in a fume hood if
at all practical.
General ventilation
may only be
adequate if low
concentrations are
used. PPE-splash
proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
neoprene or butyl
gloves. CPE
adequate
Nitric acid is
incompatible with
heat, common
metals, powdered
metals. Extreme
care must be taken.
Do procedure in a
fume hood. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
-------
Procedure
Potential Exposure
3. Irgalan black
stain mixed with
acetic acid
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
4. 4 ' , 6-diamidino-
2-phenylindol
(DAPI), solution
preparation
Spills, splashing/
inhalation
5. Staining and
filtering DAPI
solution
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
6. Staining and
filtering, Irgalan
black staining
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
7 . Slide
preparation
None
33-2
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
CPE, viton or
rubber gloves, face
shield optional
If practical, do
procedure in a fume
hood. PPE-splash
proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
neoprene or
chlorinated
polyethylene gloves
Do procedure in a
fume hood. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
heavy rubber or
double rubber
gloving. CPE
adequate
If practical, do
procedure in a fume
hood. PPE-splash
proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
heavy rubber or
double rubber
gloving. CPE
adequate
If practical, do
procedure in a fume
hood. PPE-splash
proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
neoprene or
chlorinated
polyethylene gloves
PPE optional. PPE-
safety glasses, lab
coat, rubber gloves
optional. CPE
adequate
-------
33-3
PPB and/or
Procedure Potential Exposure Engineering Controls
8. Analysis None PPE optional. PPE-
lab coat, CPE
adequate
WASTE GENERATION AMD HANDLING
Follow all guidelines in the U.S. EPA's Characterization of Waste
From Standard Analytical Methods.
SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS
Follow biological safety procedures in Chemical Hygiene Safety
Manual. Wash hands thoroughly after procedure completion.
-------
34-1
CHEMICAL HYGIENE SOP
Laboratory Procedure:
Method:
Description:
Chemicals Used:
No. 34
Analysis of phytoplankton
Modified Utermohl
Water samples are examined microscopically
for identification and enumeration.
Potassium iodide, iodine crystals, nitric
acid, hydrogen peroxide, potassium
dichromate, hyrax, acetic acid, formal-
dehyde
Overall Glove Recommendation: Chlorinated Polyethylene (CPE)
SAFETY CONTROLS
Procedure
1 . L u g o 1 ' s
solution, glacial
acetic acid,
potassium iodide,
iodine preparation
2. Addition of
Lugol's to sample
Potential Exposure
Inhalation
Splashing
3 . Sample
preservation with
formaldehyde
Spills, inhalation
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
Do procedure in a
fume hood. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
CPE or butyl gloves
General ventilation
adequate. PPE-
safety glasses, lab
coat, butyl gloves.
All PPE is optional
but recommended in
event of spill
Formaldehyde is a
carcinogen .
Procedure must be
done in the
Designated Area
fume hood. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
viton or butyl
gloves. CPE
adequate
-------
Procedure
4. Analytical
procedure ,
preliminary
screening
5 . Sample
sedimentation,
sedimented counting
6. Diatom analysis,
digestion in
centrifuge with
nitric acid
7. Diatom analysis,
addition of
hydrogen peroxide,
potassium
dichromate, nitric
acid
B. Diatom analysis,
centrifuge
Potential Exposure
None
None
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
Inhalation
34-2
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
PPE optional. PPE-
lab coat/ rubber or
CPE gloves when
handling organisms.
Decontaminate all
surfaces, wash
hands
PPE optional. PPE-
lab coat, rubber or
CPE gloves when
handling organisms.
Decontaminate all
surfaces, wash
hands
Nitric acid is
incompatible with
heat and common
metals. Extreme
care must be taken.
Do procedure in a
fume hood or local
exhaust. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
CPE, viton or
rubber gloves, face
shield optional
Do procedure in a
fume hood or local
exhau s t. Hydrogen
perox ide and
potassium
dichromate are
oxidizers, keep
from flammables.
PPE-splash proof
safety goggles, lab
coat, rubber or CPE
gloves
Use local exhaust
while centrifuging.
PPE-safety glasses,
lab coat, rubber or
CPE gloves
-------
34-3
PPE and/or
Procedure Potential Exposure Engineering Controls
9. Diatom slide Heat (burns) Use insulated
preparation, glove* or tongs
heating on hot handling hot items
plate
10. Addition of None PPE-safety glasses,
hyrax mounting lab coat, rubber or
median CPE gloves
WASTE GENERATION AMD HANDLING
Follow all guidelines in the U.S. EPA's Characterization of Waste
From Standard Analytical Methods.
SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS
Follow all Biosafety Rules in the Chemical Hygiene Safety Manual.
Preservation with formaldehyde must be done with extreme caution.
Wash hands thoroughly after procedure completion.
-------
35-1
Laboratory Procedure:
Method:
Description:
Chemicals Used:
CHEMICAL HYGIENE SOP
No. 35
Analysis of zooplankton
Zooplanlcton are examined microscopically.
Formaldehydei magnesium carbonate, sodium
hypochlorite, polyvinyl lactophenol
Overall Glove Recommendation: Chlorinated Polyethylene (CPE)
SAFETY CONTROLS
Procedure
1. Lugol's solution
preparation
2. Analysis, sub
sample counts
3. Microcrustacean
analysis
4. Sample
preservation with
formaldehyde
Potential Exposure
See SOP No. 34
None
None
Spills, inhalation
5. Rotifer sample
analysis
Biological
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
See SOP No. 34
PPE optional. PPE-
lab coat, rubber or
CPE gloves when
handling samples
PPE optional. PPE-
lab coat, rubber or
CPE gloves when
handling samples
Formaldehyde is a
carcinogen .
Procedure must be
done in the
Designated Area
fume hood. PPB-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
viton, CPE or butyl
gloves
PPE optional. PPE-
lab coat, rubber or
CPE gloves when
handling samples
-------
35-2
WASTE GENERATION AND HANDLING
Follow all guidelines in the U.S. EPA's Characterization of Waste
From Standard Analytical Methods.
SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS
Follow Biosafety Rules in the Chemical Hygiene Safety Manual.
Formaldehyde must be handled with care.
Wash hands thoroughly after procedure completion.
-------
36-1
CHEMICAL HYGIENE SOP
No. 36
Laboratory Procedure: Analysis of total phosphorous
Method: CRL MIN7315
Description:
Chemicals Used:
Organic phosphorous is digested. The
phosphate ions react to form a blue
complex which is determined spectro-
photometrically.
Sulfuric acid, ammonium persulfate,
Levor IV, ammonium molybdate, ascorbic
acid, potassium antimonyl tartrate,
potassium dihydrogen phosphate,
adenosine-5'-monophosphoric acid,
hydrochloric acid
Overall Glove Recommendation: Chlorinated Polyethylene (CPE)
SAFETY CONTROLS
Procedure
1. Sulfuric acid
solution,
preservation of
samples
Potential Exposure
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
2. Ammonium
persulfate solution
preparation
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
Do procedure in a
fume hood. Add
acid slowly, allow
to cool. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
viton, chlorinated
polyethylene,
polyethylene gloves
This material is a
strong oxidizer.
Keep from heat and
flammables. Do
procedure in a fume
hood. PPE-splash
proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
viton, butyl or
neoprene gloves.
CPE adequate
-------
Procedure
3. Working
digestion solution,
sulfuric acid,
solution, ammonium
persulfate solution
Potential Exposure
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
4. Ammonium
molybdate stock
solution
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
5. Ascorbic acid
stock solution
Splashing
inhalation
6 . Potass ium
antimonyl tartrate
stock solution
Spills, inhalation
7. Combined
reagent mix
color
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
36-2
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
Keep from heat and
flammables. Mix
materials
carefully. Do
procedure in a fume
hood. PPE-splash
proof safety
goggles, face
shield, lab coat,
viton gloves. CPE
adequate
Do procedure in a
fume hood. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
rubber gloves (no
data on gloves).
CPE adequate
Do procedure in a
fume hood. PPE-
splash proof
goggles, lab coat,
rubber gloves. CPE
adequate
Do procedure in a
fume hood. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
rubber gloves (no
data on gloves).
CPE adequate
Do procedure in a
fume hood. Follow
instructions for
mixing in lab
procedures. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
rubber gloves. CPE
adequate
-------
Procedure
8. Manifold
dilution water
9 . Stock
phosphorous
calibration
standard, potassium
dihydrogen
phosphate, sulfuric
acid
10. Stock
phosphorous control
standard,
adenozine-5'-
monophosphoric
acid, sulfuric acid
11. Digestion/ wash
glassware with
hydrochloric acid
12. Digestion,
preparation of
calibration
standards
13. Digestion,
heating tubes
. Analysis
Potential Exposure
Splashing
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
Spills, inhalation
Inhalation, heat
(burns)
Inhalation
36-3
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls.
Do procedure in a
fume hood. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
rubber gloves. CPE
adequate
Do procedure in a
fume hood. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
viton gloves. CPE
adequate
Do procedure in a
fume hood. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
viton gloves. CPE
adequate
May cause severe
skin or respiratory
burns. Do
procedure in a fume
hood. PPE-splash
proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
CPE, neoprene or
rubber gloves
Use local exhaust
over operation.
PPE-as outlined for
each standard
Use local exhaust
over operation.
Allow a clean air
purge be fore
opening. Use
insulated gloves
handling hot items
Use local exhaust
over operation.
PPE-as outlined for
each standard
-------
36-4
WASTE GENERATION AND HANDLING
Follow all guidelines in the U.S. EPA's Characterization of Waste
From Standard Analytical Methods.
SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS
Use care preparing digestion solution to prevent violent reactions.
-------
37-1
Laboratory Procedure:
Method:
Description:
Chemicals Used:
CHEMICAL HYGIENE SOP
MO. 37
Determination of calcium, magnesium,
potassium, and sodium.
Flame atomic absorption.
Water samples are analyzed by atomic
absorption.
Nitric acid, hydrochloric acid, calcium
standard, magnesium standard, potassium
standard, sodium standard
Overall Glove Recommendation: Chlorinated Polyethylene (CPE)
SAFETY CONTROLS
Procedure
1 . Sample
preservation with
nitric acid
Potential Exposure
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
2 . Calcium
standards ,
intermediate
standards, working
standards in nitric
acid
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
PPE and/or
Enoineering Controls
Nitric acid is
incompatible with
heat, common metals
and powdered
metals. Extreme
care must be taken.
Do procedure in a
fume hood. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
viton or rubber
gloves, face shield
optional. CPE
adequate
Nitric acid is
incompatible with
heat, common metals
and powdered
metals. Extreme
care must be taken.
Do procedure in a
fume hood. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
viton or rubber
gloves, face shield
optional. CPE
adequate
-------
Procedure
3 . Magne slum
standard,
intermediate
standards, working
standards, in
nitric acid
Potential Exposure
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
4. Potassium
standard,
intermediate
standards, working
standards in nitric
acid
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
5. Sodium standard,
intermediate
standard, working
standards in nitric
acid
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
37-2
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
Nitric acid is
incompatible with
heat, common netals
and powdered
metals. Extreme
care must be taken.
Do procedure in a
fume hood. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
viton or rubber
gloves, face shield
optional. CPE
adequate
Nitric acid is
incompatible with
heat, common metals
and powdered
metals.
Extreme care must
be taken. Do
procedure in a fume
hood. PPE-splash
proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
viton or rubber
gloves, face shield
optional. CPE
adequate
Nitric acid is
incompatible with
heat, common metals
and powdered
metals. Extreme
care must be taken.
Do procedure in a
fume hood. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
viton or rubber
gloves, face shield
optional. CPE
adequate
-------
Procedure
6. Instrument
calibration, burner
operation
Potential Exposure
Heat (burns),
compressed gas
cylinder explosions
7. Instrument
calibration
Inhalation, spills
8. Analytical
procedure washing
with hydrochloric
acid
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
WASTE GENERATION AMD HANDLING
37-3
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
Keep combustibles
away from operating
area. Acetylene
tank must be secure
and upright.
Follow all safety
procedures in
Compressed Gas
Association
Pamphlet P-l
Do as many
procedures as
possible in a fume
hood or use
exhausting during
operation. PPE-
safety glasses or
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
rubber gloves. CPE
adequate
May cause severe
skin or respiratory
burns. Do
procedure in a fume
hood. PPE-splash
proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
neoprene or rubber
gloves. CPE
adequate
Follow all guidelines in the U.S. EPA's Characterization of Waste
From Standard Analytical Methods.
SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS
None
-------
38-1
CHEMICAL HYGIENE SOP
No. 38
Determination of total calcium,
magnesium/ potassium, and sodium
ICAP
Water samples are analyzed by ICAP.
Nitric acid, plasma grade standards:
calcium, magnesium, potassium, sodium
Overall Glove Recommendation: Chlorinated Polyethylene (CPE)
Laboratory Procedure:
Method:
Description:
Chemicals Used:
SAFETY CONTROLS
Procedure
1. Nitric acid
handling,
dilutions, sample
preservation
Potential Exposure
Spills, splashing,
inhalation, heating
2. Calcium
None
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
Nitric acid is
incompatible with
heat and most
common metals and
powdered me ta1s.
Extreme care must
be used when
heating. Do
procedure in a fume
hood. PPE-splash
proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
viton gloves, face
shield. CPE
adequate
Do procedure in a
fume hood. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
rubber glove (data
inconclusive on
gloves). CPE
adequate
-------
38-2
Procedure
3. Potassium
Potential Exposure
Inhalation
4. Sodium
Inhalation
5. Magnesium
Inhalation
6. AROO standard
preparation in
nitric acid
Spills, splashing,
inhalation, heating
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
Do procedure in a
fume hood. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
rubber gloves (data
inconclusive on
gloves). CPE
adequate
Do procedure in a
fume hood. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
rubber gloves (data
inconclusive on
gloves). CPE
adequate
Do procedure in a
fume hood. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
rubber gloves {data
inconclusive on
gloves). CPE
adequate
Nitric acid is
incompatible with
heat and most
common metals and
powdered metals.
Extreme care must
be used when
heating. Do
procedure in a fume
hood. PPE-splash
proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
rubber gloves (acid
is diluted) . CPE
adequate
-------
Procedure
7. AR01 standard
preparation ,
calcium, magnesium
in nitric acid
Potential Exposure
Spills, splashing,
inhalation, heating
8. Lab control
standards, high and
low
Inhalation
splashing
9. Intermediate
solution and
dilution,
magnesium, calcium,
in nitric acid
Inhalation
splashing
38-3
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
Nitric acid is
incompatible with
heat and most
common metals and
powdered metals.
Extreme care must
be used when
heating. Do
procedure in a fume
hood. PPE-splash
proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
rubber gloves (acid
is diluted). CPE
adequate
Nitric acid is
incompatible with
heat and most
common metals and
powdered metals.
Extreme care must
be used when
heating. Do
procedure in a fume
hood. PPE-splash
proo f safety
goggles, lab coat,
rubber gloves (acid
is diluted). CPE
adequate
Nitric acid is
incompatible with
heat and most
common metals and
powdered metals.
Extreme care must
be used when
heating. Do
procedure in a fume
hood. PPE-splash
proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
rubber gloves (acid
is diluted). CPE
adequate
-------
38-4
PPE and/or
Procedure Potential Exposure Engineering Controls
10. Analytical Inhalation Do as much as
procedures , practical under a
calibrations, etc. fume hood or a
local exhaust vent.
Avoid breathing
fumes. PPE-safety
glasses or splash
proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
rubber gloves. CPE
adequate
WASTE GENERATION AND HANDLING
Follow all guidelines in the U.S. EPA's Characterization of Waste
From Standard Analytical Methods.
SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS
Many standards used are carcinogenic or very poisonous. Extreme
care must be taken when handling these materials. Follow all
procedures carefully in the analytical procedure manual.
Nitric acid used in these procedures is dilute enough to most
likely not react with metals and heat. However, care must still be
used.
-------
39-1
Laboratory Procedure:
Method:
Description:
Chemicals Used:
CHEMICAL HYGIENE SOP
No 39
Liquid / liquid water extraction
capture
Not yet determined.
Methylene chloride
Overall Glove Recommendation: Choice of below.
SAFETY CONTROLS
Procedure
Use of methylene
chloride
Potential Exposure
Spills, splashing,
inhalation,
flammable
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
Concentrated vapors
can be ignited by
high heat source or
flame. Material is
a suspected
carcinogen .
Procedure must be
done in the
Designated Area
fume hood. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
viton, polyvinyl
alcohol or neoprene
gloves. These
should offer
adequate protection
WASTE GENERATION AND HANDLING
Follow all guidelines in the U.S. EPA's Characterization of Waste
From Standard Analytical Methods.
SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS
-------
39-1
CHEMICAL HYCIEKE SOP
NO. 39
Laboratory Procedure:
Method:
Description:
Liquid / Liquid Water Extraction
Capture
Extraction
Particulate free water is passed
through an agitated chamber containing
dichloromethane (DCM). The DCM settles
from effluent water back into the
mixing chamber and the extracted water
flows to waste.
Chemicals Used:
Methylene Chloride (DCM)
resi-analyzed methanol
3,5 dichlorobiphenyl
2,3,5,6 tetrachlorobiphenyl
2,3,4,4',5,6 hexachlorobiphenyl
SAFETY CONTROLS
Procedure
Use of methylene
chloride
Potential Exposure
Spills, splashing,
inhalation, flammable
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
Concentrated vapors
can be ignited by
high heat source or
flame. Material is
a suspected carcin-
ogen. Procedure
must be done in the
designated area
fume hood. PPE -
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
viton, polyvinyl
alcohol or neoprene
gloves. These
should offer
adequate protection
-------
39-2
Use of methanol Spills,splashing, Methanol is flam-
flammable, inhal- mable. Keep away
lation from ignition
sources. Perform
procedure in fume
hood. PPE - splash
proof goggles, lab
coat, rubber or ne-
oprene gloves.
Use of PCB Spills, inhal- Suspected
standards lation, skin, Carcinogen. Avoid
eye contact. breathing vapor
or mist. PPE-
lab coat, splash
goggles, neoprene
gloves suggested.
Perform in area
fume hood.
WASTE GENERATION AND HANDLING
Reagents containing methylene chloride must be disposed of as
hazardous waste. Follow all guidelines in the U.S. EPA's
Characterization of Waste From Standard Analytical Methods.
Disposal of PCBs is strictly regulated by the federal government.
All waste residues containing PCBs (e.g. wiping cloths, absorbent
material, used disposable protective gloves, clothing, etc.) should
be collected, placed in proper containers, marked and disposed of
in the manner prescribed by EPA regulations (See 40 CFR Part 761).
Consult these regulations prior to any disposal of PCBs.
SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS
Keep containers closed when not in use.
Wash hands thoroughly after procedure completion.
-------
40-1
CHEMICAL HYGIENE SOP
NO. 40
Laboratory Procedure:
Method:
Description:
Sampling for PCB Congeners
Filtration
Water is pumped to deck of research
vessel through a hose. Water is then
carried through a filtration system to
remove the particulate phase. The
filtrate is stored for later processing
and analysis.
Chemicals Used:
Acetone
SAFETY CONTROLS
Procedure
Wash carboys and
parts in Acetone
Potential Exposure
Spills, Splashing,
Inhalation, Fire
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
Acetone is Flammable.
Do procedure in a
fume hood when
possible. Keep from
ignition sources. PPE
Splash proof goggles,
lab coat, rubber or
neoprene gloves.
Check work area with
properly calibrated
LEL meter when
cleaning carboys
outside fume hood.
Stop if greater than
10% LEL for Acetone.
WASTE GENERATION AND HANDLING
Reagents containing acetone must be disposed of as hazardous waste.
Follow all guidelines in the U.S. EPA's Characterization of Waste
From Standard Analytical Methods.
-------
40-2
SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS
Use care in handling flammables. Keep containers closed when not
in use.
Wash hands thoroughly after procedure completion.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX M
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE- Iof51
APPENDIX M: GLNPO OCCUPANT EMERGENCY PLAN/FIRE PREVENTION
PLAN
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page No.
CHAPTER 1 - GENERAL
1. General 3
2. Authority 3
3. Applicability 3
4. Annual Review 3
CHAPTER 2 - ORGANIZATION
1. Responsibilities 4
2. Advisory Committee 4
3. Coordinator 4
4. Occupants 4
5. Basic Functions 5
6. Succession to Command 5
7. Vessel/Building Sheet 7
CHAPTER 3 - DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES
1. Designated Official's Duties 8
2. Deputy Designed Official's Duties 9
3. Occupant Emergency Coordinator 9
4. Area Coordinators 10
5. Zone Monitor 11
6. Stairway/Elevator Monitor 12
7. Medical Officer 12
8. First-Aid Monitor 13
9. Fire Marshal 13
10. Fire Protection Monitors 13
11. Utilities Officer 14
12. Utilities Control Team 14
13. Bomb Search & Reconnaissance Officer 14
14. Bomb Search Team 15
15. Supply Officer 15
16. Supply Assistants 16
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX M
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 2 of 51
17. Welfare Officer 16
18. Welfare Assistant 16
CHAPTER 4 - TRAINING
1. General 16
2. Prior Experience 16
3. Civil Defense Training for Federal Employees 16
4. Education Program 17
5. Drills 17
CHAPTER 5 - WARNING AND ALARM SYSTEMS
1. Civil Defense Warning Signals 17
2. Disaster Alarm Signals 18
3. Communications 18
CHAPTER 6 - EMERGENCY AND EVACUATION PROCEDURES
1. Control Center 18
2. Emergency Procedures 19
3. Evacuation Procedures 19
A. Fire in the Facility 19
B. Bomb Threats and Civil Disorder 21
C. Instruction Sheet for Initial Bomb Threat Report 24
D. Bomb Threat Data Report 26
E. Instruction Sheet for Follow-up Report 28
F. Demonstrations 31
G. Explosions 32
H. Chemical Accidents 33
I. Severe Windstorms 34
J. Earthquakes 34
K. Enemy Attack 36
L. Panic 37
M. Physical Security of Facilities Alert Guidelines 38
N. Emergency Procedures [includes Fire Prevention (29 CFR 1910.38)] 39
O. Occupant Emergency Personnel 49
P. Protection Plan Personnel 50
Q. Personnel to be Contacted in Event of Emergency 51
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX M
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 3 of 51
CHAPTER 1: GENERAL
1. General. The Great Lakes National Program Office has an inherent responsibility
to minimize the danger to life and property arising from the effects of bomb threats,
bombs, enemy attack, fire, explosion, earthquake, serious weather disturbances, civil
disturbances, and other disasters affecting the R/V Lake Guardian. To cope with
these conditions, GLNPO requires the development of an occupant emergency plan
and fire prevention plan in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.38. This plan is effective
upon receipt and for execution upon direction of the Designated Official and/or
Director of Facilities.
2. Authority. The Great Lakes National Program Office has the authority to protect
life and property in their owned and occupied buildings or vessels, and is
responsible for the development of emergency preparedness and prevention
programs.
3. Applicability. The responsibilities and procedures in this plan apply to all
property under the charge and control of the Great Lakes National Program Office
and to all persons entering in or on such property. Each occupant shall be
responsible for the observance of these rules and regulations.
This plan will be made known to all property occupants by:
• Posting alarm signals on bulletin boards.
• Posting evacuation routes on bulletin boards.
• Posting a listing of protection personnel on bulletin boards.
• Distributing emergency instructions to all personnel and contractors.
4. Annual Review.
a. It is the responsibility of all Facility Occupant Emergency Officials to
keep the roster of personnel current and to perform, in conjunction
with all protection personnel, an annual review of the plan.
b. During this annual review, any recommended changes, additions, and
deletions will be submitted. However, pertinent changes should be
submitted as they occur.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX M
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 4 of 51
c. The Designated Official will transmit the required changes to the plan
to all protection officials.
d. Contractors are responsible for printing and distributing copies of the
Occupant Emergency Plan to their personnel.
CHAPTER 2: ORGANIZATION
1. Responsibilities
a. The establishment of the Protection Organization is a joint
responsibility of all personnel and contractors. The R/V Lake Guardian
ship operating contractor, the full-time occupants of R/V Lake Guardian,
and the contract Chemical Hygiene Officer (CHO), will be responsible for
providing the direction for implementation of the Occupant
Emergency Plan. Personnel for the Organization will be recruited on
an equitable basis from among all ship-board occupants prior to each
cruise.
b. To the extent possible and as conditions permit, GLNPO will install and
maintain protective equipment, such as warning devices, alarm systems,
and fire-fighting apparatus and will provide employee training for the
operation of the equipment.
2. Advisory Committee. An advisory committee will be established to assist in the
development of various phases of the Plan. The committee will consist of a
representative from each agency who is assigned the responsibility for the
development of the plan.
3. Coordinator. An official of GLNPO or the ship operating contractor will be the
Coordinator for GLNPO vessels. The Coordinator is responsible for providing
leadership, assistance, and follow-up to ensure establishment, implementation, and
continuity of the Plan. He will provide information and guidance, advise on
establishing the Organization, and will assist the Designated Official in recruiting
qualified personnel for technical services such as utilities control and for making
arrangements for training organization personnel.
4.
Occupants. Occupants will acquaint themselves with the alarm system and
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX M
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 5 of 51
emergency instructions. All occupants are expected to react to alarms promptly and
follow the directions of Organization personnel during an emergency.
5. Basic Functions. Personnel will perform the following functions:
a. Evacuation of Occupants. This function provides for the planned and
directed evacuation of all occupants in the event of an emergency. This
is performed under the direction of the Occupant Emergency
Coordinator assisted by the Area Coordinators and their assistants.
b. Fire Protection. This function provides for the fighting and control of
fires (small fires) before the arrival of local fire-fighting forces. This is
performed by fire protection personnel designated by the R/V Lake
Guardian Station Bill.
c. First Aid. This function provides for emergency medical treatment by
personnel trained in administering first aid. It is performed by the
Medical Officer assisted by a First Aid Team.
d. Utilities Control. This function provides for control of utilities in the
event of an emergency. It includes the control of all electrical and
mechanical equipment; water, gas, and steam valves and conduits;
power switches, ventilation and refrigeration devices; and any other
such equipment in the facility. Personnel employed in maintenance
and facility operations will be assigned to this function under the
direction of the Utilities Officer.
e. Bomb Search and Reconnaissance. This function provides for the
handling of bomb threats, bomb searches, and reconnaissance.
6. Succession to Command. To provide continuity, certain persons are designated
to command should the Designated Official be unable to discharge the duties and
responsibilities of that position. The succession to command is as follows
(descriptions on page 8):
a. Alternate Designated Official
b. Deputy Designated Official
c. Alternate Deputy Designated Official
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX M
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 6 of 51
d. Ocoipant Emergency Coordinator
e. Alternate Occupant Emergency Coordinator
f. Fire Marshal
g. Alternate Fire Marshal
h. Bomb Search and Reconnaissance Officer
i. Alternate Bomb Search and Reconnaissance Officer
j. Utilities Officer
k. Alternate Utilities Officer
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX M
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 7 of 51
7.0 Vessel/Building Sheet
Location: 24 Sixth Street
Bay City Michigan, 48708
Name: U.S. EPA, GLNPO R/V Lake Guardian
Construction:
Length 180'
Beam 40'
Draft 11'
Berthing Capacity 42
Cruising Speed 12 Kts.
Fuel Consumption 110 GPH
Number of Occupants: 42 maximum
a. Area Coordinators
b. Zone Monitors
c. Ground Floor Exit Monitors
d. First-Aid Monitors
Range
Endurance
2 Main Engines
2 Propellers
3 Generators
2 Radars
6000 miles
15-30 days
1150 HP
4 blade stainless
135 KW
40 Mile capability
e. Fire Protection Monitors
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX M
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 8 of 51
CHAPTER 3: DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES
1. Designated Official's Duties. The Designated Official is responsible for:
• developing the Plan to protect life and property and to minimize
damage in the event of a civil defense emergency or other disaster
• coordinating such planning with the Director of Facilities, tenant agency
officials, and the local civil defense director
• selecting, organizing, and training an adequate staff to conduct the
emergency operations required by the facility's Plan
• directing and supervising the activities of the occupants during an
enforced stay within the facility. The Designated Official performs the
following duties:
a. Ensures that the basic provisions of the Plan are disseminated to all
persons employed in the facility.
b. Requests the Director of Facilities to assist in planning for, obtaining,
and installing necessary alarm systems, and in selecting qualified
emergency service personnel.
c. Establishes and reports to a control point from which the activities
of the Organization may be directed in an emergency.
d. Maintains liaison and cooperates with the principal officers of the
tenant agencies, or their designees, on problems arising in the
selection and training of tenant agency employees for the
Organization.
e. Arranges for posting, on appropriate bulletin boards, a roster of
Organization personnel who have responsibility for in-shelter or
other emergency operations.
f. Takes all necessary actions to ensure that the facility's Organization
operates safely and efficiently in emergencies.
g. Exercises command responsibility for the orderly movement of all
personnel (including non-tenants) in accordance with the Plan.
h. Maintains liaison with the local civil defense director and local fire
and police departments.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX M
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 9 of 51
i. Ensures that appropriate training courses are provided and that
arrangements are made for obtaining assistance from the Red Cross,
local fire and police departments and other sources, as required, to
train the Organization staff.
j. With the assistance of the Director of Facilities, coordinates
arrangements for, and directs, fire and bomb evacuation drills.
k. Arranges for and supervises the storage of required supplies and
equipment in the facility.
1. Conducts periodic inspections in the facility.
m. Directs all shelter management operations when fallout shelters
are occupied.
n. Works closely and cooperates with the local or state civil defense
director in all matters involving the facility's Plan, organization or
operations.
2. Deputy Designated Official's Duties. The Deputy Designated Official will work
closely with the Designated Official and will assume all duties of the Designated
Official in the Designated Official's absence or if the Designated Official is
incapacitated for any reason.
3. Occupant Emergency Coordinator. The Occupant Emergency Coordinator is
responsible for supervising and expediting the planned and controlled movement
of all occupants in an emergency. Under the general direction of the Designated
Official, the Coordinator serves as head of the Personnel Movement Service (Area
Coordinators, etc.) and performs the follow duties:
a. Plans personnel movement routes and establishes movement
procedures to effect the personnel movement provisions of the
Plan.
b. Assures that all Organization personnel responsible for occupant
evacuation conduct an evacuation route search for suspicious items
or hazardous conditions BEFORE any occupants are permitted to
pass through public areas.
c. Trains, and designates in writing, all Area Coordinators.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX M
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 10 of 51
d. Develops standard forms of facility protection assignments to be
used by Area Coordinators.
e. Supervises and directs movement of personnel during drills and
actual emergencies in accordance with the Occupant Emergency
Plan.
f. Assures that all occupants, including members of the Organization,
comply with procedures indicated by the alarm signals as specified
by the Plan.
g. Reports to the control center during actual emergencies.
4. Area Coordinators. The Area Coordinators are assigned by and under the
direction of the Occupant Emergency Coordinator. The Area Coordinators act as a
liaison and focal contact point between the Zone Monitors and the Occupant
Emergency Coordinator. Area Coordinators assume supervision of all protection
personnel in the area and expedite the evacuation of personnel from their assigned
area. Duties include the following:
a. Establishing contact with all Zone Monitors within their area of
responsibility.
b. During drills or actual emergencies, maintaining a clear line of
communication between the Occupant Emergency Coordinator and
Zone Monitors.
c. Maintaining a current roster of all self-protection personnel.
d. Assuring that evacuation routes are clearly identified, posted on
bulletin boards, and well known to the regular occupants of the
area.
e. Assuring that evacuation procedures are well known to all regular
occupants of the area.
f. Directing the calm and orderly flow of personnel during drills or
actual emergencies along the prescribed evacuation routes.
g. Immediately establishing an alternate route of evacuation if a bomb,
suspicious item or other hazardous condition is discovered along
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX M
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 11 of 51
the normal route of evacuation. No part of a straight line route will
be used if a suspicious item or other hazard is found within a
corridor, stairwell, passageway, wing, etc.
h. Assuring that Fire Protection Monitors know the location of their
duty stations, location of fire-fighting equipment in their area of
responsibility, and the alarm signals which will direct them to their
stations.
i. Coordinating the activities of Zone Monitors, Stairway Monitors,
Fire Protection Monitors, and First-Aid Monitors.
j. Maintaining a current roster of personnel with evacuation
assignments by listing name, emergency assignment, telephone
number, and duly informing the Occupant Emergency Coordinator
of any changes to the roster. The roster form is provided by the
Occupant Emergency Coordinator.
k. Immediately reporting fires in his/her area to the Control Center
and Occupant Emergency Coordinator.
1. Reporting to the Control Center after evacuation has been
completed.
5. Zone Monitor. Under the direction of the Area Coordinator, the Zone Monitor
supervises and expedites the evacuation of personnel from his assigned section of
the area. Duties include:
a. Assuring that evacuation routes are clearly identified and are well
known to the regular occupants.
b. Directing the calm and orderly flow of personnel during drills or
actual emergencies along prescribed evacuation routes.
c. Immediately establishing an alternate route of evacuation if a bomb,
suspicious item or other hazardous condition is discovered along
the normal route of evacuation.
d. Appointing a column leader to guide personnel along prescribed
evacuation routes to an area specified by the Area Coordinator.
e. Assuring that all personnel have vacated their areas when required.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX M
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 12 of 51
f. Assuring that rooms are vacated, windows and doors closed, and
electrical appliances switched off in appropriate areas during fire
evacuations.
g. Assuring that windows and doors remain open and lights remain
on during bomb threat evacuations.
6. Stair way /Elevator Monitor. Under the direction of the Area Coordinator, the
Stairway/Elevator Monitor controls the movement of personnel in the stairway.
Duties include:
a. Keeping the stairwell open.
b. Keeping personnel moving calmly and steadily, at a walking pace,
and not permitting them to run.
c. Closing doors after all personnel in line have passed through and
leaving the post only after the last person in line has passed through
the door.
d. Controlling and/or restricting the use of passenger elevators by
personnel.
7. Medical Officer. The Medical Officer serves as head of the Health and First-Aid
Service. The officer is responsible for training and equipping all personnel assigned
to perform medical or first-aid services in an emergency and supervising emergency
first-aid or medical self-help operations within the facility during an emergency.
Duties include:
a. Arranging with the American Red Cross or other sources for first-
aid and medical self-help training for all Organization personnel
who require such training.
b. Supervising the selection of first-aid or medical treatment areas in
shelters and elsewhere as required.
c. Directing first-aid or medical self-help operations and controlling
access to medical supplies, as required, to assure their proper use,
conservation, and availability for emergency use.
d. Establishing policies and rules governing the emergency treatment
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX M
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 13 of 51
of ill and injured persons, maintaining adequate sanitation and
hygienic standards, and all other matters relating to emergency
health, hygiene and medical activities during an emergency or
during the occupation of an emergency shelter.
e. Inspecting the storage and handling of food and drinking water in
emergency shelters.
8. First-Aid Monitor. Under the direction of the Medical Officer, the First-Aid
Monitor administers immediate first-aid to injured personnel. Duties include:
a. Knowing the location of medical supplies and treatment areas.
b. Administering first-aid to injured persons.
c. Knowing the extent and type of first-aid to be administered in an
emergency situation and whom to notify if more treatment is
needed.
d. Reporting to the Emergency Treatment Center to assist the Medical
Officer in the absence of injured persons and after all occupants
have been evacuated.
9. Fire Marshal. The Fire Marshal organizes fire-fighting teams for initial fire-
fighting operations. Duties include:
a. Providing fire-fighting instructions through available sources.
b. Assuring that fire fighters know their stations, locations of fire-
fighting equipment in their area of responsibility, and the alarm
signals which direct them to their duty stations.
c. Deploying fire-fighting personnel to fire areas to extinguish or
contain fires pending the arrival of other fire-fighting forces and
cooperating with such forces as directed.
10. Fire Protection Monitors. Fire Protection Monitors may operate hand-type fire
extinguishers if provided with yearly training. Duties include:
a. Knowing the types of fires and appropriate extinguishers to use in
fighting them.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX M
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 14 of 51
b. Being familiar with the location, operation and capacity of fire
extinguishers in an assigned area.
c. Recognizing alarm signals, and then taking appropriate action.
d. Using care in the operation of fire extinguishers to avoid
unnecessary damage to personnel, equipment and records.
11. Utilities Officer. The Utilities Officer is responsible for controlling facilities and
vessel utilities during an emergency. The Utilities Officer serves as head of the
Utilities Control Team and performs the following duties:
a. Establishes a plan to attend to mechanical devices; ventilation,
water, gas and steam valves; power switches, etc. during an
emergency.
b. Dispatches individuals or teams, at the sound of emergency alarms,
to predetermined control points for preplanned or directed action.
c. Reports to the Control Center during emergencies.
12. Utilities Control Team. Under the direction of the Utilities Officer, the Utilities
Control Team is responsible for controlling utilities in a facility or on board a vessel
during an emergency. The Utilities Control Team reports to the Utilities Officer
during emergencies.
13. Bomb Search and Reconnaissance Officer. The Bomb Search and
Reconnaissance Officer is responsible for recruiting, organizing, training and
equipping personnel assigned to bomb search activities. He shall establish contact
with bomb disposal units of local law enforcement agencies and with the U.S. Army
Explosive Ordnance Disposal Detachment in his area. The duties and
responsibilities of the Bomb Search and Reconnaissance Officer are as follows:
a. Ascertaining the structural composition of the facility or vessel to
determine the possible effects of explosion.
b. Establishing a cascade telephone system to alert all team members
begin implementation of a building or vessel search.
c. Coordinating search activities with local law enforcement search
teams and/or the U.S. Army Explosive Ordnance Disposal
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX M
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 15 of 51
Detachment in his area.
d. Before personnel are evacuated, validating the probability that a
suspicious item is most likely a bomb, time permitting.
14. Bomb Search Team. Members function under the direction of the Bomb Search
and Reconnaissance Officer. However, they work directly with the Area
Coordinator in their respective areas. Members are generally selected from those
positions within the responsibility of the Occupant Emergency Coordinator. Duties
include:
a. Searching assigned areas for bombs, suspicious packages and items
that do not fit their surroundings.
b. Immediately reporting any suspicious items to the Area
Coordinator who, in turn, relays the information to the Bomb
Search and Reconnaissance Officer.
c. Reporting to the Area Coordinator when the search has been
completed.
15. Supply Officer. The Supply Officer is responsible for the care of, and issuance to
appropriate officials, all supplies, especially essential stocks of food, water, medical
supplies, and sanitation equipment. He/she serves as head of the Supply Service
and performs the following functions associated with emergency shelter
management. Duties include:
a. Planning and scheduling distribution of supplies to appropriate
leaders and regulates consumption in conformance with established
emergency shelter management policy.
b. Procuring, as available and to the extent storage space permits,
desirable items over and above basic stocking, through local
government or other appropriate sources.
c. Establishing a program regulating the acceptance and storage of
issued supplies and personnel supplies; maintaining an up-to-date
inventory of all supplies and equipment; providing for and
maintaining security storage of such material, and issuance of daily
rations, medicines and other items to appropriate Organization
officials.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX M
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 16 of 51
d. Training Supply Assistants in sufficient numbers to expedite the
supply functions of die Plan.
16. Supply Assistants. The Supply Assistants assist the Supply Officer in the
performance of his duties.
17. Welfare Officer. The Welfare Officer is responsible for the organization and
training of a staff who will provide for registration of emergency shelter occupants
and their subsequent needs, such as unit feeding, billeting, recreation, information
and religious requirements.
18. Welfare Assistants. The Welfare Assistants assist the Welfare Officer in meeting
the feeding, billeting, recreation, information and religious requirements of
emergency shelter occupants.
CHAPTER 4: TRAINING
1. General. A continuing program of training and education for all Organization
personnel is imperative to ensure maximum effectiveness of the Organization.
Personnel who are assigned duties and responsibilities in the Organization will
require and be given specific training in the skills necessary to perform their
assigned functions, e.g., first-aid, fire fighting, etc. The Designated Official, Director
of Facilities, Fire Marshal, and each Area Coordinator, will be responsible for
planning and arranging training (including periodic refresher training) of
personnel appointed to the Organization. Such training must be sufficiently
extensive to develop and maintain proficiency on the part of each person in order
that all emergency duties may be accomplished rapidly and effectively.
2. Prior Experience. In order to minimize training requirements, whenever
possible, personnel will be appointed to the Emergency Organization on the basis of
prior experience. Personnel who have previously served in similar organizations
will be utilized to the fullest extent possible. In addition, personnel will be
considered for appointment on the basis of qualifications deriving from their
normal occupations (i.e., medical personnel, building maintenance, etc.).
3. Civil Defense Training for Federal Employees.
a. Executive Order No. 1052 of April 22,1954 (19 F.R. 2379; 3 CFR) provides
that heads of Federal agencies may authorize personnel of their respective
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX M
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 17 of 51
agencies to participate in civil defense training programs and test exercises
in cooperation with any state or political subdivision. Federal employees
may be released for periods of up to 40 working hours during any calendar
year for the purpose of receiving such civil defense training under the
provision of the Executive Order.
b. Each tenant agency is responsible for assuring that those of its
employees who have been assigned duties within the Organization are
available for appropriate training.
4. Educational Program. The Designated Official will assure that all personnel are
kept informed concerning the general nature and concepts of the Plan and specific
actions which all individuals are required to take under the Plan. Information
furnished to the employees will be clear and concise. Video may be used
periodically to advise all employees concerning necessary individual survival
preparation and actions.
5. Drills. Organization personnel and facility or vessel occupants will participate in
drills that will familiarize them with the actions they are expected to follow in the
case of an emergency. Evacuation drills will be conducted periodically under the
direction of the Designated Official and Director of Facilities. Drills will be
announced in advance. After they are conducted, they should be documented in
the ship's log.
Chapter 5: WARNING AND ALARM SYSTEMS
1. Civil Defense Warning Signals. The local government is responsible for
disseminating civil defense warnings to the public. This is achieved through a
system of centrally-controlled outdoor sirens. There are two civil defense warning
signals:
a. ALERT Signal. This is a steady tone or blast lasting three to five minutes
which signals the broadcast of essential emergency information. Occupants
will receive further instructions from the public address system.
b. ATTACK Warning Signal. This is a wavering tone or series of short blasts
lasting three to five minutes signaling that an attack against the country has
been detected. Upon hearing this warning, personnel should take the best
shelter available and keep away from windows. Upon orders from the Area
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX M
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 18 of 51
Coordinator, all occupants will proceed to the shelter area.
c. Signals within the Facility. A complete warning system has been devised
for the FV Lake Guardian to operate manually by means of the General
Alarm Switch, the Fire Alarm Switch, and the Public Address system located
on the ship's bridge. Also, See the Station Bill in Chapter 8, Attachment 8.1.
2. Disaster Alarm Signals. A non-civil defense disaster will be signaled within the
facility.
a. Fire Alarm. This is a fire alarm signal and a public address system
announcement which informs occupants of the fire's location and instructs
employees either to relocate or to complete the facility's evacuation. If the
facility is evacuated, individuals should clear the immediate area around the
facility and wait for verbal instructions from Organization officials.
b. Other Alarms. A rapid ringing of the ship's bell and a continuous ringing
of general alarm bells for a period of about ten seconds (in accordance with
the ship's station bill), followed by an oral alarm will be used to warn
personnel of natural or other disasters. Natural disasters include
earthquakes, floods and windstorms. Other disasters include explosions,
escape of lethal gases, civil disturbances and bomb threats.
3. Communications Requirements. In collaboration with the Director of Facilities,
the Designated Official will arrange for communication of warnings within the
facility or vessel. Specific provisions will be made for informing all occupants of
the existence of different warning signals, their meanings and what actions are to be
taken. Warning signals will be tested on a regular schedule to ensure that the
equipment is working properly. Drills should be scheduled often enough to enable
the occupants to instantly recognize the sound and meaning of all warnings and to
automatically take appropriate action.
CHAPTER 6: EMERGENCY AND EVACUATION PROCEDURES
1. Control Center. The Control Center on the R/V Lake Guardian is located on the
Bridge and is designated as the location that will be utilized by the Organization.
All Organization personnel must know the telephone number and location of the
Control Center in order for communications to be established in an emergency.
During any period of emergency shelter occupancy, either prior to enemy attack or
natural disaster, or subsequent to attack due to radioactive fallout, the Control
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX M
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 19 of 51
Center may be shifted to O2 Level.
Emergency Procedures.
a. Upon notification by the Designated Official, the Organization will inform
the occupants of the emergency. Emergency actions are stated at the end of
Chapter 6 of this Appendix.
b. It is important that the emergency procedures be known in advance so
immediate action can be taken. Delays caused by reviewing instructions
after the alarm has sounded could cause injury or death, which might be
avoided if the occupants were familiar with instructions in advance.
3. Evacuation Procedures.
a. Under no circumstances should an evacuation take place due to a bomb
threat without the evacuation route first being searched for bombs or
suspicious items.
b. Evacuation may be required because of an emergency. Normally, the
Designated Official will decide whether one area, various areas, or all areas
will be evacuated. The Area Coordinator may decide to evacuate the area
if there is an emergency and he/she thinks there is insufficient time to
counsel the Designated Official. In some cases, the Area Coordinator will
be forewarned and will instruct the occupants to line up in the corridor at
the stairways.
c. The Designated Official will inform each Area Coordinator of the existence
of an emergency, its location, sequence of evacuation, and if the
evacuation will be partial or complete.
1. A partial evacuation will involve only the necessary area(s) and will
be accomplished at the direction of the Area Coordinator.
2. A complete evacuation involves all areas. If there is an emergency
in an area which requires a complete evacuation, the area in which
the emergency exists will be evacuated immediately, i.e., the disaster
floor or deck would be evacuated immediately, followed by other
areas in accordance with the ship's Station Bill.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX M
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 20 of 51
A - Fire In The Facility
I. Major Fire. A major fire is one which CANNOT be easily extinguished by the
use of a portable fire extinguisher.
2. Minor Fire. A minor fire is one which CAN be extinguished by the use of a
portable fire extinguisher.
3. When a major fire is discovered, the employee will activate the nearest fire
alarm box and may call 911 on any of the ship's telephones to report the fire.
Supervisors will ensure that all employees know the locations of alarm boxes and
telephone systems in their area. The alarm boxes and 911 emergency systems are
tied into the Bridge.
4. After an employee activates the fire alarm, the Area Coordinator should be
contacted and given the location of the fire.
5. The Area Coordinator will contact the Designated Official and the Fire Marshall,
who will then decide whether evacuation will be partial or complete. The Control
Center will notify the Occupant Emergency Coordinator, who in turn will contact
the Area Coordinator if any evacuation is to take place. The Area Coordinator may
decide to evacuate the facility or vessel if, in their judgment, there is not sufficient
time to contact the Designated Official.
6. The Fire Protection Monitors will use fire extinguishers to control small fires. In
case of a major fire, the Zone Monitor will warn persons in the immediate vicinity
to evacuate the affected area.
7. Immediately upon hearing the alarm, personnel will not activate the ventilating
system, nor will it be automatically activated.
8. Occupants will take the following action when the fire alarm is sounded:
a. Proceed as specified by the ship's Station Bill.
b. Obey the instructions of the Area Coordinator and the monitors.
c. Proceed into the stairway or exit in an orderly manner as directed by the
Stairway Monitor.
d. Walk to the 0-2 deck, or any alternate area specified by the Area
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX M
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 21 of 51
Coordinator and stay in formation.
e. If the facility is completely evacuated, wait for instructions from
Organization officials.
f. If time and safety permit, place classified documents in a safe or secure
location; put exposed records in cabinets or desk drawers or spread covers
over the records to protect them; and disconnect electrical equipment. The
last person to leave the room closes, but does not lock, the door.
g. Evacuation will utilize the routes shown on the evacuation floor plan
which is posted in the Captain's office, the galley, and in the passageways
of all labs. The nature of the emergency may require an alternate route.
h. Upon evacuation, each Area Coordinator will report to the Occupant
Emergency Coordinator located at the Emergency Control Center.
Information given by the Area Coordinator will help keep organization
officials aware of the progress of the evacuation.
i. If a partial or complete evacuation has been ordered, personnel will
exit according to the evacuation plan. In all cases, personnel will obey the
Area Coordinator's and Monitor's instructions.
B - Bomb Threats and Civil Disorder
1. Guides. The following guides are established to assist in preparing for and
minimizing the effects of emergencies.
a. Protection of Priority Locations. Locations requiring priority protection
(switchboards, teletype centers, heating plants, etc.) should be identified in
advance and arrangements should made for protection of these locations.
Consideration should be given to the use of existing heavy monumental-
type metal doors, gates, etc., when available, as physical barriers to deter
unauthorized entry of selected priority locations.
(1) Planning and Inspecting. Survey the premises of specific
occupants,whose locations have or may reasonably be expected to be
the site of civil disorders or demonstrations, to determine if some
entrances to the area should be closed, and if door latches are
adequate and tamper resistant, if the site lends itself to installation
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX M
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 22 of 51
of practical types of intrusion and fire alarm systems, or to the
installation of automatic fire extinguishing systems to minimize
fire losses and deter vandalism.
(2) Suspicious Actions. All personnel, particularly guards and vessel
personnel, shall be alerted to observe and report immediately any
threats and all suspicious-looking persons, packages or equipment.
(3) Building Service Spaces. All doors to service areas, such as
mechanical rooms, transformer vaults, slop-sink rooms, wire
closets, etc., should be locked at all times when not occupied. Access
will be allowed only to authorized personnel.
(4) Stairwells and Restrooms. Particular attention should be given to
closets incapable of being locked, restrooms, stairwells and other
areas where explosives might be concealed.
(5) After-Hour Entry. Identifying and recording the presence of all
persons entering or leaving the facility or vessel after normal hours
is essential.
2. In case of a bomb threat, perform the following actions:
a. Upon learning of a bomb threat:
(1) Attempt to learn the exact location where the bomb has been or is
going to be planted. Attempt to learn as much information as
possible about the caller, e.g. vocal idiosyncrasies, race, sex,
approximate age, group affiliation, etc. Listen for background
noises or for other dues which might indicate the caller's identity
and location. Information received should be carefully recorded
and immediately relayed to the Designated Official.
(2) Persons receiving a letter or written message concerning a bomb
threat will deliver it immediately to the Designated Official.
b. The Control Official or Federal Protective Service will notify the
Designated Official and the Bomb Search and Reconnaissance Officer that
a bomb threat has been received and give the location, if known. The
Federal Protective Service will initiate the telephone cascade system to
alert all team members to begin a visual search of the reported location. A
suspicious item is never to be moved or disturbed. The telephone cascade
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX M
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 23 of 51
system initiated by the Federal Protective Service is as follows:
(1) Federal Protective Services notifies the Occupant Emergency
Coordinator.
(2) Occupant Emergency Coordinator alerts the Area Coordinator.
(3) Area Coordinator notifies the respective Zone Monitors.
(4) Zone Monitors search their assigned areas, including stairwells,
restrooms, and utility rooms off the corridors.
(5) Available guards, maintenance men and personnel report to the
Federal Protective Service for assignment. Personnel located at
their assigned area will work under the direction of the Area
Coordinator. Whenever possible, searchers will work in pairs and
move with extreme caution, both during the search and after the
bomb is located.
(6) Upon completion of a thorough inspection of their areas, searchers
will report to the Zone Monitor who contacts the Area Coordinator
to report the results of the search.
(7) The Area Coordinator contacts the Occupant Emergency
Coordinator who notifies the Control Center of the results of
the search.
c. In the event a suspicious-looking object is found, the finder performs the
following actions:
(1) Does not remove or disturb the suspect object.
(2) Immediately evacuates all persons from the affected area.
(3) Notifies the Zone Monitor and calls Federal Protective Service
Control to report that a suspicious item has been located.
(4) The Zone Monitor notifies the Area Coordinator that a suspicious
item has been located.
(5) The Area Coordinator notifies the Occupant Emergency
Coordinator that a suspicious item has been located.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX M
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 24 of 51
(6) The Occupant Emergency Coordinator notifies the Control Center
and the Designated Official that a suspicious item has been found
and informs them of its location.
(7) The Control Center immediately notifies the Bomb Search and
Reconnaissance Officer that a suspect item has been found and
he/she will verify the item as threatening or non-threatening.
d. The Designated Official may order an immediate evacuation of the area
near the affected location if the suspicious item is identified as a bomb.
e. If searchers locate a bomb, they will notify the Bomb Search and
Reconnaissance Officer.
f. After disposal of the bomb, the Designated Official will give the signal for
occupants to return to the area.
g. The Bomb Search and Reconnaissance Officer will then complete the
report as shown on page 24.
C - Instruction Sheet For Initial Bomb Threat Report
1. Date of threat.
2. Time threat was received. Indicate if a.m. or p.m.
3. Print the exact words, as close as possible, used by the caller.
4. Did caller give a location where the device is supposedly planted?
5. Did caller state when the device would detonate? If so, list time.
6. Did caller state what type of device it was? If so, please describe.
7. Did caller describe the device? If so, please list description.
8. Did caller state why the bomb was placed? If so, please list.
9. Please describe anything that could be heard in the background such as street
noises, office noises, music, children laughing, etc.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX M
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 25 of 51
10. Check whether caller seemed to be male or female and the age group that
comes closest to the sound of the voice.
11. Check any mannerisms, accents, speech patterns, etc., that could be detected
in the voice.
12. Did you recognize the voice of the caller? Please indicate.
13. Name of person who completed the form.
14. Immediately report the call, with the above information, to the supervisor or
the designated organization official.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX M
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 26 of 51
D - Bomb Threat Data Report (Keep near Telephone)
Date Received Time Received a.m./p.m.
Time Completed a.m./p.m.
Please try to record below the exact words spoken by the informant. Ask that the
message be repeated - keep informant talking.
Request Specific Information:
In what area is the bomb placed?
Where is the bomb placed?
When will the bomb explode?
What kind of bomb is it?
What does the bomb look like?
Why was the bomb placed?
Additional Information to be Recorded after Receiving the Threat:
Background Noises (describe):
Voice Description:
Male Female Young Middle Age Old Tone
Sober Intoxicated Nervous Firm
-------
Accent/Impediment
SECTION: APPENDIX M
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 27 of 51
Was Voice Familiar: Yes
No
Recipient's Name
Office Address
Telephone Number
IMMEDIATELY Notify your Official in
Call Director of Facilities
Daytime Extension:
Nighttime Extension:
If so, who,
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX M
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 28 of 51
E - Instruction Sheet for Follow-up Report
PLACE THE TIME AND DATE OF THE INITIAL REPORT IN THE UPPER RIGHT
CORNER. If an initial report has not been completed and a suspicious package or
bomb is found, or if a bomb detonates, include the agency name, building or vessel
name, location and address in miscellaneous (9).
1. Include all agencies notified such as the Army Explosives Ordnance Disposal
Unit, police, fire department, etc.
2. Self-explanatory.
3. Self-explanatory.
4. Self-explanatory. If exact number of persons is not known, estimate number.
5. Self-explanatory.
6. Describe items found, who was notified, and action taken to remove and identify
these items.
7. Same as 6.
8. Self-explanatory. Describe physical damage in as much detail as possible.
9. See first paragraph above. Include any information not covered elsewhere on
the form.
10. Other actions taken to augment security in the building.
11. Name of person completing the report.
-------
1. Agencies notified of initial report:
SECTION: APPENDIX M
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 29 of 51
2. Public Area Search Conducted:
YES
NO
YES
3. Complete search of all rooms/offices conducted:
4. Evacuation: Partial YES NO Complete
No. of Persons: Time Evacuation Began:
Time Employees Returned:
5. Increased Security:
Was Package Inspection /Identification Instituted: YES
Were Entrances and Exits Placed Under Control: YES
Was Personal ID Required to Enter the Building:
YES
NO
NO
YES
6. Were Suspicious Items Found:
Description of Items:
Action Taken:
YES
NO
Final ID and Disposition of Items:
7. Bomb Device Found: YES NO
Description of Items:
Action Taken:
Final ID and Disposition of Items:
NO
NO
NO
8. Bomb Device Detonated:
YES
NO
TIME:
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX M
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 30 of 51
Date: Location:
Area:
Number of Persons Killed:
9. Miscellaneous:
10. Other Actions Taken:
11. Recorder:
Name Phone Room No.
Date/Time Position Title
Agency Address
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX M
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 31 of 51
F - Demonstrations
1. Criminal Jurisdiction: The handling of demonstrations, "sit-ins", etc., has been
the subject of discussion among officials of the Department of Justice and it has been
determined that the Designated Official, assisted by the Director of Facilities will
handle such matters in close cooperation with the office of the United States
Attorney in the Chicago Area. There must be mutual understanding and
agreement regarding the action to be taken in such matters and assurance that such
action is undertaken with legal authority and will not violate civil rights. The
Designated Official, assisted by the Director of Facilities, is the point of liaison for all
tenants in the planning and execution of action for handling demonstrations.
2. If possible, the following pertinent facts should be learned prior to
demonstrations so that an appropriate plan may be prepared:
a. Name of sponsoring organization.
b. Time of demonstration.
c. Proposed schedule of events.
d. Exact location.
e. Activities planned.
f. Purpose of demonstrations.
g. Projected attendance.
h. Character and temperament of those expected to participate.
3. The Designated Official and the Director of Facilities should meet with occupants,
local police, United States Attorney, United States Marshal and others as deemed
necessary.
a. The cascade plan of communication will be reviewed to ensure continuity
of information and necessary action between the occupants.
b. When a demonstration is expected to take place on GSA-controlled
property, guards and other personnel shall be instructed in accordance
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX M
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 32 of 51
with the plan of action agreed upon with the U.S. Attorney. Instructions
will vary. They may include permitting the demonstration to take place
provided that entrances are kept clear and Government property and
operations are not adversely affected; participating in arrangements of a
meeting between a representative group of demonstrators with
appropriate Government officials; prohibiting entry into the facility by
persons who parade bearing signs or who by other actions identify
themselves as participants; calling on enforcement resources for assistance,
etc. It is desirable to use procedures which appear most likely to gain the
cooperation of the demonstrators.
c. Agreement should be reached regarding the circumstances under which
arrests may be necessary and the course of action to be followed in effecting
such arrests. (In many instances, arrests are openly sought by
demonstrators. Arrests should only be made when necessary.)
5. Plans will be made as to what action is to be taken if persons should gain
entrance to the facility and then begin a demonstration, either individually or as a
group. Normally, demonstrators shall be asked to leave. If they refuse, become
disorderly, or offer passive resistance, i.e., lie or sit on the floor, it may become
necessary to place them under arrest. An alternative to arrest is removing
demonstrators from the building and restricting reentry. Again, arrests should be
avoided if possible. Necessary arrests should be carried out under the guidance of
the U.S. Attorney.
G - Explosions
In the event of an explosion, the following actions will be performed:
1. Occupants will take cover under tables, desks or other objects which will
provide a measure of protection against flying glass or debris.
2. Occupants will contact the Federal Protective Service, activate the fire alarm
system, and then notify self-protection personnel.
3. Occupants will contact the Area Coordinator to report the location of the
explosion.
4. The Area Coordinator will contact the Federal Protective Service describing
the situation as fully as possible.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX M
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 33 of 51
5. The Federal Protective Service will notify the Designated Official and the
Occupant Emergency Coordinator.
6. The Federal Protective Service will use the public address system to notify
occupants and describe the situation as fully as possible.
7. After the effects of the explosion have subsided, the Designated Official will
decide if an evacuation is necessary.
8. If an evacuation is necessary, occupants will evacuate under the direction of
the Occupant Emergency Coordinator and staff.
9. If the facility is evacuated, occupants will wait outside the facility for further
instructions from Organization officials.
H - Chemical Accidents
A chemical accident of disaster magnitude would include accidents involving large
quantities of toxic gases. Should such an accident endanger occupants, perform the
following actions:
1. Occupants will notify the Area Coordinator of danger.
2. Area Coordinator will telephone the Designated Official and describe the
situation as fully as possible.
3. Designated Official will decide if evacuation is necessary.
4. If an evacuation is necessary, occupants will evacuate under direction of the
Area Coordinator.
5. Designated Official will telephone the Fire Department and describe the
situation as fully as possible.
6. First-Aid Monitors will administer first aid if necessary.
7. Occupants may avoid toxic fumes by moving cross wind; never move up
wind or down wind.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX M
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 34 of 51
I-Severe Windstorms
The U. S. Weather Bureau can forecast severe windstorms with a high degree of
accuracy. However, if high winds develop during working hours with little or no
warning, perform the following actions:
1. Take shelter away from glass and movable objects.
2. On the RV Lake Guardian, take direction from the Captain or Safety Officer.
3. The Utilities Control Officer will notify the Director of Facilities and the
Designated Official of any damage.
4. The Director of Facilities will maintain contact with the National Weather
Service for the latest weather information.
T - Earthquakes
Operations on board the R/V Lake Guardian in the Great Lakes Areas are not
normally subject to earthquake, however, if one occurred, there would be little or
no advance warning.
1. Upon feeling a serious quake, occupants will perform the following actions:
a. Obtain shelter under tables, desks or other objects which will offer a
measure of protection against flying glass or falling debris. If possible, stay
at least 15 feet away from windows to avoid flying glass. Step under a
doorway or into a corridor. Keep away from large overhead light fixtures.
b. Do not leave shelter until advised to do so.
c. If evacuation is necessary, evacuate under the direction of the Area
Coordinator.
d. Exit from the facility with extreme caution. Watch for falling or unstable
debris, live electric wires, escaping gas, etc.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX M
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 35 of 51
e. Proceed to an area of safety.
f. Take additional precautions as deemed necessary.
2. The Designated Official will notify the Fire Department of any fires.
3. Some of the following conditions may exist in conjunction with or following a
serious earthquake:
a. Presence of dead and/or injured persons. Some may be trapped in the
facility or under debris.
b. Disorder and unrest, including panic and looting.
c. Fire.
d. Shortage or contamination of drinking water.
e. Shortage of water for fire righting.
f. Shortage of food supplies.
g. Extensive damage to the structure rendering it potentially unsafe for
occupation.
h. Disruption of gas and electric power systems.
i. Shortage of adequate living accommodations or shelters.
j. Blocked and hazardous streets, highways, roads, bridges, etc.
k. Major or complete disruption of public and private transportation
facilities.
1. Danger of widespread epidemic due to water contamination and
breakdown of public health controls.
m. Shortages of medical supplies and hospital facilities.
n. Disruption of regular governmental operations.
o. A large-scale evacuation from the metropolitan area.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX M
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 36 of 51
4. Immediately after an earthquake, Organization personnel will perform the
following actions:
a. Administer first aid, and assist in any way with rescue operations. Move
seriously injured to emergency treatment center.
b. Disconnect office utilities: gas, electricity and water.
c. Inspect all utility lines for damage.
d. Extinguish fires. DQ not light fires after an earthquake.
e. Reserve telephones for emergency use only.
f. Be aware of hazards such as broken glass, spilled fluids, damaged
equipment, crumbling ceilings, etc. Take corrective action if feasible.
g. If required, request assistance from outside sources, such as civil defense,
disaster corps, etc.
h. Monitor radio for community disaster information.
i. Attempt to carry out routine procedures and return building to normal
operation if possible.
K - Enemv Attack
Civil defense signals, warning of an enemy attack, are sounded by sirens operated by
various cities and counties.
1. ALERT SIGNAL. This is a steady blast or tone lasting three to five minutes
signifying that essential emergency information will be broadcast.
a. If evacuation is necessary, occupants will evacuate according to directions
of the Area Coordinator.
b. Occupants will take personal possessions, such as coats, purses, food, etc.,
when leaving their work stations.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX M
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 37 of 51
2. ATTACK WARNING SIGNAL. This is a wavering tone or a series of short blasts
lasting three to five minutes; signifying that an attack against the country has been
detected.
a. Occupants will perform the following actions:
1) Take cover under desks, tables, or any large objects which will afford a
measure of protection against flying glass or debris.
2) Avoid windows.
3) Leave cover only when directed by the Area Coordinator.
4) Proceed to the shelter route indicated on the evacuation floor plan posted
on the bulletin board on each floor.
5) Remain in shelter until other action is directed by Shelter Official.
6) Designated Official will contact appropriate authorities regarding further
action to be taken.
L - Panic
1. Panic Defined. Panic may occur during an emergency. Panic is defined as "A
sudden, unreasoning, hysterical fear, often spreading quickly." Panic can render
crowd control difficult if not impossible, but the ability to control panic may save
lives and greatly reduce injuries. While appealing to reason may seem futile, it
may be possible to limit the spread of panic by assuming a strong, positive
leadership position or by reassuring key members of the group.
2. Panic Deterrents. The likelihood of panic, and the physical causes of panic, can be
eliminated by an effective program of informing tenant agency personnel of what is
expected of them in an emergency. In an emergency, the Organization should be
prepared to remove the injured and dead from general view, and to clear away
debris with calmness. Emergency preparations should include clearly delineated
routes to be taken in evacuating or going to shelter. In addition, the designation
and placement of Organization personnel at locations where groups are likely to
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX M
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 38 of 51
congregate will better enable them to take command of the emergency and provide
calm, decisive instructions and information.
3. Antidotes to Panic. In certain circumstances, it is conceivable that, despite
emergency preparations, a fearful, disorganized group may be on the verge of panic.
Organization personnel should be prepared to deal with this situation according to
the following principles:
a. Provide Assurances. Reassure the group by giving information and
instructions calmly.
b. Eliminate Unrest. Dispel rumors. Identify troublemakers and prevent
them from spreading discontent and fear through misinformation.
c. Exert Positive Leadership. Propose positive action in a firm and decisive
manner. Stress what to do. rather than what not to do.
M - Physical Security of Facilities Alert Guidelines
1. Guidelines have been established in order to better understand the
responsibilities and action to be taken in situations which necessitate a security
alert.
2. Terms used in the guidelines are identified below:
a. Security Alert. A Security Alert is an action taken when conditions dictate
the advisability of establishing security measures.
b. Degrees of Security Alert. There are three degrees of alert which can be
declared when the condition has been identified:
1) Moderate
2) Medium or
3) Maximum
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX M
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 39 of 51
c. Conditions. A situation can be described by one of the following three
conditions:
DGray
2) Yellow or
3) Red
d. Application. Generally, the condition that is selected to describe a situation
will determine the degree of security alert:
Condition Security Alert
Gray Moderate
Yellow Medium
Red Maximum
N - Emergency Procedures
A Minor Fire. (A fire which CAN be extinguished with a portable fire
extinguisher).
1. Do not sound the alarm.
2. If you know how to use the fire extinguisher, do so and then report the fire.
(See Step 3)
3. Report the fire and its location immediately to your supervisor, any self-
protection official.
A Major Fire. (A fire which CANNOT be extinguished with a portable fire
extinguisher).
1. Pull down the handle on the nearest fire alarm box.
2. Notify your supervisor immediately.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX M
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 40 of 51
3. If an evacuation is ordered by your Area Coordinator, follow the directions
of self-protection personnel.
Evacuation
1. If there are visitors in your area, notify your supervisor and, if necessary,
assist in their evacuation.
2. Use the nearest stairwell. Do not use the elevators.
3. If an evacuation is ordered by your Area Coordinator, follow the directions
of self-protection personnel.
Suspicious Objects/Persons
1. Report suspicious persons and/or objects to your supervisor immediately.
2. Never touch a suspicious object and/or package!!!
Bomb Threats
1. Telephone Bomb Threat
a. When a bomb threat is called in, keep caller on the line as long as
possible. Attempt to learn where the bomb has been placed and the
time it will detonate.
Prevention of Theft in the Facility
1. The prevention of theft of both Government and personal property is everyone's
concern. Personnel should be aware of the types of theft that may occur and take
precautionary measures to minimize losses.
2. Theft of calculators, electric typewriters, and adding machines is sometimes
attempted by concealing these items in cardboard containers until they can be
removed from the facility. No carton or container should be ignored regardless of
how routine or innocuous its appearance may seem.
3. Extreme caution should be taken with personal items such as purses,
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX M
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 41 of 51
pocketbooks, loose change, etc. Most of these thefts occur as a result of employees
carelessly leaving such items unattended on desk tops or in unlocked drawers or
cabinets. Reductions in these occurrences can be made if personnel exercise more
care in managing their personal property. All valuables should be secured in locked
containers, such as file cabinets, during working hours. If valuables have been kept
in an office desk for years without incident, it is no guarantee that they will not be
missing tomorrow. Personal items that have monetary or sentimental value are
NOT secure when left in an office at night regardless of the precautions taken.
4. THE GOVERNMENT DOES NOT REIMBURSE INDIVIDUALS FOR THE LOSS
(THEFT) OF PERSONAL ITEMS.
5. DO NOT LEAVE ANY PERSONAL BELONGINGS. THAT YOU ARE NOT
WILLING TO LOSE. UNATTENDED IN THE OFFICE.
6. Suspicious or unusual situations or the loss of property should be reported
immediately.
Fire Prevention
The following practices for fire prevention have been established throughout the
R/V Lake Guardian in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.38:
A. Fire Hazards And Control Procedures
The following is a list of major fire hazards found on board the R/V Lake
Guardian and their handling, storage, and control procedures:
Combustible materials such as cardboard, paper, oils, etc. are used on
board the R/V Lake Guardian on a regular basis. Combustible
materials should not be allowed to accumulate near sources of heat or
flame. They should be promptly disposed when no longer needed.
Flammable materials such as laboratory chemicals, solvents, paints,
products, etc. are used on board the R/V Lake Guardian on a regular
basis. They should always be segregated according to chemical
compatibility and they should never be stored near heat or flame.
Bulk flammable materials are stored in the flammable materials
storage locker and should only be removed when needed.
Oxygen and acetylene bottles are stored on the "Hotel Deck" when not
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX M
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 42 of 51
in use. Smoking and open flames are prohibited in this area. Hoses
should be rolled up when not in use. Tank valves should be dosed
completely when not in use.
Acetone is frequently used in the laboratory areas on board the R/V
Lake Guardian. No more than 4.0 liters of acetone are allowed at one
time in any laboratory area. Acetone and other flammable laboratory
chemicals should always be handled and transported inside of
secondary containment devices.
Laboratory heat sources (e.g. electrical appliances) are used on board the
R/V Lake Guardian and must be inspected on a regular basis to ensure
they are operating properly.
Electrical cords used on board the R/V Lake Guardian, must be
inspected on a regular basis. Damaged cords should be replaced or
removed from service to prevent fire and/or injury.
Gasoline fuel sources exist on the 0-2 deck and around equipment on
the fantail. Care must be exercised in those areas to minimize heat
sources.
Heat and fuel sources exist in the Galley area (e.g. stove burners, oven
cook tops, coffee pot, paper, cooking oil, etc.). Care should be taken to
keep combustible and flammable materials away from heat sources at
all times.
Smoking areas have been established on board the R/V Lake
Guardian in outside areas at least 10 feet away from flammable fuel
sources. The areas have been designated in part to minimize the
chance of fire.
Portable fire extinguishers, fixed extinguishing systems, smoke
detectors, emergency lighting, and notification systems have been
installed in areas throughout the R/V Lake Guardian. These systems
are regularly inspected in accordance with a facility fire inspection
program.
8. Responsible Personnel
The following personnel are responsible for maintaining fire control
equipment and fuel source hazards located on board the R/V Lake Guardian:
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX M
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 43 of 51
Facility Fixed Extinguishing Systems; Ship Operating Contractor
Facility Alarm System; Ship Operating Contractor
Facility Portable Fire Extinguishers; Ship Operating Contractor and
Ship Contract Chemical Hygiene Officer
Emergency Lighting Systems; Ship Operating Contractor and Ship
Contract Chemical Hygiene Officer
Smoke Detectors; Ship Operating Contractor and Ship Contract
Chemical Hygiene Officer
Fuel Source Hazards (e.g. flammable or combustible materials); All
facility personnel
C. Housekeeping And Fire Prevention Procedures
It is the intent of this section to make sure that hazardous accumulations of
flammable or combustible materials are controlled so that a fast developing
fire, rapid spread of toxic smoke, or an explosion will not occur.
The following housekeeping procedures must be followed to prevent the
accumulation of flammable and combustible materials and waste residues on
board the R/V Lake Guardian:
I. Maintain good housekeeping in all areas; this is one of the most effective means
of preventing fire.
2. Bring to the attention of your supervisor any apparent existing fire safety hazard.
3. Obey "No Smoking" signs.
4. Do not toss matches, cigars, cigarettes, or pipe ashes into waste baskets or any type
of receptacle containing combustible material.
5. Oily rags or similar flammable materials must be placed in approved metal
containers provided for that purpose.
6. Coffee pots, microwave ovens, hot plates, or similar electrical equipment with
heating elements may be used if such appliances are approved by Underwriters'
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX M
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 44 of 51
Laboratory and installed in accordance with local fire codes and the Director of
Facilities' approval.
7. Deposit all trash in receptacles provided for that purpose or arrange for its storage
in regular trash rooms.
8. Exits, passageways, and lobbies must be kept clear of stored material to permit free
movement of personnel and fire-fighting equipment.
D. Maintenance Procedures
The following maintenance procedures have been established for the R/V
Lake Guardian heat-producing equipment to prevent accidental ignition of
combustible materials:
All heat-producing equipment used throughout the R/V Lake
Guardian must be used and maintained in accordance with
manufacturer specifications.
Prior to using any heat-producing equipment, supervisors and/or
operators should be thoroughly familiar with all equipment
operation and maintenance procedures.
Defective heat-producing equipment should be removed from service
until repairs can be made.
All fire extinguishing systems, emergency lighting, smoke detectors,
and alarm systems installed on or near heat-producing equipment
must be regularly inspected by ship personnel in accordance with
established inspection procedures.
E. Employee Training And Awareness Programs
R/V Lake Guardian personnel are apprised of the fire hazards of the
materials and processes to which they are exposed during regularly scheduled
training sessions. The training sessions offered to R/V Lake Guardian
personnel consist of the following:
Regular Fire /Evacuation Drills (noted in the ship's log)
Initial Orientation Program offered by the Contract Chemical Hygiene
Officer which consists of the contents and location of the Occupant
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX M
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 45 of 51
Emergency Plan/Fire Prevention Plan
Initial Orientation Program offered by the Captain and/or First Mate
which consists, in part, of general principles of fire extinguisher use,
fire alarm station locations, emergency notification system operation
(e.g. 911), emergency alarm signals, and evacuation procedures.
First Aid
1. Purpose
a. This Standard Operating Procedure is intended to provide guidance for
Federal personnel in the event that emergencies arise that require
emergency First Aid or Self-Help. It is not the intent of this procedure to
delineate the specific and various methods of giving First Aid or Self-Help,
but rather to indicate where they are to be administered and by whom.
b. The procedures outlined herein pertain to emergencies arising from
disasters only.
2. Responsibilities. Self-Help and First Aid training will be provided on request.
3. First Aid Treatment Stations. The following areas on board the R/V Lake
Guardian have been designated as First Aid treatment stations in the event of a
general emergency:
1. The Bridge
2. The O-2 Level
3. The Captain's Office (primary)
4. Procedures in General Emergencies
a. Upon notification of an emergency, the Medical Officer will dispatch Team
No. 1 Primary to the emergency location.
b. Team No. 1 Primary will treat casualties on site if possible.
c. In the event casualties cannot be treated on site, evacuation to the
appropriate First Aid treatment station will be made by Team No. 1
Primary.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX M
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PACE: 46 of 51
d. Assistance in evacuation of casualties will be rendered as necessary by Area
Coordinators.
e. In the event that further First Aid treatment is necessary, Team No. 2
Primary will be dispatched to the emergency site.
f. Team No. 3 Primary will remain with the Medical Officer at the appropriate
First Aid treatment station.
5. Evacuation of Casualties from Facility
a. Evacuation of casualties will be made by the Police or Fire Department
Emergency Service once the vessel arrives in port.
b. Evacuation of casualties will be under the direct supervision of the Medical
Officer.
6. Disaster Emergencies or emergencies involving 20 casualties or more will be
treated in the following manner:
a. Team No. 1 Primary and Team No. 2 Primary will be dispatched to the
emergency site upon notification of a disaster type emergency.
b. The Police Department will be notified by the Designated Official once the
vessel arrives in port.
Utilities Control
1. In case of emergency, utilities personnel will proceed to the following assigned
stations:
a. Electrician to sub-station master switch.
b. Operating Engineer to water control point.
c. One mechanic to steam control point.
d. One mechanic to gas control point.
2. Upon direction of the Utilities Officer, all electrical current, water service, gas and
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX M
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 47 of 51
steam supplies will be turned off when deemed necessary for preservation of life or
property.
Civil Defense Coordination
1. Pre-Emergencv. The Designated Official and the Director of Facilities will
establish and maintain liaison with local Civil Defense authorities in order to
assure that this plan is at all times in agreement with current Civil Defense concepts
and local planning. Revision to this plan will be made as necessary to assure that
preparations for protection of life and property are never outmoded.
2. During Emergencies. In the event of a disaster, the Designated Official and
Director of Facilities will reestablish contact with local Civil Defense authorities, at
the earliest possible time, by telephone, radio or messenger, as feasible under
existing conditions. Information and assistance will be sought as necessary and,
reciprocally, the Facility Self-Protection Organization will provide assistance to Civil
Defense authorities as soon as conditions permit.
Tests and Drills
1. Policy. The Self-Protection Organization will conduct such drills as are
considered necessary to test and improve the various phases of this plan.
2. Approach. The Director of Facilities, under the guidance of the Designated
Official, will schedule two building-wide drills each year.
a. Participative Drills. In employee participation drills, the employees will
evacuate the facility in accordance with the evacuation plan and will then
return to their original area.
b. Non-Participative Drills. This drill consists of a test of the alarm system to
ensure that all personnel can hear the alarm signals and that all alarms are
functioning properly.
3. Advance Notice. The Director of Facilities will distribute written notice to all
tenant agencies in advance of any drills or tests, in order to assure that all
employees are positively aware that no actual emergency exists when warning
signals are sounded. Agencies are to notify their self-protection personnel of any
scheduled drills.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX M
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 48 of 51
Occupant Emergency Plan
The purpose of this plan is to provide instructions to be followed in the event of an
emergency occurring on board the R/V Lake Guardian.
The protection organization personnel in the plan will:
• Direct and supervise the evacuation of the vessel or building and/or
movement to the shelter areas in the event of a disaster.
• Conduct drills to familiarize all employees with actions to be taken in
the event of an emergency.
• Provide training of personnel necessary to staff the various protection
teams.
• Coordinate action with local Fire Department, Police Department,
Rescue Squad, etc.
-------
O - Occupant Emergency Personnel
Occupant Emergency Coordinator:
Alternate Occupant Emergency Coordinator:
Emergency Control Center:
Area Coordinators
Name
SECTION: APPENDIX M
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 49 of 51
Phone #
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX M
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 50 of 51
P - Protection Plan Personnel
Official Title Phone
Occupant Emergency
Coordinator
Alternate
Medical Officer
Fire Marshall
Alternate
Utilities Officer
Alternate
First Aid Team
Utilities Control
Group
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX M
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 51 of 51
O - Personnel to be Contacted in the Event of Emergency
Name Area Phone #
Captain Ron Ingram, Master R/V Lake Guardian 517-751-6820
ADDITIONAL EMERGENCY TELEPHONE NUMBERS
Local Fire Department Bay City, Michigan 911 or 517-892-8601
Emergency Ambulance Service Bay City, Michigan 911 or 517-894-3122
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX N
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
APPENDIX N;
SSI OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH PROGRAM
MANUAL FOR GLNPO:
NOTE: This manual reflects the program of the current marine services contractor.
Should the contractor change, this manual will be replaced by the program
provided by the new marine services contractor.
-------
Seaward Services, Inc.
I ONAI.. SAFETY At. HID A I-Til
PROGRAM
For Employees Working Aboard The
R/V Rarer R. Sinona and K/V Lake Gunrdian
IfB M*cArihui CaiiiL»,ir Miami fie ten. Floiid* 33139 (305) S34-2&1J Fn (30S|
-------
OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY PROGRAM
TABLE OF CONTENTS
TITLE
1. General 2
11. Responsibility 2
III. Hiring: Practices ?
IV. Enployee Training: 3
V. Regulatory Authority 3
VI. Workplace Inspection 4
VII. Safety Committee 5
VIII. Personal Protective Equipment 5
IX. Hazardous Materials 5
X. First Aid/CPU Training 7
XI. Record Keeping 7
XII. Accident Investigation 7
XIII. Sumnary B
Appendix Standard Operating- Procedures
-------
I. General
As a US EPA contractor, Seaward Services, Inc. is strongly encouraged to adhere
to USEPA guidelines concerning: occupational health and safety. This program
will outline general requirements for Seaward Services employees working aboard
USEPA vessels in the normal performance of their duties. Several regulations are
referenced in the program, including hazard identification.
II. Responsibility
The responsibility for coordination and administration under the OSII program will
be the Company President. However, on-site responsibility for implementation of
safety standards lies with supervisory personnel. Employees are expected to
adhere to the guidelines issued in this program and to participate in training
activities, prompt reporting of accidents, and identification of unsafe conditions
mentioned herein.
III. Hiring Practices
It is recognized that hiring practices can strongly influence the ultimate success
of an OSH program. Selecting employees with exemplary work histories and
fitting those employees to the particular job being performed will reduce ultimate
exposure to injury due to lack of knowledge, physical capability and motivation
to perform work.
A written application supplied by the Miami Beach office is a requirement of all
new hires. The application should be filled out completely and signed by the
applicant. Along with the application, a medical history questionnaire should also
be completed; a question should be directed regarding occurrence of prior
Workers Compensation claims by the applicant, if any. Prior claims should be
described in detail.
When reviewing applications, supervisory personnel should review the medical
history questionnaire carefully to determine if prior health reasons will render
the applicant incompatible with the job tasks to be performed. Prior respiratory
problems, for example, may pose a problem for employees working in sandblasting,
welding, or other confined space operations. In some cases, chest x-rays may
be recommended for a questionable applicant in these positions. Similarly,
individuals with a history of back problems should be deferred from tasks which
require strenuous lifting and moving of materials. Should there be questions
concerning the suitability of an employee for hire, the Port Lauderdale Office
should be contacted if discrepancies cannot be handled at the operating base.
A motor vehicle record, indicating the past three years driving experience should
be obtained from employees who will operate vehicles on company business.
Records should be checked carefully; a DUI conviction, or more than three
moving violations in the past three years should be cause for non-hire, or hire
without driving privileges. Again, discrepancies can be discussed with the Miami
Beach office.
-------
IV. Employee Training
Because of the variety and complexity of our operations, Seaward Services will
undertake a complete and continuous training program for employees, beginning:
at the tine of hire. In addition to training on various job tasks, the provisions
of the Florida Toxic Substances Act requires employee training on the presence
of hazardous substances in the workplace. This training will be incorporated
into orientation sessions.
At the tine of hire, an employee will be given an extensive training program in
the elements of safety, fire prevention and health design. The employee's direct
supervisor will be responsible for conducting this training. Among the items to
be discussed are the following:
> Types of equipment to be used;
> Mode of safe operation;
> General safety rules;
> Standard of expected performance;
> Reporting of injuries and unsafe conditions.
Training should be documented by the use of a verification form. A signed copy
indicating that training was given should be maintained in the employees file.
Following initial training, on-the-job training should be a continuous process.
It may be sometime before an employee can undertake a particular task without
direct Buperviaion; this will be determined by the judgement of the employees
on-aite supervisor.
The US EPA and other regulatory bodies will often perform training courses in
various job-related aspects on-site. Seaward Services employees are encouraged
to participate in these activities whenever possible. In addition, Seaward
Services will offer periodic seminars and training sessions for employees.
Operations manuals, programs and memorandums from various sources will also
be used to supplement training programs. Material provided should be used .to
their utmost benefit, and all employees are strongly encouraged to take full
advantage of training opportunities.
V. Regulatory Authority
Seaward Services operations are subject to enforcement authority by federal
safety and health officials. The ruling jurisdiction and inspection authority is
controlled by the Department of Labor, Occupation Safety and Health
Administration (OSHA), all applicable OSHA regulations are to be adhered to on
Seaward Services' operations. The particular OSHA standards applicable to
Seaward Services are 29CFR1910 and 28CFRHJ2G standards. In particular, several
sections within the standards are of particular interest:
-------
IS 10.26 Ladders
1910.28-29 Scaffolding
1910.94 Ventilation
1919.95 Occupational Noise Exposure
1910.151 First Aid
1910.211-214 Industrial Machinery
1910.251-252 Welding, Cutting and Brazing
1910.301-309 National Electric Code
1910.1200 Hazard Communication Standard
A copy of all OSHA standards is available free of charge from OSHA's regional
office in Atlanta, and copies of updated 1910 and 192G standards should be
maintained in a conspicuous location.
It should be kept in mind that OSHA standards are minimum requirements for
maintaining safe and healthful work conditions. Sound operating practices and
procedures can ensure a dedicated effort towards effective accident prevention,
including practices which are not mentioned in OSHA standards, such as
exemplary standards of housekeeping and preventive maintenance on equipment.
VI. Work Place Inspections
The detection of unsafe or unhealthful work conditions at the earliest possible
time, and prompt abatement of hazards at the lowest possible working level, are
essential elements of Seaward Services' program
On a daily basis, supervisors of each department are responsible for maintaining
work areas free of recognized hazards which may cause employee or guest
injuries. Should a hazard be identified, steps should be taken to temporarily
avoid the equipment, location, or situation which presents the hazard. Steps
should be immediately taken to abate the hazard potential. In addition, it Is vital
that employees are constantly reminded and encouraged to report unsafe
conditions to their supervisors immediately. This should be noted as a condition
of their employment.
On a monthly basis, a formal inspection should be conducted by an employee well
versed in OSHA standards. The enclosed inspection form should be used, with
supplements provided from US EPA on various machinery, lab equipment, and
operations and procedures currently in use.
Technical standards should be referenced in OSHA when necessary. Many of the
aforementioned checklists already detail standards adopted from OSHA for easy
reference.
-------
As a means of evaluating deficiencies identified by monthly inspections, the Risk
Assessment Code (RAC) system should be referenced. The RAC breaks down
hazards into five major categories according to relative danger:
1 - Imminent danger
2 - Serious danger
3 - Moderate danger
4 - Minor danger
5 - Negligible danger
For RAC's 1, 2 A 3, the hazards should be postponed by the supervisor of the
workpl&ce to alert employees to the existence of the hazardous condition, interim
control measures in effect, and permanent corrective actions underway or
programmed.
Whenever possible, deficiencies identified by inspection should be corrected
within 24 hours. For corrections necessitating significant capital expenditures
and/or intensive labor involvement, a timetable should be established for
correction and conveyed to all employees.
Corrective action is the most significant of inspection activities, and this element
should be stressed at all times.
VII. Safety Committee
A safety committee is an excellent conduit to top management for the discussion
and implementation of accident-prevention related matters. The major purposes
of the committee are to discuss prior accidents and incidents that have occurred,
with an emphasis on corrective actions developed as a result of circumstances
surrounding the claim, and to discuss changes in safety design. As a result of
meetings, recommendations can be developed and forwarded to the President for
improvements in safety policy and procedures*
The safety committee should be composed of approximately 3-5 members, with an
equal selection of supervisory and non-supervisory personnel from each
department. The meetings should be held on a monthly basis, following a written
agenda with provisions for old and new business, accident investigation, and
other matter* of concern. Minutes of the meeting should be recorded and
maintained in a file, with activities assigned at each meeting followed up in
succeeding meetings. Safety committee meetings should last no longer than 30
minutes and should concentrate only on safety-related matters.
VIII. Personal Protective Equipment
Many of Seaward Services' operations require the use of personal protective
equipment to reduce exposure to injury. Seaward Services' will provide
protective equipment for employees on various job tasks* and it is expected that
employees will wear the equipment at all times when the exposure warrants its
-------
use. Not wearing proper protective equipment ia grounds for reprimand and
possible dismissal for repeated violations.
While OSHA 1910 standards document the need for personal protective equipment,
in general the following equipment is required:
1. Work shoes or steel-toed safety shoes on construction operations.
Tennis shoes and sneakers are prohibited.
2. Hearing protection in areas of excessive noise, such as in the vicinity
of power presses, machine rooms and engine rooms of diesel powered
vessels. Car plugs or muffs will be provided; a noise reduction rating
sufficient to lower the noiae level well below the 85 decibel action level ia
recommended as a performance standard for this gear.
3. Eye protection for welding/grinding operations. An eight inch full-face
shield is recommended for welding, with safety goggles used for grinding
and other operations.
4. Hard hats are to be used for overhead construction or crane hoist
operations. No skull caps are permitted as protection.
5. Respiratory protection is required in areas where airborne contaminants
nay be present, or where a "confined space" or limited oxygen exposure
is present in a work area. The OSHA 1910.134 standard for respirators
references the various types to be used in particular operations. In
general, dust-mist, cartridge or canister supplied air respirators are used
in Seaward Services' operations.
IX. llaxardous Materials
The Florida Toxic Substances Act of 1085 outlines basic duties of employers to
inform employees of workplace hazards due to the presence of hazardous
chemicals and materials. A chemical is hazardous if it poses a threat to the well-
being- of an employee and work area as a result of contact*
The State of Florida's Department of Labor has a list of chemicals covered in the
Toxic Substances Act. In general, a chemical falls under at least one of five
properties to be covered under the act:
Flammable-flash point under 100 deg. F
Combustible-flash point between 100 and 150 deg. F
Reactive-forms explosive chemical mixture with other chemicals and physical
agents
Corrosive-causes damage to containers, metals, and other agents from
contact
Irritant-causes damage to human tissues and organs from contact, via
absorption, Lngestion or respiration.
-------
In general, the basic requirements to comply with the Act involve training- of new
and present employees on the hazardous chemicals in their particular work area;
proper labeling of all containers of hazardous materials; a Material Safety Data
Sheet maintained on-site for all hazardous chemicals; and spill-leak procedures
established in the event of an emergency.
X. First Aid/CPR Training;
Efforts should be undertaken to provide training for at least one person at
Seaward Services offsite locations in First Aid/CPR administration in the event
of an emergency. Training will be available from the local Red Cross.
Provisions should be made to have additional employees trained as a precaution
in the event of absences.
For injuries requiring treatment other than first aid, provision should be made
to transport the injured employee to the nearest hospital, in an emergency
vehicle if necessary-.
XI. Record Keeping
AS a rule, all employee Injuries should be reported to the proper authorities, no
matter how slight. A State of Florida First Notice of Injury fora should be
completed in Us entirety by the injured's immediate supervisor. Copies of this
report should be sent by the insurance plan administrator to the company's
insurance carrier, the Slate Division of Workers Compensation, and Seaward
Services' Miami Beach office.
For injuries requiring treatment other than first aid, a notation should be
included in the OSHA ZOO Log and Summary of Injuries and Illness Form. OSHA
inspection may be unannounced, and recordkeeping will definitely be an item
which the inspector will want to review.
The OSHA Log should be posted in a conspicuous location for all employees to
review for the prior year's accident experience.
Files should be maintained in Seaward Services' offices for all First Notices of
Injury, inspection documentation, safety committee minutes and accident
investigation documentation.
XU. Accident Investigation
A properly administered Accident Investigation Program may be the most
important component of the loss prevention effort. Conducted correctly,
investigations can uncover unsafe conditions and procedures which occur on a
continuous basis, and efforts can be undertaken to prevent reoccurrence.
An all OSHA recordable injuries, as well as automobile and property damage
claims, the direct supervisor of the employee involved in the incident should
perform an accident investigation. A form can be used which is referenced in
the program, or an internal form developed by Seaward Services can be used.
-------
The investigation should focus on several items:
1. The purpose of the investigation is to find the cause of the accident,
not to affix blame on an individual. Assessments such as "stupidity" and
"carelessness" may not always be appropriate. It is most important to
determine the facts of the case, rather than to make assumptions.
2. If at all possible, the injured employee and witness should be solicited
to obtain their viewpoint of the accident. Again, it is important to assure
employees of the fact-finding purpose of the investigation—do not attempt
to affix blame on an individual or department.
3. The most important part of the investigation is the corrective action
recommended. Actions suggested should be considered with respect to
feasibility and cost. A time-table should be set up for administering
corrective action, and individuals should be assigned responsibility Tor this
action,
A file copy of investigations should be maintained, and a Safety Committee
meeting topic can be developed using the investigation reports.
XIII. Summary
Should there be any discrepancies identified relative to this program, the
President of Seaward Services, Inc. should be consulted. Suggestions for
improvements to the company Occupational Health and Safety Program are
encouraged from users, and efforts will be made to upgrade the program and to
provide relevant back-up material.
-------
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE No. 1 (SP-1)
Safety and Fire Protection During
Welding and Burning Operations
Section
1.0
2.0
3.0
4.0
5.0
6.0
7.0
8.0
9.0
10.0
Prenared by r^
Approved hv ^^"^i.
Rev.
Table of Contents
Title
Scope
References
Personnel Qualifications
Equipment Required
Personnel Responsibilities
Fire Watch Provisions
Oxygen/Acetylene Supply
Housekeeping A Materials
Handl ing
Temporary Accesses
Fire Zone Boundaries
"7^2-^" Date_4_A
?££- Date 4jt
Page
1-2
1-2
1-2
1-3
1-3
1-4
1-5
1-6
1-7
1-a
9./9D
e./9o
1-1
-------
Safety Procedure No. 1 (SP-1)
Safety and Fire Protection During Welding A Burning Operations
1.0 Scope
This procedure shall be followed before commencing hot work in
spaces aboard U.S. Government and other vessels operated by Seaward
Services, Inc.
2.0 References
2.1 NAVSEA Standard Item No. 009-07, dated 18 September
1981, "Safety and Fire Prevention."
2.2 OSHA Safety and Health Regulations, Volume 39, Number
118, Part It, dated June 19, 1974.
2.3 National Fire Protection Association Standard SIB.
2.4 National Fire Protection Association Standard 306.
2.5 National Fire Protection Association Standard 312.
3.0 Personnel Qualifications
3.1 Before commencing hot work in any spaces aboard U.S.
Government vessels, a Marine Chemist's Certificate
shall be obtained for those spaces from a certified
Marine Chemist when required by OSHA Safety and Health
Standards (29 CFR 1915.13) or when required by the
contract specifications and Ref. 2.4.
3.2 Before commencing hot work in any spaces not requiring
a certificate by a certified Marine Chemist or by
contract specifications, a Hot Work Notice shall be
issued by a designated Competent Person.
3.3 Competent Persons at Seaward Services shall not be so
designated until they have satisfactorily completed
the Competent Person Training Seminar, taught by the
National Fire Protection Association or have received
comparable instruction in safety and fire protection.
3.4 Any deletion/additions of Competent Persons shall be
implemented by forwarding a copy of the Department of
Labor Form OSHA 73, Figure SP-1-F2, to EPA Region 5
Safety Director no later than the effective date of
change.•
1-2
-------
3.5 The project manager will have the responsibility of
keeping the current list of competent persona and for
insuring that the safety procedures are followed.
4.0 Equipment Required
The following equipment may be used to assure a non-explosive
(less than 10* LEL) and oxygen sufficient {minimum of 19.5%)
atmosphere is maintained during hot work in a space:
a. BioMarine Industries Permissible Methane/Oxygen Indicat-
ing Detector, Model 922
b. CasTech ProTechTor Gas/Oxygen Detector A Alarm, Model
1562
c. Mine Safety Appliance Co., Model 244R Gas
d. Bacharach Instruments Co., Model K Gas Detector
e. Mine Safety Appliance Co., Model Navy-type gas detector
5.0 Personnel Responsibilities
5.1 A Certified Marine Chemist shall determine the hazards
of work and adjacent areas required by Ref. 2.2. Upon
receipt of the Marine Chemist's Certificate, the
Competent Person shall affix one copy of the certifi-
cate near the gangway aboard the vessel and another
copy in the space in which the hot work will be
performed.
5.1.1 One copy of the Marine Chemist's Certificate shall
be given to the EPA technical representative.
5.1.2 One copy of the Marine Chemist's Certificate shall
be filed in the job file.
5.1.3 Posting of the certificate will precede the start
of hot work.
5.2 Should hot work be required in a space beyond the day
that the Marine Chemist's Certificate is issued, the
Competent Person shall inspect the space and certify
a copy of the U.S. Department of Labor Log of Inspec-
tions and Tests by Competent Person, Form OSHA 74,
Figure SP-1-P3, that the space remains in a gas-free
condition prior to recommencing hot work.
5.3 A copy -of the Log of Inspections and Tests by the
Competent Person shall be maintained next to the
Marine Chemist's Certificate in the space at the
1-3
-------
ship's gangway, and a third copy of the Log of
Inspections shall be maintained by the manager of
safety and security. The Log of Inspections and Tests
by the Competent Person shall be kept on file for
three (3) months following completion of the work on
the vessel.
5.4 For each space in which hot work will be performed, a
Hot Work Notice, Figure SP-1-F4, describing the
following items, shall be initiated by a Competent
Person.
a. The work to be done.
b. The time the work will commence.
c. The current gas-free status of the space.
d. The absence or presence of combustible material
in the vicinity of hot work and , if present,
the action taken to protect it from fire.
e. The provision and assignment of a fire watch.
f. Affirmation that work site conditions permit
the fire watch to observe all areas where hot
work constitutes a fire hazard.
g. Affirmation that a fully charged fire extin-
guisher is available.at the work site.
h. The hot work area shall be inspected 25 to 35
minutes after the completion of hot work in the
space.
5.4.1 The notice shall be signed by the supervisor in
charge of the operation, who shall also be
responsible for the assignment of properly
equipped and trained fire watch personnel to
the space.
5.5 A new notice shal'l be prepared if the work is inter-
rupted due to loss of the gas-free status of the
sp&ce.
6.0 Fire Watch Provisions
6.1 All fire watch personnel shall receive training in
accordance with Reference 2.3 to familiarize them
with:
1-4
-------
a. The proper technique in handling: portable fire
extinguishers and fire hoses.
b. The proper inspection of the area in which hot
work will be undertaken to prevent ignition of
combustible materials that may be present in the
space.
c. How to properly position themselves so that they
may respond quickly and effectively in the event
that a fire occurs without interfering with the
person doing the hot work.
6.2 Fire watch personnel are to be familiar with the chain
of command during a fire watch and shall be responsi-
ble for turning in a fire alarm in the event the fire
is not readily controlled.
6.3 Fire watch personnel assigned by the vessel shall be
considered to have received training in both
fire-watching and fire-fighting.
6.4 SSI personnel assigned to fire watches shall coordi-
nate their efforts. In no circumstance shall any fire
watch personnel be assigned to watch more than four
people engaged in hot work.
6.5 Personnel performing hot work shall utilize material
such as nylon cloth to contain stray sparks, flames or
other by-products of hot work as necessary to restrict
the chance of starting fires in the work space.
6.6 The supervisor in charge of hot work aboard the vessel
shall be responsible for periodically checking the
areas of hot work to make sure that personnel engaged
in both hot work and fire watches properly perform
their duties and responsibilities.
7.0 Oxygen/Acetylene Supply
7.1 Burning operations shall be accomplished by means of
approved oxygen/acetylene system in accordance with
Reference 2.5.
7.1.1 Cylinders shall be secured on the pier adjacent to
the vessel in racks designed to hold them.
7.1.2 When cylinders are required aboard the vessels,
they will be located on the weather decks. The
number of cylinders shall be limited to those
being used and rigged with gauges, plus reserve
cylinders, not to exceed one-half the number of
1-5
-------
cylinders in use. Reserve cylinders shall be
located in a remote area of the ship's weather
decks.
7.1.3 All cylinders shall be secured in an upright
position, and when not in use, the gauges shall be
removed and the cylinder caps secured in place.
7.2 If burning operations are interrupted for more than an
hour, the gas supply shall be cut off at the cylinders
to prevent the buildup of combustible gases from
possible leaks in the burning hose or fittings.
7.3 Before commencing burning operations, the compressed
gas cylinders, hoses, fittings, gauges, and torches
shall be inspected by the person performing the
burning operation for leaks and defects in the
equipment.
7.3.1 Defective equipment shall be placed before burning
operations begin.
7.3.2 The system shall be rechecked after replacement
prior to commencing hot work*
B.O Housekeeping and Materials Handling
6.1 All hoses, welding leads, temporary lights, and
electrical cords shall be kept clear of decks on
temporary "trees" or brackets, and be arranged so as
to minimize tripping or other safety hazards.
8.2 All hoses, welding leads, temporary lights, and
electrical cords shall be kept clear of burning and
welding operations as much as possible, and where
their removal is impractical, they shall be protected
by fire retardant nylon cloth, or other suitable
means, from nearby hot work.
B.3 Crating and packing shall be removed prior to bringing
equipment or working material aboard vessels unless it
may be damaged during handling; in which cases, the
crating and packing shall be removed immediately after
it is brought aboard.
8.4 Whenever possible combustible cartons, packages, rags,
paper products, etc., containing materials to be used
on the site shall be removed prior to commencing hot
work operations. If they cannot be removed from the
space, they shall be protected by fire retardant nylon
cloth, or other suitable material, from nearby hot
work.
1-6
-------
8.5 All aisles and passageways shall be kept clear of
obstructions.
8.6 Combustible trash (raps, paper products, etc.) shall
be placed in proper containers immediately after use,
and the containers shall be emptied daily.
8.7 Staging, screening, and temporary cover materials
shall be fire retardant. Lumbar, including plywood,
shall be treated in accordance with MIL-L-19140 and,
in addition to the markings required by that military
specification, shall be branded with the date of
treatment.
8.8 Material stowed aboard the vessel shall be limited to
that required for work in progress. It shall not be
stowed in such a manner as to block aisles and
passageways.
8.9 Temporary lights shall have three conductor cables,
guard or shield, hook and landholder. Each light
fixture shall be grounded at the voltage source.
8.10 Flammable liquids with a minimum flash point of 150
degree fahrenheit or less, including degreasers,
solvents, and fuels, shall be kept in safety cans when
not in actual use or when left unattended and are
limited to one day's supply for on board storage.
8.11 A safety and housekeeping inspection shall be conduct-
ed by the master or his/her designated representative
on a daily basis whenever work is in progress.
0.0 Temporary Accesses
9.1 Service lines shall not run through fire zone bound-
aries unless written authorization from ship's mastej
is obtained. A quick disconnect shall be installed at
the door, opening or closure at the fire zone bound-
ary, and the service lines shall be capable of being
secured within three minutes.
9.2 Temporary access cuts may be made in fire zone
boundaries provided they are equipped with fume-tight
steel closures when installed.
9.2.1 Temporary access cuts will be made only after
receipt of a written waiver from the master. The
waiver will be effective for a limited time.
1-7
-------
9.2.2 When any changes, additions, or deletions of
boundary openings occur, the boundary opening data
shall be resubmttted.
9.3 At least one unobstructed access shall be maintained
in each main and auxiliary machinery space with three
or less accesses, and two accesses shall remain
unobstructed when the space has four or more accesses.
10.0 Fire Zone Boundaries
10.1 Fire zone boundaries shall be determined by the master
or his designated representative, prior to the start
of production.
10.2 Where service lines cross fire zone boundaries, they
shall be marked by signs installed adjacent to each
entrance.
1-8
-------
A!.*. Dt?AttT7AINT OF LABOR
Occupational Safety and Health Adminiuration
DESIGNATION OF COMPETENT PERSON
pit «»*// tirfr/«' imiimtneitij
yer
i _
y in if/ii'c/i
tpauing Q Boat Repai/ing Q
ilding Q Boatbuilding 0
iking Q Oilier (explain) Q
fion:
c following.nl/ned person or persons axe hereby designated as competent persons by the
amed employer »s required by Section I915.10(a) and/or Section 19l6.10(a) and/or Section
i(aj of che regulations and meet the qualification criteria for the activity or activities checked
i accordance with Section 1915.10(b) and/or Section 19U.10(b) and/or Section 1917.10(b)
cgulations ajid with such limitations as asc indicated in accordance with Section'191S.10(d)
Action 1916.10(dJ and/or Section 1917.10(d) of the regulations.
M»I| wimci on Mpwiu pifO
'.A. Certified Marine Chemist aJways performs the duties of the competent person Q
\pplicalion LJ
mits of application _
sof Competent Persons (1)
(3)
Designated by
(OJfittr'i Sit~i~* •** Till*]
SP-1-F2 r.,
1*11
-------
• t r\ ^ w 1 1
Job. No.
Vrwl
Typt
(Set cihir ittfi For Inrtrucitoni)
Berth
Dili
Rtpori No.
Diti
Ttmt
tiuli el Tin
Inlllri
r»<»
r.»..t.T
•••I
-------
iOT WORK NOTICE HOT WORK NOTICE
PARTI
Job No.
Ship:
Date:
Job No.
:ation
scriptionof Hot Work
Location
Description of Hot Work
ETENT PERSON
;-Free Status
nature
.e
Time
PART II COMPETENT PERSON
Gas-Free Status
______ Signature _
Date
Time
'ORK SUPERVISOR
iTime
PART III HOT WORK SUPERVISOR
Start Time
RECEIVED BY
Representative
Time
NOTICE RECEIVED BY
Ship Representative
Date
Time
HIP Representative
SUPSHIP Representative
PARTI
PART II
PART III
nbustible Material in Area
Combustible Material in Area
on Taken
Action Taken
Watch Assigned
Hazards Visible to Watch
Fire Watch Assigned
Fire Hazards Visible to Watch
' Charged Extinguisher
ature
Time
Fully Charged Extinguisher
Signature
Date Time
-•
INSPECTION PART IV JOB SITE INSPECTION PART IV
INUTES AFTER CESSATION OF HOT 25-35 MINUTES AFTER CESSATION OF HOT
WORK:
iture ___________________________ Signature _________________________
Time Date Time
-------
Standard Operating Procedure No. 2 (SP-2)
Inspections of Standing and Running Rigging, Cargo Handling Gear,
and Scientific Equipment Over-boarding Syateaa
Section
1.0
2.0
3.0
4.0
5.0
Table of Contents
Title
Scope
References
Responsibility
Frequency of Inspection
Reports
Page
2-2
2-2
2-2
2-2
2-2
Prepared b
Approved
Rev. _
Date
Date
2-1
-------
Safety Procedure No. 2 (SP-2)
Inspections of Standing and Running Rigging, Cargo Handling Gear
and Scientific Equipment Overboarding Systems
1.0 Scope
This procedure shall be implemented to assure that all ship's
equipment used to lift, lower, secure or otherwise handle objects
on board lc suitable and proper for the intended task.
Z.O References
2.1 OSHA 1910.184
2.2 ANSI 1)30.1C
2.3 OEM recommendations
3.0 Responsibility
The ship's master is responsible for implementation and accomplish-
ment of the procedures contained herein.
4.0 Frequency of Inspection
Prior to the use of any piece of lifting gear, crane, a-frame,
davit or other handling device, either the mate on watch if in
port, or the electronic technician if at sea, shall visually
inspect the equipment involved with the operation and attest to its
ability to perform the intended operation. This inspection shall
include slings, hoists, blocks, ropes and associated hardware.
On an annual basis, preferably several weeks prior to commencement
of a new operating season, all of the aforementioned gear will be
inspected by a qualified and independent third party for material
condition and safe working load. Straps, chains, shackles^
turnbuckles, etc., shall be condemned and removed from the vessel
if found to be unserviceable. Cranes, winches, a-framcs and davits
found to be unserviceable shall be "tagged out of order" and
repaired prior to further use.
5.0 Reports
Following his/her inspection, an entry shall be made in the deck
log citing the findings of the male/electronic technician and any
corrective action taken.
Following the annual inspection, the independent third party shall
issue a report to the master in triplicate, containing his findings
and recommendations. The master shall forward one copy each to the
SSI project manager and the El'A technical representative.
2-2
-------
The master shall prepare a cost estimate to replace any fear
condemned and estimated to have a replacement value of more than
$300, and forward one copy each to the same 551 and EPA personnel
f ^ ^ _«•«••• I **• 4 • A«I MAnfei«tAi«uttnn-
V M V V f •»«•%• • ** • " »• • ^ •^mm ^ -^ ^ f ^ -^ -^ —•.
for acquisition consideration.
2-3
-------
Standard Operating Procedure No. 3 (SP-3)
Taj Out of Electrical Equipnent Under Repair
Table of Contents
Section Title
1.0 Scope 3~s
2.0 References 3"z
3.0 Responsibility and Authority 3-2
4.0 Equipment Required 3-2
5.0 Procedure 3'2
Prepared bv <2y Date I A
Approved bvC^JL Date
Rev. _
3-1
-------
Safety Procedure No. 3 (SP-3)
Tag Out of Electrical Equipment Under Repair
1.0 Scope
This procedure shall be followed prior to commencing repair work on
any electrical apparatus installed aboard the vessel.
1.0 References
Z.I United States Coast Guard Electrical Engineering
Regulat ions
2.2 OSHA Safety and Health Regulations
2.3 National Electrical Code
3.0 Responsibility and Authority
Only senior ship's officers (Master, Chief Mate, Chief Engineer and
First Asst. Engineer) shall have authority to install and/or remove
tags and locks from electrical equipment.
4.0 Equipment Required
Paper Tags upon which dated instructions can be written.
Steel lockouts of disabling equipment controllers.
5.0 Procedure
Before any repairs or alterations to electrical equipment are
performed, the following procedure shall be adhered to:
1. Advise Chief Engineer of proposed work.
2. Notify Deck Watch Officer of equipment or ays ten being, worked
on, secured or activated.
3. Place tag "DO NOT USE OR ENERGIZE THIS EQUIPMENT UNTIL THIS
TAG IS REMOVED BY AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL" on circuit breaker or
controller; sign and date tag.
4. After tagging, secure circuit and install proper size lockout
device and insert repairer's personnel padlock. Do not
attempt repairs until the above precautions have been per-
formed.
3-2
-------
5. If the circuit under repair involves equipment assigned to
more than one chipboard department, then each department shall
insert their own padlock.
6. Upon completion of repairs, the circuit/equipment
tars/lockouts shall be removed by authorized personnel and
immediately tested in the presence of those concerned.
7. Notify Chief Engineer that work is completed and tested.
8. Notify Deck Watch Officer that work has been completed, tested
and that the circuit/equipment is now back "on line."
0. Return electrical lockouts to the electrical repair locker.
10. Notate deck and engine lags with information relat i ve to the
repairi
3-3
-------
Standard Operating- Procedure No. 4 (SP-4)
Hazardous Chemical Spill Clean-up Plan
Table of Contents
Section
1.0
2.0
3.0
4.0
5.0
6.0
7.0
8.0
Q.O
10.0
11.0
12.0
repared by
pproved by
Title
General
Responsibi 1 i ty
Spill Response Procedures
Training* and Storage Lockers
No Smoking* Requirements
Inspection Monitoring
Hazardous Materials
Laboratory Safety Committee
First Aid/CPR Training
Record Keeping
Accident Investigation
Summary
^V Date £/ZB/f*
^-^^ / / /*
'"^V Date 6./Z8/XO
Pagi
4-2
4-2
4-2
4-2
4-3
4-3
4-3
4-4
4-4
4-4
4-4
4-4
ev,
-------
Safety Procedure No. 4 (SP-4)
Hazardous Chemical Spill Clean-up Plan
.0 General
safe working place is the objective of this plan. Prevention of
erious apilla i« the heart of this program. An outline follows for
eneral requirements for safe handling of >»*»l« *»"r^« r""'*' I?
he laboratories for contractor personnel working onboard the USEPA
esearch vessels Roger R. Simons/Lake Guardian.
.0 Responsibility
he responsibilities for coordination and administration of this program
ill be the project officer for the R/V Roger R. Simons/Lake Guardian
ontract. However, on-site responsibility for implementation of safety
tandards lies with EPA supervisory personnel and contractor supervisory
ersonnel. Employees share a responsibility in creating- a safe work
lace. Employees are expected to adhere to the guidelines issued in this
rogram and to participate in training activities, prompt reporting of
ccldents. and identification of unsafe conditions.
.0 Spill Response Procedures
he employee involved in handling liquid hazardous materials (acids,
ases. flammable liquids* e.g.. acetone) is the primary person to deal
ith accidental spillage. The response to the spillage is directly
inked to the quantity spilled. Quantities of a pint or less should be
ontained by the employees directly using spill blankets or pads.
iuantities greater than a pint should be reported to the contractor
upervisor and/or the EPA's shift supervisor. The ship s bridge should
,e notified as soon as possible of the spill and the hazardous condi-
ions which may result. Clean up and containment should proceed using
pill blankets or evacuation depending on quantity spilled. The
esponse team could include (for large spills greater than a pint) ^thc
rontractor supervisor, EPA's shift supervisor, SSI's electronic
echnician, and if self-contained respirators are needed, two persona
rained in the use of positive pressure respirators.
,.0 Training and Storage Lockers
.aboratories in which hazardous materials are used must be prepared to
leal with accidental spillage. Employees are to receive the 24-hour
•ield and Safety Training Program. Employees are to be trained in the
ise and location of spill blankets and pads.
'mployees are to store hazardous liquids in quantities of a gallon or
.ore in safety plastic containers in the appropriate acid, base, and
'lammable liquids storage cabinets on the boat deck. Transfer of gallon
-lass jars can only be done using safety plastic carrying containers.
4-2
-------
ter use, they must be returned to the appropriate locker. Waste
:etone must be handled as flammable liquid.
0 "No Smoking" Requirements
iployees are not to smoke in any laboratory or adjacent to doorways
.•ading lo the laboratories at any time. Because of hazardous materials
•lammable liquids) no smoking will be allowed on the boat deck at any
me.
'ter the five minute warning, prior to beginning sampling operations,
> smoking is allowed on the well deck until sampling procedures are
impleted and the ship is underway.
.0 Inspection-Monitoring
ie detection of unsafe or unhealthy work conditions at the earliest
issible tine, and the prompt abatement of hazards at the lowest
issible work levels, are essential elements of this plan.
i a daily basis, contractor supervisors of each laboratory are
.•aponsible for maintaining work areas free of recognized hazards whi.ch
.y cause employee or guest injuries. Should a hazard be identified,
-pa should be taken to temporarily avoid the location which present
hazard. Notification of supervisory staff should be taken i tunedi-
_-ly. Steps to abate the hazard potential -should be formulated and
IP lamented. In addition, it is vital that employees are constantly
:minded and encouraged to report unsafe conditions to supervisors
mediately.
0 Hazardous Materials
ie spill safety plans applies to the following acids, bases, and
ammable liquids:
X) Nitrite acid
2) Sulfuric acid
3) Hydrochloric acid
4) Sodium hydroxide
5) Acetone
tch of these hazardous substances is not to be kept in quantities
•eater than one liter outside of the appropriate safety locker.
•ansportation of larger quantities from the safety lockers to a
iboratory requires the use of safety cans (flammable liquid) or plastic
irrying containers. Transfer of liquids to smaller containers la to be
me in the hood in the productivity section of the container laborato-
'. Laboratory storage of a half liter to a liter of acetone shall be
i a spill proof safety can. The use of personal protective equipment
expected when exposure warrants its use. Safety glasses, laboratory
ts, shoes, and if needed, plastic gloves are expected to be used in
.<: laboratories.
4-3
-------
J.O Laboratory Safety Committee
)ue to the small number of the laboratory personnel and the close
rforking conditions, all members of the scientific staff and the SSI
•lectronic technician are members of the Lab Safety Committee. The
>urPQse of the committee is to provide formal conduit to discuss and
nplcment corrective action for hazardous conditions.
J.O First Aid/CPR Training/Sickness
'here are three first aid kits aboard the R/V Roger R. Simons/Lake
luardlan. They are located in the Captain's Office, in the main
hemictry laboratory, and the galley. Various members of the scientific
taff have received CPR training and first aid training as have certain
.embers of the ship's crew.
or sickness or injuries requiring treatment other than first aid,
revisions will be made to transport the sick or injured employee to the
earest hospital. In an emergency, a Coast Guard Rescue Helicopter will
e called.
a a matter of caution, no employee should beg-in a survey with a known
edical problem requiring potential emergency response because of the
ossibility of a lengthy time between provision for evacuation and
rrlval at the nearest hospital.
0.0 Record Keeping
11 injuries should be reported to the proper supervisor no matter how
light. Files are to be maintained by the laboratory EPA and ship
ant factor.
1.0 Accident Investigation
properly conducted investigation can uncover unsafe conditions and
-ocedures which occur on a continuous basis. Corrective efforts can be
idertaken to prevent occurrence.
tvestigation should include:
1) Statement of cause of the accident and the facts.
2) if at all possible, the injured employees and witnesses
should be solicited to provide the viewpoints.
3) ' Corrective action should be recommended.
:.0 Summary
ould there be discrepancies concerning this program, the project
ficer for the ship contractor can be consulted. Possible improvements
this program are encouraged from employees. Efforts will be made to
grade and expand the program and to provide relevant back-up material.
-------
Standard Operating Procedure No. 5 (SP-5)
Pre and Post Sail Electrical Equipment Checkout
Table of Contents
lection Title Page
.0 Scope 5-2
.0 References 5-2
.0 Responsibility and Authority 5-2
.0 Equipment Required 5-2
.0 Procedure 5_2
by £'1 Date 6 /z p, /9
rcpared
iproved by<^ '- Date
5-1
-------
Safety Procedure No. 5 (SP-5)
Pre and Post Sail Electrical Equipment Checkout
1.0 Scope
This procedure shall be followed prior to departing on an extended
voyage and immediately upon return from any extended voyage.
2.0 References
United States Coast Guard Electrical Engineering Regulations
OSHA Safety and Health Regulations
National Electrical Code
3.0 Responsibility and Authority
The ship's electronic technician, acting under the authority of the
Jaster. shall be responsible for performing the procedures described
lerein.
'1.0 Equipment Required
k CFCI tester and a polarity tester shall be used in performance of the
irocedure described herein.
i.O Procedure
. The electronic technician, using the equipment described in paragraph
4.0, shall test each and every duplex electrical outlet on board the
vessel for polarity. On circuits so protected, he shall also assure
that the GPCI interrupters are functioning correctly.
. He shall report his findings to the Master for entry in the discrep-
ancy log (if any found), and to the Chief Engineer for correction.
. Any repairs or corrections required shall be performed in accordance
with SP-3, if they cannot be made immediately.
. The cause of the discrepancy shall be determined and entered into the
ship's log.
5-2
-------
Standard Operating Procedure No. G (SP-6)
Fueling Procedures
Table of Contents
Section Title p»*e
1.0 Scope 6-2
>.0 References 6-2
j.O Responsibility and Authority 6-2
..0 Equipment Required 6-2
>.0 Procedure 6-2
/Z
repared by ^ Y Date
pproved by C^ T Date
2V.
6-1
-------
Safety Procedure No. 6 (SP-G)
Fueling1 Procedures
.0 Scope
'his procedure shall be followed each tine the vessel is fueled.
.0 References
itle 46 CFR
.0 Responaibility and Authority
he ship's Chief Engineer, acting under the authority of the Master,
hall be responsible for performance of the procedures described herein.
.0 Equipment Required
ncluded in Procedure
.0 Procedure
There will be no visitors, smoking-, fires, open flames, open
lights, and no burning or welding while fuel is being transferred
for any reason. Signs will be posted to remind personnel of
s&jne.
All power tools and other equipment that could cause a spark will
be secured.
Before taking on fuel, the following items should be checked:
a. Check gaskets in all fittings and replace those suspect.
b. Check the fittings themselves to insure that they are not
cracked or stripped.
c. Examine all hoses and make sure that they are in good
condition. Look for tears, frays or other weak spots that
might cause the hose to leak or burst.
d. Display the "bravo" flag by day, or an all around red light
by night.
e. Place drip pans under all fittings; plug all scuppers.
f. Check all mooring lines to make sure that if the vessel
surges they will not break and cause the hose connection to
part.
e-a
-------
g. Sound all tanks using water finding: paste; lor the soundings
and the draft of the vessel prior to and following fueling.
h. Establish good communication with the pumping station or
truck.
i. Open the required valves in the fill system for the tanks
that are going to be receiving fuel.
4. When the above precautions and procedures have been completed,
fueling nay commence. During the pumping process, maintain a
live watch at the fueling station at all times and be on the
lookout for other persons violating the open flame restrictions.
When fueling is completed, secure all valves, sounding tubes and
caps. Secure all hoses, taking care to first blank off the
ends. Resound tanks with water paste to insure that uncontami-
nated fuel was received.
5. Attached is a schematic diagram of the R/V Roger R. Simons/Lake
Guardian' fuel system piping.
6-3
-------
Standard Operating Procedure No. 7 (SP-7)
Annual Vessel Inspection
Section
1.0
2.0
3.0
4.0
5.0
Table of Contents
Title Pare
Scope 7-2
References 7-2
Responsibility.* Authority 7-2
Equipment required 7-2
Procedure 7-2
Tepared by:.
.pproved by:.
.ev.:
Date:.
Date:.
9*
7-1
-------
1.0 Scope
This procedure is promulgated to provide a base line from which ini***]"
vessel performance and safety may be measured. At the beginningof eacn
operation season, the R/V Roger R. Roger R. Simons/Lake Cuftl/Ift"^**J
Suardian shall be inspected in accordance with the attached Annual
Inspection Check List for the purposes of comparing the current state of
the vessel with that required by the checklist. Deficiencies shall be
icied and provisions made for their correction.
2.0 References
a.) Attached Seaward Services, Inc. "Annual Vessel Inspection
Checklist".
b.) Title 46 Code of Federal Regulations. Sections as appro-
priate, especially subchapter 0.
i.O Responsibility and Authority
esponaibility for ensuring this procedure is complied with is the
csponaibiliiy of the ship's master, acting as the designated represen-
ative of the President of SSI. Portions of the procedure may be
legated to the Chief Mate or the Chief Engineer, however the Master
11 be held accountable for their inspection..
.0 Equipment Required
quipmenl installed aboard the R/V Roger R. Simons/Lake Guardian shall
e operated and inspected in accordance with the Checklist.
.0 Procedure
he checklist is self-explanatory; the person(s) conducting the
napection shall initial the section inspected, then sign and date at
he bottom.
7-2
-------
Seaward Services, Inc.
ANNUAL VESSEL INSPECTION CHECKLIST
A. ADMINISTRATION AND PAPERWORK:
__ At. Has a written Application for Inspection been made to the Oflicer-in-Charge Marine Inspection
formally requesting an inspection? (Note: taoMayrai^ai^ti>ai-niUu'tU»uifiri-...uniiihfu'riiii-nmiue^.iuuy
fc- fumptrtrd at the timr n/litr in*pivtinn).
___ A2. Check lite vessel's Certificate of Inspection. Has the certificate expired? Has me vessel been
operating within the limits of its certificate? tNalK \'nu mu»l ««>l kunwnl? «w Certificate vf tmiteciion)
__ A3. Check the vessel's document. See thai it is correct and valid lor the type of service the vessel is
engaged in. The original document must be kept on board the vessel. Us annual renewal sticker musl
be up-to-date. The Certificate of Inspection is not valid wiihoul the document'
_ M. Check the vessel's Stability Letter. -('one is required by regulations. Is il posted under glass with all
sides visible? Has the vessel been operated within the terms specified in ihis letter?
_ AS. Check the vessel's operators to see thai each has a valid operator's license. Each operator's license
snould be endorsed lor the vessel's route, should be ol sufficient tonnage, ol the correct type and
must not be eapired. Also check each operator lor possession ol an F.C.C. Marine Radio Operator
Permit if required lor your type of operation. The F.C.C. white, wallet sized card may not be sufficient
when carrying passengers lor hire.
_____ A6. Does the vessel have an une*pired F.C.C. Station License (valid for 5 years)? Are all transmitters
such as radios. radars.EPIRBs,etc.presentlv installed on the vessel listed onlhis station license? Isa
current Communication* Act Safety Certificate (valid lor 2 years) aboard the vessel and posted?
_ A7. Are Recommended Emergency Checkoff Lists* and How to Don a Ufe Jacket posters*
displayed aboard the vessel?
_ A8. if equipped with one or more inflatable lileralts. is the placard provided by its manufacturer
describing the use of that lilerafl posted? Is the information on each raft's brass identification tag
evidencing Its annual inspection up-to-date and ready lor inspection?
_ A9. if the vessel has an assigned loadlme. is the original Leadline Certificate on board? Is a copy ol the
Leadline Regulations. 46 CFR 42-46*. on also board? Have required annual surveys been
performed?
_ A1Q. is a copy of the Inland Navigational Rules Act of 1980* for inland waters operation or
Navigational Rules, International/Inland* (or equivalent) on board the vessel?
____ A1 1. Are charts lor those areas in which the vessel operates on board and current?*
_ A12. Are Coast PIloU |or Sailing Directions (or foreign operation) on board and up-to-date?*
_____ A13. Are Light Llsti up-to-date and on board?*
____ A14. Are Local Notices to Mariners appropriate lor Ihe intended voyage maintained on board?*
__ A15. Are Tide Tablet and Tidal Current Tables for Ihe current year kept on board.*
* (R?f -t6 CFS ItOi. 2H-M. 1'oin-yuit maintaining Iht-u- tiuMiralnm.t iiuiy iim in ili/fi-mu ni>/>ir/i«;i wiir*.
B. NAVIGATION EQUIPMENT AND NAVIGATION RULES COMPLIANCE.
_ Bi. Check the magnetic compass (il required) lor proper compensation, operation and for a prominently
poMed and up-lo-daie deviation table. Check gyrocompass (if Installed) for proper operation.
_ B2. Check the vessel's radar and lor an for proper operation. 8e prepared to demonstrate the proper
operation of this equipment 10 Ihe inspecting officer.
____ B3. Check all navigation lights (or proper operation, lor bulbs of Ihe correct type and wattage and suitable
intensity, clean lenses, black-matte colored screens of Ihe right site and properly aligned. Check lor
corrosion-lree wiring and electrical connections. The filament of navigation light bulbs should be
aligned with the center ol Ihe Iresnel lens. All new lights musl be "final acceptance types" with brass
identification tag and IwiSt lock bulbs, t Wurning • Tin- it-num aulb muv melt ltif fku.tir lfH»'l
___ B4. Check VH F and SSB radios tor proper operation. The inspector may ask you to make one or more calls
on each radio using proper radiotelephone procedure.
___ B5. Operate the vessel's whistle so mat it produces an "eldcient sound signal" as per navigation rules
technical annex hi.
____ B6. Assure thai the vessel's log bell is the correcl (i.e. large) size and is properly positioned and mounted
to serve its intended function,
17fl MacAflftur Causeway. Miami Beach Flor.O* 33139 (305| S34-2SI3 / Fai |30i| 534-2&16
-------
.. B7. Sea that three btack bad day shapes 2 feel mdiamelar—and any other shapes that may be required
by any special operations - with suitable halyards lor tfiair display are aboard Ihe vessel and ready
lor immediate use. '
B8. See Mat two all-round red breakdown Jigbis. with suitable bulbs, wiring, electncaf connections and
halyard s 10 display the lights are aboard the vessel and ready lor emergency use. These lights may be
permanently mounted on the mast il desired.
C. LI FES AVI NG EQUIPMENT
Cl. AU lifesavlng equipment must be 'Coast Guard Approved'. Fireliflhling equipment must be
•suitable lor marine use' if not required lo be USCG 'approved'. Items without tags, narneptaies or
other markings indicating suitable approvals may be ordered replaced even If still servicaDle.
_ C2. insure that each life preserver (PFDi is clean and of the correct type lor (he service intended. AH
straps. hooKs and lutings musl be serviceable. Clolh coverings must no) be lornor lollen. Flotation
sacks must not be punctured Each PFD must have reflective tape on both sides. Each PFD on
vessels wnose authorized route exceeds 20 miles Irom snore must have a PFD tight properly
attached and in good working order. Batteries lor these lights must not be oui-ol-data. Display PFOs
m groups ol 5 on 0 lor the inspection. Be prepared to assist with the stamping. iNote: Leakingriirmieul*
ftam • rt-tai« MJ Mil* run il,-*ln,y llif lite iWtJubne «wm by»wilnrt. isulinx rhfaucuU may mwH liki- ruU,ii
C3. Be'certain that the number ol PFDs on the vessel corresponds to or exceeds the toial number ol
passengers and crew specified on the Certificate of Inspection. Pre-test all snaps. Check PFO straps
(or dry rot. Work vests are never counted as life preservers. II carried, they must be in good condition.
C4. vessels over 65 leet in length musl have 3 ring life buoys (i.e. 'lite rings').
-_. C5. Each tile ring must have 60 leet ol line attached lo it. Floating plasnc lines should be black anJ
sunlight resistant.
_ C6. is a waterlight provided for and attached toone of Ihe life rings at or nearlhe pilothouse lor nighttime
use?
C7. is a watertight provided lor each lilelloal and buoyant apparatus?
C6. fs each watertight attached lo a tile ring, lifelloal or buoyant apparatus?
C9. Check each watertight for proper operation.
C10. Be sure there are 6 red and 6 orange-smoke or 12 combination flares in sealed plastic bags on board.
They musl be approved for the service intended (i.e. the corracl type). Check all (lares to be sure they
are not outdated and within 3 years of Ihe date of manufacture stamped on the flare.
Cl 1. Provide one or more waterproof boias lor flare storage.
C12. Check each Hfafloat and buoyant apparatus lor good overall condition. Check for rotted lines or
oeckets. Check lor proper nameplate and markings. Check for a painter 100 (eel long with a 1500
ib. breaking strength (3000* lor any lilesaving appliance with a capacity of over 50 persons). One
painter may be used to attach up to 3 lite Moats to Ihe vessel with one float-free link. Check id see
mat paddles are available, are in good condition, properly marked and attached to the lilesaving
apparatus. Check all grab lines lo see thai they are held by lashings ol light thread or masking tape
to prevent them Irom tangling yet weak enough lo be broken by a man m the water. Becertain that any
Jine dispensing appliance used to store the painter is properly positioned and will operate under
emergency conditions. Life floats may be covered tor protection against the elemenls. but Ihe cover
must noi be lashed so as to prevent the apparatus (ram floating tree,
C13. Inspect Inflatable llferaft containers lor damage. Be sure each rafl has received its annual
Inspection at a U.S.C.G. approved service facility. Have all supporting paperwork available lor
inspection. Containers must be nghl-side-up with drain plugs on Ihe bottom. PopoM straps holgjng
both Halves ol me container together and the hydrostatic release musl be in place. The life rail
capacity and its number must be stencilled nearby-but not on the rail container.
C14. Check all hydrostatic releaiet lor proper operation and up-to-dalo inspection tags. Inspection and •
tagging ol this device is required annually.
C15. The EPIRB. tf required (see C-2J, musl be installed in a free-floating position and stencilled with the
vessel's name. Us dated battery musl not be expired ordead. its indicator light must work. Trt« EPlflB
must be tested and luilvooerahonat. Do not secute me EPlRB's fanvard lotne vessel since it musl be
able to float free. Any EPIRB testing should be done at 5 minutes before or S minutes alter the hour.
C16. Check lilelloals and buoyant apparatus lor properly rigged flo*i-fr»* llnkt with valid approval tag •
in place.
C17. Check operating cord on all inflatable dferafts to see that they are properly secured lo slrongpoinl on
vessel.
D. FIREFIGHTING EQUIPMENT
D t. Check the fire pump lor proper operation. Be sure a pressure gauge is installed to measure oullel
pressure and lhal the lire pump can pump 50 gallons per minute at a pressure of 60 psi.
D2. Check all fire hoses under maximum pressure. Replace all deleciive hoses or lutings.
-------
03. Each fir* hydrant must have a suitable spanner wrench attached lo it. The wrench must lit the hose
attached to the hydrant. The nozzle must be attached to the lire hose. The fire hose must be attached
to the hydrant. Certificated vessels and Offshore Supply Vessels (OSV) must be equipped wnn
combination nozzles (3-posilion: straight stream, fog and shuloff positions). Plastic nozzles are not
permitted. A suitable rack lo hold the fire hose must be installed at each fire station.
04. Vessels inspected lo carry combustibles or llammablcs in DOT or marine portable tanks must carry
2 each B-ll fire extinguishers in addition to a required large semi-portable dry chemical fire
extinguisher.
05. insure that there is a method of effectively closing off all forced and natural ventilation to the engine
room in case of fire. This includes shutting off blowers and closing all openings.
06. All fire extinguishers should be tested and lagged by a reputable dealer. The tags should not be more
than 1 year old. However, since this is not a requirement, mo Inspector is prepared to inspect, test
and weigh each unit.
D7. Be certain that the crew has been named in and is capable of conducting a fire, boat or man overboard
drill.
06. Check all fire monitors, fixed lire extinguishing systems, foam systems and any special firefightlng
equipment installed on the vessel.
09. Check all CO, lire extinguishers for rusty or pitted cylinders (especially on the bottom). Check horns
10 determine if obstructed. Check to see that CO, cylinders are mounted and not touching the deck.
Check date stamped on cylinder shoulder to see if hydrostatic lestine is required (Le. at 5 year
intervals]. Weigh lo determine if the unit is fully charged. USCG and UL labels must appear on
extinguisher's band. Replacement bands not containing this information are not acceptable.
010. Produce a suitable hand-operated combination bilge and lire pump complete with hoses. Test it to
determine il it works properly. This pump should be capable of being connected lo a garden nose to
deliver a straight stream to fight a lire.
Oil. Each fire extinguisher must have a suitable mounting bracket to insure that the extinguisher is held
properly. The bracket is approved as a unit with the extinguisher and must be mated with and match
us extinguisher.
012. Consider having a technician present to check complex CO, or other extinguishing systems while the
Coast Guard inspector is in attendance.
MACHINERY OPERATION
£1. Check the main engine's) and generalor(s) for proper mechanical operation.
E2. Check the marine oear(s) for proper operation ahead, neutral and astern.
E3. inspect and be prepared lo operate the anchor winch or windlass. Check its motor and electrical
connections, brake and controls, and ground tackle.
£4. Check the steering system lor proper operation, hard-over to hard-over.
£2. Check (and repair if necessary) all over speed shutdown devices on generators and main engines (il
required).
E6. inspect all gauges and tachometers in the engine room and the pilothouse for proper operation.
E7. Check engine shutdown switches lo see thai they operate from the pilothouse.
FUEL AND POLLUTION
Ft. Inspect all emergency fuel shutoffs lo see that the handle or hand wheel, reach rod. linkage and valve
work.
F2. Check lo see f hat the flame safety cere en* (30 X 30 mesh - not insect screen) are correctly installed
on all fuel vents. Screening may also be required on potable water and ballast vents.
F3. Inspect the grounding wire connecting the fuel fill pipe and the fuel lank. Be sure that grounding
wires or equivalents are available for ship-shore connections during fueling.
F4. inspect fuel tines for leaks and (or proper flexible connections lo prevent luel line damage by
vibration.
F5. Crteck for fuel containment devices or 5 gallon buckets etc. under fuel lank (overflow) vents.
F6. Post pollution prevention placards » required by 33 CFR 155.4501 near overboard discharges. Be
sure that the vessel has a supply of Declaration of Inspection* forms required for all fueling and
fuel transfer operations.
F7. Check sewage system for proper operation and sign* indicating no discharge within 3 miles of shore
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM, ELECTRIC APPLIANCES AND ELECTRONICS
(Mole: ll mu>- lie nfftiMiMr (»luuv nit rdi iriuin \ in linn urn • lin It \itnrivoM-J fir/iin* tin- ( '«««»/ Ctntrtt itu/nt-bun All
flfrtmmr »•
-------
G3. inspect a..ie.ephones.genera»«larms.andpublicaddresssys^
Check all engine alarm. l.re alarm and h.gn water level bilge alarm sysiems lor compleie and correct
operation.
G4. Inspect all electrical wiring (or proper grounding (3 wires).
G5 insulate antenna connections. , _ .
' at Remove all renewable link .uses. Only non-renewable ^^^^f^l^liaaaa
_. G7. A rubber mat and a wooden railing to prevent elecirocution mus. be located m from ol the elecerical
G8 Jto^pTSStre permitted in electrical cables. All junctions must be made in iunclion b°«« .
09 Sioragebatieriesmustbeinsialledmleadlinedorl^^
" "G I ft Storage bat.ery boxes must have t.ltod tops lhal proiect mem »rom shor.-c,rcu.l,ng by talt.ng meialUc
Gl 1 Storage batter.es must be properly ventilated and have a minimum of 10" headroom.
" G 2 An ammeter and a vottmeier mus. be provided ton»easure the voltage and amperage output ol each
generator m operahon. The frequency melcr (,.e. Hern meter) should work and be properly
calibrated. Generator overspeed shutdowns must .rip within RPM tolerances ngtrmttttttl
G13 Bat.erv.erm,nalSmustbeollhesolderedlugtype.NosPr,ngcl.PsorlemporaryclamPsarePermitted.
Gl 4" Test emergency means lor stopping ventilating lans and air conditioning units.
!! cNs! Are^f^
directory or listing ol all circuits they control.
H-
.
attached to the anchor. Consult your local marine inspector lor these requirements. Also check lor
the presence ol a boalhook or grapnel with line to retrieve lines attached to moorings buoys.
H2 Clean all traces ol oil and luellrom Ihe bilges. Do nol pump it overboard.
" " M3 Check all exhaust lines lor exhaust or water leaks. Be sure exhaust lines are wrapped to prevent
' ourns Irom ihe pomi wnuiu iliu ILiimu bulfe lu the unyimr to 3" uuywid the water mieclion point
H4. Check lurbochargers anddry exhaust manitoios loi Insulating blanketsor similar devices to prevent
fires from heal radiated Irom these surfaces.
. H5. inspect lor proper guards on all exposed Ian bells, sprockets, couplings, etc.
1_ H6. inspect tor protective screens for all lans and blowers.
H7. Inspect the entire bilge pumping system lor proper operation in all compartmenls.
H8. inspeci the laMielie and engine room lor hanging wires, loose hoses, pipes or copper tubing lhal
may need strapping brackets or chafing gear. All pipe hangers and/or wire clamping devices must be
m place and equipped with ihe proper chafing gear.
H9. Check pop-off safely valves on me air receiver (storage) tanks on each air compressor for proper
settings and nameplaies. . .
HlO. Bleed all water Irom air receivers. Be sure lhal laclory tags on air recievers are in place and are
readable. II the tag (alls oil. Ihe unit will not pass inspection. All air receivers should be open lor
internal inspection.
__ H 1 1 . Inspect all handrails (and chains used in lieu ol handrails) lor continuity, cracks, breaks, weakness or
other safety delects. Salely chains should protect openings m the bulwarks near all mooring bids.
H12. Check all devices mat are used to hold hatches and watertight doois open.
H 1 3. The hot water healer must be equipped witn an operating saluiy valve.
Hi 4. Install double hose clamps on all hose connections.
_ HIS. Inspect all hatch gaskets for paint (not allowed) and deteriorating rubber. Replace as necessary.
~" Hi 6 Toilets, washrooms, crew quarters, passenger areas and Ihe galley should be able to pass a sanitary
Inspection. Be sure that vacuum breakers are installed on all garden-type hoses lo prevent
siphoning dirty water into Ihe potable water system.
_ H 1 7. Replace cracked and broken window glass Do not install tinted glass in pilothouse as it restricts
visibility.
_ HI fl. Check sea rails or safety brackets on top ol the stove lo resist accidental cook pot movements.
. . .1 Hi 9. Inspect all valve handles. Replace broken handles and hand wheels. All should be properly tagged
or identified.
_ H20. The potable water system (including storage tank) must be completely independent and must nol be
connected to any other system.
__ H2l. Check ihe first aid kit lor completeness and suitability. Use USCG approved first aid kits and
replacement components.
_ H22. Examine me oxygen breathing apparatus (DBA) if so equipped. Be sure that a recharge is available
lor the unit. Be able to demonstrate how to use the unit. Check the hydrostatic lest date on the DBA
bottle.
____ H23. Does this vessel require a Coast Guard approved rescue boat with davits, a winch with a quick
release brake, a quick release device 10 unhook Ihe crall when waierborne. a means lo retrieve Ihe
era!!, properly sized oars and oarlocks and an acceptable drain plug? Or is a rescue platform with
harness or a rescue float reouired lo recover a man overboard?
-------
. H24. All blank holes through watertight bulkheads must be sealed to maintain watertight integrity. All
bulkhead penetrations tor wiring must be checked lot (rayed wires and lor properly maintained
watertight packing lubes.
H2S. Examine and operate the collision bulkhead bilge suction cut oil valve from the deck.
H26. Check lor the availability of appropriate passenger orientation procedures.
H27. Check all ladder rungs in tanks and compartments tar saiciy.
H 28. Inspectors will enter only tanks that are clean, gas-free or sale. Be sure tanks are in suitable condition
tor inspection including a marina chemist certificate when applicable.
H29. Walk-in refrigerators must have knock-out opener on door ot an alarm thai works from inside the box.
I. PAINTING, STENCILLING, LABELLING AND MARKINGS
It. Check that the vessel's name on documented vessels appears on both bows and at t he stern in at
(east 4" letters. The halting port must appear on the stern.
12 Lifelloats buoyant apparatus, ring lile buoys, personal notation devices, work vests, each length or
fire hose, paddles, etc. should be stencilled with the vessel's name and home port.
13 Stencil Emergency Fuel ShuloH in red near the luel shulotl vatve(s) on deck. Also stencil a two
headed ariow and the words on and OHIO snow which way tooperale the valve. Useatleast t letters.
._. 14 Siencii all emergency hatches on both sides in at least l" (fillers: 'Watertight Hatch - Close in
Emergency*.
_ 15. The stove electrical disconnect must be prominently labelled.
16. The number o< persons allowed on each kiielloat or buoyant apparatus must be stencilled in 1%
letters.
17. Mark all emergency lighting wilh a red "E" in al least v," letleis.
IB. All fire hydrants should be painted red.
19. Number and stencil each file station at the hydrant. (Example: Fire Sla. No. 5 ).
Ma Stencil the lire station number on each (ire extinguisher.
til. started the number ollife preservers on each locker thus: '25 Life Preservers'-use at least t letters.
__ 112. Stencil all compartment vents, luel. potable waier and ballast fill and vent lines.
_ 113. Strip and pain! r«»cue boat (il so equipped) and check lor proper stowage ol all its equipment. The
rescue boat must be stencilled wilh the name ol its parent vessel. (Check witn the Coast Guard tor a
current listing ot 'approved' rescue boais before making a purchase.)
. M4. The potable water (ill should be painted blue.
MS. Label all 1 tO volt and 220 volt receptacles.
-------
Standard Operating Procedure No. 8 (SP-8)
Fixed Electrical Space Heaters
Table of Contents
Section Title
1.0 Scope 8-2
2.0 References 8-2
3.0 Responsibility 8-2
4.0 Equipment Required 8-2
5.0 Inspection Procedures 8-2
6.0 Emergency Procedures
Prepared by Date
Approved by Date
Rev.
8-1
-------
Safety Procedure No. B (SP-8)
Fixed Electrical Space Heaters
1.0 Scope
This procedure shall be followed for all uses of fixed electrical
space heaters.
2.0 References
National Electric Code
3.0 Responsibility and Authority
The ship's chief electrician under the authority of the master
shflJl be responsible for the installation, testing, and maintenance
of all fixed electrical heaters on board the ship in accordance
with National Electric Code Standards. On-site responsibility for
ens-urine appropriate use of heaters is the responsibility of EPA
.supervisory personnel and contractor supervisory personnel.
1.0 Equipment Required
Fi::r-d electrical space heaters shall be Underwriters Laboratory
MIL) approved.
5.0 Inspection Procedures
». The ship's chief electrician shall inspect all electrical
spare heaters for safe function before and after each survey.
b. The EPA safety officer shall inspect semi-annually to endure
proper installation and maintenance of electrical spare heaters.
r-. The contractor safety officer shall inspect weekly to ensure
that combustibles are stored at a minimum of three feet from the
heating elements and that heaters are not being used to dry gloves.
ragn. or other combustibles.
8-2
-------
6.0 Emergency Procedures
a. :3hip personnel shall be trained by the contractor safety
olficcr to use electrical space heaters according to the parameters
specified in section 5.0, c.
b Ship personnel shall be further trained by the contractor
safety officer to use the following procedure in case of flammable
chemical spill or vapor build-up:
1) Press the emergency shut-off button located near the
unit.
2) Evacuate the area until testing shows that possibility of
hazard from fire or explosion is past.
8-3
-------
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES
EYH WASH INSPECTION
Section
1.0
2.0
3.0
4.0
5.0
6.0
7.0
Table of Contents
Title
Scope
References
Responsibility
Installation
Maintenance
Inspection
Operation
Page
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
Prepared by
Approved by
Rev.
Page 1
-------
Eve Wash Inspection
1.0 Scope
To provide Btandard operating procedures for the safe use
and proper installation, maintenance and inspection of
the emergency eye wash equipment.
2.0 References
Haws Emergency Equipment Catalog
GLNPO Chemical Hygiene Plan and Safety Manual
3.0 Raaponnihtlitv - Qualified Personnel
A. The ship's Science Officer, Marine Science Technician
and/or the Chemical Hygiene Officer or their appointed
deaignee, under the authority of the Master, will be
responsible for routine maintenance and weekly testing of
the emergency eye wash unit as well as keeping accurate
records of the data produced.
B. It shall be the responsibility of each specifying
authority to provide the flow of water as required.
4.0 Installation
A. Units should be installed in close proximity to hazardous
areas, clearly identified as eye wash stations, free from
obstructions and easily aocessible.
B. Eye washes should be connected to the main potable water
supply.
C. Eye wash fountains should be connected with piping no
smaller than 3/4" IPS. All eye wash units should be
attached to a drain by a code approved method to
facilitate ease of testing.
Page 2
-------
5.0 Maintenance
A. Water pressure at the eye-wash fountain should be no leas
than 30 PSI or more than 90 PSI during operation.
B. Because of sediment accumulation in standing pipes,
flushing times should be determined by the Science
Officer, Marine Science Technician or designated
appointee prior to ship's departure.
6.0 Inspection
A. All emergency eye-wash units should be tested weekly.
The unit should be flushed for the required amount of
time ao determined above.
B. Accurate records should be kept of the flow,
sediment and eye dispersion rates, ao well ae
the date of the inspection, name of the
inspector and details regarding the state of
the equipment. (See attached eye wash
inspection chart).
7.0 Operation
A. To insure adequate operation of the units, all persons
should be instructed in the proper use of the emergency
eye wash equipment.
B. Eyes ehould be continually rinsed at the scene of the
accident for at least 15 minutes and a doctor or nuree
contacted as soon ae possible.
C. Any emergency use of the eye wash unit must be
immediately reported to the Bridge and recorded in the
ship's log.
Page 3
-------
STANDARIL OPEHATINGJHRQCEDIJBE
EMERGENCY SHOWER INSPECTION
Sect ion
1.0
2.0
3.0
4.0
5.0
6.0
7.0
Table of Contents
Title
Scope
References
Responsibility
Installation
Maintenance
Inspection
Operation
1
1
1
1
2
2
o
Prepared by
Approved by
Rev.
Date
Date
Pbge
-------
Showar Tnapection
1.0 Srnpe
To provide standard operating procedures for the safe use and
proper inatallation, maintenance and Inspection of the
emergency shower equipment.
2.0 ftefarencee
Hawe Emergency Equipment Catalog
GLNPO Chemical Hygiene Plan and Safety Manual
3.0 phonal hi Ht.v - QuaH f Jftd Pergonnel
4.0
A. The ship's Science Officer, Marine Science Technician,
Chemical Hygiene Officer or their appointed designee,
under the authority of the Master, will be responsible
for routine maintenance and weekly, testing of the
emergency ohower unit using xhe appropriate test Itit aa
well &e keeping accurate records of the data produced.
B. It shall be the responsibility of each npecifying
authority to determine the flow of water as required.
A. Units should be installed in close proximity to hazardous
areas, clearly identified as emergency shower stations,
free from obstructions and accessible within 10 feet of
at least one exit from each laboratory.
B. Emergency showers should be connected to the main potable
water
C. Minimum pipe aize to shower should be no smaller than 1
and 1/4" IPS.
Page 2
-------
5. 0 Maintenance
A. Water pressure at the shower should be no lees than 3l>
PSI or more than 90 PSI during operation.
6.0
A. All emergency shower units should be tested weekly.
Since there ie no floor drain available, a H&we Shower
Test Kit, Model &010, should be uoed.
B. Accurate records should be kept of flow and sediment
rates, ae well ae date of the Inspection, name of the
innpector end detaile regarding the state of the
equipment. (See attached shower inspection chart).
7 .0 Operation
A. To insure adequate operation of the units, all persons
should be instructed in the proper use of the emergency
ohower equipment.
B. The injured person should immediately make u&e of the
facility by showering and removing all clothing aa
quickly ae possible.
C. Any emergency use of the safety shower should immediately
be reported to the Bridge and recorded in the ship's log.
Page 3
-------
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE
Sect ion
1.0
2.0
3.0
4.0
5.0
6.0
7.0
8.0
9.0
10.0
11.0
12.0
13.0
Small Boat Operational Safety
Table of Contents
Title Page
Scope
References
Responsibility
Frequency of Inspection
Fuelins
Preparation and Weather
Shiphandling
Navigation
Mooring
Ground Tackle
Anchoring
Personal protective gear and Emergency
Procedures
Outboard motor maintenance and fueling
Prepared by
Approved by
Rev.
Date
Date
Page 1
-------
Small Boat Operational Safety
1.0 Scope
The scope of thia manual is to provide standard operating
procedures for the safe navigation, handling* maintenance and
operation of email boats, inflatable craft and related marine
ecience equipment.
2.0 Paferences
Environmental Protection Agency, Region 5: Health & Safety Manual.
Section 16-2.
North Pacific Fishing Veesel Owner's Association: Vessel Safety
Mftnpa1f 1906.
Outboard Marine Corporation: Owner*a/Operator*_s Manual
Avon Inflatablee Inc.: Owner's Manual
3.0 Raaponatbllitv
The operator in command of any small craft io ultimately
responsible for the safe operation of the vessel and it'o
equipment, and for the safety of everyone aboard. As well, the
vessel owner must provide a seaworthy vessel. However, each
occupant muat attend constantly to his own safety and perform hin
work in a safe and prudent manner, using all safeguards provided
for his protection or the protection of others.
4.0 Frequency of Tnnpaqtion
Prior to any email craft being taken out, it should be inspected to
inoure that mechanical functions, such as the motor, lights, radio,
etc., are operating , that any necessary documentation is on board.
that standard safety equipment is on board and that there is
sufficient fuel.
5.0 Fueling
When handling fuel and refueling remember that gasoline is very
flammable. There are four basic rules for handling fuel:
A. Keep all sources of Ignition away from fuel vapors.
B. Keep the nozzle of the fuel hose in contact with the fuel
tank opening to avoid static sparks.
Page 2
-------
1 1 • J v> H U . «.' U - P . ' J -I
C. Never overfill the tanks.
P. Fill ptartttbl* fual tanks OUTSIDE the boat (never in the
boat) on the dock or at another location.
Inboard engines require special ventilation equipment. Use it.
Boata with enclosed spaces where spilled fuel or fuel vapors can
accumulate must have powered ventilation to clear away the fuel
vapora. This requirements does not normally apply to open boats.
6.0 Preparation and Weather
Before leaving on your trip, get the waather forecast. Look at the
charts (and tide tables) and plan your route. Collect and weigh
the passengers personal gear, the sampling apparatus and all other
"stores" going aboard. Load the gear so that it will not roll or
slide when the boat rocka or tosses. Before leaving on your trip,
you should take the following precautions:
If the weather forecast is somewhat unfavorable, load the
boat lightly ao that it will float high in the water. If
a storm is predicted, postpone the trip.
If your course takes you out of sight of land, at least
one pereon aboard should know how to navigate. At least
two people should know how to read charts and locate
sandbars, shallows, rocks, rapids, etc..
The Coast Guard recommends that you file a "float plan"
with someone who oan request a search if you do not
return as expected. The float plan should give a
detailed description of the boat and it'e planned course.
It should list the people aboard, the type and
frequencies of the emergency radio, and the names and
telephone numbers of the Coast Guard or other agency
personnel who should be notified if you fail to return as
expected.
In addition, before departure, check for local storm warnings. In
addition, your charts will show the location of storm warning
display etationB, and your radio will carry weather bulletins. A
discussion of storm warnings follows:
A small craft warning means winds may reach 38 mph (33
knots) or conditions are dangerous for the sort of boats
generally used by EPA. A triangular red pennant,
displayed at a storm warning display station, signals a
small craft warning.
Two triangular red flags signal a gale warning: winds
from 39 to 54 mph (34-47 knots).
Page 3
-------
A single square red flag with a black center displayed at
a storm warning display station signals a storm warning:
winds of 56 to 73 mph (46-63 knots).
Two square red flags with black centers signals a
hurricane or tropical cyclone, with winds in excess of 74
mph (63 knots).
7.0 Shiphandling
A. When you board a small boat, grasp both sides of the
boat and then step into the middle. If you put all your
weight on the side nearest the dock, you may push that
side under water. If you step down and push the boat
away, the boat may move away before you get are in, (it
helps to have someone steady the boat while you atep in).
B. When one person is in the boat, a second person can pass
gear and supplies to him or her. If the cargo being
passed over is heavy, be careful not to tip the boat and
lose your balance. Distribute the weight evenly, and
secure all cargo so it cannot move when the boat rocko.
C. On larger boats, the load capacity should be displayed on
a plate mounted in the boat. A certificate of compliance
for an outboard motorboat will show the manufacturer's
rating of maximum horsepower that can be safely ueed on
the boat's engine.
D. A combination capacity plate will also list the maximum
number and weight of persons that can be carried safely,
as well as the maximum weight (of persons, motor and
gear) that can be carried safely. The certificate of
compliance and the capacity may be shown on separate
plates.
E. At least one person should know how to handle the boat.
That person should brief the others aa quickly as
possible. A boat does not handle like any land vehicle.
Techniques such as towing, docking, going through locks
or dams and handling the boat in high waves must be
learned through experience.
8.0 Navigation
Page 4
-------
S.O Mooring (see figure 1)
A. The bow line runs through the bullnoee or bow chock. The
etern line rune through after chocks. These lines
should be run well up the dock to reduce fore and aft
motion.
B. Breast linaa may be run perpendicular from the bow, waiat
or quarter to keep the veeael from moving away from the
pier.
C. Spring linBH may be run from the bow or quarter to
eliminate forward or aft movement of the veeeel.
D. Use only spliced eyes in the ends of mooring lines, no
knots. Send the eye to the dock eo the man on board can
•tend the line.
E. Before you leave the veesel at ita mooring, check the
condition of dock cleats, piles and rails to be sure
they're strong enough to hold it.
F. Avoid extreme bends in mooring lines where they pass
through hawse holes or f airloads (use a minimum bending
radiue of 3 timea the diameter of the line to avoid wear
or failure). Use rubber hose or some other material as
chafing gear around the bends.
G. If two bights or eye splicee are to be placed over the
same bollard, ths second should be led up and through the
eye of the firat so that either can be removed
independently.
H. When making a hitoh on a cleat, start with at least one
full turn around the base before you begin taking turns
over the horns. Use only figure-eight turns, no knots or
hitches that may Jam under tension.
I. Synthetic lines are slippery, with little friction; USB
extra turns. Watch your hands to avoid pinching or
crushing injuries.
J. When snubbing a line on a cleat, never try to hold a
vessel without first taking turns on a cleat. Stand well
baok from the cleat, out of the bight and at 80 degrees
to the angle of pull. Use extra turns with synthetic
lines that may slip and pull you into the cleat.
Page 5
-------
. Ul
10.0 Ground Tackle (see figure 2)
A. The "rode" refers to all gear between the veaael and the
anchor, including line or ohain and connecting swivel a or
shackles. The rode may be all chain or a combination of
chain and wire or line. The rode must be marked by
length BO the man setting the anchor knows how much has
been paid out.
B. The rode absorbs moat of the loading due to waves and
should be compliant. Chain and line beat serve this
requirement, and if wire rope is choeen for the rode, a
short length of chain (10-12 feet) should be used to
attach the anchor to the rope. The chain portion of the
rode provides extra holding weight and helps keep tho
pull horizontal so the anchor flukea dig into the bottom.
Chain withstands the wear of lying on the bottom better
than wire or line, and helps weigh the anchor.
C. The roda should have a breaking strength of five times
the anchor hold if made of line or wire, and two times
the design load if made of chain.
D. The term "bow roller" refers to rollers that permit the
rode to be paid out or heaved in, and that serve to
secure the anchor when the vessel is underway.
E. The term "hawae" refers to pipes or holes that pass
through the bulwarks to lead the anchor line or ohain.
The hawse pipes or holes may be used for storing certain
types of anchors so that they can be quickly deployed.
F. The anchor must'be securely stowed in it's bow roller or
hawse pipe to prevent ita breaking looae and causing
damage in a seaway.
G. Hiding chocks, stoppers and doga are devices that taka
the strain off the winch or windlass when the veaael is
riding at anchor. The anohor rode should alwaya be
stoppered or dogged so the vessel doesn't ride on the
winch or windlass brake.
H. A "wildcat" is a sprocket wheel that engages the anchor
chain ae it is being hauled in on vessels equipped with
windlaases. The wildcat should always be dogged when the
vessel ia riding on the chain.
Page 6
-------
I. The terms "capstan" or "fiypny head" refer to vertical or
horizontal drums fitted to a windlass for handling the
line portion of the anchor rode or other forward mooring
lines. When you're working a line on a capstan or gypsy
head, etand as far back as possible and watch your hands.
Where possible, stand at right angles to the direction of
pull.
J. On vessels equipped with windlasses, after passing over
the wildcat or gypsy, the chain or line drops down the
ohainpipe into the chain locker below.
K. The bitter end of the line or chain must be securely
fastened in the chain locker to prevent losing the ground
tackle overboard. On vessels equipped with winches and
wire rodas, leave one full layer of turns on the drum to
"lock" the wire in plaoe.
L. Scope is defined as the length of the rode (measured from
the hawse or bow roller) compared to the depth. A scope
of 7 to 1 is the general rule for anchoring (7 feet of
rode for every foot of depth), although thin rule may not
be practical in deep water. Adequate scope is essential
to enable the flukes of the anchor to die into the
bottom. With adequate scope, every pull of the veeael
eeta the anchor deeper. Too little scope and the pull of
the vessel lifts the shank and the flukes come free. Too
much scope and the rode may part because of the
additional weight of the line, wire or chain itself.
M. The term "shots" refers to lengths of chain connected to
form the anchor cable. The standard shot is about 15
fathoms long. Anchor elements consist of:
Flukes or palms (the flat members that grab the
bottom).
Shank (the metal bar that Joins the crowns to the
ring or hole that accepts the rode).
Stock (a crosspiece that helps position ths flukes
so they dig into the bottom).
11.0 jftn^horing (see figure 3)
A. Don't leave the anchor windlass in gear when you are
underway. Use the hand brake and dogs or stoppers in
case you loss power and have to set the anchor manually.
B The anchor should always be let go with the vessel moving
alowly to avoid paying the chain down on top of the
anchor and fouling the flukee. Under normal conditions,
let go with Blight sternway.
Page 7
-------
C. Always send two man forward to work the anchor gear in
caee one gets hung-up. Only one man works the gear,
however, and he stands to the aide and out of the bight.
The other man stands well clear.
D. Don't anchor on underwater cables or pipes, or where your
vessel will interfere with other vessel operations.
E. When you're letting go. maintain control over the anchor
and rode by means of the winch or windlass brake. If you
are handling the chain over a wildcat, never put your
fingers into the links, use the palm of the hands. Stand
as far back from the wildcat as possible and stay out of
the bight.
F. If you are obliged to let go at high speed, let the rode
run until the vessel loses way sufficiently to make it
safe to snub her. There is no harm in letting out a
considerable length of rods, then heaving in to the
proper scope. Checking the vessel's speed by means of
her ground tackle may damage the rode to the extent that
it later parts under moderate stress.
G. Always maintain an anchor watch to ensure that the vessel
doesn't drag or break free unnoticed. The watch should
take visual bearings and ranges to use as reference
points. Setting the radar range ring on the shoreline,
and using fathometer depth alarms both serve as good
warning mechanisms, but nothing replaces the human eye.
H. If a storm approaches, the best course of action is to
seek the open sea. If you must ride out a storm in an
anchorage, use extra scope. It may be advisable to sot
a second anchor to form a mooring, or to drop a second
anchor underfoot to prevent the vessel from surging back
and forth across the wind.
I. Ideally, anchor gear should be inspected annually, with
special attention paid to detachable chain links,
shackles and swivels. During annual maintenance, the
anchor rode should be laid out on deck and examined for
damage throughout it's length. Scale and corrosion
should be removed, and detachable links, shackles and
swivels replaced as nooeaaary.
J. To distribute wear, chain shots should be rotated. On
all-chain rodes, a worn or defective shot should be
shifted to the bitter end until it can be replaced.
K. The anchor hinges must be lubricated sufficiently to keep
the flukes from seizing up, particularly if the anchor is
rarely used. Screw-type shackles used to connect
segments of the anchor rode should be moused or otherwiae
locked to prevent them from coming loose when the anchor
is on the bottom.
Page 6
-------
Deck Safety Practiceis During Use of
Scientific Equipment, A-Frames, HIAB Crane and Hoista
Section
1.0
2.0
3.0
4.0
5.0
6.0
7.0
8.0
Table of Contents
Title
Scope
References
Responsibility
Frequency of Inspection
Deck Skills and
Safety Procedures
Communication
Deck Machinery
General Lifting Precautions
Attachment A - Hand Signals
Page
2
2
2
2
3-4
4
4-5
5-6
Prepared by
Approved by
Rev.
Date
Date
Page 1
-------
Deck Safety Practices During Uoe of
Overboard Scjence Equipment, A- Frames, H1AB Crane and Hoists
1.0 Scope
To provide standard operating procedures and general deck safety
practices during the uee of overboard science equipment, A-Framea,
HIAB Crane, Hoists or any other systems that lift, lower, secure or
otherwise handle objects on board the R/V Lake Guardian.
2.0
Environmental Protection Agency: GLNPO Chemical Hygiene Plan and
Safety Manual. Page 34.
Environmental Protection Agency, Region 5: Health and Safety
Manual . Section 16-1.
North Pacific Fishing Vessel Owner's Association: Vessel S
Manual . Chapter 4, "Working Conditions".
Seaward Services, Inc.: Occupational ftufBt-.y & Health Program for
Employees Working Aboard the R/V Roper R. Simona and R/V Lake
Guardian. Section 2-1.
3.0 Reoponaibi lity
The ship's Master is responsible for implementation and
accomplishment of the procedures contained herein.
4.0 Fr*equpnr;y nf
Prior to the uee of any piece of lifting gear, crane. A-frame,
davit or other handling device, either the ship's Science Officer.
Marine Science Technician, the mate on watch or appointed deaignee,
shall visually inspect the equipment involved with the operation
and attest to its ability to perform the intended operation. This
inspection shall include slings, hoists, blocks, ropes and
associated hardware. On an annual basis, preferably several weeks
prior to commencement of a new operating season, all of the
aforementioned gear will be inspected by a qualified and
independent third party for material condition and safe working
load. Straps, chains, shackles, turnbuckles, etc., shall be
condemned and removed from the vessel if found to be unserviceable.
Cranes, winches, A-frames and davite found to be unserviceable
shall be "tagged out of order" and repaired prior to further use.
Page 2
-------
5.0 fleck Skill H anri
A. Work vests shall be worn at all times during sampling and
testing conducted on the weather decks.
B. Hard hate must be worn by crane operators and any persons
aasieting with the load.
C. All individuals involved in sampling procedures on deck
shall wear appropriate safety gear. (Life veate, work
euits, hard hate, eye, face, hand and foot protection,
safety lines etc..). Employees will be provided with
personal protective equipment and trained on the use and
care of this equipment. In compliance with OSHA 1910
standards, vessel employees are required to adhere to any
and all policies regarding personal protective equipment
for their own well being.
D. No one is permitted on the weather decks during sea
operations unless directly involved with sampling,
testing, checking of equipment or other work.
E. During weather conditions causing freezing of water on
deck surfaces, hoses shall be used to thaw surfaces with
warm water as needed to prevent a slipping hazard for
those working outside. Special precautions are necessary
in wet, slippery conditions.
F. Never stand in a bight (a loop of line, rope or chain) or
put any part of your body into a bight without first
making sure that the gear cannot be worked.
G. Never stand in the direct line of pull when a rope or
wire is under tension, in case it breaks and snaps back.
Generally, rope or wire snaps back with a corkscrew
motion, so the danger zone extends to either side of the
direct line of pull.
H. Lines under tension may be subjected to sudden shocks or
strains that cause them to bounce violently up and down.
Never straddle or step over a line or wire under tension.
Be especially cautious when the gear has become snagged
or fouled.
I Stay out from underneath loads suspended in the air, and
keep in mind that suspended loads become battering rams
in rolling seas. A tag line must be attached to any load
being hoisted to control turning and swinging.
Page 3
-------
J. Don't stand between a load in the air and a rail,
stanchion, hatch coaming or any solid object against
which you could be crushed. If you're the man at the
controls, never paee a load over another crewman.
K. Be sure to use adequate lighting when working in poorly
lit areas or during the night.
L. Only lower one device overboard at a time unless prior
approval has been obtained from the Science Officer.
M. Do not work alone on the weather decks. A crew member
with a radio should be present during work at a sampling
station.
N. Report any equipment failure or accident to the Bridge
immediately.
6. 0 Communi gut-.i on
A. Clear communications between the pilot house and deck
should be maintained by means of properly located,
functioning intercoms or radios.
B. Position the ship's internal video system such that the
pilot house can view overboard activities.
C. Inform pilot house of readiness to sample or the presence
of overboard gear or lines in the water.
D. Inform curious onlookers of unsafe conditions.
E. Inform pilot house and clear decks after sampling is
complete. Secure science and deck gear. Turn off all
electrical and mechanical equipment.
F. When verbal communications are impossible or are likely
to be interfered with by other noises, the crew should
utilize a standard eet of hand signals. Where the winch
operator doesn't have a clear view of the load, one
designated person will be responsible for giving the hand
signals, not the whole crew.
7.0 Deck Machinery
A. Gear systems, including wrapping heads, winches, tackle,
nets, etc., should provide eafe and convenient operation.
B. Wires and wraps ehould be of adequate strength for the
anticipated Joads.
Page 4
-------
C. Moving parts of winches and of wrap and chain leads which
may present a hazard should have adequate guards.
D. Repairs to winches, tackle and lifting gear should be to
original standards of construction. Repairs should be
tested using dead loads before the gear is placed back in
service.
E. Protection should be provided around winch foundations to
prevent a person from being caught or dragged under.
F. Sheaves should be guarded where possible. Blocks and
sheaves should be properly lubricated at regular
intervals.
G. All shackles used aloft should be should be safety wired
or "moused" so they cannot come loose accidentally.
H. Winches should be provided with a means to prevent over
hoisting and to prevent the accidental release of a load
if the power supply fails.
8.0 General Lifting Precautions
A. Components must be of sufficient size to accomplish the
task, and should be inspected regularly.
B. Fiber lines should be checked for signs of excessive
weari fraying, rot and dryness.
C. Wire rope should be examined for fish hooks, badly worn
areas and kinks. Badly worn wire ropes should be
replaced.
D. Wooden blocks should be inspected for cracked or rotten
cheeks, worn pins or cracked or badly worn metal parts.
E. Shackles, swivels, metal blocks and hooka should be
inspected for cracks, distortion, excessive wear or metal
fatigue.
F. If one part of a lifting appliance gives way, the force
may weaken or destroy other parts.
G. Heavy weights should never be allowed to drop regardless
of the distance. They should be lowered to rest and
secured to prevent rolling or sliding. Never keep a load
in the air any longer than necessary.
H. All motions with heavy weights should be slow to avoid
creating momentum. Attaching a tag line will help avoid
many problems and insure safe handling of the load.
Page 5
-------
I. Avoid sudden shocks or strains, and beware of side pulls.
Side play puts great stress on a boom or crane.
J. Only certified crane operators arc permitted to operate
the ship's cranes and hoists.
K. Any person directing the crane operator must use and be
trained in the use of standard operating hand signals.
(See attachment A).
L. Report any equipment failure or accident to the Bridge
immediately.
Page 6
-------
HAND 8IQHAL8 FOR USE IK DIRECTING WINCH Ofl CflANE OPERATORS
v y
* H
SwiNO
MIU THE DOOM AND UOVftH IHt UMO lOWCH 7« BUOM AND hAltf IMC IfiW
Hand Signalt-Where ver-
bal communications are im-
possible or are likely 10 be
imerferred with by other
noises, we crew should
utilize a standard set of
hand signals. Where (to
winch operator doesn't have
a clear view o) the load.
DOC. cvcnriHiinu
one competent crewman
should give signals, not the
whole crew.
43
-------
SECTION: Appendix O
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: Iof33
APPENDIX O: HEALTH AND SAFETY PROTOCOLS FOR EPA VESSELS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CHAPTER
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
TITLE
General Provisions
Medical Records
Medical and Safety Training
Medications and Medical Supplies
Medical Emergencies
Survey Personnel Reporting on Board
Informational Sources
Safety Equipment and Procedures
Safety Tests and Drills
Vessel Sanitation and Pollution Control
Laboratory Protocols
Smoking Policy
Annual Inspection
TAKEN FROM: EPA Office of Research & Development,
Large Lakes Research Station
PREPARED BY: John Felkins/March 1992
-------
SECTION: Appendix O
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 2 of 33
CHAPTER 1: GENERAL PROVISIONS
1.1 Purpose
The purpose of these protocols is to set forth minimum acceptable standards for
the health and safety of persons onboard EPA vessels, particularly the R/V
Mudpuppy. EPA vessels are broadly administered by the Assistant
Administrator for Water and appropriate Regional Administrators, with
delegation to appropriate program offices. EPA vessels are usually operated
under contracts, and operational responsibility lies with designated EPA project
officers.
EPA vessels are public vessels of the United States. The Code of Federal
Regulations (CFR) exempts public vessels from many of the regulations specified
for certification of commercial shipping. However, it is the intent of EPA to
maintain compliance with standards of marine safety as set forth by
international convention, U. S. Law, the Code of Federal Regulations, regulatory
bodies, U. S. Coast Guard guidance, accepted industry standards and codes
satisfactory for marine use. These protocols describe essential requirements that
must be met to attain these overall marine health and safety objectives.
All aspects of "good marine practice" cannot be set forth in statutes, regulations,
or standards. The absence of a written protocol for a specific issue should not be
interpreted that the issue has a diminished importance or priority. Ship Masters
should emphasize to all personnel on board an EPA vessel that general health
and safety be considered at all times.
1.2 Implementation
It is EPA's intent to modify, as appropriate, vessel operating contracts and the
Occupational Health and Safety Manual to incorporate these requirements.
Unless otherwise noted herein, it is the responsibility of the Ship Master of each
EPA vessel to implement and comply with the requirements of this protocol.
TAKEN FROM: EPA Office of Research & Development,
Large Lakes Research Station
PREPARED BY: John Felkins/March 1992
-------
SECTION: Appendix O
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 3 of 33
1.3 .Relationship to EPA Diving Protocols
All EPA diving operations shall be conducted in accordance with Chapter 10,
"EPA Diving Safety Policy", of the EPA Occupational Health and Safety Manual,
as supplemented by requirements in Chapters 2,3,4,5,7,8 and 9 of mis protocol.
CHAPTER 2: MEDICAL RECORDS
2.1 Purpose
It is necessary to complete specified medical records and forms to ensure the
availability of current medical information in emergency situations. In addition,
certain forms are necessary to place limits on the liability of EPA for non-EPA
employees.
2.2 EPA Employees
2.2.1 Reporting Form for EPA Survey Personnel - SF-93
A Standard Form 93, "Report of Medical History", shall be required for all EPA
scientific survey personnel, including divers. This form shall be completed by
each EPA survey member prior to any survey work. Any unanticipated EPA
survey personnel shall complete a SF-93 upon arrival to the EPA vessel. The SF-
93 shall be kept current, through either an annual update or an annual written
certification by the employee that there have been no changes to his or her
medical status.
2.2.2 Responsibility for EPA Form - SF-93
EPA Chief Scientists shall be responsible for obtaining the medical history form
(SF-93) from survey personnel within their area of responsibility, for
maintaining the forms in a locked file in the Chief Scientist stateroom, and for
requesting annual updates to the files. Only the Chief Scientist, the Ship Master
and appropriate medical authorities shall have access to these forms. The EPA
Ship Project Officer shall provide support to the Chief Scientists as appropriate,
and shall ensure that this protocol is being enforced on a national basis.
TAKEN FROM: EPA Office of Research & Development,
Large Lakes Research Station
PREPARED BY: John Felkins/March 1992
-------
SECTION: Appendix O
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 4 of 33
2.2.3 Reporting Form for EPA-Certified Divers - SF-88
A Standard Form 88, "Report of Medical Examination", shall be required, in
addition to the SF-93, for all EPA-certified divers. This form shall be submitted
prior to any survey dive activity. This medical report shall be kept current
through an annual update.
2.2.4 Responsibility for EPA Form - SF-88
EPA Unit Diving Officers shall be responsible for obtaining SF-88 forms from
certified divers within their area of responsibility, and for requesting annual
updates. The Unit Diving Officers shall work with the appropriate Chief
Scientists t maintain the forms in a locked file in the Chief Scientist stateroom.
Only the Unit Diving Officer, the Chief Scientist, the Ship Master and appropriate
medical authorities shall have access to these forms.
2.3 Vessel Crew
2.3.1 Annual Physical Examination
All crew members of EPA vessels shall be required to have an annual physical
examination.
2.3.2 Clearance of Crew for Duty
The appropriate Ship Contractor shall be responsible for requesting the
examinations, for clearing individuals for duty, and for requesting annual
updates to the physical examinations.
2.3.3 Responsibility for Files
Each Ship Master shall be responsible for maintaining a record of the crew
examinations in a locked file in the Master's quarters.
TAKEN FROM: EPA Office of Research & Development,
Urge Lakes Research Station
PREPARED BY: John Felkins/March 1992
-------
SECTION: Appendix O
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 5 of 33
2.4 Non-EPA Scientific Survey Personnel
2.4.1 Reporting Forms for Non-EPA Voluntger Personnel
Scientific survey personnel, other than EPA or EPA contractor employees, shall
be required to submit EPA, Form 3100-14, "Volunteer Service Program
Participation Agreement", prior to participation in any survey. An example of a
completed form is provided with this protocol on the following page.
In addition, scientific survey personnel, other than EPA or EPA contractor
employees, shall be required to sign and date the following statement
W?iv«.r nf Compensation and Employee Benefits
I willingly offer to perform certain gratuitous services for the U. S.
Environmental Protection Agency. I acknowledge that I am under
no duty, legal or moral, to perform such services, and that I am not
to be considered a government employee for any purpose. I hereby
waive any and all claims for payment or other employee benefits,
and I specifically waive any and all rights under the Federal
Employees' Compensation Act. I recognize that federal law, 31 USC
665(b), forbids any government official to compensate me for any
services rendered in the absence of an advance agreement for
compensation.
2.4.2 Responsibility for Forms for Non-EPA Volunteer Survey Personnel
EPA Chief Scientists shall be responsible for requesting EPA Form 3100-14, and
the waiver statement from each survey member, other than EPA or EPA
contractor employees, prior to the beginning of his or her survey. The EPA Chief
Scientist shall also be responsible for obtaining clearances of these forms from
appropriate EPA personnel officers.
These forms shall be kept by the appropriate EPA Chief Scientist, in the Chief
Scientist stateroom or office, for a period of one year following the completion of
the survey.
TAKEN FROM: EPA Office of Research & Development,
Large Lakes Research Station
PREPARED BY: John Felkins/March 1992
-------
SECTION: Appendix O
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 6 of 33
2.4.3 Physical Examinations for Non-EPA Divers
All divers, regardless of status, shall have a current signed medical history and
examination form(s), equivalent to the SF-93 and SF-88, on board the vessel
during the dive period. EPA Unit Diving Officers shall be responsible for
obtaining these forms from divers within their area of responsibility, and for
requesting updates as appropriate. The Unit Diving Officers shall work with the
appropriate Chief Scientists to maintain the forms in a locked file in the Chief
Scientist stateroom.
CHAPTER 3: MEDICAL AND SAFETY TRAINING
3.1 Purpose
The requirement for medical and safety training is to ensure that an adequate
number of trained personnel are on board EPA vessels at all times to render
assistance in any medical or safety emergency.
3.2 CPR and First Aid Training
3.2.1 Vessel Crew
Twenty percent of each vessel's crew shall maintain current CPR and First Aid
certifications.
3.2.2 Chief Scientists
All EPA Chief Scientists shall maintain a current CPR and First Aid certifications.
3.2.3 Divers
All divers, both EPA and non-EPA, shall maintain current CPR and First Aid
certifications.
TAKEN FROM: EPA Office of Research & Development,
Urge Lakes Research Station
PREPARED BY: John Felkins/March 1992
-------
SECTION: Appendix O
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 7 of 33
3.3 Fiie Fighting Training
At least three of each vessel's crew (one engineer, one deck-rated crew member
and one officer), shall attend and successfully complete a Fire Fighting course.
3.4 Damage Control Training
All crew shall be trained in damage control procedures, as appropriate to each
vessel.
CHAPTER 4: MEDICATIONS AND MEDICAL SUPPLIES
4.1 Purpose
The maintenance of a sufficient supply of medications and medical supplies on
board EPA vessels is important for the treatment of non-emergency sicknesses
and injuries.
4.2 Non-Prescription Medications
4.2.1 Inventory
The following medications and medical supplies shall be kept, in a readily
accessible location, on each vessel:
Type of Illness/Injury/Complaint Medication
Aches/Pains Aspirin Tablets
Extra-strength Tylenol Tablets
Flexeril Tablets
Advil Tablets
Acid Indigestion/Upset Stomach Kaopectate Solutions
Donnagel Solution
Mylanta Solution/Tablets
Maalox Liquid
Rolaids Tablets
TAKEN FROM: EPA Office of Research & Development,
Large Lakes Research Station
PREPARED BY: John Felkins/March 1992
-------
Cough/Cold/Sore Throat
Cold Sores/Cuts
Constipation
Eye Inflammations
Motion Sickness
SECTION: Appendix O
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 8 of 33
Pepto Dismal Liquid/Tablets
Lomotil Tablets
Chloroseptic Gargle
Cepacol Throat Lozenges
Contact Capsules
Coriridin Capsules
Triaminicin Capsules
Drixoral Capsules/Tablets
Dristan Capsules/Tablets
Alka-Seltzer Plus Tablets
Benylin Expectorant
Vicks Vapo-Rub
Cough Cahners
Camphophenic Liquid
Milk of Magnesia Solution
Eye Pads
Eye Irrigation Solutions
Normal Saline Solution
Neosporin Opthalmic Ointment
Dramamine Tablets
Type of Illness/Infury/Complaint
Scrapes/Minor Cuts/Burns/
Splinters
Medication
Alcohol Preparations
Neosporin Ointment
Bacitrarin Ointment
A&D Ointment
Caladryl Ointment
Water Gel Dressing
Iodine Liquid
Betadine Wash
Hydrogen Peroxide
TAKEN FROM: EPA Office of Research & Development,
Large Lakes Research Station
PREPARED BY: John Felkins/March 1992
-------
SECTION: Appendix O
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 9 of 33
Skin Problems Petroleum Jelly
Polysporin Salve
Tmactin Salve
Sprains/Strains Head Dressings
Ace Bandages
Cold Packs
Ben-Gay Ointment
Arm and Leg Splints
Bandages /Supplies
Band-Aids
Telfapads
Cotton Balls
Kling 3" and 4" Bandages
Adhesive Tape
4x4 Dressing
Scissors
Tweezers
Miscellaneous
Ammonia Inhalant
Dextrose Injection
Type of Illness/Injury/Complaint Medication
Isotonic Saline Solution
Suction Machines
Oxygen: Rescue breathing equipment/oxygen masks with tubing (if diving is
part of the survey operation, there should be sufficient oxygen to support
two divers for a minimum of four hours)
TAKEN FROM: EPA Office of Research & Development,
Large Lakes Research Station
PREPARED BY: John Felkins/March 1992
-------
SECTION: Appendix O
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 10 of 33
4.2.2 Medical Cabinet
The medical cabinet shall be updated every month and shall be well organized.
Expired medications shall be disposed of immediately. A list of contents, and any
necessary use instructions, shall be posted inside the medical cabinet door.
4.2.3 Responsibility
The First Mate shall be responsible for replenishing stocks, discarding expired
medications, updating listings, posting use instructions and keeping the cabinet
well organized.
4.3 Prescription Medications
4.3.1 Inventory
The following prescription medications shall be kept on each EPA vessel:
Type of Medication Prug Name
Analgesic Ibuprofen, 600 mg
Darvocet N, 100 mg
Tylenol with Codeine
Anaphlactic (for bee sting) Epinephrine/Ag-adrenalin
Anti-Asthmatic Metaproterenol Sulfate, Inhalation
Type of Medication Drug Nam?
Aerosol
Antibiotic Amoxicillin, 500 mg
Erythromycin, 250 mg
Anti-Motion Sickness Meclizine HC1, 25 mg
TAKEN FROM: EPA Office of Research & Development,
Large Lakes Research Station
PREPARED BY: John Felkins/March 1992
-------
SECTION: Appendix O
VERSION: FINAL/ AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 11 of 33
Promethazine HC1, 25-50 mg
Coronary Vasodilators Nitroglycerine, 0.4 mg
Nitroqual Spray
Sedatives Phenobarbital, 32 mg
Urinary Problems Pyridium Tablets, 100 mg
4.3.2 Maintenance and Uses
All prescription medications shall be kept in a locked box in the Ship Master's
quarters. The Ship Master shall check the supplies on a monthly basis and any
expired medications shall be disposed of immediately. Any use of prescription
medications must be under medical supervision which can be received through
the Coast Guard. The Ship Master must authorize the use of any of these
medications, and any authorization and use shall be documented in the deck log
by the Ship Master.
4.4 First Aid Kits
4.4.1 Contents
A First Aid Kit shall be maintained on board each EPA vessel. The following
items are required:
Reuired
Bandage Compress - 4" 5
Bandage Compress - 2" 8
Waterproof Adhesive Compress - 1" 32
Triangular Bandage - 40" 3
Eye Dressing Packet, 1 /8 Ounce Opthalmic 3
Ointment, Adhesive Strips, Cotton Pads
Bandage, gauze, compressed, 2"x 6 Yards 2
Forceps *
TAKEN FROM: EPA Office of Research & Development,
Large Lakes Research Station
PREPARED BY: John Felkins/March 1992
-------
Scissors
Safety Pins
Wire Splint
Ammonia Inhalants
Iodine Applicators, 1/2 ml Swab
Aspirin, Phenacetin and Caffeine Compound,
6.5 gr Tablets, Vials of 20
Sterile Petroleum Gauze, 3" x 18"
SECTION: Appendix O
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 12 of 33
1
12
1
10
10
5
4.4.2 Use Instructions
Instructions for the use of first aid supplies shall be in legible type on a durable
surface and shall be securely attached to the inside of the cover. The instructions
are as follows:
Hem
Ammonia Inhalants
Aspirin, Phenacetin, Caffeine
Tablets
Bandage Compress, 4" and 2"
Bandage, Triangular, Compressed
Burn Dressing
Remarks
Break one and inhale for faintness,
fainting, or collapse.
Chew and swallow two tablets every three
hours for headache, colds, minor
aches, pains, and fever. Maximum of
eight in 24 hours.
Apply as a dressing over wound. DO
NOT touch part of bandage that comes
into contact with wound.
Use as an arm sling, tourniquet, or for
retaining splints or dressings in place.
The petrolatum gauze bandage is applied
in at least two layers over the burned
surface and an area extending 2"
beyond it. The first dressing should be
allowed to remain in place, changing
TAKEN FROM: EPA Office of Research & Development,
Large Lakes Research Station
PREPARED BY: John Felkins/March 1992
-------
SECTION: Appendix O
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 13 of 33
Item
Remarks
only the outer, dry bandage as needed,
for at least 10 days, unless signs of
infection develop after several days.
In that case, the dressing should be
removed and the burn treated as an
infected wound. Watch for blueness
or coldness of the skin beyond the
dressing; loosen the dressing if these
conditions appear.
Waterproof Compress, Adhesive, 1" Apply as a dressing over small wounds.
DO NOT touch part that comes in
contact with wound.
Eye Patch
Forceps
Ophthalmic Ointment
Splint, Wire
Tincture of Iodine, Mild
Apply as a dressing over an inflamed or
injured eye.
Use to remove splinters or foreign bodies.
Apply in space formed by pulling lower
eyelid down. Apply once daily for an
inflamed or injured eye. Do not touch
eyeball with tip of tube.
Pad the splint with gauze and mold it to
broken bone to immobilize the bone.
Hold the splint in place with a
bandage. DO NOT attempt to set the
bone.
Remove the protective sleeve, crush the
tube and apply swab end. DO NOT use
near or in eyes.
TAKEN FROM: EPA Office of Research & Development,
Large Lakes Research Station
PREPARED BY: John Felkins/March 1992
-------
SECTION: Appendix O
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 14 of 33
CHAPTER 5: MEDICAL EMERGENCIES
5.1 Purpose
This instruction is intended to provide dear procedures for addressing a serious
illness or accident at sea, and responsibilities for the reporting of such an illness
or accident.
5.2 Procedures
In the case of personal illness or accident at sea deemed sufficiently serious by the
Ship Master to warrant treatment beyond the first aid facilities on board the
vessel, one of the following courses of action shall be taken:
• Survey equipment in the water, if any, shall be immediately recovered and
the vessel shall make for the nearest port having adequate medical
facilities. The highest possible speed consistent with safety shall be made.
Radio contact with the port of arrival shall be made, and dockside
clearance with an ambulance standing by shall be requested.
• In the case of an extreme illness or accident, immediate radio contact with
the nearest MED-EVAC helicopter facility shall be established and
assistance requested. Any survey equipment in the water shall be
recovered, and the vessel shall make the highest possible speed consistent
with safety, in the direction of the MED-EVAC helicopter facility. The
vessel shall rig for helicopter operations and continuous radio contact
shall be maintained with the helicopter base and/or the incoming
helicopter.
• In the case of a diving emergency, immediate contact shall be made with
the Divers Alert Network (DAN), 919-684-8111, and appropriate assistance
requested.
TAKEN FROM: EPA Office of Research & Development,
Large Lakes Research Station
PREPARED BY: John Felkins/March 1992
-------
SECTION: Appendix O
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 15 of 33
5.3 Reporting
5.3.1 OSHA Reporting Requirements
In accordance with U. S. Department of Labor, Occupational Safety and Health
Administration requirements, EPA personnel shall complete Form CA-1,
"Federal Employee's Notice of Traumatic Injury and Claim for Continuation of
Pay/Compensation", following any applicable injury on board. This form shall
be filed with the employee's supervisor for appropriate action.
5.3.2 EPA Reporting Requirements
Any accident to any person on board which results in property damage, injury or
death, shall be reported immediately to the appropriate EPA Ship Project Officer
by either the injured party, the Chief Scientist or the Ship Master, and confirmed
in writing within 48 hours after the accident occurs. Such reports shall provide
full details of the accident, including witnesses' statements.
The Ship Contractor shall provide a written report to the EPA Ship Project
Officer on any claim made by a third party against the Ship Contractor.
CHAPTER 6: SURVEY PERSONNEL REPORTING ON BOARD
6.1 Purpose
These requirements are intended to provide necessary information about
persons reporting on board any EPA vessel, and to ensure that each individual
receives key information concerning health and safety while on board.
6.2 Sign-In Form
Each person reporting on board an EPA vessel shall complete a sign-in form
which shall be maintained by the Ship Master for the duration of the survey.
This form shall include the following information:
Date and length of survey
TAKEN FROM: EPA Office of Research & Development,
Large Lakes Research Station
PREPARED BY: John Felkins/March 1992
-------
SECTION: Appendix O
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 16 of 33
Name and address
Telephone number
Emergency contact, address and telephone number
Stateroom and bunk assignment
6.3 Medical Forms
Each person reporting on board an EPA vessel shall have current medical
information on file, as required in Chapter 2.
6.4 Station Billet
The First Mate shall be responsible for completing a station billet for each survey
that identifies individuals' staterooms and bunk assignments, duty assignments,
and lifeboat assignments. This station billet shall be posted in appropriate
locations on the vessel.
6.5 Vessel Guide
Each person reporting on board an EPA vessel shall receive a shipboard guide
prior to sailing, which contains the following information:
Responsibilities of key individuals
Life jacket information
Restricted areas
Designation of hard hat and ear protection required areas
Shoe and other clothing restrictions
Laboratory restrictions and safety rules
Description of ship signals
Required drills
Deck safety rules
Medical supplies, location, and designated administering officers
Smoking policy
TAKEN FROM: EPA Office of Research & Development,
Large Lakes Research Station
PREPARED BY: John Felkins/March 1992
-------
SECTION: Appendix O
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 17 of 33
6.6 Review of Emergency Procedures
A crew member designated by the Ship Master shall be responsible for reviewing
emergency procedures with all personnel coming on board and prior to the
initiation of survey operations. These procedures include:
• Man overboard
• Abandon ship
• Fire and emergency conditions
• Diving emergency (if diving is part of the survey operation)
CHAPTER?: INFORMATIONAL SOURCES
7.1 Purpose
This requirement shall ensure current and readily accessible information
pertaining to health or emergency situations.
7.2 Damage and Fire Control Billets
A damage control and fire control billet shall be developed and maintained for
each EPA vessel.
7.3 Informational and Directional Signs
Informational and directional signs shall be posted at appropriate place
throughout each EPA vessel. At a minimum, these signs shall include a listing
and location of fire and emergency equipment, rescue breathing equipment, and
location of First Aid and No Smoking areas.
All signs shall be fabricated for permanent display, rather than handwritten signs
that may be of a more temporary nature.
TAKEN FROM: EPA Office of Research & Development,
Large Lakes Research Station
PREPARED BY: John Felkins/March 1992
-------
SECTION: Appendix O
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 18 of 33
7.4 Directories
Each EPA vessel shall maintain, in an easily accessible location, a directory of all
Coast Guard stations, with appropriate telephone numbers.
Each EPA vessel, as a backup to radio contact with the Divers Alert Network
(DAN), shall maintain a directory, including telephone numbers, of all
recompression chamber locations.
7.5 Medical Facility Information
The Ship Master shall be responsible for knowing the nearest medical facility to
the vessel operational area.
CHAPTER 8: SAFETY EQUIPMENT AND PROCEDURES
8.1 Purpose
These requirements identify the minimum safety equipment to be maintained
on each EPA vessel and procedures to be followed when any person is working
aloft on an EPA vessel.
8.2 Fire System
Each fire station on EPA vessels shall be provided with the following equipment:
Hydrant
Hose
All-purpose nozzle
Spanner wrench
Hose rack
Station number, stenciled on the door of the fire station, or in the vicinity
The fire hose and nozzle shall be connected to hydrants at all times; however, a
hose may be temporarily removed from the hydrant and stored in an accessible,
TAKEN FROM: EPA Office of Research & Development,
Large Lakes Research Station
PREPARED BY: John Felkins/March 1992
-------
SECTION: Appendix O
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 19 of 33
nearby location if the hose would be subject to damage from heavy weather or
deck operations. If temporarily removed, the hose shall be reconnected as soon
as the weather dears or the deck operation is completed.
Each EPA vessel shall have a single diagram of the fire system posted near system
operating locations.
Each EPA vessel shall have on board a sufficient number of portable fire
extinguishers to ensure adequate protection.
8.3 Life Jackets
Each EPA vessel shall be equipped with life jackets for at least 110 percent of the
vessel's maximum complement. Life jackets shall be distributed throughout the
staterooms, readily accessible for each person on board.
Each life jacket shall be clearly stenciled with the vessel's name. All life jackets
shall have retroreflective materials on each side, a whistle, and a working U. S.
Coast Guard-approved light attached.
8.4 Survival Suits
Each EPA vessel shall be equipped with survival suits for at least 110 percent of
the vessel's maximum complement. All suits shall have retroreflective
materials on each side, a whistle, and a working U. S. Coast Guard-approved
light attached.
8.5 Line-Throwing Device
Each EPA vessel shall carry at least one line-throwing device of either the
shoulder gun type or the impulse-projected rocket type. The line-throwing
device and its equipment shall be kept in an easily accessible location and always
ready for use.
TAKEN FROM: EPA Office of Research & Development,
Large Lakes Research Station
PREPARED BY: John Felkins/March 1992
-------
SECTION: Appendix O
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 20of33
8.6 Rescue Boat
Each EPA vessel shall be equipped with at least one rescue boat, capable of being
easily maneuvered, and readily launched in adverse sea conditions and at all
times. The mission of the rescue boat shall be for the rescue of persons
accidentally falling overboard, marshaling of inflatable life rafts, or similar
emergency purposes.
8.7 Ring Life Buoys
Each EPA vessel shall carry a minimum of eight 30" ring life buoys. Each buoy is
required to have retroreflective material applied in 4 quadrants. Six of the eight
buoys shall have water-activated lights attached.
Ring life buoys shall be distributed so they are readily available on both sides of
the vessel. All units shall be stowed so they are capable of being rapidly cast loose
and not permanently secured in any way.
8.8 Life Rafts
Each EPA vessel shall be provided with sufficient inflatable life rafts so that the
total capacity of the rafts will accommodate 150 percent of the vessel's maximum
complement.
Each life raft shall be equipped with a hyperbaric pressure release.
All life raft stowage and embarkation areas shall have adequate emergency
lighting that is centrally operated from the bridge.
Placards which contain instructions for launching and inflating life rafts shall be
posted in conspicuous locations.
8.9 Work Vests
Each EPA vessel shall have work vests available for all persons involved in deck
TAKEN FROM: EPA Office of Research & Development,
Large Lakes Research Station
PREPARED BY: John Felkins/March 1992
-------
SECTION: Appendix O
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 21 of 33
operations. Ship Masters shall require the use of work vests if the hazards justify
such usage.
8.10 Hard Hats
Each EPA vessel shall have hard hats available for all persons involved in deck
operations. Ship Masters shall require the use of hard hats if the hazards justify
such usage.
8.11 Safety Goggles
Each EPA vessel shall have approved safety goggles available for use as eye
protection during dirty deck work, any work involving acids, solvents, or
machine tools, or any other work as deemed necessary by the Ship Master. Any
requirements for the use of safety goggles in designated areas shall be posted in
those areas.
8.12 Ear Protectors
Each EPA vessel shall have approved ear protectors available for use in the
machine room and other designated areas or activities as deemed appropriate by
the Ship Master Any requirements for the use of ear protectors in designated
areas shall be posted in those areas.
8.13 Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus (SCBA)
Each EPA vessel shall carry at least two self-contained breathing apparatus with a
lifeline and complete recharge for each unit carried. Spares shall either be stored
with the apparatus or nearby.
For any survey which includes diving, a minimum of three self-contained
breathing apparatus shall be carried on the vessel.
An instruction sheet shall be posted in the vicinity of each apparatus.
TAKEN FROM: EPA Office of Research & Development,
Large Lakes Research Station
PREPARED BY: John Felkins/March 1992
-------
SECTION: Appendix O
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 22 of 33
8.14 Distress Signals
Each EPA vessel shall carry a minimum of twelve approved, in-date, hand-held,
rocket-propelled red parachute flare distress signals. These distress signals shall
be stored on the bridge of each EPA vessel and shall be kept easily accessible and
ready for immediate use.
8.15 Requirements for Working Aloft
Before any person on an EPA vessel works aloft, the Bridge Watch shall be
notified. All radar and other high frequency equipment shall be secured, and a
"Secure" card shall be attached to each piece of equipment. These cards shall
only be removed when the person working aloft has returned to the deck.
A safety belt shall be worn by any person working aloft. A watch shall be
established to tend the harness line and notify the Bridge of any problems.
The Ship Master shall approve the need for any work aloft during evening
hours, if the vessel is underway, or if winds are greater than 10 knots.
CHAPTER 9: SAFETY TESTS AND DRILLS
9.1 Purpose
This section provides the required time frames for conducting tests and drills of
health and safety equipment and procedures on board EPA vessels. It is the
responsibility of the Ship Master to conduct tests and drills, and document the
results of the tests and drills on appropriate forms.
TAKEN FROM: EPA Office of Research & Development,
Large Lakes Research Station
PREPARED BY: John Felkins/March 1992
-------
SECTION: Appendix O
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 23 of 33
9.2 Daily Tests
The following tests shall be conducted on a daily basis:
General alarm
Abandon ship alarm
Collision alarm
Flooding and fire alarms
Assure escape scuttles are clear of all blockages
9.3 Tests and Drills To Be Conducted On Every Survey
The following tests and drills shall be conducted on each survey:
Abandon ship drill - at the start of each survey
Steering gear and whistle - prior to departure
Record draft - prior to departure
Man overboard drill - once per survey
Quarters escape drill - once per survey
Assure escape scuttles are clear of all blockages - prior to departure
9.4 Weekly Tests and Drills
The following tests and drills shall be conducted on a weekly basis:
• Emergency lighting and power systems
• Water tight doors
• Fire screen doors
• Fire drills
9.5 Monthly Tests and Drills
The following tests and drills shall be conducted on a monthly basis:
• Emergency lanterns
TAKEN FROM: EPA Office of Research & Development,
Large Lakes Research Station
PREPARED BY: John Felkins/March 1992
-------
SECTION: Appendix O
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 24 of 33
• Emergency Position Indicating Radio Beacons (EPIRB) tests
• Emergency radio
• Emergency fire pump (P250) and electrical submersible pumps
• Lifesaving appliance inspections
9.6 Quarterly Tests and Drills
The following tests and drills shall be conducted on a quarterly basis:
Diver accident drill
Helicopter transfer drill
Emergency battery transfer load test
Line-throwing appliance test
Remote gasoline release
Steering system test
Oxygen Breathing Apparatus (OBA) and Self Contained Breathing
Apparatus (SCBA) inspection
Launch and maneuver rescue boat
Watertight integrity inspection
Automatic alarm
9.7 Semi-annual Tests and Drills
The following tests and drills shall be conducted on a semi-annual basis:
• Assurance that deck vent covers are not frozen shut
• Test of storage battery for emergency lighting and power systems
9.8 Annual Tests and Drills
The following tests and drills shall be conducted on an annual basis:
• Remote control for all valves
• Load line, endorsement of certificate
• Smoke and heat sensor tests
• Portable and semi-portable fire extinguisher tests
TAKEN FROM: EPA Office of Research & Development,
Large Lakes Research Station
PREPARED BY: John Felkins/March 1992
-------
SECTION: Appendix O
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 25 of 33
Fixed fire extinguishing system test
Fire main system
Fire hose pressure test
Fire hazard signs
Chemical and explosive hazards
Damage Control Locker inventory
Test of sound-powered telephone system, if so equipped
Test of all signal lights
Inflatable life raft and hydrostatic releases
Generator overspeed tripping mechanism
Remote machinery shutdown
Load test for boat handling gear
Condition of boat lift fittings
Deviation compass card
Lifeboat tests
Life preserver inspection and inventory
Hard hat and goggle inspection and inventory
Safety and relief valve tests
Radio direction finder calibration, if so equipped
Work vest inspection and inventory
Fire alarm boxes
Diving compressor, if applicable
Dive bottles (VIP), if applicable
9.9 Biennial Tests and Drills
The following tests and drills shall be conducted on a biennial basis:
• Pressure vessel hydrostatic test
• Load tests for cargo crane, boom, A-frame
TAKEN FROM: EPA Office of Research & Development,
Large Lakes Research Station
PREPARED BY: John Felkins/March 1992
-------
SECTION: Appendix O
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 26 of 33
9.10 Tests and Drills To Be Conducted Every Three Years
An inspection of the pyrotechnic locker (flares, rockets, etc.) shall be conducted
every three years.
9.11 Tests and Drills To Be Conducted Every Five Years
The following tests and drills shall be conducted every five years:
• Hydrostatic test of compressed gas cylinders
• Inspection of the hull by a licensed marine surveyor
CHAPTER 10: VESSEL SANITATION AND POLLUTION CONTROL
10.1 Purpose
It is EPA policy that strict sanitation and pollution controls be maintained on
EPA vessels.
10.2 Procedures
The Ship Master of each EPA vessel shall be responsible for a weekly inspection
to ensure:
• Overall cleanliness,
• Proper sanitary conditions in refrigerators, storerooms, galleys, staterooms
and showers,
• Quantity, quality and protection of the vessel's potable water supply,
• Proper methods of waste disposal, including all sewage discharges,
• Other appropriate pollution control activities.
TAKEN FROM: EPA Office of Research & Development,
Large Lakes Research Station
PREPARED BY: John Felkins/March 1992
-------
SECTION: Appendix O
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 27 of 33
10.3 Potable Water
Each EPA vessel shall have a designated stowage locker for the vessel's potable
water hose. This hose shall be stenciled 'Tor Potable Water Use Only" and shall
be flushed prior to each use. When not in use, this hose shall be stowed with the
ends coupled together or capped.
10.4 Sewage Disposal
The Ship Master of each EPA vessel shall assure that there are no (or at an
absolute minimum, Type n) sewage discharges within three miles of the
coastline of the United States. There shall be absolutely no sewage discharges
from an EPA vessel into the Great Lakes.
10.5 Garbage Disposal
Each EPA vessel shall have an approved disposal facility identified for receiving
all glass, plastic, aluminum cans, and wet garbage at its routine ports of call.
10.6 Hazardous Or Chemical Waste
Any hazardous waste generated by the scientific party on board an EPA vessel
shall be stored and disposed of separately from other waste, in accordance with
all EPA regulations. EPA Chief Scientists shall be responsible for delivering all
hazardous wastes and outdated chemicals to an appropriate location for proper
disposal at the completion of each survey.
TAKEN FROM: EPA Office of Research & Development,
Large Lakes Research Station
PREPARED BY: John Felkins/March 1992
-------
SECTION: Appendix O
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 28 of 33
CHAPTER 11: LABORATORY PROTOCOLS
11.1 Purpose
These requirements provide minimum standards for laboratories on board EPA
vessels.
11.2 Inspections/Calibrations
Each item of analytical/survey equipment shall be inspected and calibrated, at a
minimum, on a monthly basis, in accordance with its specifications. Prior to a
survey, the equipment specified as needed during the survey shall be reinspected
and recalibrated.
All laboratory safety equipment shall be inspected at least biannually (every six
months).
11.3 Inventories
All laboratory safety equipment shall be inventoried at least biannually (every six
months).
A chemical inventory shall be conducted on each EPA vessel at least every
quarter. This inventory shall include, at a minimum:
Date received
Source
Lot number
Amount
Storage location
Manufacturer's expiration date
Description
Only those chemicals required to perform the various analytical tests, as outlined
in the vessel standard operating procedures, shall be stocked on each EPA vessel.
TAKEN FROM: EPA Office of Research & Development,
Large Lakes Research Station
PREPARED BY: John Felkins/March 1992
-------
SECTION: Appendix O
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 29 of 33
A Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) for all chemicals on board shall be kept in
the laboratory where the chemicals are used, as well as by the Ship Master. The
MSDSs shall be tiled in alphabetical order.
11.4 Faculties and Storage
Each EPA vessel shall maintain backup equipment and/or spare parts for all
laboratory/survey equipment in regular use on the vessel.
Each EPA vessel shall maintain an emergency eyewash and shower (capable of
sustained flow) in each laboratory.
11.5 Orientation
EPA Chief Scientists shall be responsible for conducting a laboratory safety
orientation for all new survey crew members prior to beginning any laboratory
operations.
11.6 Laboratory Chemical Hygiene Han
In accordance with regulations, 29 CFR Part 1910, (promulgated January 31,1990),
a Laboratory Chemical Hygiene Plan (LCHP) shall be in place for laboratory
operations.
CHAPTER 12: SMOKING POLICY
12.1 Purpose
EPA considers occupational health of primary importance in the establishment
of its smoking policy, since the Surgeon General has determined that smoking is
hazardous to smokers' health, and there is evidence that secondary smoke is also
harmful to nonsmokers.
TAKEN FROM: EPA Office of Research & Development,
Large Lakes Research Station
PREPARED BY: John Felkins/March 1992
-------
SECTION: Appendix O
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 30 of 33
12.2 Policy
It is EPA policy that smoking shall be prohibited on EPA vessels in all food
service and preparation areas, in laboratories, in conference rooms and in
staterooms.
CHAPTER 13: ANNUAL INSPECTION
13.1 Purpose
EPA's vessel inspection program has several objectives:
• to identify problem areas as related to the material condition of the vessel,
structure, machinery and equipment, and general health and safety;
• to make recommendations to correct any deficiencies noted;
• to establish follow-up monitoring to ensure that corrective actions are
taken;
• to evaluate support needs; and
• to make information concerning any areas of special interest available to
appropriate EPA parties.
13.2 Procedures
The EPA vessel inspection program shall consist of an annual inspection,
scheduled by the appropriate Ship Project Officer, in conjunction with EPA, the
NOAA Fleet Inspection Office and other appropriate agencies. The Ship Master
shall accommodate the needs of the inspection team while on board. The
inspection team shall assess the safety and material condition of the vessel,
laboratory/chemical personal protection and safety, and general shipboard health
and safety, and note any deficiencies found. The team may conduct any drill, test
TAKEN FROM: EPA Office of Research & Development,
Large Lakes Research Station
PREPARED BY: John Felkins/March 1992
-------
SECTION: Appendix O
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 31 of 33
or procedure considered necessary; however, nothing in this instruction
modifies the authority or responsibility of the Ship Master.
13.3 Announcement Letter and Checklists
An announcement letter and checklist shall be sent by the EPA Ship Project
Officer to the Ship Master approximately one month in advance of the
inspection. The checklist may be a list of questions that relate to the areas and
items to be inspected. The checklists shall be completed by appropriate vessel
personnel for presentation to the inspection officer at the time of arrival of the
inspections officer.
13.4 Arrival Conference
The fleet inspection officer shall brief the Ship Master and others as deemed
appropriate by the Ship Master, on the procedures required for orderly execution
of the inspection, and shall review the completed checklists. The vessel standing
orders, fire plan, casualty control diagram drill summary sheet, and invoices for
inspection of fire equipment and life rafts shall be made available at the arrival
conference.
13.5 Inspection Categories
13.5.1 Material Condition
The inspection team shall make an assessment of the material condition of all
vessel systems, including but not limited to: hull, decking, superstructure,
masts, weight-handling equipment, engineering spaces and machinery, interior
living and storage spaces, laboratories, small boats, watertight integrity, electrical
systems, and electronic equipment and their performance. Areas that require
additional maintenance because of neglect or general safety-related repairs shall
be identified. Operational procedures that affect safety and material conditions
shall be identified.
TAKEN FROM: EPA Office of Research & Development,
Large Lakes Research Station
PREPARED BY: John Felkins/March 1992
-------
SECTION: Appendix O
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 32 of 33
13.5.2 Sanitation/Health Conditions
The sanitary conditions shall be evaluated in all food preparation, storage, mess
areas, and living compartments. The status of medical supplies, equipment,
procedures, and monitoring programs shall be determined, including the diving
emergency protocol and equipment, where applicable.
13.5.3 Safety/Emereency Equipment
The status of all safety and emergency equipment shall be current and
satisfactory, and the type and quantity of equipment carried on each vessel shall
meet the standards required by this protocol.
13.5.4 Drills. Tests. Inspections and Calibrations
The Ship Master shall provide documentary evidence to the inspection team
that all drills, tests, inspections, and certifications have been conducted in
accordance with this protocol. As required, documentation shall be in the form
of commercial contractor receipts/reports, a shipboard logbook, or excerpts from
official records.
13.6 Post-Inspection Critique
Following the completion of the on board inspection, the inspection team shall
brief the Ship Master and others deemed appropriate by the Ship Master, on the
findings of the inspection. A copy of inspection notes shall be provided to the
Ship Master to allow initiation of corrective action(s).
13.7 Inspection Report
Within 30 days following the inspection, the inspection officer shall provide an
inspection report to the Ship Project Officer.
TAKEN FROM: EPA Office of Research & Development,
Large Lakes Research Station
PREPARED BY: John Felkins/March 1992
-------
SECTION: Appendix O
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 33 of 33
13.8 Response
The Ship Project Officer shall discuss the report with the Ship Master and Ship
Contractor. The Ship Contractor, based on guidance from the Ship Project Officer,
shall prepare a response letter, which addresses each item raised in the inspection
report, and details how deficiencies have been, or will be, corrected. This
response shall be provided to the Ship Project Officer for appropriate disposition.
TAKEN FROM: EPA Office of Research & Development,
Large Lakes Research Station
PREPARED BY: John Felkins/March 1992
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX P
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 1 of 12
APPENDIX P: WELCOME ABOARD fc SAFETY ORIENTATION
Page
WELCOME ABOARD 2
SAFETY PROCEDURES 5
SAFETY RULES 6
GENERAL SHIPBOARD COURTESY. 6
FIRE 8
FLOODING 9
CREW OVERBOARD 10
INJURY. 11
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX P
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 2 of 12
WELCOME ABOARD
This manual is intended to be distributed to each person boarding the research
vessel a week or more in advance of the scheduled cruise. It is basic and simple
because simple is easiest to remember in an emergency. Nevertheless, it is wise
that you carefully read and think about the implications. The rush to depart the
harbor and then to use ship time to get maximum research productivity conflicts
with the desirability of good shipboard emergency training. Your careful advance
reading of this manual makes brief shipboard familiarization possible and
effective.
The research vessel has several systems that enhance your safety. Automatic
emergency lighting is provided in crew quarters, galley, lab and engine room. All
engines can be shut down and fuel tanks can be shut off from the deck in the
event of an engine room fire. Survival suits are provided and these are stored in
an exterior, unlocked cabinet, and/or in individual staterooms.
An inspected, inflatable SOLAS life raft and a state-of-the-art satellite Emergency
Position Indicating Radio Beacon (EPIRB), both of which automatically or
manually activate, are provided. Survival suits and SOLAS (Safety of Life at Sea)
inflatable life rafts are the only rescue equipment that truly can save your life in
cold, stormy waters unless rescue is immediate. The satellite EPIRB
automatically transmits a mayday, ship's identification and homing signal if the
vessel capsizes or sinks. We have a full set of SOLAS-approved flares and
signaling devices. We have a tested, effective way to get even an incapacitated
person quickly out of the water and back on board.
There is a custom-designed alarm system that senses, among other things, rising
water levels in the bilges of any of our six bulkhead compartments; smoke or
excess heat in the crew quarters, both labs or the engine room; or malfunction of
various ship's equipment. This means earliest possible detection of a potential
problem and a safer environment for you whether hard at work or fast asleep
aboard ship.
We have four ways available to pump water overboard besides the bucket
brigade. Two pumps depend on electricity provided by the ship's generator. One
pump is mechanically driven by our standby auxiliary diesel engine. Our most
effective pump (rated at 140 gallons per minutes) is hydraulically driven off our
main engine. Depending upon our operating mode, three of these pumps,
including the main, self-priming pump, can be operated without requiring the
engineer to enter the engine room. These pumps are tested and maintained in
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX P
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 3 of 12
top working condition.
Besides our hand-held fire extinguishers which are located throughout the
vessel and which you should learn how, where and when to use, we have an
automatic halon fire suppression system that protects the engine room and has
been designed for this boat. You should know very clearly how to tell if this
system becomes activated and what you should not do in that event.
We have two electrically-isolated battery banks available to power our
navigation and communication system and two independent ways to charge
these battery banks. Our navigation and communication electronics are wired
through separate circuit breakers so a wiring problem will affect only one piece of
equipment rather than short out the entire wheelhouse at once. We have late
model, top quality equipment including radar, two Loran-C units, two VHP
radios, gyrocompass, fluxgate compass, echo sounder, autopilot and cellular
phone. The boat can be steered manually with cables in the event of a failure of
the power steering system. We have a manually and automatically activated
general alarm that sounds throughout the vessel to insure that you are informed
immediately in the event of potential danger. In the interest of simplicity, we
have one signal only on the general alarm bell.
This is not a complete list, but it is your right to know about the availability and
condition of systems and equipment especially since research vessels under 300
gross tons are not inspected and have minimal requirements and enforcement.
There are no controls other than economic ones governing design and
construction. They can be modified extensively with no required controls or
inspections on design or workmanship. Obsolete or defective equipment may go
uncorrected for long periods if it is not used in everyday operation.
A license as master or mate is obtained by showing evidence of a minimum
amount of sea service and passing a test of appropriate knowledge including
navigation, marine rules of the road, safety and emergency procedures, first aid
and CPR. A license as engineer is obtained by showing evidence of relevant
experience and passing a test of knowledge of the wide variety of mechanical
systems aboard ship and completing a practical course in marine fire fighting.
You have a right to know the qualifications and credentials of the crew serving
aboard your research vessel. A ship is not seaworthy without a competent crew.
As you read this manual jot down any questions that may occur to you. Ask any
questions or make any comments you care to during the ship familiarization
period when you come aboard. Do not hesitate to discuss safety issues with any
of the vessel crew. If you do not get a satisfactory answer or you want more
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX P
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 4 of 12
information or have a suggestion, please talk with the Captain.
We want you to enjoy a successful cruise as an informed member of our team.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX P
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 5 of 12
SHIP SAFETY ORIENTATION FOR GLNPO RESEARCH VESSEL PERSONNEL
A. Safety Procedures
• The first concern is the safety of yourself, the crew and the ship.
• Safety equipment found in your stateroom:
a. Personal Flotation Device (PFD) - Demonstration of use to follow
oral presentation.
b. Exposure Suit - Demonstration of use to follow oral presentation.
c. Kick-out panel in door.
<* Do not lock the bathroom door when not in use because it constitutes a
secondary emergency exit.
o Station bill locations and alarm signals.
o General Testing of the alarm is performed at noon daily.
« Life rafts are located on the O2 deck - Demonstration to follow oral
presentation: Location of life rafts plus explanation of emergency
evacuation procedures and Emergency Position Indicating Radio Beacon
(EPIRB) and water lights.
• Man overboard procedure: Yell, "Man overboard" and throw life ring
or anything that will float. Keep the person in sight and notify bridge as
soon as possible.
• Demonstrate use of fire extinguisher for inexperienced crew.
• All injuries or illnesses are to be reported to the bridge as soon as
possible so that proper attention may be given to the patient.
• Anyone taking personal medication should so indicate on the "In Case
of Accident" form kept in the ship's office.
• An accident form complete, with witnesses (if any), must be filed.
• Communications: Emergency calls can be made and received via single
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX P
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 6 of 12
side band or VHP radio or cellular phone. Any personal calls must be
paid by credit card or dialed collect. A telephone log is on the bridge and
must be filled in.
B. Safety Rules
• No smoking inside the ship.
• For general safety when moving about the ship: doors, ladders, steps,
decks and other slip/trip hazards exist on the ship. A general rule of
safety is "one hand for you, one hand for the ship".
• Due to machinery, noise levels and other personal hazards, the Engine
Room and spaces accessible via the galley are off limits.
C. General Shipboard Courtesy
• When entering or leaving spaces or rooms, PLEASE DO NOT SLAM
DOORS BUT CLOSE THEM SO AS NOT TO DISTURB SLEEPING
SHIPMATES.
• Access to the bridge is allowed preceded by a knock on the door. Enter
only from the lee side or opposite the side from which the wind is
blowing. Please refrain from talking till spoken to as we may be in the
process of receiving or sending radio or telephone communications.
Please interrupt your conversation when you hear traffic on the radio
until mate on watch signals that it is acceptable to resume talking.
• Bed and bath linens are issued weekly. Personal use of the washers and
dryers is permitted within the following format
a. Write name on space provided with attached erasable pen.
b. Remember that all washing machine water drains into our
holding tank thus reducing our time at sea.
c. Do not overload or underload these machines.
d. Keep track of finish times and promptly remove clothing from
machines to allow others to use them.
e. Lastly, make sure machines are empty and that lint screens are
clean.
• Do not place sanitary napkins or any other foreign articles in toilets.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX P
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 7 of 12
• Because our toilet system uses lake water and is sometimes loaded with
sand particles, the valves occasionally do not close and we will have a
leaking toilet. As a result, the holding tank will fill the tank
prematurely. Consequently, please remain after Hushing until water
ceases to flow. Call 911 (Bridge) to report a running toilet, leaking
shower or basin or any other leaking pipe.
• Maintaining clean restrooms in your quarters and public restrooms is
an "All Hands" responsibility.
• Meal times are posted and will be adhered to with the ship's watch
stands to be fed first in order to relieve the previous watch. Eat and
enjoy your meals but please do not "dally in the galley". When
finished, leave the area so there is room for the next diner.
• Removing one's headgear during meals aboard ship is considered
proper shipboard etiquette. In addition, proper attire is required. This
includes shirt and shoes.
• Anyone on a special diet or who has a need to eat late, should notify the
cook and you will be accommodated.
• No meals are to be eaten in the lounge area.
• Snacks are permitted in the lounge between meals and in the evening.
• Remove all trash and return books, etc. to racks. Leave the lounge ready
for the next person to enjoy.
• Night rations are available and located in designated areas. Please cover
foods returned to the refrigerators. Do not hand wash dishes or cups,
but leave them on the cart provided. They will be properly cleaned and
sanitized in the dishwasher.
• Upon completion of your cruise, place linens and towels inside your
pillowcase and deposit in the laundry room.
• Please do not remove or take any items belonging to the ship as a
souvenir. We are held accountable for all government property, and
the next group to sail with us may need to use these items.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX P
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 8 of 12
FIRE
A. Prevention and Preparation
1) All flammable/explosive/toxic/radioactive materials and
pressurized gas tanks must be stored on the exterior deck only.
2) Pressurized gas tanks shall have their main valves closed whenever
responsible scientific personnel are not present and on duty.
3) Pressurized gas tanks shall have their valves dosed, their regulators
removed, and protective caps screwed in place when the vessel is in
transit and responsible scientific personnel are not aboard.
4) No smoking anywhere on the boat except on the weather deck.
5) Maintain housekeeping in galley, focsle and labs. Do not leave
stove unattended.
6) Learn where each fire extinguisher is kept on the boat, and be able to
locate and use it in the dark. Locate the fire hose on deck.
7) Learn the two escape routes from each part of the vessel interior. Be
able to find your way and open each route with no lights on or in a
smoke-filled compartment.
8) Report all unsafe conditions or fire hazards to the Captain or Chief
Engineer immediately. Don't hesitate to ask any questions.
B. Recognition and First Response
1) Upon on first detecting smoke, flames, a hot wall (bulkhead) or
door (hatch), or gas escaping, first inform the Captain and the
Engineer and raise the alarm in a loud voice. Follow instructions
which may include: fight the fire, ensure all personnel are
accounted for and outside on deck with a survival suit if they are
not fighting the fire, secure all hatches (doors) to compartments that
are not occupied, close vents, or jettison compressed gas tanks.
2) There is an automatic, fixed extinguishing system for fire in the
engine room. If high heat is detected there by the sensors, a loud
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX P
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 9 of 12
horn will sound in the engine room within 25 seconds. If you hear
this horn, go outside on deck.
3) There is a general alarm bell that is activated from the wheelhouse.
The general alarm signal is a long continuous ringing. If you hear
this signal, get on deck immediately, close hatches behind you if no
one remains in the compartment, and take a fire extinguisher
along.
FLOODING
A. Prevention and Preparation
1) Never open portholes below deck.
2) Never open hatches except during emergency escape from crew
quarters or drills.
3) Check with Chief or Captain before opening portholes in wet lab
and head, and secure them before you leave the boat or if
weather deteriorates. If you open it. you close it.
4) Report any open, loose or leaking portholes or hatches to the crew.
5) Be aware that a garden hose can sink a boat if connected to a sea
water pump outlet or simply by siphoning.
6) If you detect any evidence that we are taking on water, don't hesitate
to tell the Captain or Chief Engineer immediately.
7) Learn where survival suits, life jackets, life rafts, EPIRB, and buckets
are stowed and know how to use them.
8) Memorize and practice all escape routes. Consider how those routes
will be affected if the boat has a serious list.
9) It is wise to carry, at all times when aboard ship, a small waterproof
flashlight and a knife. Some emergencies, such as fire or flooding,
also cause electrical power and lighting to be lost.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX P
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 10 of 12
B. Recognition and First Response
1) Exit from the enclosed spaces on the boat if you hear the general
alarm, taking a fire extinguisher with you and closing doors and
hatches behind you if you are the last one out. On wet lab doors,
close only one dog, the one at the top of the door, until all
personnel, including the Captain and the Engineer are out on deck
and one of them orders the doors fully dogged. Do not dog the
wheelhouse doors at all until everyone aboard is on deck.
2) Rapidly don survival suits, if ordered, or if the vessel is foundering.
3) Do not jump overboard or attempt to deploy the life raft unless
ordered to do so by the Captain or Chief Engineer. The life raft can
be lost if deployed incorrectly, and is designed to automatically
deploy and release if the vessel sinks. More casualties result from
abandoning ship too early than from abandoning too late, and most
green hands tend to jump too early.
4) Enter the water feet first in a survival suit. Otherwise, trapped air
fills the legs of the suit and tends to float you legs up, head down.
At times it may be necessary to don this suit while in the water.
CREW OVERBOARD
A. Prevention and Preparation
1) Wear appropriate gear on deck: flotation vest or jacket, good deck
shoes or rubber boots. Check with the Captain or Chief Engineer for
recommendations. Carry a waterproof flashlight on your person
during or near hours of darkness.
2) Be careful on deck, and keep an eye on each other. Do not sit on the
ship's rail or back up to it. If you go over the rail and no one sees
you, you can be sure no one will hear you either.
3) Find the life rings aboard and learn how to use them.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX P
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 11 of 12
B. Recognition and First Response
If you see someone fall overboard, or cannot locate someone anywhere on the
vessel, immediately throw the life ring with night light (the one on the port side)
overboard and towards the person. Immediately inform the person in the
wheelhouse by shouting, "Man overboard!" Keep your eyes on the person, who
will probably be waving from the water to make himself easier to spot. Never
take your eves off the person in the water. Call for help. Everyone comes on
deck to look and help. Move to the bow and continuously point at the person in
the water so the crewman at the wheel can spot him/her. Follow instructions of
the Chief Engineer or the Captain.
INJURY
A. Prevention. Preparation and Response
1) Apprise the Captain of names of individuals who have any prior
emergency medical training. Those people and others should learn
the location and contents of the vessel first aid supplies. Any
recommendations are welcome.
2) Be careful. Know what you are doing. Use the correct gear. Plan
ahead and look sharp.
3) Ask for help. Ask questions. Don't rush it.
4) Stand as far away as possible from winches and cranes being
operated.
5) Always tend suspended equipment with tag lines. If it is heavy, do
not let it swing and do not get under a load.
6) Do not let the deck become cluttered with your equipment.
7) Any gear that you leave on the boat prior to a transit must be
secured with appropriate size and strength rope or chains as though
the boat will be traveling through high seas for hours. When the
boat is at the dock, everything is calm and quiet, but you must load
and store everything for storm conditions, especially the heavier
items that can cause severe injuries when sliding and tumbling
about. The idea is to fasten items securely not tie them on a leash.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX P
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 12 of 12
Bungee cords are inadequate. Do not leave large containers on deck
that may fill with water. Do not place or fasten things where they
will block a hatch interfere with mooring lines or the anchoring
apparatus.
8) Do not leave ropes, hoses, or cable on deck unless they are coiled
and secured (tied down). They may slip over the side and become
caught in the propellers.
9) Report any injuries to the Captain immediately and treat the victim
according to your knowledge of the best techniques of first aid, CPR
and emergency medicine.
10) Remember that we may be several hours away from shore and
ambulances and hospitals.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX Q
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
APPENDIX O: M AVAL HQSPITAI /nmJPATTONAT. HEALTH ANP
fi A^TTATinN TNSPEmON/KLNPO RESEARCH VESSELS
NOTE: The United States Navy performs an annual Occupational Health and
Sanitation Inspection of the R/V Lake Guardian. All copies of Naval inspection
reports shall be filed in this appendix.
-------
NAVAL HOSPITAL, GREAT LAKES, IL
OCCUPATIONAL
HEALTH
' PREVENTIVE
MEDICINE
DEPARTMENT
TELEFAX
TRANSMITTAL SHEET
DATE: L _____ fLi?-!? _____ FILE NO.
FROM: JS42S, ______________ PHONE: ilP!Li8J-62L2—
TO: Jufc-S* _____ jfflKJfcML ____ FAX:
ATTN: j*raj»Jffl£HittL _______ PHONE:
SUBJ: .£MLIfrZU
NUMBER OF PAGES (INCLUDING TRANSMITTAL SHEET) --I*-.
IF YOU DO NOT RECEIVE ALL PAGES CALL:
708-688-6712/4535 OR AV 792-6712/4536
-------
REPORT OF POTABLE WATER SANITATION
R/V LAKE GUARDIAN
18-19 JUN 92
Sanitation practices are good. However, the following problems
> noted.
a. Potable water hoses are stored uncapped. Hoses should be
stored capped or the ends joined together (e.g. male to female
ends joined). This will prevent inner surfaces of hoses from
becoming contaminated. Hoses should be capped immediately after
disconnecting from risers. If inner surfaces become
contaminated with dirt or non-potable water, they should be
sanitized. See enclosed sanitizing instructions.
b. There has been a problem with bad tasting water within the
past year. The crew states that for several months after the
potable water tanks were coated inside, the water tasted so bad
that they could not drink it. This problem has disapppeared
with only an occasional bad taste in the water. Taste problems
usually occur for a short while after inner surfaces of water
tanks are coated. However, the problem should not persist if
the coating has been properly applied and allowed to cure before
use. This problem is apparently being resolved as the tanks are
being filled and emptied.
(1) This problem can be eliminated by maintaining a Free
Available Chlorine (FAC) residual in the potable water
tanks. See enclosed batch chlorination instructions.
l"2) As a result of the taste problem, bottled water is being
used on board. It is recoraended that the ship obtain a
manufacturers analysis of the water's chemical and
biological quality. The ship should keep this analysis on
file.
c. Water may remain in the potable water tanks for some period
of time. There was no FAC residual in the tanks which'had last
been filled 2 weeks prior to this survey. In addition, the
tanks contained non-coliform bacteria (TNTC/lOO ml sample). The
tanks were filled from a pierside water source at Biscayne
Bay Coast Guard Station. This water had a FAC residual. Water
samples obtained from the tanks after they were filled with
chlorinated water had no bacterial growth. Organic material
accumulating in the tanks can contribute to taste and odor
problems in drinking water. Maintaining a FAC residual will
prevent taste and odor problems and also prevent the growth of
pathogenic micro-organisms. There was no bacterial growth in
potable water samples obtained from representive points in the
ships distribution system, indicating that the UV light
sanitizing system located between the potable water tanks and
the distribution system was operating satisfactorily.
-------
<•*) It is recommended that potable water tanks be tested
daily for FAC and that a residual of 0.2 ppm be maintained.
See enclosed instructions for chlorinating potable water
tanks.
(2) It is recommended that bacteriologic testing of potable
water in each tank be performed monthly and that 4 samples
be obtained weekly from the distribution system.
Distribution system samples should be obtained from water
outlets as follows: 1 forward, 1 aft, 1 from low in the
ship, and 1 from high in the ship with different outlets
tested each week.
(a) The ship could obtain water samples and arrange
for an EPA approved lab (state or federal) to perform
tests for bacteriologic quality.
(b) Alternatively, ships personnel could be trained to
perform a Presence/Absence (P/A) test. Information on
a representative test system is included. If a P/A
test was positive, the crew could request help in
resolving the problem.
Hoses are attached to faucets in laboratory sinks and extend
into the sink basin. These hoses are potential points of
back-siphonage into the potable water system. It appears
that there are no back flow preventers installed to guard
against back-siphonage if a net negative pressure developed
in the potable water lines.
(1) It is recommended that back flow preventers be
installed to prevent any possible contamination of drinking
water.
-------
POTABLE WATER SYSTEM INSPECTION
TABLE WATER TANKS
VENTS/OVERFLOW LINES SCREENED WITH 16 MESH OR FINER
NON-CORROSIVE METAL WIRE.
MANHOLES ARE IN SATISFACTORY CONDITION.
POTABLE WATER SOUND I NO TUBES PAINTED DARK BLUE AND
CAPS WITH KEEPER CHAINS ARE FITTED WITH LOCKS.
POTABLE WATER SOUNDING TAPES ARE COLOR CODED DARK
BLUE, LABELED "POTABLE WATER USE ONLY" ON HANDLES.
AND ARE PROPERLY SANITIZED.
YES NO
(XI < )
X? < )
TABLE WATER PIPING
FILLING CONNECTIONS PAINTED DARK BLUE AND HAVE
WARNING PLATE: "POTABLE WATER" IN I" LETTERS.
CONNECTIONS ARE AT LEAST IB" ABOVE DECK AND ARE
TURNED DOWN TO PREVENT CONTAMINATION.
PIPING ON SUCTION SIDE OF PUMPS IS IN GOOD REPAIR
AND NOT SUBJECT TO CONTAMINATION.
POTABLE WATER PUMPS ARE AIR TIGHT AND FREE FROM
CROSS CONTAMINATION.
.POTABLE WATER PIPES PASSING THROUGH NON-POTABLE
TANKS OR VICE VERSA.
a. IF PASSING THROUGH NON-POTABLE TANKS OR VICE VERSA, IS
THERE A SLOPED SELF-DRAINING TUNNEL AROUND THE PIPES.
ADEQUATE AIR GAPS UETWEEN POTABLE WATER OUTLETS AND
NON-POTABLE SYSTEMS, FIXTURES, AND MACHINES.
ARE BACK FLOW PREVENTERS ADEQUATE ON POTABLE WATER LINES.
ARE UNAPPROVED SEALANTS (E.G. LEAD CONTAINING SUBSTANCES)
USED IN PIPING REPAIRS OR ON JOINTS.
DISINFECTION OF POTABLE WATER LINES PRIOR TO RETURNING TO
USE IS ADEQUATE.
POTABLE WATER VALVE' HANDWHEELS AND LEVERS ARE COLOR CODED
DARK BLUE. (JQUQ£ CQAtfl/b M/S 6^^ A-t^ffa0 0*> UI*/JfjjfJ ~
POTABLE WATER LINES ARE APPROPRIATELY LABELED TO INDICATE
TYPE OF SERVICE AND DIRECTION OF FLOW.
5 TASTE AND ODOR PROBLEMS IN POTABLE WATER.
YES NP
( )
I >
( )
(Xj
« '
« >
-------
YES MO
I HOIAttUC WAIEH HOai-li AHfc PAINII.U UAMK ULUf ON tNUU ANU
' LABELED "POTABLE WAIER" APPHOX. kVtMY 10 Ftlil. V"
2. HOSES ARE ADEQUATELY AND PROPERLY DISINFECTED. •**
3. HOSE LOCKERS ARE LABELED "POTABLE WATER ONLY". < >
4. LOCKERS ARE If OFF DECK ,LOCKED, AND ARE VERM.N
« O^COSPLEDTCAPPE^POTABLE WATER HOSES ARE STORED
-/ IN LOCKERS.
6 PHINTEO .N8TMUCTIONS OUTLINING STEP-BY-STEP PROCEDURES
FOR DISINFECTING MOSES AND RISEHS AR6 POSTED.
D* ?ISI^C^Y°UFSE STOCK ST'OWEO IN LOCKED METAL BOX WITH ,/<•
IN THE BOTTOM. NO MORE THAN A 7 UAT ^ ^
SUPPLY IN THE BOX.
1t£5 swair
FROM ANY SURFACE THAT MAY EXCEED 140 F.
3. COMBUSTIBLE ORGANIC MATER.ALS STOWED IN SAME AREA AS HTH. I
4. MORE !.-«» «:-SS PS.S BOTTl^.-.TOWED IN ANY INDIVIDUAL ^
LOCKER/BIN.
6 HTH ISSUED ONLY TO DESIGNATED PERSONNEL. (
•: syssr?^ •
,. BBO«,NE CARTB,D0ES STORED IN CLEAN W*. VBIT.UTB) STOREROOM. ,
8. BROMINE LOCKERS LABELED IN ACCORDANCE WITH NSTM B33. FIO. 6. '
.. BROMINATORS LABELED *ITH WABN.NO PLACARDS AND STEP-BY-STEP
(NSTRUCTIONS.
t0 PREPARATION AND INTRODUCTION OF HTH SOLUTION INTO POTABLE
WATER TANKS IS DONE PROPERLY.
M. ADEQUATE CIRCULATION OF TREATED WATER IN TANKS.
,2 TREATED WATER HELD FOR 30 MIN. BEFORE BEING DELIVERED TO
POTABLE WATER PIPING SYSTEM.
13 WATER DELIVERED TO POTABLE WATER PIPING SYSTEM HAS THE
* REQUIRED MINIMUM HALOGEN RESIDUAL.
at* e* • •--
-------
POTABLE WATER SAMPLES
R/V LAKE GUARDIAN
Location
DATE:
NEGATIVE CONTROL
POSITVIE CONTROL
92 STBD POTABLE WATER TANK
OUTLET BY BOW THRUSTER
92 PORT POTABLE WATER TANK
ENGINE ROOM WATER OUTLET
STATEROOM 212 SINK
GALLEY SINK
DATE:
NEGATIVE CONTROL
POSITIVE CONTROL
92 PORT POTABLE WATER TANK
91 PORT POTABLE WATER TANK
92 STBD POTABLE WATER TANK
Fac Ph
lS-Jun-1992
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
7.5
7.5
7.5
7.0
7.2
7.4
!9-Jun-1992
Culture
NO GROWTH
TNTC COLIFORMS
TNTC NONCOLIFORMS
NO GROWTH
TNTC NONCOLIFORMS
NO GROWTH
NO GROWTH
NO GROWTH
NO GROWTH
TNTC COLIFORMS
NO GROWTH
NO GROWTH
NO GROWTH
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX R
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: I oilS
APPENDIX R: U.S. EPA GREAT LAKES NATIONAL PROGRAM i
R/V LAKE GUARDIAN HAZARDOUS MATERIALS/
HAZARDOUS WASTE CONTINGENCY PLAN
TABLE OF CONTENTS
I. DESCRIPTION OF FACILITIES AND ACTIVITIES 3
H. HAZARDOUS MATERIALS STORAGE 4
m. HAZARDOUS WASTE STORAGE 4
A. Satellite Storage 4
B. Primary & Interim Storage Area 5
IV. IMPLEMENTATION OF THE CONTINGENCY PLAN 5
A. General Procedures 5
B. Hazardous Waste Spill Response Procedures 6
1. Liquid Acid Spill 6
2. Liquid Basic Spill 7
3. Organic Solvent Spill Containing Less Than
50 ppm PCBs 8
4. Organic Spill Containing More Than 50 ppm
and Less Than 500 ppm PCBs 9
5. Other Liquid Spill 12
6. Solid Spill 13
7. Mercury Spill 14
8. Radioactive Material Spill 15
C Fire or Explosion Resulting in Fire 17
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX R
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 2 of 18
D. Medical Treatment 17
ATTACHMENTS
Attachment 1: Waste Stream Analysis
Attachment 2: Laboratory Floor Plan
Attachment 3: Chemical Storage by Room
Attachment 4: Emergency Phone Numbers
Attachment 5: Emergency Equipment Locations
Attachment 6: Emergency Response Team
Attachment 7: OSHA 29 CFR 1910.120 Health & Safety Plan Compliance Procedures
Attachment 8: Notification To Emergency Assistance Authorities
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX R
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PACE: 3 of 18
R/V LAKE GUARDIAN LABORATORIES
HAZARDOUS MATERIALS/WASTE CONTINGENCY PLAN
This contingency plan has been developed to address emergencies which may occur
relating to hazardous waste generated in the laboratory and hazardous materials
used in the laboratory. The plan is designed to minimize hazards to human health
and the environment from fires, explosions, or any unplanned sudden or
inadvertent release of hazardous waste or hazardous materials affecting the vessel,
air, soil, or surface water.
Copies of this contingency plan have been distributed to emergency assistance
authorities indicated in Attachment 8.
I. DESCRIPTION OF FACILITY AND ACTTVnTES
The Lake Guardian is a research vessel owned by the U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency and operated by the EPA's Great Lakes National Program Office
(GLNPO) in conjunction with other scientific monitoring and surveillance
programs. The home port of the Lake Guardian is located at 24 Sixth Street in Bay
City, Michigan. The ship has been equipped with three permanent laboratories and
can accommodate as many as eight portable laboratories. Sailing operations are
administered by an 11 member crew and, at any one time, as many as 31 scientists
may be on board to conduct research.
The Lake Guardian laboratories provide research services supporting the Clean
Water Act and the Great Lakes Water Quality Agreement between the U.S. and
Canada. Most water and sediment samples taken from the Great Lakes are prepared
and analyzed in the laboratories aboard ship. A variety of chemicals are stored on
the ship to facilitate appropriate testing. Most of these chemicals are in small
quantity.
The laboratories may generate specific hazardous wastes depending on the type of
analysis being done on board the vessel. Generating a combined total of less than
100 kg. of hazardous waste per month, the laboratories are considered under the
Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (40 CFR 260-263) to be a conditionally
exempt waste generator. The laboratories, however, are prepared to comply with
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX R
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 4 of 18
the RCRA small quantity generator requirements All such wastes are designated
for off-site disposal and consist of the following waste streams:
1. Acidic waste from metals preparation and metals standards. This waste
contains hydrochloric acid and/or nitric acid and metals.
2. Basic or neutral waste from chlorine or ammonia analytical systems. This
waste contains sodium hydroxide and/or phenol.
3. Organic solvent waste containing less than 50 mg/1 PCBs.
4. Low level radioactive waste.
See Attachment 1 for waste stream analysis.
H. HAZARDOUS MATERIAL STORAGE
Hazardous materials are stored in the Hazardous Materials Locker and in the
laboratories. The laboratories maintain small quantities of reagents and chemicals
used on a daily basis. All other storage is in the locker. Refer to Attachment 2 for a
diagram of the laboratories and Attachment 3 for specific storage locations.
m. HAZARDOUS WASTE STORAGE
Hazardous wastes are stored in three areas consisting of the satellite storage area, the
primary storage area, and the interim or secondary storage. Storage and labeling
methods for each area is as follows:
A. Satellite Storage
Hazardous waste generated during preparation and analytical operations is
temporarily stored in the laboratory where it is generated.
The acidic and basic hazardous wastes are stored in polyethylene containers
and the organic solvent hazardous waste is stored in flammable liquid
storage containers. Each waste container is labeled and coded with colored
tape. The wastes are color-coded as follows:
1. Red - Acid waste from metals preparation and metals standards;
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX R
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 5 of 18
2. Blue - Basic or neutral waste;
3. Purple - Organic waste solvents containing more than 50 mg/1 PCBs;
4. Green - Organic waste solvents containing less than 50 mg/1 PCBs.
B. Primary Storage
The primary storage area for all hazardous wastes is the Hazardous Materials
Locker. This room is also the storage area for all hazardous materials prior to
their use in the laboratories. The locker is divided into two storage areas, one
containing the storage cabinets for corrosives and the other containing the
cabinets for flammables. The storage areas are separately diked and a dry
chemical fire suppression system has been installed.
C. Interim or Secondary Storage
Secondary storage at a land facility has been proposed. Until that storage area
is completed, interim storage is currently maintained at the Sears Warehouse
in Bay City, Michigan. Transport of hazardous waste or materials to interim
storage may be performed only by EPA personnel following the established
transport guidelines.
IV. IMPLEMENTATION OF THE CONTINGENCY PLAN
The contingency plan will be implemented immediately whenever there is a fire,
explosion, or release of hazardous waste or hazardous materials which could
threaten human health or the environment. The following emergency procedures
will be carried out in the event of an emergency.
A. General Procedures
In the event of a release of hazardous waste or hazardous materials, the
Emergency Coordinator (EC), Captain, and ship's Safety Committee will be
notified immediately. A list of emergency response team phone numbers
are provided in Attachment 6. The Safety Committee is comprised of the
Captain, EPA Supervisor, the Chemical Hygiene Officer (CHO), and Group
Supervisor if an outside group is using the ship. The Emergency Coordinator
will identify the character, source, and amount of any released material and
determine whether the release can be abated by ship emergency response
personnel. The Emergency Coordinator must advise the Captain and Safety
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX R
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 6 of 18
Committee members of the conditions relating to the release event. If the
Emergency Coordinator concludes that qualified ship personnel can abate the
release, he will specify the task assignments to qualified emergency response
team personnel Attachment 6.
Response activities involving hazardous material/waste releases must be
performed in accordance with Attachment 7, OSHA 29 CFR 1910.120 Health
& Safety Plan Compliance.
If the Emergency Coordinator determines that the release cannot be
controlled by ship personnel and/or the health of ship personnel is
endangered, the Captain will implement the evacuation plan (See "Occupant
Emergency Plan" as it appears in Appendix M of the GLNPO Health and
Safety and Environmental Compliance Manual). The Captain, with the
assistance of the Emergency Coordinator, also has the responsibility to notify
the GLNPO office and appropriate authorities, such as the National Response
Center and the Coast Guard. (See Chapter 2, Attachment 2.5 of this manual
and Attachment 4 of this appendix.)
B. Hazardous Materials or Waste Spill Response Procedures
In the event of a spill, the personnel assigned to emergency response will
evaluate the spill, consult the material safety data sheets or waste analyses,
and use appropriate procedures and equipment for spill clean-up. If the
chemical nature of the spill is not known, the spill will be treated as a highly
toxic and hazardous material. See Attachment 5 of this appendix for
locations of emergency response equipment.
1. Liquid Acid Spill
In the event of liquid acid spill, the following procedures will be
implemented:
a. Before entering the area, response personnel will be equipped
with appropriate personal protective equipment, as
determined by the EC. Equipment used in this situation
may include Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus, Tyvek
suits, chemical resistant boots, and neoprene gloves.
b. If possible, the leaking container will be moved in such a way
that further release of acid is prevented. The container will
the be diked with absorbent booms. (Absorbent booms are
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX R
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 7 of 18
long pliant tubes containing absorbent material.)
c. The spill will be contained through the use of absorbent
booms to prevent further spread of the material.
d. Acid neutralizing spill material such as lime chips will
be sprinkled over the spill area and will be used until
the liquid has been neutralized. Neutralization will be
determined by using pH paper.
e. Once the liquid has been neutralized, the absorbent booms
will be placed into a collection drum and covered with
neutralization material. The solidified spill material will be
shoveled or scooped into the collection drum, as well, using a
nonreactive, non-sparking shovel.
f. After the spill has been contained, remaining liquid in the
leaking container will be placed in a secure container. If it is
not feasible to transfer the liquid, the container will be placed
in a secure overpack.
g. Solid surfaces contaminated by the spill, such as floors and
walls, will be triple washed and rinsed with a commercial-
grade aqueous detergent solution such as "Det-O-Jet".
" Washing" refers to scrubbing the area with a fresh solution
used for each wash cycle. A sufficient amount of fresh fluid,
enough to cover the contaminated surface completely, must
be used in each wash and rinse. The floors will be dried with
a dean doth after each rinse. Precautions must be taken to
contain any runoff from the scrubbing and to properly
dispose of wastes generated during the deaning.
h. The decontamination material, wash and rinse solutions,
and all disposable equipment used during the dean-up will
be placed in the collection drum and the EC will arrange for
its transfer to a disposal site.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX R
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 8 of 18
2. Liquid Base Spill
In the event of a liquid base spill the following procedures will be
implemented:
a. Before entering the area, response personnel will be equipped
with the appropriate personal protective equipment as
determined by the EC. Equipment in this situation may
include self-contained breathing apparatus, Tyvek suits,
chemical-resistant boots, and neoprene gloves.
b. If possible, the leaking container will be moved in such a way
that further release of material is prevented. The container
will be diked with absorbent booms.
c. The spill will be contained through the use of absorbent
booms to prevent further spread of the material.
d. Basic neutralizing spill material, such as anhydrous citric acid
granules, will be sprinkled over the spill area.
e. Once the spill has been neutralized, as determined by pH
paper, the absorbent booms will be placed into a collection
drum and covered with neutralization material. The
solidified spill material will be shoveled or scooped into the
collection drum using a non-reactive, non-sparking shovel.
f. After the spill has been contained, material remaining in the
leaking container will be place in a secure container. If it is
not feasible to transfer the material, the leaking container will
be placed in a secure overpack.
g. Solid surfaces contaminated by the spill, such as floors and
walls, will be triple washed and rinsed with a commercial-
grade aqueous detergent solution such as "Det-O-Jet".
" Washing" refers to scrubbing the area with a fresh solution
used for each wash cycle. A sufficient amount of fresh fluid,
enough to cover the contaminated surface completely, must
be used in each wash and rinse. The floors will be dried with
a clean cloth after each rinse. Precautions must be taken to
contain any runoff from the scrubbing and to properly
dispose of wastes generated during the cleaning.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX R
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 9 of 18
h. The decontamination material, wash and rinse solutions,
and all disposable equipment used during clean-up will be
placed in the collection drum and the EC will arrange for its
transfer to a disposal site.
3. Organic Solvent Spill Containing Less Than 50 ppm PCBs
a. Before entering the area, response personnel will be equipped
with the appropriate personal protective equipment as
determined by the EC. Equipment used in this situation
may include self-contained breathing apparatus, Saranex-
coated Tyvek suits, chemical-resistant boots, and Silvershield
gloves.
b. If possible, the leaking container will be moved in such a way
that further release of solvent is prevented. The container
will be diked with absorbent booms.
c. The spill will also be contained with absorbent booms to
prevent the further spread of the material. Absorbent
material, such as activated charcoal or activated carbon, will
be spread over the area to adsorb the solvent.
d. Once the liquid has been adsorbed, the absorbent booms will
be placed into a collection drum and covered with absorbent
material. The solid absorption residue will be shoveled or
scooped into the collection drum. The shovel or scoop used
will be made from a non-sparking material, such as brass.
e. After the spill has been contained, the remaining liquid in
the leaking container will be transferred to a secure container.
If it is not feasible to transfer the liquid, the container will be
placed in a secure overpack.
f. Solid surfaces contaminated by the spill, such as floors and
walls, will be triple washed and rinsed with a commercial-
grade aqueous detergent solution such as "Det-O-Jet".
" Washing" refers to scrubbing the area with a fresh solution
used for each wash cycle. A sufficient amount of fresh fluid,
enough to cover the contaminated surface completely, must
be used in each wash and rinse. The floors will be dried with
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX R
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 10 of 18
a clean doth after each rinse. Precautions must be taken to
contain any runoff from the scrubbing and to properly
dispose of wastes generated during the cleaning.
g. The decontamination material, wash and rinse solutions, and
all disposable equipment used during the clean-up will be
placed in the collection drum and the EC will arrange for its
transfer to disposal site.
4. Organic Solvent Spill Containing More Than 50 ppm and Less Than
500 ppm PCBs
Materials containing more than 50 ppm and less than 500 ppm of
polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs) are used only occasionally and in
small quantities in the Lake Guardian laboratories. Since the total
amount of PCBs that could be purified from the solutions on board is
less than one pound, the following procedures are appropriate and will
be implemented for clean-ups.
a. Before entering the area, response personnel will be equipped
with the appropriate personal protective equipment.
Equipment used for this particular release will include self-
contained breathing apparatus, Saranex-coated Tyvek suits,
chemical resistant boots, and Silvershield gloves.
b. If possible, the leaking container will be moved in such a way
that further release of material is prevented. The container
will be diked with absorbent booms.
c. If the emergency response team is unable to determine the
boundaries of the spill, a statistically valid sampling survey
will be performed in the area to determine the extent of the
spill.
d. The spill will be contained through the use of absorbent
booms to prevent further spread of the material. Solvent
absorbent material, such as activated charcoal or activated
carbon, will be sprinkled over the spill area. Once the spill
has been absorbed, the absorbent booms will be moved to a
collection drum and covered with absorbent. The solidified
spill material will be shoveled or scooped into the collection
drum using a non-sparking shovel, such as one made of
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX R
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 11 of 18
brass.
e. After the spill has been contained, material remaining in the
leaking container will be placed in a secure container. If it is
not feasible to transfer the material, the leaking container will
be placed in a secure overpack.
f. Solid surfaces contaminated by the spill, such as floors and
walls, will be triple washed and rinsed with a commercial-
grade aqueous detergent solution such as "Det-O-Jet".
Washing means scrubbing the area with a material in which
PCBs are at least 5% soluble. A sufficient amount of PCB-free
fluid, enough to cover the contaminated surface completely,
must be used in each wash/rinse. Precautions must be taken
to contain any runoff from the scrubbing and to properly
dispose of wastes generated during the cleansing.
g. After the solid surfaces, contaminated by the spill, have been
triple washed/rinsed, the surfaces will be sampled to
determine the quantity of PCBs remaining. The sampling
will be done in accordance with 40 CFR Part 761.123. The
testing will ensure that the area has been cleaned to 10 ug/100
square centimeters if the spill occurred in a work area, or 100
ug/100 square centimeters if the spill occurred in the
flammable storage room.
h. At the completion of clean-up, the EC will document the
clean-up with records and certification of decontamination.
The records and certification will be maintained for a period
of at least five years by the EC. The records and certification
will consist of the following:
1) Identification of the source of the spill (e.g., type of
equipment);
2) Estimated or actual date and time of the spill;
3) The date and time clean-up was completed or
terminated (if clean-up was delayed by emergency or
adverse weather: the nature and duration of the delay);
4) A brief description of the spill location;
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX R
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 12 of 18
5) Preclean-up sampling data used to establish the spill
boundaries if required because of insufficient visible
traces, and a brief description of the sampling
methodology used to establish the spill boundaries;
6) A brief description of the solid surfaces cleaned and of
the wash/rinse method used;
7) A certification statement signed by the responsible
party stating that the cleanup requirements have been
met and that the information contained in the record
is true to the best of his/her knowledge.
• While not required for compliance with TSCA
regulations, the following information would be
useful if maintained in the records:
1) Additional pre- or post-cleanup sampling;
2) The estimated cost of the cleanup by manhours,
dollars, or both.
Due to the quantity of PCBs used and stored, it is extremely unlikely that more than
one pound of PCBs could be spilled aboard the Lake Guardian. Specific procedures
to address this type of spill are not contained in this contingency plan. In the event
that such a spill occurs, the Office of Pesticides and Toxic Substances will be
contacted to obtain guidance for appropriate cleanup measures in the shortest
possible time after discovery of the spill, but in no case later than 24 hours after
discovery. Additionally, clean-up of more than one pound of PCBs will be
conducted in accordance with 40 CFR Part 761.125. Spills involving more than 10
pounds of PCBs will be immediately reported to the National Response Center at 1-
800-424-8802.
5. Other Liquid Spill
In the event of a spill involving a liquid that is not a base, acid, or
solvent, the following procedures will be used:
a. Before entering the area, response personnel will be equipped
with the appropriate personal protective equipment.
Equipment used in this situation may include self-contained
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX R
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 13 of 18
breathing apparatus, Saranex-coated Tyvek suits, chemical-
resistant boots, and Silvershield gloves.
b. If possible, the leaking container will be moved in such a way
that further release of liquid is prevented. The container will
then be diked with absorbent booms.
c. The spill will be contained with absorbent booms to
prevent the further spread of the material. Adsorbent
material such as activated charcoal or activated carbon will be
spread over the area to adsorb the liquid.
d. Once the liquid has been adsorbed, the absorbent booms will
be removed to a collection drum and covered with absorbent
material. The solid, resulting from absorption, will be
shoveled or scooped into the collection drum. The shovel or
scoop used will be made of a non-sparking material, such as
brass.
e. After the spill has been contained, the remaining liquid in
the leaking container will be transferred to a secure container.
If it is not feasible to transfer the liquid, the container will be
placed in a secure overpack.
f. Solid surfaces contaminated by the spill, such as floors and
walls, will be triple washed and rinsed with a commercial-
grade aqueous detergent solution such as "Det-O-Jet".
" Washing" refers to scrubbing the area with a fresh solution
used for each wash cycle. A sufficient amount of fresh fluid,
enough to cover the contaminated surface completely, must
be used in each wash and rinse. The floors will be dried with
a clean doth after each rinse. Precautions must be taken to
contain any runoff from the scrubbing and to properly
dispose of wastes generated during the cleaning.
g. The decontamination material, wash, and rinse solutions,
and all disposable equipment used during the cleanup will be
placed in the collection drum and the EC will arrange for its
transfer to disposal site.
h. If the spilled liquid is mutagenic, teratogenic, or
carcinogenic, the contaminated area will be sampled to
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX R
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 14 of 18
determine the quantity of chemical remaining on the solid
surfaces. The sampling will be performed in a statistically
valid manner. No detectable traces of chemical should
remain in the area.
6. Solid Spill
In the event of a spill involving a solid hazardous chemical that is not
water or air reactive, the following procedures will be used:
a. Before entering the area, response personnel will be equipped
with the appropriate personal protective equipment.
Equipment used in this situation may include self-contained
breathing apparatus, Saranex-coated Tyvek suits, chemical-
resistant boots, and Neoprene gloves.
b. The leaking container will be picked up and placed in a
collection drum.
c. Using a broom and dustpan made of non-reactive materials,
the spilled solid will be swept up and placed in the collection
drum. Care will be taken to sweep up as much of the spilled
material as possible.
d. Any remaining spill material will be picked up using a damp
doth. The cloth and contaminated broom should be disposed
of as solid hazardous waste.
e. Solid surfaces contaminated by the spill, such as floors and
walls, will be triple washed and rinsed with a commercial-
grade aqueous detergent solution such as "Det-O-Jet".
" Washing" refers to scrubbing the area with a fresh solution
used for each wash cycle. A sufficient amount of fresh fluid,
enough to cover the contaminated surface completely, must
be used in each wash and rinse. The floors will be dried with
a clean cloth after each rinse. Precautions must be taken to
contain any runoff from the scrubbing and to properly
dispose of wastes generated during the cleaning.
f. If the spilled solid is mutagenic, teratogenic or
carcinogenic, the contaminated area will be sampled to
determine the quantity of material remaining on the solid
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX R
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PACE: 15 of 18
surfaces. No detectable traces of chemical should remain in
the area.
7. Mercury Spill
In the event of a mercury spill, the following procedures will be
implemented:
a. Before entering the area, response personnel will remove all
gold, copper, or silver jewelry and be equipped with the
appropriate personal protective equipment. Equipment
used in this situation will include self-contained breathing
apparatus, Saranex-coated Tyvek suits, chemical-resistant
boots, and Silvershield gloves.
b. If possible, the leaking container will be moved in such a way
that further release of mercury is prevented. The container
will then be placed in a hard-sided waste collection container.
c. The mercury will be collected in one area through the use of
wooden spatulas.
d. Following collection using a spatula, an aspirator will be
used to retrieve as much of the material as possible. The
material will be placed in a polyethylene collection bottle.
e. Small droplets of mercury that cannot be collected through
the use of an aspirator will be picked up with a mercury
absorbent, such as "Cinnasorb". If "Cinnasorb" is used, the
area should be covered at least twice with the absorbent paste.
The waste paste will be placed in a wide-mouth polyethylene
bottle and allowed to dry before the bottle is closed (the bottle
may then be placed in the collection drum).
f. Once all visible traces of mercury have been collected, a
material such as "Resisorb" will be sprinkled over the spill
area to collect small amounts of mercury inaccessible to
physical cleanup (such as cracks in tile or cement). The
absorbent powder will remain on the spill area for a period of
one hour, then removed and placed in the collection drum.
g. Solid surfaces contaminated by the spill, such as floors and
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX R
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 16 of 18
walls, will be triple washed and rinsed with a commercial-
grade aqueous detergent solution such as "Det-O-Jet".
" Washing" refers to scrubbing the area with a fresh solution
used for each wash cycle. A sufficient amount of fresh fluid,
enough to cover the contaminated surface completely, must
be used in each wash and rinse. The floors will be dried with
a clean cloth after each rinse. Precautions must be taken to
contain any runoff from the scrubbing and to properly
dispose of wastes generated during the cleaning.
8. Radioactive Material Spill
GLNPO laboratories are equipped with two types of radioactive
materials, Nickel-63 and Carbon-14. The Radiation Safety Officer
(RSO) for the ship shall be notified and work in conjunction with the
Safety Committee members should a release of radioactive materials
occur.
Nickel-63 is contained in sealed source devices in laboratory
equipment. In the event that a sealed source device is found to be
leaking, the area will be immediately evacuated and the Air and
Radiation Division will be contacted for guidance. Emergency
response personnel will re-enter the area ONLY under the direction of
a representative from the Air and Radiation Division and will work to
mitigate the hazard under the division's supervision.
Water contaminated with quantities of Carbon-14 generated by
GLNPO laboratories is stored and shipped to CRL for disposal. In
effect, this water is non-hazardous according to the Nuclear Regulatory
Commission's regulations and can be disposed of via city sewers
following testing. In the event that the water is spilled or leaks from
its container prior to disposal into a city sewer system, the spills and
leaks will be considered hazardous and the following procedures will
be implemented:
a. Before entering the area, response personnel will be equipped
with the appropriate personal protective equipment.
Equipment used in this situation will include Saranex-coated
Tyvek suits, chemical-resistant boots, and rubber gloves.
b. Emergency response personnel shall use a radiation counter
to assist in determining the boundaries of the spill.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX R
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 17 of 18
c. The spill will be contained through the use of absorbent
booms to prevent further spread of the material.
d. Sawdust or vermiculite will be sprinkled over the spill area.
Once the spill has been absorbed, the absorbent booms will be
moved to a collection drum and covered with absorbent. The
solidified spill material will be shoveled or scooped into the
collection drum using a non-sparking shovel, such as one
made of PVC or brass.
e. Solid surfaces contaminated by the spill, such as floors and
walls, will be triple washed and rinsed with a commercial-
grade aqueous detergent solution such as "Det-O-Jet".
" Washing" refers to scrubbing the area with a fresh
solution used for each wash cycle. A sufficient amount
of fresh fluid, enough to cover the contaminated
surface completely, must be used in each wash and
rinse. The floors will be dried with a clean cloth after
each rinse. Precautions must be taken to contain any
runoff from the scrubbing and to properly dispose of
wastes generated during the cleaning.
f. After the solid surfaces contaminated by the spill have been
triple washed/rinsed, the area will be wipe tested to
determine the quantity of Carbon-14 remaining on the solid
surfaces. The RSO will ensure that Carbon-14 readings are no
higher than background readings taken in other areas of the
laboratory.
g. The decontamination material, wash and rinse solutions, and
all disposable equipment used during the cleanup will be
placed in the collection drum and the RSO will arrange for its
transfer to CRL for disposal.
C. Fire or Explosion Resulting in Fire
Procedures for fire or explosions resulting in fire are established by the ship's
Captain and appear on the Watchquarter Station Bill. Only those persons
who have been trained in ship firefighting and are assigned to those duties
on the bill shall take part in the emergency response (see Chapter 8,
Attachment 8.1 as it appears in the GLNPO Health and Safety and
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX R
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 18 of 18
Environmental Compliance Manual).
D. Medical Treatment
In the event that personnel are injured during a hazardous materials/waste
emergency, the following procedures will be used:
1. The ship's captain, in coordination with a designated First Aid
Responder, will evaluate the injury and determine whether hospital
treatment is necessary. If so, the captain will make the necessary
arrangements. Emergency response team members and/or
designated First Aid Responders will provide first aid assistance
until medical help can be obtained.
2. All injuries, regardless of severity, should be reported to the Safety
Committee for proper accident investigation.
EPA employees potentially exposed to toxic chemicals will be requested to
undergo medical monitoring. This service will be provided to EPA
employees through the U.S. Public Health Service.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX R, ATTACHMENT 1
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
Attachment 1 - Cover
Attachment 1 - WASTE STREAM ANALYSIS
R/V LAKE GUARDIAN HAZARDOUS MATERIAL CONTINGENCY PLAN
-------
03x24/92 09:34
MINERAL-SPRINGS CORP
002
£RAL SPRINGS Corporation
toxSOO
Vashington. Wl 53074
284-9101
WASTE STREAM PROFILE SHEET
in-.Tc.rn
THl 1 1-17/1
QATt 3/11/92
SMfSREP
MS. F.P * . Region S
tOfttft.
MOCKS.
U.S. E.P.A.. Lftk
24 Sixth St
Snnrh
flav Citv. MT
Phirnon TL
UUJCKN. CONTACT.
OOMTAOT.
In
( 312 )_
I I.
517
I ).
nrtime FRtOUCNCT
W.nta frqp rnn
mODUCMUMIC
Sul/uiic Acid
Dm DM taomxrntn
O NO w«i»i«cTwrf
am mm.enm.icTac
DM
ont CMHN icnuoionx
OBDOtXMWC
OOnCMOOBOBC
OnHEIWOUROEIMAM
OBUMOESCL
ooarocaa
000 UOQUXXTMN!
-------
03X24X92 09:35
MINERflL-SPRlNGS CORP
083
HOOT I
"RQ" Ha»t« Corrosive Liquid, N.O.S.(Sulfuric Acid, Chromic Acid)
ID002, D007 ,000*1 ~
2MBGUU.
60
n002.D007.DOOO
ttUXNE
(WKMOTNt
ISM
ISM PEjnCOE»H£UC«M
QDNO WOGKBEMSmvE
DTHS OS MO
DTES DM
Dns OHO
IMnftffiACTM
DTES OQw
QTH SI NO
UTS.
Rffi¥l«Wt»n^lCOtfW*TC«TOItttfCOWKTOWTOlH8»fll»l3UCHH U** ™C» MINSJAt tMIHAI
I THAT Mr IMKOTM AND I MAY 1C NtlB LIAtki UNOCH «OCTAl 4AW. AMD tMt LAWS 0» MAM» »TAfU. COM TM W««MATIOM HIOIOMU * TW« ^WIM AKO
COMMNVINO MAttftlALJ.
MIC (Ttfl ON HUflJ
TIU£
/£tff/ d
««***/
-------
09:36
MINERAL-SPRINGS CORP
034
RAL SPRINGS Corporation
3x500
'ashington. Wl 53074
284-9101
WASTE STREAM PROFILE SHEET
Kl 10-3790
NOI
THi 13376
1/11/93
SALES NEP
517
816660090317
U.S. r.P.A.. Late« Cmrdxan
24 Sixth St.
Bav Citv. Ml 4870B
r MCME MJMBt (
313).
Ml L
_____ m CUSTOMER Uff.
U.S. E.P.A.. Reman
230 South Dearborn Srreet
Chicago. IL 60606
Januaz Poroailo
II'. VOLUME AIID P/lCK 2OQ
>QH
iTU*.
OKIMIN
N/A
OYU ONO ACOMACTWTTT
ONO
ONO
Qru BNO
TOTALS TW
MTOTN. p|
0«
XXM
TOf
W
N/A
DM OMBCHTETMOUROC.
OOBOUMOMC
OBI OtOROBSOBC
TOP
Wl
N/A
oaf MBnm.rTHn.HTae
DM NITROBBGBC
OMPIMDM
OMVNrt.CH£RK
e. i «.-. /1
-------
03^24X92 09:36
MINERfiL-SPRINGS CORP
805
ATI
"RO" Waste corraalve Liquid, N.O.S.(Sodium Hydroxide)(POO?,0009)
AD CUM.
corroBive Material
UN1760
•fouwnnr.
w.
PQQ7.D009
ITS PtWPMOW DvM
unotns DYEI QNO ttwnu*
IWOMflTM
I.
Dm CD NO HATEMICMTNE
Dm Duo name*
Dm C9M
QVEB QUO
ATBNTOMMf
nrniau
GSTB ONO
MMMQ ON Kutrwnt OWPUTW
<^AMTIM(k MWtlllMLk.
TTU
-------
03X24X92
09:37
MlNERftL-SPRJNGS CORP
006
TUL SPRINGS Corporaaon
oxSOO
/Mhington, W| 53074
2&4-9101
WASTE STREAM PRORLE SHEET
W5« 10-2602
THI
P*TE 3/11/9?
MtfSKP
KI6680090317
U.S. E.P.A.. L*tt« Guardi*n
24 Smth St.
Bay Clfy, MT dfl7nfl
MMMlOONUCr
Pea Froehlich
ay corner
517 i 694-2605
I
HMCOFOOHWir.
U.S. E.P.A., Pggion 5
BUM ADDRESS
230 S. Dearborn Street
Chicago, I- &0606
comer.
Poro»iio
i 312 i aa&-6SB7
t i
Orqanie w««t« Solventa containing
le»« than 30 mg/1 PCP'5
wtncmfova
IBM 2-4 «Jr.
-? dr.
S.85 q,
Dcuu
OCVUMMR
D BULK 90LDS
O dUU L OUCS
in*
5.74
3-Bucanol
Duouo
DaiaoE
BUM
OKLO
OHOH
DMITMAIBCD
Ethvl
Mathvlcne Chlonda
l-Proponol
*UOUOi.
_1_UL
:auMn 0.83
13.000.
«(MTn
< n.n
LjlM B "0 *OO MACTWlTf
D M 1MIBIHUCTMIY
Dm 69 no
Qvu QNO
00-UODiOWTHMC
0001.l«CHC«nMIUM
COM MXCMJOROnUNE
M/ft
-------
03^24X92 89:36
MINERflL-SPRINGS CORP
007
•RQ«
Liquid. N.O.S. fF002.F003.r005.D0011
FlanuTiflblg LlOUJ-d
tftf aiAMTTIV
UANMt/tCOOKI).
«rc
mnonunc
CVlMMt
OYH
QVEI Gflw
OCVIHAAM
PESnOMMCMCDH
OTES DM
OTIS El HO
ENO
DTK El NO
DYES QNO
XllMUALmiUOOWOMTntTOIUtfCOMVCnDNBTOIHBWaaam
U«»ST
Duo unm.-
umr MTAWEFT pan AHMMO
DTES OHO
WOUMQ ON HMW CFTW OHCMTOt
' THAT I MAVf PCIIMMAU.Y ffXAMMIP AND AM MMIM WITN TNI WWMATION ««I«TT|0 IN THIS AND ALL ACCOMMNYINQ OOCUMtHTl BASED
30WY O^ YMOU MOWIOUALI IMMlOUrtLY DlaPONSHU fOd OITAIWIHO YHB INTOMMATigN. I BIUIV1 1HAT Ihl «UIMTI(0 INWMATlON II YRUIL
*HO COMPLIY1 AND TMAT ALL MNCWN ON IVItCTID MA»»Ofl HAve 6UN OlKkOtCO » TMI IOXC8 ABOVft VON QINfNATM OH INOCPINOCNY
•0« AM CNICMO. , ^THC* C1«Y.« YMAY TM( «*AtT| O-HACTWIIAT.ON WWH WM.CN MMM. ««^» «W^«UH .»_ACa»«fe AND CO-niT|L
•NAY MX fMn.Or(M AND I MAT II HtLO IIABU UNO!" flOCHAI. LAW.
MFANTINO MATI4IAL3.
TITLt
-------
03X24X92
09:39
M1NEROL-SPR1NGS CORP
ML SPRINGS Corporation
xSQO
.Ahingtnn, WI 53074
94-9101
WASTE STREAM PROFILE SHEET
80S
Mi 10-2769
It* 13275
out 3/11/92
SAlfSREP
(116680090317
MMEGFO(M>Mff.
U.S. E.P.A.
Cu*rdi«n
24 Sixth St.
Bay Ctcy. HI 4B70B
OONMOT
pagFroshllch
ictxtta
317 i 894-2605
PHONE MAMA |
..L I'.'OPf.'ATlOfl
Acidic Waete
HAITI.
Me ta1• Pfep ami
Metal
CONTACT.
(I.S. E.P.A., Region 5
OUM
2JO South Dearborn 5Cra«t
Chicago,
60606
janu*x Poroeiio
, 312 . BB6-65B7
3 Drums naouOCT Annually
1-2 Drums
(5 HUM
DOME
QctlNMR
PHI
O MX Lam.
Wacar
Hydrochloric Acid
Nitric Acid
97
HABJQtff
oxaini
GBuauo DMA
Dune Dow
BUM QHDUH
OOMOM Qnjnna
Orana* Brown
100
<1
> 200
_f U1IAISH,
97
Q» ACDMUCIMn
Elm D«o
DBMAOOURQBNM
OM I jaCM0CETtMNl
a NO
OTU Dm
nv
*^n>
M/A
OM vnm.rnffl.vTDC
AMI u*-T«H0a*eeL
-------
03/24x92 89:39
MINERflL-SPRINGS CORP
009
Waoco Oxidi.T, Corroaiv* Liquid, N.O.S. (Nitric Acid, Hydrochloric Acid)
10001,0002,6009}
Oxidizer
•a
NA9193
1/0.454
MXUGOK(I)_
0001,0002,0009
EWMM DYES IS NO
- MXMCTM DTt»
Dm IS HO
Dm Quo
Dm C3io
DYH BONO
Dws QM
MHW
QTH D»
IIIML-
DVEI IB NO
MOKM OM WMI/VIM GBBMTDR
• MATCMMLS
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX R, ATTACHMENT 2
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
Attachment 2 - LABORATORY FLOOR PLAN
R/V LAKE GUARDIAN HAZARDOUS MATERIAL CONTINGENCY PLAN
-------
Multi-Purpose Laboratories
.Chemistry Laboratory
Container Labs
Laboratory
Legend
LJ Non Laboratory Areas
US EPA
R/V Lake Guardian
Bay CHy. Michigan
HELIX ENVRIONMENTAL, INC.
7720 Paragon Road, Suite B
Dayton. Ohio 45410
Site Location
Not to scale
10 30-92
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX R, ATTACHMENT 3
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: Iof4
Attachment 3 - CHEMICAL STORAGE BY ROOM
R/V LAKE GUARDIAN HAZARDOUS MATERIAL CONTINGENCY PLAN
* Indicates materials that may be stored in amounts equal to or greater than 1 gallon
(4 liters).
Chemistry Lab
Acetic Acid (Glacial)
Acetone
Aerosol 22
l-Amino-2-Naphthyl-4-Sulfamic Acid
Ammonium Chloride
Ammonium Molybdate
Ammonium Peroxydisulfate (Ammonium Persulfate)
Antimony Potassium Tartrate
Anasorb Molecular Sieve
(L+) Ascorbic Acid
Barium Chlpride
Buffer Salts"(pH 4.01, pH 6.86, pH 9.18)
Bio Rex Sodium form Cation Exchange Resin
Brij-35
Cadmium (Coarse)
Cadmium Metal
Carbon (Activated)
Carbon Tetrachloride
Chelex 100
Com Starch
Cupric Bromide
Cupric Bromide Powder
Cupric Sulfate 5 Hydrate
Disodium Ethylenediamine Tetraacetate
Drierite (CaSO4)
Ethanol
Ethylenediamine Dihydrochloride (Tetrasodium)
Ferric Nitrate 9 Hydrate
Ferrous Sulfate
Hexamethylenetetramine
Hydrochloric Acid
Hydrazine Sulfate
(L+) Glutamic Acid
Magnesium Carbonate
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX R, ATTACHMENT 3
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 2 of 4
Magnesium Sulfate
Manganese Dioxide
Manganous Sulfate
Mercuric Oxide Red
Mercuric Thiocyanate
Mercury Indicator
Methanol
Methenamine
Methylmercuric Bromide
Methylmercury (H) Hydroxide
Methylthymol Blue
N-(l-Naphthyl) ethylenediamine Dihydrochloride
Nitric Acid
Oxalic Acid
Phenol
Phenolphthalein
(B) Phenylethylamine
Phosphoric Acid
Phosphorus.Standard Solution
Platinizing Solution
Potassium Bi-iodate
Potassium Chloride
Potassium Dichromate
Potassium Hydroxide
Potassium Iodide
Potassium Nitrate
Potassium Persulfate
Potassium Phosphate Monobasic
Potassium Sulfate
Silicon Reference Solution
Soda Lime
Sodium Azide
Sodium Bicarbonate
Sodium Bisulfite
Sodium Borate
Sodium Bromide
Sodium Carbonate
Sodium Chloride
Sodium Citrate
Sodium Lauryl Sulfte
Sodium Hydroxide
Sodium Meta-phosphate
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX R, ATTACHMENT 3
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 3 of 4
Sodium Nitroprusside
Sodium Potassium Tartrate
Sodium Phosphate Dibasic
Sodium Silicate
Sodium Salicylate
Sodium Sulfate
Sodium Sulfite
Sodium Thiosulfate
Stannous Chloride
Starch
Sulfanilamide
Sulfuric Acid
Biology Lab (Starboard Lab)
Dricote
Glutaraldehyde
Irgalan Black Stain
Plate Count Agar
Wet Lab
Buffer Solutions pH 4, pH 7, pH 10
Club Soda
Formalin
Lugol's Solution
Turbidity Standards 0.5 MTU, 10 NTU, 20 MTU
Extraction Lab*
Acetone
Hexane
Methanol
Methylene Chloride
Analytical Lab
Compressed Gases: Helium
Nitrogen
Oxygen
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX R, ATTACHMENTS
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 4 of 4
5% Methane, 95% Argon
Primary Productivity
Ecoscint Scintillation Cocktail
Radiac Wash
Hazardous Materials Locker*
Acetic Acid (Glacial)
Acetone
Ethanol
Formaldehyde
Hexane
Hydrochloric Acid
Lugol's Solution
Methanol _,
Methylene Chloride
Nitric Acid
Phosphoric Acid
Sulfuric Acid
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX R, ATTACHMENT 4
VERSION: FINAL/ AUGUST 1993
PAGE: lofl
AHarhment 4 - FMFRGENrY F"nNF NUMBERS
5!I?V!f!5! niiAroi " J r5;iA?^& MATFWAT. CONTINGENCY PLAN
In the event of a release of hazardous waste or hazardous materials, the Captain,
with the assistance of the Emergency Coordinator, has the responsibility to notify
the GLNPO office and appropriate authorities such as the National Response Center
and the Coast Guard (Refer to Section IV. A. of this appendix).
FIRE DEPARTMENT. ................................... 911 (Where Available)
POLICE DEPARTMENT. ................................... 911 (Where Available)
EPA REGION V
DAVID ROCKWELL (312) 353-1373
A. JAMES FINN, SAFETY OFFICER. (312) 353-2075
JAMES ADAMS (RSO) (312)
AIR AND RADIATION DIVISION (312)
N ATIONAL RESPONSE CENTER. (800)424-8802
U.S. COAST GUARD
24 Hour Line - Great Lakes Region (800)321-4400
STATE RCRA OFFICES
MICHIGAN DNR
MINNESOTA
NEW YORK
OHIO
PENNSYLVANIA
WISCONSIN DNR
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX R, ATTACHMENTS
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
Attachment 5 - Cover
Atfarhment 5 - EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT LOCATIONS
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX R, ATTACHMENT 6
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 1 of 1
Attarhment 6 - FMERHENCY RESPONSE TEAM
EMERGENCY COORDINATOR
MELODY PIEPER,
EMERGENCY COORDINATOR. (517)894-2805
Or Dial 911 onboard the R/V Lake Guardian and report incident
ALTERNATE EMERGENCY COORDINATORS:
MARC C. MAGEE,
ALTERNATE EMERGENCY COORDINATOR. (517)894-2805
Or Dial 911 onboard the R/V Lake Guardian and report incident
TOM BLOEM
ALTERNATE EMERGENCY COORDINATOR. (517)894-2805
Or Dial 911 onboard the R/V Lake Guardian and report incident
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX R, ATTACHMENT 7
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: lofl
Attachment 7 - OSHA 29 CFR 1910.120
HEALTH & SAFETY PLAN COMPLIANCE PROCEDURES
L General
The following "Generic Site Safety Plan" should be used in the event that the U.S.
EPA GLNPO R/V LAKE GUARDIAN Hazardous Waste/Hazardous Materials
Contingency Plan becomes implemented. Utilization of the plan will minimize
response hazards and will assure compliance with applicable regulations.
IL Respiratory Protection
All Contingency Plan Response Personnel, who enter exclusion zones, must utilize
SCBA (Level "B") respiratory protection during clean-up/response, efforts. This
requirement eliminates the necessity for Response Personnel to perform and
determine the required levels of respiratory protection based on air monitoring
results.
It is not anticipated that Level "A" personal protection will be required for response
activities onboard the R/V Lake Guardian.
in. Air Monitoring Requirements
Air monitoring for explosive atmospheres must be performed with a properly
calibrated LEL meter when incidents involve unknown or confirmed flammable
materials. LEL monitoring must be performed continuously during these types of
response activities.
The GLNPO R/V Lake Guardian. Chemical Hygiene Officer is responsible for proper
maintenance and calibration of the ship's LEL/O2 meter.
During response activities, Response Personnel should evacuate any area where
10% LEL readings are observed in work areas and should not resume operations
until the readings fall below 10% LEL. Readings of 10% are required because of
"indoor" responses.
IV. Decontamination
Response Personnel must follow guidelines in the "Decontamination" section of
this attachment for Level "B" activities. Materials for Level "B" decontamination
are provided onboard the R/V Lake Guardian..
-------
Appendix B. Generic Site Safety Plan
This appendix provides a generic plan based on a plan developed by the
U.S. Coast Guard for responding to hazardous chemical releases.1 This
generic plan can be adapted for designing a Site Safety Plan for hazardous
waste site cleanup operations. It is not all inclusive and should only be
used as a guide, not a standard.
A. SITE DESCRIPTION
Date Location_
Hazards
Area affected
surrounding population..
Topography
Heather conditions
Additional information
B. ENTRY OBJECTIVES - The objective of the initial entry to the contaminated
area is to (describes actions, tasks to be accomplished; i.e.. identify
contaminated soil; monitor conditions, etc.)
C. ONSITE ORGANIZATION AND COORDINATION - The following personnel are
designated to carry out the stated job functions on site. (Note: One
person may carry out more than one job function.)
PROJECT TEAM LEADER,
SCIENTIFIC ADVISOR^
SITE SAFETY OFFICER
PUBLIC INFORMATION OFFICER,
SECURITY OFFICER
RECORDKEEPER
FINANCIAL OFFICER__
PIELD TEAM LEADER__
FIELD TEAM MEMBERS
^U.S. Coast Guard. Policy Guidance for Response to Hazardous Chemical
Releases. USCG Pollution Response COMDTINST-M16465.30.
-------
B-2 Appendix B
FEDERAL AGENCY MPS (i.e.. EPA, HIOSH)
SIATB AGENCY REPS
LOCAL. AGENCY REPS
CONTRACTOR S)
All personnel arriving or departing the site should log In and out with the
Recordkeeper. All activities on site must be cleared through the Project Team
Leader.
D. ONSITB CONTROL
(Maroe-o£ individual or agency has been designated to coordinate
access control and security on site. A safe perimeter has been established
at (distance or description of controlled area) \
No unauthorized person should be within this area.
The onsite Command Post and staging area have been established at __________
The prevailing wind conditions are . This location is upwind
from the Exclusion Zone.
Control boundaries have been established, and the Exclusion Zone (the
contaminated area), hotline. Contamination Reduction Zone, and Support Zone
(clean area) have been identified and designated as follows: (describe
boundaries and/or attach map of controlled area)
These boundaries are identified by: (marking of zones, i.e., red boundary
tape - hotline; traffic cones - Support Zone; etc.)
-------
E. HAZARD EVALUATION
The following substance(s) are known or suspected to be on site. The primary
hazards of each are identified.
Substances Involved Concentrations (If Known) Primary Hazards
(chemical name) (e.g.. toxic on
inhalation)
The following additional hazards are expected on site: (i.e.. slippery
ground, uneven terrain, etc.)
Hazardous substance information form(s) for the involved substance(s) have
been completed and are attached.
P. PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT
Based on evaluation of potential hazards, the following levels of personal
protection have been designated for the applicable work areas or tasks:
Location Job Function Level of Protection
Exclusion Zone __ A B C D Other
ABC D^-tother
A B C D Other
' A B C D Other
Contamination A B C D Other
Reduction zone A B C D Other
A B C D Other
^^^^~^~"~^m A B C D Other
Specific protective equipment for each level of protection is as follows:
Level A Fully-encapsulating suit Level C Splash gear (type)
SCg^ Full-face canister resp.
(disposable coveralls) .
Level B Splash gear (type) Level D
SCBA
Other
-------
B-4 Appendix B
The following protective clothing materials are required for the Involved
substances:
Substance Material
jchemical name) (material name/ e.g., Viton)
If air-purifying respirators are authorized, (filtering medium) is the
appropriate canister for use with the involved substances and concentrations.
A competent individual has determined that all criteria for using this type of
respiratory protection have been met.
NO CHANGES TO THE SPECIFIED LEVELS OP PROTECTION SHALL BE MADE WITHOUT THE
APPROVAL OP THE SITE SAFETY OFFICER AND THE PROJECT TEAM LEADER.
G. ONSITE WORK PLANS
Work party(s) consisting of persons will perform the following tasks:
Project Team Leader (name) (function)
work Party 11
Work Party 12
Rescue Team
(required for
entries to IDLH
environments)
Decontamination
Team
The work party(s) were briefed on the contents of this plan at
-------
H. COMMUNICATION PROCEDURES
Channel _ has been designated as the radio frequency for personnel in the
Exclusion Zone. All other onsite communications will use channel - .
Personnel in the Exclusion Zone should remain in constant radio communication
or within sight of the Project Team Leader. Any failure of radio
communication requires an evaluation of whether personnel should leave the
Exclusion Zone.
(Horn blast, siren, etc.) is the emergency signal to indicate that all
personnel should leave the Exclusion Zone. In addition, a loud bailee is
available if required.
The following standard hand signals will be used in case of failure of radio
communications:
Hand gripping throat --------------- Out of air, can't breathe
Grip partner's wrist or ------------ Leave area immediately
both hands around waist
Hands on top of head --------------- Need assistance
Thumbs up -------------------------- OK, I am all right, I understand
Thumbs down ------------------------ No» negative
Telephone communication to the Command Post should be established as soon as
practicable. The phone number is _ •
I. DECONTAMINATION PROCEDURES
Personnel and equipment leaving the Exclusion Zone shall be thoroughly
decontaminated. The standard level _ decontamination protocol shall be
used with the following decontamination stations: (1) --
(2) (3) _ «) _ (5)
is!
(10) Other
Emergency decontamination will include the following stations:
The following decontamination equipment is required:
(Normally detergent and water) will be used as the decontamination
solution.
J. SITE SAFETY AND HEALTH PLAN
! (name) is the designated Site Safety Officer and is
directly responsible to the Project Team Leader for safety recommendations on
site.
-------
B-6 Appendix B
2. Emergency Medical Care
(names of qualified personnel) are the qualified BMTs on site.
(medical facility namea) » at (address)
phone _____ ____________ *8 located ______ minutes from this location.
(name"of person) was contacted at (time) and briefed on
the situation, the potential hazards, and the substances involved. A map
of alternative routes to this facility is available at (normally Command
Post) .
Local ambulance service is available from ___ . _
phone _. Their response time is _____ minutes.
Whenever possible, arrangements should be made for onsite standby.
First-aid equipment is available on site at the following locations:
First-aid kit
Emergency eye wash
Emergency shower
(other)
Emergency medical information for substances present:
Substance Exposure Symptoms Pirat-Aid Instructions
List of emergency phone numbers:
Agency/Facility Phone » Contact
Police ____________
Fire _ _
Hospital ___
Airport
Public Health Advisor
3. Environmental Monitoring
The following environmental monitoring instruments shall be used on site
(cross out if not applicable) at the specified intervals.
Combustible Gas Indicator - continuous/hourly/daily/other
02 Monitor - continuous/hourly/daily/other
Colorimetric Tubes - continuous/hourly/daily/other
(type)
HNU/OVA - continuous/hourly/daily/other
Other _ - continuous/hourly/daily/other
- continuous/hourly/daily/other
-------
4. Emergency Procedures (should be modified as required foe incident)
The following standard emergency procedures will be used by onsite
personnel. The Site Safety Officer shall be notified of any onsite
emergencies and be responsible for ensuring that the appropriate
procedures are followed*
Personnel Injury in the Exclusion Zone; Upon notification of an injury in
the Exclusion Zone, the designated emergency signal
shall be sounded. All site personnel shall assemble at the
decontamination line. The rescue team will enter the Exclusion Zone (if
required) to remove the injured person to the hotline. The Site Safety
Officer and Project Team Leader should evaluate the nature of the injury,
and the affected person should be decontaminated to the extent possible
prior to movement to the Support Zone. The onsite EHT shall initiate the
appropriate first aid, and contact should be made for an ambulance and
with the designated medical facility (if required). Ho persons shall
reenter the Exclusion Zone until the cause of the injury or symptoms is
determined.
Personnel Injury in the support Zone; Upon notification of an injury in
the Support zone, the Project Team Leader and Site Safety Officer will
assess the nature of the injury. If the cause of the injury or loss of
the injured person does not affect the performance of site personnel,
operations may continue, with the onsite EMT initiating the appropriate
first aid and necessary follow-up as stated above. If the injury
increases the risk to others, the designated emergency signal
shall be sounded and all site personnel shall, move
to the decontamination line for further instructions. Activities on site
will stop until the added risk is removed or minimized.
Fire/Explosion; Upon notification of a fire or explosion on site, the
designated emergency signal shall be sounded and
all site personnel assembled at the decontamination line. The fire
department shall be alerted and all personnel moved to a safe distance
from the involved area.
Personal Protective Equipment Failure; If any site worker experiences a
failure or alteration of protective equipment that affects the protection
factor, that person and his/her buddy shall immediately leave the
Exclusion Zone. Reentry shall not be permitted until the equipment has
been repaired or replaced.
Other Equipment Failure; If any other equipment on site fails to operate
properly, the Project Team Leader and Site Safety Officer shall be
notified and then determine the effect of this failure on continuing
operations on site. If the failure affects the safety of personnel or
prevents completion of the Work Plan tasks, all personnel shall leave the
Exclusion Zone until the situation is evaluated and appropriate actions
taken.
-------
B-8 Appendix B
The following emergency escape routes are designated for use in those
situations where egress from the Exclusion Zone cannot occur through
the decontamination line: (describe alternate routes to leave area in
emergencies) .—_____
In all situations, when an onsite emergency results in evacuation of the
Exclusion Zone, personnel shall not reenter until:
1. The conditions resulting in the emergency have been corrected.
2. The hazards have been reassessed.
3. The Site Safety Plan has been reviewed.
4. Site personnel have been briefed on any changes in the Site Safety
Plan.
5. Personal Monitoring
The following personal monitoring will be in effect on site:
Personal exposure sampling: (describe any personal sampling programs
being carried out on site personnel. This would include use of sampling
pumps, air monitors, etc.) ___^•~——^——————
Medical monitoring: The expected air temperature will be ( °F) . If
it is determined that heat stress monitoring is required (mandatory if
over 70°F) the following procedures shall be followed:
(describe procedures in effect, i.e., monitoring body temperature, body
weight, pulse rate)
All site personnel have read the above plan and are familiar with its
provisions.
Site Safety Oficer (name) (signature)
Project Team Leader
Other Site Personnel
-------
Appendix C. Sample Hazardous Substance Information Form
COMMON NAME:
CHEMICAL NAME:
I. PHYSICAL/CHEMICAL PROPERTIES
Natural physical state: Gas
(at ambient temps of 208C-25eC)
Molecular weight
Density3
Specific gravity*
Solubility: water
solubilityb:
Boiling point
Melting point
Vapor pressure
Vapor density
Flash point
(open cup_
Other:
; closed cup_
II. HAZARDOUS CHARACTERISTICS
A. TOXICOLOGICAL HAZARD HAZARD?
Inhalation Yes No
Ingest ion Yes No
Skin/eye absorption Yes No
Skin/eye contact Yes No
Carcinogenic Yes No
Teratogenic Yes No
Mutagenic Yes No
Aquatic Yes No
Other: Yes No
B. TOXICOLOGICAL HAZARD HAZARD?
Combustibility Yes No
Toxic byproduct(s): Yes No
SOURCE
Solid
q/q-mole
g/ml
9
9
e
op/.c
•P/»C
•F/°C
•p/«c
•p/°c
mmHq 8
e
op/oc
•F/«C
•F/'C
CONCENTRATIONS
(PEL, TLV, Other)
SOURCE
CONCENTRATIONS
SOURCE
Yes NO
Yes NO
Flammability
LFL
UPL
Explosivity
LEL —.
UEL •
*0nly one is necessary.
bFor organic compounds, recovery of spilled material by solvent extraction may
require solubility data.
-------
C-2
Appendix C
C. REACTIVITY HAZARD
Reactivities:
HAZARD?
Yes No
CONCENTRATIONS
SOURCE
D. CORROSIVITY HAZARD
Ph
Neutralizing agent:
HAZARD?
Yes No
CONCENTRATIONS
SOURCE
E. RADIOACTIVE HAZARD HAZARD?
Background Yes No
Alpha particles Yes No
Beta particles Yes No
Gamma radiation Yes No
III. DESCRIPTION OP INCIDENT:
Quantity involved _
Release information
EXPOSURE RATE
SOURCE
Monitoring/sampling recommended
IV. RECOMMENDED PROTECTION:
worker
Public
V. RECOMMENDED SITE CONTROL:
Hotline
Decontamination line
Command Post location
VI. REFERENCES FOR SOURCES:
-------
SAMPLE HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCE INFORMATION FORM PILLED OUT POR VINYL CHLORIDE
COMMON NAME:
CMIorjJf.
NAME;
I. PHYSICAL/CHEMICAL PROPERTIES
Natural physical state: Gas *S Liquid
(at ambient temps of 20°C-25"C)
Molecular weight -
Density8 ——
Specific gravity* «•"*'
Solubility: water
solubility1*: al£*h*l
Boiling point
Melting point
Vapor pressure
Vapor density
Plash point —
(open cup__»X_.: closed cup )
Other: P«Jv»»»<«•>»*/ rtyjfh It *'»£
SOURCE
Solid
Q/q-mole C-HxtS
g/ml
1~O
— «p/»c
•p/*c
D/C
Z,3o> irnnHg 8 "Z-o
_— 'P/!C
fiJFPA
-no
CHH.IS
II. HAZARDOUS CHARACTERISTICS
A. TOXICOLOGICAI. HAZARD HAZARD?
Inhalation
Ingestion
Skin/eye absorption fYe
Skin/eye contact LYe
Carcinogenic
Teratogenic
Mutagenic
Aquatic
Other:
B. TOXICOLOGICAL HAZARD HAZARD?
Combustibility ^m) No
Toxic byproduct(s): CjSjP No
M°
Yes No
CONCENTRATIONS
(PEL, TLV, other)
I
SOURCE
Tt-V
ACGrlH
CONCENTRATIONS
SOURCE
Plamnabillty
LFL
UPL
Explosivlty
LEL
UEL
33
"Only one is necessary.
bpor organic compounds, recovery of spilled material by solvent extraction may
require solubility data.
-------
C-4 Appendix C
C. REACTIVITY HAZARD
Reactivities:
/i 9lrt
HAZARD?
fYeT) No
HAZARD?
D. CORROSIVITY HAZARD
Ph _
Neutralizing agent:
E. RADIOACTIVE HAZARD HAZARD?
Background Yes CST
Alpha particles Yes
Beta particles Yes
Gamma radiation Yes fNoJ
III. DESCRIPTION OF INCIDENT:
Quantity involved ltf>OO
CONCENTRATIONS
SOURCE
CONCENTRATIONS
EXPOSURE RATE
Release information S«i(>ei*tel Le*kf»-* ey/;*
Monitoring/sampling recommended
SOURCE
SOURCE
IV. RECOMMENDED PROTECTION:
Worker Level S
t Project/**
or
Public
V. RECOMMENDED SITE CONTROL:
Hotline
Decontamination line
Command Post location
VI. REFERENCES FOR SOURCES:
CHRIS - cAf/»uV*/ H«l«*-Jr
- TLVs-
i'~ it,*
QIC. - C
— Oi'l
1*18 Y-VS
ll ft
f
-------
Appendix D. Sample Decontamination Procedures for
Three Typical Levels of Protection"
F.S.O.P. No. 7
Process: DECONTAMINATION PROCEDURES
INTRODUCTION
1.1 The objective of these procedures Is to minimize the risk of
exposure to hazardous substances. These procedures were derived
from the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of
Emergency and Remedial Response's (OERR), "Interim Standard
Operating Safety Guides (revised Sep. 82)". This version of the
guides 1s 1n a format that Is more appropriate for use In the
field.
1.2 Protective equipment must be worn by personnel when response
activities Involve known or suspected hazardous substances. The
procedures for decontaminating personnel upon leaving the
contaminated area are addressed for each of the EPA, OERR
designated levels of protection. The procedures given are for
the maximum and minimum amount of decontamination used for each
level of protection.
1.3 The maximum decontamination procedures for all levels of ^
protection consist of specific activities at nineteen statfbns.
Each station emphasizes an Important aspect of decontamination.
When establishing a decontamination line, each aspect should be
Incorporated separately or combined with other aspects Into a
procedure with fewer steps (such as the Minimum Decontamination
Procedures).
1.4 Decontamination lines are site specific since they are dependent
upon the types of contamination and the type of work activities
on site. A cooling station is sometimes necessary within the
decontamination line during hot weather. It Is usually a
location in a shaded area in which the wind can help to cool
personnel. In addition, site conditions may permit the use of
cooling devices such as cool water hose, ice packs, cool towels,
etc. When the decontamination line is no longer required,
contaminated wash and rinse solutions and contaminated articles
must be contained and disposed of as hazardous wastes in
compliance with state and federal regulations.
"Source: Excerpted from Field Standard Operating Procedures for the Decon-
tamination of Response Personnel (FSOP 71. EPA Office of Emergency
and Remedial Response. Hazardous Response Support Division,
Washington. DC January 1985.
-------
D-2
Appendix D
P.S.O.P. NO. 7
PROCESS DECON PROCEDURES
MAXIMUM DECONTAMINATION LAYOUT
LEVEL A PROTECTION
EXCLUSION
ZONE
Outer Glove
Removal
Boot Cover
&
Glove Wash
3 l« I 2
Boot Cover &
Glove Rinse
614—15
^<
Boot Cover
Removal
7 i Suit/Safety Boot
Wash
Suit/Safety Boot
Rinse
Tank Change <
and Redress • Boot Cover/
Outer Gloves
Safety Boot
Removal
Fully Encapsulating Suit
and Hard Hat Removal
CONTAMINATION
REDUCTION
ZONE
SCBA Backpack
Removal
Inner Glove
Wash
Inner Glove
Rinse
Face Piece
Removal
Inner Glove
Removal
Inner Clothing
Removal
Segregated
Equipment
Drop
HOTLINE
CONTAMINATION
CONTROL LINE '
SUPPORT
ZONE
-------
P.5.O.P. No. 7
PROCESS DECON PROCEDURES
MAXIMUM DECONTAMINATION LAYOUT
LEVEL B PROTECTION
EXCLUSION
ZONE
Outer Glove
Removal
Boot Cover
&
Glove Wash
Boot Cover ft
Glove Rinse
Boot Cover
Removal
Suit/Safely Boot
Wash
Suit/SCBA/Boot/Glove
Rinse
and Redress • Boot Cover/
Outer Gloves
Safety Boot
Removal
SCBA Backpack
CONTAMINATION
REDUCTION
ZONE
Splash Suit
Removal
Inner Glove
Wash
Inner Glove
Rinse
Face Piece
Removal
Inner Glove
Removal
Inner Clothing
Removal
Segregated
Equipment
Drop
HOTLINE
CONTAMINATION.
CONTROL LINE
SUPPORT
ZONE
-------
D-4
Appendix D
F.S.O.F. No. 7
PROCESS DECON PROCEDURES
MAXIMUM DECONTAMINATION LAYOUT
LEVEL C PROTECTION
Outer Glove
Removal
EXCLUSION
ZONE
Tape
Removal
Boot Cover
&
Glove Wash
Boot Cover &
Glove Rinse
Segregated
Equipment
Drop
Canister or
Mask Change
and Redress • Boot Cover/
T-' Outer Gloves
[ 7 ] Suit/Safety Boot
Wash
fa*) Suit/Safety Boot
Rinse
ffci Safety Boot
Removal
HOTLINE-
CONTAMINATION
REDUCTION
ZONE
Splash Suit
Removal
Inner Glove
Wash
Inner Glove
Rinse
Face Piece
Removal
Inner Glove
Removal
Field
Wash
Inner Clothing
Removal
Redress
CONTAMINATION
CONTROL LINE
SUPPORT
ZONE
-------
F.S.O.P. No. 7
PROCESS DECON PROCEDURES
MINIMUM DECONTAMINATION LAYOUT
LEVELS A & B PROTECTION
WIND DIRECTION
Redren: Boot Conn
and Outer Glovei
111 Deeon
S Solution
o W
s
Decon Outer >^
Equipment Garment!/
Dr°P —+ / Remove
/ Boot Coven
^Xand Outer Glovei
^k^^n^ til 1 ^^1»*t.
©
^^x^^"^
i
ui.*« Tank
W'ttr Changeover
Point
Plartic g ' C«n
Sheet | (10 gallon)
U
Remove
Boots/Gloves
and
Outer
Garments
|For Dispffftl _-^
and 0« Site
Decontamination)
b
Can
(32 gallon)
1
REMOVE
SCBA
-------
D-6 Appendix D
P.S.O.P. NO. 7
PROCESS DECON PROCEDURES
MINIMUM DECONTAMINATION LAYOUT
LEVEL C PROTECTION
WIND DIRECTION
I Redress: Boot Covers
1 ind Outer Glovei
in I Decon
S | Solution
1 1
Decon Outer ^r
Equipment Garments >^
Drop _*, / Remove
>^ Boot Covers
SwA Outer Gloves
b jib
Plastic 0 1 Can
__^ 4
Water Cartridge o
^|Xx-**X^
20^*^'^
r Canister
Change-Over
Point
Sheet | (10 gallon)
?\ .
y ^
Remove
Boots/Gloves
and
Outer
Garments
(For Disposal
and Off Site
Decontamination)
b
Can
(32 gallon)
1
REMOVE
MASK
-------
EQUIPMENT NEEDED TO PERFORM MAXIMUM DECONTAMINATION MEASURES FOR LEVELS A, B, AND C
Station 1: •. Various Size Containers
b. Plastic Liners
c. Plastic Drop Cloths
Station 2: a. Containers (20-30 Gallons)
b. Decon Solution or Detergent Water
c. 2-3 Long-Handled, Soft-Bristled
Scrub Brushes
Station 3: a. Containers (20-30 Gallons)
OR
High-Pressure Spray Unit
c! 2-3 Long-Handled, Soft-Bristled
Scrub Brushes
Station 4: a. Containers (20-30 Gallons)
b. Plastic Liners
Station 5: a. Containers (20-30 Gallons)
b. Plastic Liners
c. Bench or Stools
Station 6: a. Containers (20-30 Gallons)
b. Plastic Liners
Station 7: a. Containers (20-30 Gallons)
b. Decon Solution or Detergent Water
c. 2-3 Long-Handled, Soft-Bristled
Scrub Brushes
Station B: a. Containers (20-30 Gallons)
OR
High-Pressure Spray Unit
b. Water
c. 2-3 Long-Handled, Soft-Bristled
Scrub Brushes
Station 9: a. Air Tanks or Face Masks and
Cartridge Depending on Level
b. Tape
c. Boot Covers
d. Gloves
Containers (20-30 Gallons)
Plastic Liners
Bench or Stools
Boot Jack
Rack
Drop Cloths
Bench or Stools
Station 12: a. Table
Station 13: a.
b.
c.
Station 14: a.
b.
c.
Station IS: a.
b.
Station 16: a.
b.
Station 17: a.
b.
Station 18: a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
Basin or Bucket
Decon Solution
Small Table
Water
Basin or Bucket
Small Table
Containers (20-30 Gallons)
Plastic Liners
Containers (20-30 Gallons)
Plastic Liners
Containers (20-30 Gallons)
Plastic Liners
Water
Soap
Small Table
Basin or Buckets
Field Showers •"
Towels
Station 19: a. Dressing Trailer Is Needed In
Inclement Weather
b. Tables
c. Chairs
d. Lockers
e. Cloths
EQUIPMENT NEEDED TO PERFORM MINIMUM DECONTAMINATION MEASURES FOR LEVELS A, B. AND C
Station 1: a. Various Size Containers
b. Plastic Liners
c. Plastic Drop Cloths
Station 2: a. Containers (20-30 Gallons)
b. Decon Solution
c. Rinse Water
d. 2-3 Long-Handled, Soft-Bristled
Scrub Brushes
Station 3: a. Containers (20-30 Gallons)
b. Plastic Liners
c. Bench or Stools
Station 4: a. Air Tanks or Masks and
Cartridges Depending Upon Level
b. Tape
Boot Covers
Gloves
Station 5: . Containers (20-30 Gallons)
Plastic Liners
Bench or Stools
Station 6: . Plastic Sheets
Basin or Bucket
Soap and Towels
Bench or Stools
Station 7: . Hater
Soap
Tables
Wash Basin or Bucket
-------
D-8
Appendix D
FSOP 7: MAXIMUM MEASURES FOR LEVEL A DECONTAMINATION
Station 1: Segregated Equipment
Drop
2: Boot Cover and
Glove Wash
Station
Station
Station 4: Tape Removal
Station
Station
Station
3: Boot Cover and
Glove Rinse
5: Boot Cover
Removal
6: Outer Glove
Removal
7: Suit and Boot
Hash
Station 8: Suit and Boot
Station 9: Tank Change
Station 10: Safety Boot
Removal
Station 11: Fully Encapsulating
Suit and Hard Hat
Removal
Station 12: SCBA Backpack
Removal
Station 13: Inner Glove Wash
Station 14: Inner Glove Rinse
Station 15: Face Piece Removal
Station 16: Inner Glove
Removal
1. Deposit equipment used on site (tools, sampling
devices and containers, monitoring Instruments.
radios, clipboards, etc.) on plastic drop cloths
or In different containers with plastic liners.
During hot weather operations, a cool down
station may be set up within this area.
2. Scrub outer boot covers and gloves with decon
solution or detergent/water.
3. Rinse off decon solution from station 2 using
copious amounts of water.
4. Remove tape around boots and gloves and deposit
In container with plastic liner.
5. Remove boot covers and deposit 1n container
with plastic liner.
6. Remove outer gloves and deposit 1n container
with plastic liner.
7. Wash encapsulating suit and boots using scrub
brush and decon solution or detergent/water.
Repeat as many times as necessary.
8. Rinse off decon solution using water. Repeat as
many times as necessary.
9. If an air tank change Is desired, this Is the
last step In the decontamination procedure.
Air tank 1s exchanged, new outer gloves and boot
covers donned, and Joints taped. Worker returns
to duty.
10. Remove safety boots and deposit In container
with plastic liner.
11. Fully encapsulated suit Is removed with
assistance of a helper and laid out on a drop
cloth or hung up. Hard hat Is removed. Hot
weather rest station maybe set up within this
area for personnel returning to site.
12. While still wearing faceplece. remove backpack
and place on table. Disconnect hose from
regulator valve and proceed to next station.
13. Wash with decon solution that will not harm the
skin. Repeat as often as necessary.
14. Rinse with water. Repeat as many times as
necessary.
15. Remove face piece. Deposit In container with
plastic liner. Avoid touching face with fingers.
16. Remove Inner gloves and deposit In container
with liner.
-------
FSOP 7: MAXIMUM MEASURES FOR LEVEL A DECONTAMINATION
Station 17: Inner Clothing
Removal
Station 18: Field Wash
Station 19: Redress
17. Remove clothing and place In lined container.
Do not wear Inner clothing off-site since there
Is a possibility that small amounts of
contaminants might have been transferred In
removing the fully-encapsulating suit.
18. Shower 1f highly toxic, skin-corrosive or skln-
absorbable materials are known or suspected to
be present. Wash hands and face If shower Is
not available.
19. Put on clean clothes.
FSOP 7: MINIMUM MEASURES FOR LEVEL A DECONTAMINATION
Station 1: Equipment Drop
Station 2: Outer Garment.
Boots, and Gloves
Wash and Rinse
Station 3: Outer Boot and
Glove Removal
Station 4: Tank Change
Station 5: Boot, Gloves
and Outer Garment
Removal
Station 6: SCBA Removal
Station 7: Field Wash
1. Deposit equipment used on-slte (tools, sampling
devices and containers, monitoring Instruments.
radios, clipboards, etc.) on plastic dwip
cloths. Segregation at the drop reduces the
probability of cross contamination. During hot
weather operations, cool down stations maybe set
up within this area.
2. Scrub outer boots, outer gloves and fully-
encapsulating suit with decon solution or
detergent and water. Rinse off using copious
amounts of water.
3. Remove outer boots and gloves. Deposit 1n
container with plastic liner.
4. If worker leaves Exclusion Zone to change air
tank, this Is the last step In the
decontamination procedure. Worker's air tank Is
exchanged, new outer gloves and boot covers
donned, Joints taped, and worker returns to duty.
5. Boots, fully-encapsulating suit. Inner gloves
removed and deposited In separate containers
lined with plastic.
6. SCBA backpack and faceplece Is removed (avoid
touching face with fingers). SCBA deposited
on plastic sheets.
7. Hands and face are thoroughly washed.
soon as possible.
Shower as
-------
D-10
Appendix D
FSOP 7: MAXIMUM MEASURES FOR LEVEL B DECONTAMINATION
Station 1:
Segregated Equipment
Drop
Station 2:
Station 3:
Station 4:
Station 5:
Station 6:
Station 7:
Boot Cover and
Glove Wash
Boot Cover and
Glove Rinse
Tape Removal
Boot Cover
Removal
Outer Glove
removal
Suit and Safety
Boot Wash
Station 8:
Station 9:
Suit. SCBA. Boot.
and Glove Rinse
Tank Change
Station 10:
Station 11:
Station 12:
Station 13:
Station 14:
Station 15:
Station 16:
Safety Boot
Removal
SCBA Backpack
Removal
Splash Suit
Removal
Inner Glove Wash
Inner Glove Rinse
Face Piece Removal
Inner Glove
Removal
1. Deposit equipment used on site (tools, sampling
devices and containers, monitoring Instruments.
radios, clipboards, etc.) on plastic drop
cloths or In different containers with plastic
liners. Segregation at the drop reduces the
probability of cross-contamination. During hot
weather operations, cooldown stations may be set
up within this area.
2. Scrub outer boot covers and gloves with decon
solution or detergent and water.
3. Rinse off decon solution from station 2 using
copious amounts of water.
4. Remove tape around boots and gloves and deposit
In container with plastic liner.
5. Remove boot covers and deposit In container
with plastic liner.
6. Remove outer gloves and deposit In container
with plastic liner.
7. Wash chemical-resistant splash suit. SCBA.
gloves and safety boots. Scrub with long-handle
scrub brush and decon solution. Wrap SCBA
regulator (1f belt mounted type) wlth-plastlc to
keep out water. Wash backpack assembly with
sponges or cloths.
8. Rinse off decon solution using copious amounts
of water.
9. If worker leaves exclusion zone to change air
tank, this Is the last step In the
decontamination procedure. Worker's air tank Is
exchanged, new outer gloves and boot covers
donned, and Joints taped. Worker returns to
duty.
10. Remove safety boots and deposit In container
with plastic liner.
11. While still wearing faceplece. remove back-
pack and place on table. Disconnect hose from
regulator valve.
12. With assistance of helper, remove splash suit.
Deposit In container with plastic liner.
13. Wash Inner gloves with decon solution.
14. Rinse Inner gloves with water.
IS. Remove face piece. Deposit In container with
plastic liner. Avoid touching face with fingers.
16. Remove Inner gloves and deposit In container
with liner.
-------
FSOP 7: MAXIMUM MEASURES FOR LEVEL B DECONTAMINATION.
Station 17: Inner Clothing
Removal
Station IB: Field Wash
Station 19: Redress
17. Remove Inner clothing. Place In container with
liner. Do not wear Inner clothing off-site
since there Is a possibility that small amounts
of contaminants might have been transferred In
removing the fully-encapsulating suit.
18. Shower If highly toxic, skin-corrosive or skln-
absorbable materials are known or suspected to
be present. Wash hands and face 1f shower Is
not available.
19. Put on clean clothes.
FSOP 7: MINIMUM MEASURES FOR LEVEL B DECONTAMINATION
Station 1: Equipment Drop
Station 2: Outer Garment.
Boots, and Gloves
Wash and Rinse
Station 3: Outer Root and
Glove Removal
Station 4: Tank Change
Station 5: Boot. Gloves
and Outer Garment
Removal
Station 6: SCBA Removal
Station 7: Field Wash
1. Deposit equipment used on-slte (tools, sampling
devices and containers, monitoring Instruments.
radios, clipboards, etc.) on plastic drop
cloths. Segregation at the drop reduces the
probability of cross contamination. During hot
weather operations, cool down station may be set
up within this area.
2. Scrub outer boots, outer gloves and chemical-
resistant splash suit with decon solution or
detergent water. Rinse off using copious
amounts of water.
3. Remove outer boots and gloves. Deposit In
container with plastic liner.
4. If worker leaves exclusive wne to change air
tank, this 1s the last step In the
decontamination procedure. Worker's air tank Is
exchanged, new outer gloves and boot covers
donned, Joints taped, and worker returns to duty.
5. Boots, chemical-resistant splash suit. Inner
gloves removed and deposited In separate
containers lined with plastic.
6. SCBA backpack and faceplece Is removed. Avoid
touching face with finger. SCBA deposited
on plastic sheets.
7. Hands and face are thoroughly washed.
soon as possible.
Shower as
-------
D-12
Appendix D
FSOP 7: MAXIMUM MEASURES FOR LEVEL C DECONTAMINATION
Station 1: Segrated Equipment
Drop
Station 2: Boot Cover and
Glove Wash
Station 3: Boot Cover and
Glove Rinse
Station 4: Tape Removal
Station 5: Boot Cover
Removal
Station 6: Outer Glove
Removal
Station 7: Suit and Boot
Wash
Station 8: Suit and Boot,
and Glove Rinse
Station 9: Canister or
Mask Change
Station 10: Safety Boot
Removal
Station 11: Splash Suit
Removal
Station 12: Inner Glove
Rinse
Station 13: Inner Glove
Wash
Station 14: Face Piece
Removal
1. Deposit equipment used on site (tools, sampling
devices and containers, monitoring Instruments.
radios, clipboards, etc.) on plastic drop
cloths or 1n different containers with plastu
liners. Segregation at the drop reduces the
probability of cross contamination. During hot
weather operations, a cool down station may be
set up within this area.
2. Scrub outer boot covers and gloves with decon
solution or detergent and water.
3. Rfnse off decon solution from station 2 using
copious amounts of water.
4. Remove tape around boots and gloves and deposit
In container with plastic liner.
5. Remove boot covers and deposit In containers
with plastic liner.
6. Remove outer gloves and deposit In container
with plastic liner.
7. Wash splash suit, gloves, and safety boots.
Scrub with long-handle scrub brush and decon
solution.
6. Rinse off decon solution using water. Repeat as
many times as necessary.
9. If worker leaves exclusion zone to change
canister (or mask), this Is the last step
In the decontamination procedure. Worker's
canister Is exchanged, new outer gloves and boot
covers donned, and joints taped worker returns
to duty.
10. Remove safety boots and deposit In container
with plastic liner.
11. With assistance of helper, remove splash
suit. Deposit In container with plastic liner.
12. Wash Inner gloves with decon solution.
13. Rinse Inner gloves with water.
14. Remove face piece. Deposit In container with
plastic liner. Avoid touching face with fingers.
Station 15: Inner Glove
Removal
IS. Remove Inner gloves and deposit In lined
container.
-------
Appendix D
0-13
FSOP 7: MAXIMUM MEASURES FOR LEVEL C DECONTAMINATION
Station 16: Inner Clothing
Removal
Station 17: Field Nash
Station T8: Redress
16. Remove clothing soaked with perspiration and
place In lined container, no not wear Inner
clothing off-site since there 1s a possibility
that small amounts of contaminants might have
been transferred 1n removing the fully-
encapsulating suit.
17. Shower If highly toxic, skin-corrosive or skin-
absorbable materials are known or suspected to
be present. Hash hands and face If shower 1s
not available.
18. Pot on clean clothes.
FSOP 7: MINIMUM MEASURES FOR LEVEL C DECONTAMINATION
Station 1: Equipment Drop
Station 2: Outer Garment.
Boots, and Gloves
Hash and Rinse
Station 3: Outer Boot and
Glove Removal
Station 4: Canister or
Hask Change
Station 5: Boot, Gloves
and Outer Garment
Removal
Station 6: Face Piece
Removal
1. Deposit equipment used on-s1te (tools, sampling
devices and containers, monitoring Instruments.
radios, clipboards, etc.) on plastic drop
cloths. Segregation at the drop reduces the
probability of cross contamination. During hot
weather operations, a cool down station may be
set up within this area.
2. Scrub outer boots, outer gloves and splaih
suit with decon solution or detergent water.
Rinse off using copious amounts of water.
3. Remove outer boots and gloves. Deposit In
container with plastic liner.
4. If worker leaves exclusive zone to change
canister (or mask), this Is the last step 1n thf
decontamination procedure. Worker's canister Is
exchanged, new outer gloves and boot covers
donned, joints taped, and worker returns to duty.
5. Boots, chemical-resistant splash suit. Inner
gloves removed and deposited In separate
containers lined with plastic.
6. Faceplece Is removed. Avoid touching face with
fingers, Faceplece deposited on plastic sheet.
Station 7: Field Hash
7. Hands and face are thoroughly washed.
soon as possible.
Shower as
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX S
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE 1 of 14
APPENDIX Si GLNPO RESEARCH VESSELS-PROCEDURES FOR THE
TRANSPORTATION OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS /WASTE BY GREAT
LAKES NATIONAL PROGRAM OFFICE VIA GOVERNMENT VEHICLE AND
GOVERNMENT DRIVER
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
I. Packaging 2
H. BUI of Lading 2
m. Labeling 5
IV. Placarding 5
V. Loading and Unloading 6
VI. Flammable Liquids 8
VII. Flammable Solids and Oxidizing Materials 8
VIII. Corrosive Materials 8
IX. Carbon-14 9
X. Hazardous Materials Incidents 11
XI. Hazardous Substance Discharge Notification 13
XH. Hazardous Waste 13
Attachment One: Sample US Government Bill of Lading
Attachment Two: DOT Form F 5800.1
Attachment Three: Sample Uniform Hazardous Waste Manifest
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX S
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE 2 of 14
GLNPO RESEARCH VESSELS: PROCEDURES FOR THE TRANSPORTATION
OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS /WASTE BY GREAT LAKES NATIONAL
PROGRAM OFFICE VIA GOVERNMENT VEHICLE AND GOVERNMENT
DRIVER
It is the policy of the United States Environmental Protection Agency, Region V,
to comply with all applicable regulations when transporting hazardous materials
by government vehicle. This document discusses the Department of
Transportation (DOT) regulations for transporting hazardous materials. Great
Lakes National Program Office will follow the regulations as required. All
materials/waste must be transported by government vehicle and government
employee driver based upon provisions set forth by the carrier.
I. PACKAGING
When transporting hazardous materials, the materials should be in the original
containers and shipping cartons/crates as received from the supplier. If this is
not feasible, Great Lakes will package the materials in DOT-approved packaging
materials prior to shipment. It is important to note that cardboard packaging
must be protected from wetting. If a cardboard package loses its structural
integrity for any reason, the packaging is not longer DOT approved. Therefore,
tarpaulins or covered vehicles should be used when transporting such packages.
n. BILL OF LADING
A bill of lading must be used for each shipment. Refer to Attachment 1 of this
Appendix for sample US Government Bill of Lading. The following items must
be completed for each bill of lading:
A. Origin
• From Milwaukee:
United States Environmental Protection Agency
Great Lakes National Program Office
c/o University of Wisconsin
Great Lakes Research Program
1600 E. Greenfield Avenue
Milwaukee, WI
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX S
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE 3 of 14
From Chicago:
United States Environmental Protection Agency
Great Lakes National Program Office
536 S. Clark
Chicago, IL 60604
• From Bay City:
United States Environmental Protection Agency
Great Lakes National Program Office
R/V Lake Guardian
24 Sixth Street
Bay City, MI 48708
B. Shipper
United States Environmental Protection Agency
Great Lakes National Program Office
230 S. Dearborn
Chicago, IL 60604
C. Destination/Consignee
• To Milwaukee:
United States Environmental Protection Agency
Great Lakes National Program Office
c/o University of Wisconsin
Great Lakes Research Program
E. Greenfield Avenue
Milwaukee, WI
• To Bay City:
R/V Lake Guardian
Warehouse
102 Ninth Street
Bay City, MI 48708
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX S
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE 4 of 14
D. Transportation Company:
United States Environmental Protection Agency
E. Place an X in the column marked HM before each hazardous material
listed on the bill of lading.
F. Identify the hazardous material using the proper DOT shipping name,
hazard class, identification number, and reportable quantity, if applicable.
Refer to 49 CFR 172.101 for a Hazardous Materials Table in regards to
transportation.
G. List the total quantity or weight of the hazardous material.
H. Write/type the following statement on the bill of lading:
"This is to certify that the above-named materials are
properly classified, described, packaged, marked, and
labeled, and are in proper condition for transportation
according to the applicable regulations of the DOT."
Copies of the completed bill of lading shall be forwarded to the Region V
Health and Safety Office, the GLNPO office, and a file maintained on
board the Roger R. Simons or Lake Guardian.
A driver of a vehicle containing hazardous material shall ensure that
the bill of lading is readily available to, and recognizable by, authorities
in the event of accident or inspection. Specifically, the driver shall:
1. Clearly distinguish the bill of lading, if it is carried with other
shipping papers or other papers of any kind, by either distinctively
tabbing it or by having it appear first; and
2. Store the shipping paper as follows:
a. When the driver is at the vehicle's controls, the shipping paper
shall be:
1) Within his/her immediate reach while he/she is restrained by
the lap belt; and
2) Either readily visible to a person entering the driver's
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX S
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE 5 of 14
compartment or in a holder which is mounted to the inside of
the door on the driver's side of the vehicle.
b. When the driver is not at the vehicle's controls, the shipping
paper shall be:
1) In a holder which is mounted to the inside of the door on the
driver's side of the vehicle; or
2) On the driver's seat in the vehicle.
. LABELING
Each package must be marked as required by 49 CFR, Part 172, Hazardous
Materials Table. For example, acetone packages must be labeled with a red
diamond-shaped flammable label.
IV. PLACARDING (49 CFR Part 172.503)
If the government vehicle is transporting the following materials, placards
(markings on the sides of the vehicle) are required:
Class A explosives
Class B explosives
Poison A
Flammable solid ("Dangerous When Wet" label only)
Radioactive material
Uranium hexafluoride, fissile (containing more than 1.0 percent
U235)
• Uranium hexafluoride, low specific activity (containing 1.0 percent or
less U235)
A placard is NOT required when transporting 60 millicuries or less of
Carbon-14.
If the government vehicle is transporting less than 1000 pounds total of the
following materials, placards (markings on the side of the vehicle) are NOT
required:
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX S
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE 6 of 14
Class C explosives
Blasting agents
Nonflammable gas (chlorine)
Nonflammable gas (oxygen, cryogenic liquid)
Flammable gas
Combustible liquid
Flammable solid
Oxidizer
Organic peroxide
Poison B
Corrosive material
Irritating material
For example, if the vehicle contains 600 Ibs. of phenol (a poison B material),
it would not be placarded. But, if the truck contained 600 Ibs. of phenol and
400 Ibs. of acetone (a flammable liquid), a placard is necessary. In this
instance, since two types of hazardous materials are being transported, a
"Dangerous" placard would be used. Refer to 49 CFR Part 172, Hazardous
Materials Table, when determining the type of placard required.
V. LOADING AND UNLOADING
The following requirements will be adhered to when loading or unloading
hazardous materials:
A. Any tank, barrel, drum, cylinder or other packaging, not permanently
attached to a motor vehicle, which contains any flammable liquid,
compressed gas, corrosive material, poisonous material, or
radioactive material must be secured against movement within the
vehicle on which it is being transported, under conditions normally
incident to transportation. For example, crates or cartons of acetone
must be strapped via a method that prevents movement of the
package.
B. Smoking on or about any motor vehicle while loading or unloading
any explosive, flammable liquid, flammable solid, oxidizing material
or flammable compressed gas is forbidden.
C During the loading or unloading of any explosive, flammable liquid,
flammable solid oxidizing material or flammable compressed gas into
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX S
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE 7 of 14
or from any motor vehicle extreme care shall be taken to keep fire
away and to prevent persons in the vicinity from smoking, lighting
matches, or carrying any flame or lighted cigar, pipe or cigarette.
D. No hazardous material shall be loaded into or on, or unloaded from,
any motor vehicle unless the handbrake be securely set and all other
reasonable precautions be taken to prevent motion of the motor
vehicle during such loading or unloading procedures.
E. No tools which are likely to damage the effectiveness of the closure of
any package or other container, or likely adversely to affect such
package or container, shall be used for the loading or unloading of
any explosive or other dangerous article.
F. Containers of explosives, flammable liquids, flammable solids,
oxidizing materials, corrosive materials, compressed gases, and
poisonous liquids or gases, must be so braced as to prevent motion
thereof relative to the vehicle while in transit. Containers having
valves or other fittings must be so loaded such that there will be the
minimum likelihood of damage thereto during transportation.
G. Reasonable care should be taken to prevent undue rise in
temperature of containers and their contents during transit. There
must be no tampering with such container or the contents thereof,
nor any discharge of the contents of any container between point of
origin and point of billed destination. Discharge of contents of any
container must not be made prior to removal from the motor
vehicle.
H. In any single vehicle, hazardous materials shall not be loaded
together if prohibited by the loading and storage chart (Refer to 49
CFR 177.848, Segregation and Separation Chart of Hazardous
Materials.)
VI. FLAMMABLE LIQUIDS
Unless the engine of the motor vehicle is to be used for the operation of a
pump, no flammable liquid shall be loaded into, or on, or unloaded from
any motor vehicle while the engine is running.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX S
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE 8 of 14
VII. FLAMMABLE SOLIDS AND OXIDIZING MATERIALS
When transporting flammable solids and oxidizing materials, the following
shall be adhered to:
A. All flammable solids and oxidizing materials shall be contained entirely
within the body of the vehicle and shall be covered by suitable means,
and if the vehicle has a tailgate, it shall be dosed and secured in place
during transportation.
B. Special care shall be taken in the loading of any motor vehicle with
flammable solids or oxidizing materials which are likely to become
hazardous to transport when wet, to keep them from being wetted
during the loading process and to keep them dry during transit. For
example, care should be taken with ground, crushed or pulverized
charcoal, and lump charcoal.
C. Whenever a motor carrier has knowledge concerning the hazards of
spontaneous combustion or heating of any material to be loaded on a
motor vehicle, the material shall be loaded to afford sufficient
ventilation of the load to provide reasonable assurance against fire; and
the motor vehicle shall be unloaded as soon as practicable after reaching
its destination.
CORROSIVE MATERIALS
A corrosive material is a liquid or solid that causes visible destruction or
irreversible alterations in human skin tissue at the site of contact, or in the
case of leakage from its packaging, a liquid that has a severe corrosion rate
on steel.
The following discusses the general requirements for transportation of
corrosive materials.
• Bottles containing corrosive liquids must have enough headspace to
allow for heat expansion. The package must not be completely full of
liquid at 130 degrees Fahrenheit.
Bottles containing corrosive liquids may not be packed in the same package
with any other hazardous materials, except:
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX S
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE 9 of 14
• Bottles containing corrosive liquids cushioned by noncombustible,
nonreactive, absorbent material and securely packed in tightly closed
metal packaging, except hydrofluoric acid, which must be overpacked in
packaging other than one made of metal, may be packed with other
hazardous materials. This exception does not apply to the following
chemicals: nitric acid exceeding 40 percent concentration, perchloric acid,
hydrogen peroxide exceeding 52 percent strength by weight, or
nitrodydrochloric or nitrohydrochloric acid diluted, which may not be
packed in the same package with any other article under any
circumstances.
• Bottles of corrosive liquids are overpacked in accordance with 49 CFR
Part 173.25.
• The corrosive material is contained in a battery (refer to 49 CFR Part
173.257-260).
It is important to note that 49 CFR Part 173 Subpart F is a complex standard
relating to the transportation of corrosive materials. GLNPO should consult this
Subpart before transporting any corrosive material. If GLNPO has questions
relating to interpretation of the standard, the Region V Health and Safety officer
should be consulted.
IX. CARBON-14
When transporting small quantities of Carbon-14, GLNPO is not required to
comply with the regulations applicable to the transport of radioactive material.
CFR Part 172.421 states that Carbon-14 materials whose activity per package does
not exceed 60 millicuries in solid form or 6 millicuries in liquid form are
excepted from the specification packaging, shipping paper and certification,
marking, and labeling requirements if:
• The materials are packaged in strong, tight packages that will not leak
any of the radioactive materials during conditions normally incident
to transportation.
• The radiation level at any point on the external surface of the package
does not exceed 0.5 mrems per hour (over the background levels).
• The non-fixed (removable) radioactive surface contamination on the
external surface of the package does not exceed .00001 millicuries. To
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX S
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE 10 of 14
ensure that GLNPO meets this requirement, carboys containing
Carbon-14- contaminated water should be thoroughly washed with
soap and water before shipment. If the carboys are enclosed in
cardboard boxes, care should be taken to prevent ALL splashing of
radioactive water onto the box. If the box is splashed, it should be
discarded as low level radioactive waste and a new box used.
Contaminated boxes should be double bagged, then transported to
CRL for disposal as low level radioactive waste.
• The outside of the inner packaging or, if there is not inner packaging,
the outside of the packaging itself bears the marking "Radioactive".
• Although not required by DOT regulations, a bill of lading will be
completed for each shipment of limited quantities of radioactive
materials. The radioactive material will be identified on the bill of
lading as Excepted Radioactive Material, limited quantity, n.o.s.,
UN2910. When shipping Carbon-14-contaminated water to Central
Regional Laboratory, the laboratory will be given a copy of the bill of
lading in addition to the normal distribution list.
• Instead of the shipper's certification statement, the following notice
will be placed on the bill of lading (this notice IS required by DOT
regulations):
'This package conforms to the conditions and limitations
specified in 49 CFR 173.421 for excepted radioactive material,
limited quantity, n.o.s., UN2910."
When transporting Carbon-14 in solid sodium bicarbonate form, the
material should be in the original packaging as received by GLNPO; and the
packaged material must be placed in a cooler that has been filled with some
type of cushioning material to prevent breakage of the ampules. The cooler
should be secured via straps or some other method to prevent movement
during transport.
When transporting Carbon-14-contaminated water, the carboys must be
secured via straps, tarpaulin or some other appropriate method to prevent
movement of the carboys during transport.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX S
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE 11 of 14
X. HAZARDOUS MATERIALS INCIDENTS
In the event of ANY incident involving release of hazardous materials
during the course of transportation (including loading, unloading, and
temporary storage), the Region V safety officer must be immediately
notified.
Immediate notice to the Department of Transportation (DOT), and Coast
Guard Command Center/National Response Division in Washington, D.C.,
of hazardous materials incidents must be given if, as a direct result of
hazardous materials:
• A person is killed,
• A person receives injuries requiring hospitalization,
• Estimated carrier or other property damage exceeds $50,000,
• Fire, breakage, spillage or suspected radioactive contamination occurs
involving shipment of radioactive material,
• Fire, breakage, spillage or suspected contamination of etiologic agents;
or,
• A situation exists that, in the judgment of the carrier, should be
reported, e.g. a continuing danger to life exists at the scene of the
incident.
Each notice to the DOT, as required above, shall be given to the DOT
National Response Division, Washington, D.C., by telephone (800-424-8802).
Notice involving etiologic agents may be given to the Director, Center for
Disease Control Prevention, Emergency Response Branch 24-Hour Hotline
(404-633-5313), in place of the notice to the DOT. Each notice must include
the following information:
• Name of reporter
• Name and address of carrier represented by reporter
• Phone number where reporter can be contacted
• Date, time, and location of incident
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX S
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE 12 of 14
• Classification, name, and quantity of hazardous materials involved, if
such information is available
• Type of incident, nature of hazardous material involved, and
whether a continuing danger to life exists at the scene.
In addition, each reportable incident shall be reported, in writing, in
duplicate, on DOT Form F 5800.1 to the DOT within 15 days of the date of
discovery. Also, unintentional releases of hazardous materials from a
package must be reported using DOT Form F 5800.1, see Attachment 2 of
this Appendix. The report shall be sent to:
Information Systems Manager
Research and Special Programs Administration
Department of Transportation
Washington, D.C. 20590
The above oral and written reporting requirements do NOT apply to:
• Consumer commodities
• Paint or paint-related materials when shipped in packages of five
gallons or less
• Wet electric storage battery, either filled with acid or alkali.
XL HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCE DISCHARGE NOTIFICATION
When a hazardous substance is discharged in a REPORTABLE QUANTITY
into or upon the navigable waters or adjoining shorelines, the person in
charge of the vessel, transport vehicle, or facility shall notify the U.S. Coast
Guard National Response Center (800-424-8802), and furnish to the official
to whom the discharge notification is made:
• The information required in Form F 5800.1, Section VHI
• The name of the shipper of the hazardous substance
• The quantity of the hazardous substance, if known.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX S
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PACE 13 of 14
An estimate of the quantity of the hazardous substance removed from the
scene and the manner of disposition of any unremoved hazardous
substance shall be entered in Part H of Form F5800.1. To determine the
reportable quantity for a spilled chemical, one should consult the
Hazardous Materials Table (for example, a spill involving 1000 or more
pounds of phenol is a reportable spill). Refer to 49 CFR 177.848, Segregation
and Separation Chart of Hazardous Materials.
XH. HAZARDOUS WASTE
When transporting RCRA/TSCA waste materials from GLNPO Research
Vessels to secondary storage areas via government vehicle and government
employee driver, GLNPO must comply with the regulations applicable to
the transportation of those materials. EPA's regulations incorporate and
require compliance with the DOT provisions on labeling, marking,
placarding, using proper containers and reporting discharges.
When transporting RCRA/TSCA waste materials from GLNPO Research
Vessels, the following guidelines must be followed:
• Manifest
The waste materials must be manifested (See Attachment 3 of this
appendix for sample Uniform Hazardous Waste Manifest) and the
designated government driver must keep the manifest with the
hazardous waste. After successful transport of the waste materials, the
driver must return a copy of the manifest to the Chemical Hygiene
Officer or her/his designate. If the driver is not able to deliver the waste
to the designated storage area, he is to return the waste to the GLNPO
Research Vessel.
• Containers/Labeling
Waste containers of materials to be transported must be labeled in
accordance with RCRA/TSCA regulations prior to transport. Labels
should include the waste type, date of accumulation, RCRA waste code
number, TSCA label if greater than 50 ppm, and the EPA Hazardous
Waste Generator I.D. Number. Each waste container (5-gallon plastic
carboy provided by waste contractor) should be transported within a
secondary containment tray or pan, and the lids should be secured
prior to transport. Wastes must not be mixed or combined prior to
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX S
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE 14 of 14
transport.
• Emergency Response
In the event of a discharge of waste materials, the driver must take
immediate action to protect human health and the environment,
including treatment or containment of the spill and notification of
proper authorities. During the time of transport, the driver must
possess (and be formally trained in the use of) the GLNPO
Hazardous Materials/Hazardous Waste Contingency Plan. Clean-up
practices indicated in the plan should be followed if necessary.
Adequate spill supplies should accompany waste materials during
transport. The driver must also comply with Sections X and XI of this
document in the event of an incident involving hazardous waste.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX S, ATTACHMENT 1
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
Attachment 1 - Cover
Attachment 1 - BILL OF LADING
-------
U.S. GOVERNMENT BILL OF LADING
1 TRANSPORTATION COMPANY TENDERED TO
5 DESTINATION (Name, address ana ZIP code)
9 CONSIGNEE (Name, address and ZIP code ol installation)
2 SCAC
6 SPLC (Dest)
7. SPLC (Ong.1
10 GBLOC (Cons)
12 APPROPRIATION CHARGEABLE
14 VIA (Route shipment when advantageous to toe Government)
ORIGINAL
3 DATE B/L PREPARED
5g>D. 0,031,888 .
4 ROUTE ORDER/RELEASE NUMBER
B ORIGIN (Name, address and ZIP code)
11 SHIPPER (Name, address and ZIP code)
13 BILL CHARGES TO (Dept/agency. bureau/office mailing address and ZIP code)
AGENCV LOG CODE
15 MARKS AND ANNOTATIONS (II extra services are ordered, see Administrative Directions No i on reverse)
16 PACKAGES
NO KIND
17
HM
16 DESCRIPTION OF ARTICLES (Use earner's ctasti/icahon or tan/f description ilpossible.
otherwise use a clear nontechnical description)
19 WEIGHT*
(Pounds only)
FOR USE OF BILLING CARRIER ONLY
Services
Rate
Charges
CLASSIFICATION ITEM NO
TOTAL
CHARGES
20 TARIFF/SPECIAL RATE AUTHORITY
21 PICKUP SERV FURNISHED
VEHICLE FULLY LOADED
YES
SHIPPER'S
INITIALS
22 CARRIER WAY/FREIGHT BILL NO AND DATE
23 STOP THIS SHIPMENT AT
FOR
24 FURNISH INFORMATION ON CAR/TRUCKLOAD/CONTAINER SHIPMENTS
INITIALS & NO
SEAL NUMBERS
APPLIED BY
LENGTH/CUBE
ORDERED FURNISHED
MARKED CAPACITY
ORDERED FURNISHED
DATE FURNISHED
25 CARRIER'S PICKUP DATE
(Year, month, t day)
26a SIGNATURE OF AGENT
260 PER
B/L NUMBER
D- 0,031,888
named above, subject to conditions named on
27 MODE 28 ESTIMATE
29 NO OF
CLS/TLS
30 TYPE
RATE
31 PSC
32 REASON
Received by the trar
isportation company i
the reverse hereof, the properly hereinafter described, in apparent good order and
condition (contents and value unknown), to be forwarded to destination by the said
company and connecting lines, there to be delivered in like good order and condition to
said consignee
CERTIFICATE OF CARRIER BILLING-CONSIGNEE MUST NOT PAY ANY CHARGES
FOR USE OF ISSUING OFFICE
33a ISSUING OFFICE (Nama and complete address)
34a DELIVERED ON
(Year, month 4 day)
33b GBLOC
34b. AT (Actual delivery point)
34c BY (Name ol delivering earner}
33c ISSUING OFFICER
34d DELIVERED THIS CONSIGNMENT COMPLETE & IN APPARENT GOOD ORDER
EXCEPT AS MAY BE INDICATED ,- Q PAMAGJ
33d CONTRACT/PURCHASE ORDER NO OR OTHER
AUTHORITY
33e. DATED
CARRIER OS4D REPORT
ATTACHED
331 FOB POINT NAMED IN CONTRACT
348
D
D DELIVERY AT DESTINATION
FURNISHED
D ACCESSORIAL SERVICES
CERTIFICATION ATTACHED
341 NAME OF BILLING CARRIER
34g SIGNATURE OF CARRIER'S AGENT
•Show also cubic measurements tor shipments via
NSN7540-00-656-1476
1103-121
STANDARD FORM 1103 (Rev 4-85)
n ov r*Qf, ironn r.i i rcoi ini./ t n
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX S, ATTACHMENT 2
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
Attachment 1 - Cover
Attachment 2 - DOT Form F 5800.1
-------
08-20-93 ll:14AM FROM 202 366 7435 TO 85134393995
DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
HAZARDOUS MATERIALS INCIDENT REPORT
gianrin can rwuli In a civil pinaliy.
A Gu,d. lor P«w* ESTIMATED W .AVHRAGf M
THE TIME FOR REVIEWING INSTRUCTIONS. SEARCHING EXISTINC5 DATA SOURMS^GATHEfllNC iANO |l|
AND COMPLETING AND nCVICWINC THE COUL6CTION OP INPOHMATION. 5ENO «J«M»" "•^"""f RUHnEN TO INFORMATION
OTHER ASPECT OF THIS COLLECTION OF INFORMATIOM. INCLUDING SUGGESTtONSf ^Ofl "MW'^THIMURDEN^TO IN^FORMATION
SVSTEMS MANAGER. OFFICE OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS TRANSPORTATION. OMrW3. RESEARCH I AND SPECIAL • ^moiMIW
AOMINISTRATION. U.S. DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION. WASHINGTON. DC MnMkANO TO THE OFFICE OF INFORMATION AND
REUULATOflY AFFAIRS, OFFICE OF MANAGEMENT AND BUDGET. WASHINGTON. DC JOB03.
. ___ rf _. _ __ . ___ TEAR H£RJi. ....... -- .^^^^.-.^ . . ^ ------ ...
-------
"OPE 'DATE. AND LOCATION OF INCIDENT
>£ OF TRANSLATION.
A|R
Q HIGHWAY
0 WAIL
D WATER
OTHER
2. DATE AND TIME OF INCIDENT
-------
VII. PACKAGING INFORMATION: If the package If orarpacked (conncti of fowroi package*. e«
for lnfomuitl«n on the Innermost peekeo*.
ITEM
30. TYPE OF PACKAGING, INCLUDING INNER
RECEPTACLES (B.C. Steel drum, tank car)
»1. CAPACITY OR WEIGHT PER UNIT PACKAGE
le.fl 55 gallons. 65 lot.)
92. NUMBER OP PACKAGES OF SAME TYPE WHICH
33. NUMBER OF PACKAGES OF SAME TYPE IN
SHIPMENT
W. PACKAGE SPECIFICATION IDENTIFICATION
(e.g. DOT I7E. DOT 105A100, UN 1A1 or none)
35 ANV OTHER PACKAGING MARKINGS
(e.fl. STC. l«>1«5-88. VI 4/150/87)
M. NAME AND ADDRESS, SYMBOL OR REGISTRATION
NUMBER OF PACKAGING MANUFACTURER
37. SERIAL NUMBER OF CYLINDERS. PORTABLE TANKS
CARGO TANKS, TANK CARS
36 TYPE OF LABELING OR PLACARDING APPLIED
36. A. REGISTRATION
IF RECONDITIONED NUMBER OR SYMBOL
OB BEQUALIFIED 0. DATE OF LAST
TEST OR INSPECT ION
10. EXEMPTION/APPROVAL/COMPETENT AUTHORITY
NUMBER, IF APPLICABLE (« fl DOT E1012)
A
. olau jart within a (ibarboard box), begin wtn Column A
a
C
J
VIII. DESCRIPTION 6P PACKAGING FAILURE: Cheek all applicable boxei lor ths packages! Identified wove.
41. ACTION CONTRIBUTING TO PACKAGING FAILURE
ABC
D, D n D TRANSPORT VEHICLE COLLISION
0. D G Q TRANSPORT VEHICLE OVERTURN
C. O D D OVERLOADING/OVERFILLING
d n D G LOOSE FITTINGS. VALVES
«. D D D DEFECTIVE FITTINGS. VALVES
1 D n D DROPPED
g. D D D STRUCK/RAMMED
n. D D G IMPROPER LOADING
i D D D IMPROPER BLOCKING
43 HOW PACKAGE(S) FAILED
i B C
a G G G PUNCTURED
D. G D D CRACKED
C G D D BURST/INTERNAL PRESSURE
d G D D HIPPED
e G O 0 CRUSHED
1. G G D RUBBEOIABRADED
g G G C! RUPTURED
h n n r OTH«
£ I C
DUD cuKftusion
K. G O D METAL FATIGUE
1 O L> D FRICTION/RUBBING
m. D D D FIRE/HEAT
n LJ U G FREEZING
e. D D D VENTING
p. G G D VANDALISM
M ODD INCOMPATIBLE MATCRI
i. n n n OTMPR
44. PACKAGE AREA THAT FAILED
A 3. C
a. G G G END. FORWARD
D. G G G END, REAR
t. D D D SIDE, RIGHT
0 GOD SIDE, LEFT
e. D D Q TOP
1. G G G BOTTOM
0. U U LJ CENTER
n n n n nTwcu
42. OBJECT CAUSING FAILURE
A B £.
a. D D D OTHER FREIGHT
b G G n FORKLIFT
C D O G NAIUPROTRUSION
d G D G OTHER TRANSPORT VEHICLE
C U U D WATER/OTHER LIQUID
1 ODD GROUND/FLOOn/ROADWAV
g. D U G ROADSIDE OBSTACLE
ALS h. n D D NONE
1, D G Q OTHER __
45 WHAT FAILED ON PACKAGED
ABC
a. D H D BASIC PACKAGE MATEF
b D LJ G FITTING/VALVE
c G D LI CLOSURE
d D G G CHIME
e. D U D WELD/SEAM
1 ODD HOSEfPlPING
g. D G G INNER LINER
h O G D OTHER
IX. OCSCfllPTION OF EVENTBi Oojcnbo the tequenes of ovarm that lad to Incident, action taken M tirrw duromnvt. nnri oetlnn taken to prevent future
Incident*. Include eny lacommendatloni to Improve packaging, handling, or tmntponetion of hoiardous material!. Photographs and diagram* f hould
bu lubmnted when necessary <<>' elenfieatlon ATTACH A COPY OF THE HAZARDOUS WASTE MANIFEST FOR INCIDENTS INVOLVING
HAZARDOUS WASTE. Continue on additional theow if necetuiry.
•
16 NAME OF PERSON RESPONSIBLE FOR PREPARING REPORT 1 47 SIGNATURE
« TITLE OF PERSON RESPONSIBLE FOR PREPARING REPORT 49 TELEPHONE NUMBER (Area Code)
i
SO DATE REPORT SIGNED
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX S, ATTACHMENT 3
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
Attachment 1 - Cover
Attachment 3 - Sample Uniform Hazardous Waste Manifest
-------
DNRlfc
MICHIGAN DEPARTMENT
OF NATURAL RESOURCES
DO NOT WRITE IN THIS SPACE
ATT. D DIS. D REJ. D PR.D
1979 as wnenaeo ana Ac I 136 PA
1969
Failure 10 til* 11 punnnaoie unoer '
section 299 548 MCL or Section 10 of
Act 136 PA 1969
Please print or type
Form Approved OMB No 2050-0039 Eipires 9 30-92
Information in the shaded are
is not required by Fcde
law
f
UNIFORM HAZARDOUS
WASTE MANIFEST
\ Generator's US EPA ID No
Manifest
Document No
|Uocumeni m
' ' ' ' I '
2 Page
of
A. State Manifest Document Number
MI 2756776
3 Generator's Name and Mailing Address
B. State Generator's 10
4 Generator's Phone (
1 Transponer 1 Company Name
US EPA 10 Number
C. State Transporter's ID
u.
D. Transporter's Phone
7 Transponer 2 Company Name
US EPA ID Number
I I I I IJ J J I
E. State Transporter's ID
F. Transporter's Phone
9 Designated Facility Name and Site Address
US EPA ID Number
G. State Facility's ID
SAMPLE
H. Facility's Phone
_LL
11 US DOT Description (including Proper Shipping Name, Hazard Class, and
HM ID NUMBER).
12 Containers
No I Type
—13
Total
Quantity
14
Unit
Wt/Vd
I. waste
No.
N/H
I I I
J_L
J. Additional Descriptions for Materials Listed Above
K. Handling Codes for Wastes
Listed Above
a/ /
b/ /
c/ /
d/ /
15 Special Handling Instructions and Additional Information
16 GENERATOR'S CERTIFICATION. I hereby declare that the contents ol this consignment are tully and accurately described above by
pioplrThippmg name'weTare classified packed, marked, and labeled, and are in all respects in proper condition lor transport by Highway
according to applicable international and national government regulations
generation and select the best waste management method that is available to me and that I can atlord __
o
i
la
UK
H
fs
Ss
i- j
31
ss
|S
J U
< U
Printed/Typed Name
Signature
Month Day Ye
' '
17 Transponer 1 Acknowledgement of Receipt of Materials
Date
Printed/Typed Name
Signature
Month Day Year
I I I I I I
18 Transponer 2 Acknowledgement or Receipt ol Materials
Printed/Typed Name
19 Discrepancy Indication Space
Signature
Day
20 Facility Owner or Operator Certification of receipt of hazardous materials covered by this manifest except as noted in
Item 19
Oat-
Printed/Typed Name
Signature
EPA Form 6700-22 (Rev 9/88)
i ii in- niu.ii'i tiy
ivlii.ii..,.'"
PR 5110
Rev 10/91
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX T
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: Iof35
APPENDIX T - KREAT LAKES NATIONAL PROGRAM OFFICE
ENVIRONMENTAL COMPLIANCE MANUAL
Executive Order 12088, signed by President Carter in 1978, requires Federal
Agencies to comply with all requirements of Federal, State, and local
environmental regulations. The Great Lakes National Program Office (GLNPO)
through its activities on the Great Lakes is subject to a variety of regulations
concerning air, water, hazardous and nonhazardous waste, toxic substance
control, emergency planning, and community right-to-know.
GLNPO is committed to complying with all applicable regulations and serving as
a model to other EPA programs in the areas of environmental health and safety.
This manual outlines GLNPO's environmental compliance strategies and
procedures necessary for ensuring the protection of human health and the
environment.
The body of applicable regulations is quite voluminous. Not only does the
Federal government promulgate regulations pursuant to Federal statutes, but it
also allows and encourages State and local agencies to adopt additional
regulations which may be more stringent. Therefore, all applicable federal, state,
and local regulations, should be referenced to obtain the most current and
accurate information available.
The Environmental Compliance Manual is designed to be used in a three-ring
binder permitting amendments and additions. All EPA and contract employees
are encouraged to provide comments, questions, and to suggest changes to
improve the GLNPO manual. The more employees are involved in the
environmental health and safety program the stronger it will be.
1_- ENVIRONMENTAL COMPLIANCE PROGRAM ORGANIZATION AND
MANAGEMENT
All EPA employees, contractors, and their representatives are required to act in
an environmentally responsible manner to protect employees, the public, and
the environment from harm. This chapter outlines GLNPO's environmental
compliance program, discussing responsibilities, training, communication, and
complaint procedures.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX T
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 2 of 35
RESPONSIBILITIES
Each GLNPO employee has a fundamental responsibility to work and behave in
a manner promoting environmental health and safety compliance. Moreover,
each employee is formally assigned with specific responsibilities. The formal
responsibilities are as follows.
GLNPO Director
The GLNPO Director is responsible for implementing the laboratory
environmental health and safety program and for budgeting the necessary funds
for employee training and certification and waste handling. The Director is
responsible for ensuring compliance with Federal, State, and local regulations as
well as EPA and GLNPO policies. Furthermore, the Director is responsible for
ensuring that all supervisors and employees (EPA or contractor) are qualified by
training or experience to work in an environmentally responsible manner.
Environmental Compliance Coordinator (ECO
The ECC acts in an advisory capacity to the GLNPO Director, providing the
necessary information to ensure the laboratories are in compliance with
applicable regulations and policies. The ECC is a permanent member of the
GLNPO health and safety committee. The ECC directs the activities of interim
environmental compliance coordinators.
Interim Environmental Compliance Coordinator (IECC)
An IECC is appointed for each cruise. The IECC is present throughout the cruise
and ensures that shipboard activities are in compliance with applicable
regulations and policies. The IECC ensures that all ship wastes are handled and
stored in a manner which protects fellow employees, the public, and the
environment. The IECC is authorized to sign manifests and appropriate
paperwork in order to dispose of wastes in a timely and proper manner. The
IECC may be a contract employee or an EPA employee.
Radiation Health and Safety Officer (RSO)
The RSO is a Region 5 Central Regional Laboratory (CRL) employee authorized
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX T
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 3 of 35
by the Nuclear Regulatory Commission to act in the position of Radiation Health
and Safety Officer. This person is named on the CRL NRC license. The RSO
works directly with the ECC to manage safe handling and disposal of radioactive
wastes. The RSO directs the activities of interim radiation health and safety
officers.
Interim Radiation Health and Safety Officer (IRSO)
An interim IRSO is appointed for each cruise. The IRSO is present throughout
the cruise and ensures that shipboard activities are in compliance with applicable
Nuclear Regulatory Commission regulations. The IRSO ensures that all low
level radioactive wastes are handled and stored in a manner which protects
employees, the public, and the environment. The IRSO also directs the
packaging and transport of low level wastes to the Region 5 Central Regional
Laboratory. The IRSO may be a contract employee or an EPA employee; however,
this person must be listed on the Region 5 Central Regional Laboratory NRC
license as a person authorized to direct personnel handling radioactive materials.
Supervisors
Supervisors are responsible for day-to-day operations, which included
compliance with applicable environmental health and safety regulations and
policies. Supervisors are responsible for ensuring that employees are properly
trained in environmentally safe work practices and that employees work in an
environmentally responsible manner.
Employees
Employees are responsible for following the policies and procedures established
in the Environmental Compliance Manual and working in a manner that
minimizes potential risks to the environment.
TRAINING
Each employee, Federal and contracted, will be trained to work in an
environmentally safe manner. Initial training includes discussion of this
manual, work practices, lab waste handling and disposal procedures, and
emergency response. Initial training is provided by the ECC when an employee
begins work in the laboratory. Annual update training will be required for all
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX T
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 4 of 35
laboratory employees.
When new regulations are promulgated that impact GLNPO activities, training
in response to the new regulations will be provided.
Training records are maintained by the Captain aboard each ship and by the
Regional Health and Safety Manager.
COMMUNICATION
GLNPO is committed to operating a comprehensive environmental compliance
program. In order to maintain an active program, effective communication
between management, the ECC, and employees is critical. A number of
communication avenues have been set in place to ensure that the program
remains active and current.
Safety Committee Meetings
The GLNPO health and safety committee encourages employees to participate in
the environmental health and safety program through monthly safety meetings.
The ECC is a permanent member of the GLNPO safety committee. The duties of
the safety committee are outlined in the GLNPO Safety Manual. All employees
are encouraged to discuss environmental issues at the monthly meetings.
In addition to responding to environmental compliance questions and concerns,
the ECC uses the safety meeting as a method to discuss changes in the program,
results of inspections and audits, and relevant issues.
Employees are also responsible for assisting in troubleshooting and providing
feedback relating to systems already set in place. Without employee
participation, GLNPO feels that the program cannot live up to its potential or
completely fulfill its purpose.
Memoranda
The body of environmental regulations is constantly changing. In order to keep
the environmental compliance program current, the ECC issues memos to be
used in conjunction with the environmental compliance manual. When an
employee receives a memo relating to program additions or amendments, the
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX T
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 5 of 35
employee should review it, then place it behind the appropriate chapter in their
copy of the environmental compliance manual for future reference.
EPA Headquarters often issues clarification memos relating to interpretation of
Federal regulations and EPA policy. These memos should also be reviewed, then
inserted in the appropriate section of the manual.
COMPLAINTS
Complaints or reports of environmental health and safety violations may be
made with no repercussion to the complainant. Employees are encouraged to
approach the ECC directly, either informally or during the safety meeting. If the
issue is not resolved in a timely fashion through this route, then the employee
should file a written complaint addressed to the ECC with copies to the GLNPO
Director and the Regional Health and Safety Manager.
If the problem poses immediate danger to employees, the public or the
environment, the employee should request immediate action from the ECC. If
the ECC does not respond immediately, the employee should call the Regional
Health and Safety Manager to request assistance.
2-AIR
The Clean Air Act (CAA), as amended, is a Federal statute mandating the
prevention and control of air pollution from both stationary and mobile sources.
The CAA specifies that states must enforce pollution abatement requirements for
existing and new sources. State and local agencies may develop more stringent
standards than those set by the Federal government.
GLNPO is subject to Federal regulations since the ships operate on the Great
Lakes.
Generally, laboratory equipment is exempt from CAA regulations; therefore,
permits for laboratory hoods and other lab equipment emission sources are not
required.
Although GLNPO is exempt from emission control regulations, it attempts to
minimize emissions of chemicals as a good work practice. When planning or
developing analysis procedures, the analyst should consider ways to minimize
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX T
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 6 of 35
emissions to the atmosphere. For example, plan to work under a hood equipped
with a HEPA filter or consider using a closed-loop system.
Analysts must never "dispose" of chemicals by allowing them to evaporate. This
practice would be a violation of Resource Conservation and Recovery Act
regulations as well as poor laboratory practice.
Bottles of reagents and solvents should be kept closed when not in use. In the
case of solvents with high volatility, a great deal of solvent may enter the room
atmosphere potentially exposing employees to harmful levels of the solvent and
also allowing the release of unnecessary quantities of a chemical. In addition,
open chemical bottles may contaminate samples in the laboratory leading to
inaccurate analytical results.
3 - DRINKING WATER
EPA policy requires that all EPA facilities be reviewed against the Recommend
Professional Practices for lead and copper monitoring in drinking water. The
requirements for lead and copper monitoring are listed under the following
Recommended Professional Practices:
a) Determine lead levels in drinking water to verify that levels are
below the Maximum Concentration Level (MCL) of 15 ug/1 (August
24,1989, SHEMD Policy).
b) Determine copper levels in drinking water to verify that levels are
below the MCL of 1.0 mg/1.
Also, if GLNPO research vessels use bottled water for routine consumption, the
following Recommended Professional Practices must be met:
a) Characterize the bottled water by obtaining the manufacturers
analysis of the bottled water's chemical and biological quality.
b) Characterize the bottled water by using an independent laboratory
certified by the State implementing agency to confirm the safety of
the water for routine consumption.
If the monitoring results are at or above the MCL's, corrective action (i.e.
revisions of operating procedures, repair of equipment, etc.) must be taken.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX T
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 7 of 35
GLNPO complies with the Recommended Professional Practices through
monitoring of shipboard drinking fountains and sink faucets that are used as
sources of drinking water.
Monitoring records and records of corrective actions are maintained by the ship's
Captain and by the Regional Safety and Health Manager.
4 - WATER POLLUTION
This chapter provides policy, guidance, information and procedures for ensuring
that GLNPO Research Vessels operate in full compliance with the regulations
promulgated pursuant to the Federal Water Pollution Control Act as amended by
the Clean Water Act, commonly referred to as the Clean Water Act (CWA).
This chapter addresses oil pollution prevention, discharge of hazardous
substances, and marine sanitation devices. The following policy and guidance
information is intended to ensure that GLNPO Research Vessel operations do
not contribute to water pollution and that the operations are conducted in
accordance with all CWA requirements.
A. Discharges Of Hazardous Substances
Certain substances have been designated as hazardous substances under the
Clean Water Act. Reportable Quantities for these substances are included in
Table 117.3, 40 CFR Part 117. If a substance in Table 117.3 also appears in Table
302.4, 40 CFR Part 302, then the reportable quantity provided in Table 302.4
should be used if it differs from that in Table 117.3 (40 CFR Part 117.3).
Table 302.4 identifies a greater number of hazardous substances than those in
Table 117.3. All of the substances identified in Table 117.3 appear in Table 302.4
The regulations of 40 CFR Part 117 apply when a designated hazardous substance
greater than or equal to the reportable quantity is discharged into a navigable
waterway (or the associated wetlands or tributaries) or on the adjoining
shoreline. The term "navigable waters" is defined in detail in 40 CFR Part
The designation of hazardous substances under the Clean Water Act includes
solutions or mixtures containing these substances (40 CFR Part 116.4). For
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX T
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 8 of 35
example, the reportable quantity for ammonia is 100 pounds: a discharge of 1000
pounds of a 10 percent solution is a reportable quantity.
If over any 24-hour period there is a discharge of a designated hazardous
substance from a GLNPO Research Vessel, as identified in Tables and 117.3 or
302.4, equal to or exceeding the reportable quantity, immediately notify the
National Response Center at 800-424-8802.
Current reference copies of Table 117.3, 40 CFR Part 117, and Table 302.4, 40 CFR
Part 302 should be maintained on board all GLNPO R/Vs during survey
operations.
B. Oil Pollution Prevention
This section addresses additional water pollution control regulations and
procedures applicable to GLNPO Research Vessels (R/Vs). These requirements
were not all promulgated under the Clean Water Act, nor were they all enforced
by EPA.
GLNPO R/Vs must not discharge noxious liquids, including oil and oil mixtures
into navigable waters. When out of port, any discharge of oil or oily mixture
retained in the bilge may be pumped out into a secure container for ultimate
disposal. Sinks or toilets must not drain directly overboard.
Standard Operating Procedures for GLNPO R/V fueling operations must be
developed and implemented to prevent accidental discharges of fuel. The
written Standard Operating Procedure for fueling procedures is contained within
the ship operating contractor's Occupational Health and Safety Program,
Appendix N.
C. Marine Sanitation
Regulations addressing "marine sanitation devices" have been promulgated by
EPA (40 CFR Part 140) and the U.S. Coast Guard (33 CFR Part 159). The Coast
Guard's regulations primarily apply to the manufacture and certification of
marine sanitation devices; however, 33 CFR Part 159.7 applies to vessel operators.
Individuals operating GLNPO R/Vs must be sure they are in compliance with
both the EPA and U.S. Coast Guard regulations. Current copies of all applicable
regulatory standards must be maintained on board all GLNPO R/Vs during
periods of operation.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX!
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 9 of 35
Marine sanitation devices on GLNPO R/Vs must be operable, and certified and
labeled (by the manufacturer) in accordance with Coast Guard regulations.
Overboard discharges of sewage from GLNPO R/Vs into freshwater lakes,
reservoirs, and rivers is prohibited. Additionally, a State may prohibit the
discharge of sewerage into some or all of the waters within the State. Before
discharging sewerage, operators of GLNPO R/Vs should be aware of the
applicable prohibitions. Absolutely no discharges of sewerage will be made
without initially contacting the ECC on board the R/V. All sewerage discharges
from GLNPO R/Vs will be made in accordance with all applicable Federal, State,
and local regulatory requirements.
D. Additional Requirements
Many paints used on marine vessels contain tributyltin (TBT) compounds.
These compounds are antifoulants: they inhibit growth of aquatic organisms
such as algae and barnacles. In January 1986, EPA initiated a Special Review of
antifoulants paints containing TBT compounds. The review was initiated on the
basis of toxicity studies which indicated that TBT compounds are highly toxic,
frequently at parts per trillion levels, to nontarget marine and fresh water aquatic
organisms. Additionally, the Organotin Antifouling Paint Control Act of 1988
(OAPCA) was signed by the President on June 16,1988. This act sets interim and
permanent standards on TBT use and establishes TBT monitoring and research
programs.
The partial conclusion of EPA's Special Review and the effects of OAPCA are
discussed in a notice published in the Federal Register on October 4,1988 (53 FR
39022). In the notice, EPA announced that it will cancel all TBT antifouling
paints registrations which do not meet the following conditions
• Average daily release rate of 4.0 mg organotin/square centimeter per
day or less
• Not used on non-aluminum vessels under 82 feet in length
• Classified as restricted-use pesticides (only sold to and applied by
certified commercial applicators)
• Labeled in compliance with OSHA regulations.
TBT-containing paints which meet the above conditions and have amended
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX T
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 10 of 35
registrations in accordance with the guidelines in 53 FR 39037 may be used on
GLNPO marine R/Vs if they are aluminum or greater than 82 feet in length.
5 - NON-HAZARDOUS SOLID WASTE
Subtitle D of the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) established
Federal standards for managing non-hazardous solid wastes. Section 6001 of
RCRA requires Federal Agencies to comply with the guidelines set forth in the
Act. The guidelines apply to all non-hazardous solid waste generated by Federal
Agencies regardless of whether it is processed or disposed of on Federal property.
Non-hazardous solid waste regulations applicable to Federal facilities are set out
at 40 CFR Parts 240-249. These regulations relate to the non-hazardous waste
disposal facility's compliance and to recycling.
Each ship generates three types of nonhazardous solid waste: trash designated
for a land disposal facility, broken glassware, and recyclable cans and paper. A
brief discussion of each type follows.
Trash Designated for a Land Disposal Facility
Trash that cannot be recycled is placed in garbage cans located throughout the
facility. Examples of such trash include household-type waste (such as food),
towels, labware (excluding glass) that is not contaminated, and solid samples that
are not designated as hazardous waste.
It is the responsibility of GLNPO to ensure that the facility used to dispose of
non-hazardous waste is in compliance with Federal and State regulations.
Federal regulations require Federal facilities to dispose of wastes at facilities
which are in compliance with 40 CFR Parts 240-249 (as applicable). Therefore, the
ECC must know where the non-hazardous waste is being disposed of and the
method used for disposal (i.e., incineration or landfilling). The ECC must call
the EPA Regional Offsite Coordinator annually to ensure that the disposal facility
is in compliance. If the facility is not in compliance, a new disposal facility must
be identified and used.
Solid samples, such as soil samples, may be placed in normal trash receptacles
provided that the samples are not considered hazardous by State or Federal
criteria. The ECC is responsible for determining which samples may be disposed
of in this manner. Chapter Six of this Appendix contains procedures for
determining whether samples are hazardous or not.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX T
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 11 of 35
Recyclable Waste
A program is currently being developed for recycling plastic, glass and
aluminum onboard the R/V Lake Guardian.
6 - HAZARDOUS WASTE
The Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA), as amended by the
Hazardous and Solid Waste Amendments of 1984 (HSWA), is designed to
provide "cradle to grave" control of hazardous waste by imposing management
requirements on generators, transporters and upon owners and operators of
hazardous waste treatment, storage, and disposal facilities. Section 6001 of RCRA
provides the statutory applicability which mandates that Federal facilities meet
all applicable Federal, State, and local regulations associated with the
management of hazardous waste. The hazardous waste regulations which
implement subtitle C of RCRA are found at 40 CFR Parts 260-271. Michigan and
Wisconsin, the home ports for GLNPO vessels, are authorized by the EPA to
administer the RCRA hazardous waste regulations. Accordingly, the generation,
handling and disposal of hazardous wastes must be in compliance with
applicable State requirements. The Roger R. Simons must comply with
Wisconsin regulations and the Lake Guardian and the Hydra are required to
comply with Michigan regulations.
This chapter describes the procedures for ensuring compliance with the
respective hazardous waste regulations on GLNPO research vessels. The
procedures are based upon GLNPO's current mission of performing research
upon Great Lakes. GLNPO obtains samples from the Great Lakes which consist
of water, air, sediments, and fish. If GLNPO's mission or types of samples
changes, then the manual must be reviewed and revised accordingly. In
addition, regulations change constantly, therefore the manual will need to be
reviewed annually and revised as necessary. Attachments will be provided with
relevant regulatory changes during the interim period between manual
revisions.
GLNPO carries out EPA's Great Lakes surveillance and monitoring program.
Research activities aboard the vessels generate several different types of
hazardous waste streams. The primary categories are analytical wastes, unusable
chemicals, and discarded samples. There are several waste streams within each
category. For example, analytical wastes can be classified as acidic, basic or
flammable. It is important to keep the wastes segregated and to handle each
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX T
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 12 of 35
appropriately depending on hazardous properties and waste stream
identification.
All research vessels that generate less than 1000 kg of hazardous waste each
month will comply with federal regulatory requirements for small quantity
generators. A small quantity generator is required to comply with the following
generator requirements:
• Waste determination
• Labeling and marking requirements
• Accumulation standards
• Emergency preparedness
• Land disposal restrictions
• Storage requirements
• Training
• Recordkeeping and Reporting
This manual delineates the requirements that GLNPO must comply with and
establishes procedures to be used by GLNPO to maintain compliance with
Federal and State regulations.
Waste Minimization
GLNPO encourages minimizing hazardous waste generation where possible.
Minimizing wastes reduces potential hazards to employees, the public and the
environment. Additionally, in the mid to long-term, disposing of unused or
expired chemicals is dramatically more expensive than the original cost of the
product.
The most practical method of minimizing waste generation in the laboratory is
to reduce the amount of chemicals purchased. Before ordering a chemical that
will not be frequently used, check the vessel's chemical inventory to determine
whether the chemical is already available. If the chemical is in stock do not
purchase more.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX T
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 13 of 35
If the chemical is not available, determine the minimum quantity needed. For
example, calculate the quantity of the chemical that will be used over the season.
Attempt to buy the chemical in that quantity. Do not buy "bargain" sizes in an
attempt to save money when purchasing chemicals that are used infrequendy.
Buying in bargain sizes may appear to save money, but greatly increases disposal
costs when the chemical is no longer needed.
Do not store infrequently used chemicals in the laboratory; store them in the
Hazardous Materials Storage Van instead. This allows greater access to the
chemical by other analysts who may need a small amount on occasion. This also
minimizes health risks to employees working in the laboratory.
When performing analyses, separate the hazardous wastes from the non-
hazardous wastes generated during the analysis. For example, autoanalyzers
have several waste lines. Some of the wastes consist primarily of water from
rinsing the lines and some are reagent wastes. By segregating the waste streams,
the volume of hazardous waste generated is reduced.
Training
Federal and State regulations require that workers be provided with annual
training relating to waste generation, handling, and disposal. The ECC provides
initial training to new employees and on an annual basis thereafter, in
accordance with specifications found in 2.1 (Training Certification And Medical
Monitoring) of the GLNPO Safety, Health and Environmental Compliance
Manual. The training is designed to familiarize the lab employees with the
waste handling and emergency response procedures in place aboard the ship.
Training materials provided include:
• the Environmental Compliance Manual
• all regulatory update requirements
• a copy of the vessel contingency plan.
Training records are maintained aboard ship and by the employee's supervisor.
In addition, copies are provided to the Region 5 health and safety office.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX T
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 14 of 35
Emergency Response
Each vessel has a program for responding to fires, explosions, and releases to the
environment involving hazardous wastes and materials. The procedures are
outlined in a document entitled "Hazardous Materials Contingency Plan"
(Appendix R of the GLNPO R/V Safety, Health and Environmental Compliance
Manual). GLNPO and contract employees are responsible for knowing who to
contact in the event of an emergency in order to implement this contingency
plan.
If an employee discovers a fire, spill, explosion, or release of any. size, the
employee must report it to the emergency response team immediately.
Emergency phone numbers are posted next to each phone on the vessel, the
posting also identifies team members. The team will then notify the appropriate
local, State, and Federal agencies if a release to the environment occurs.
Waste Determination
Federal and State regulations require a generator to determine whether a waste is
hazardous before disposal. Any time a new waste is generated in the laboratory,
the ECC (with input from laboratory personnel) will evaluate it to determine the
appropriate waste classification. This waste determination may be accomplished
by applying knowledge of the waste stream (e.g., knowledge of chemical
composition) or by testing, using EPA-approved test methods.
A waste is considered a hazardous waste if it exhibits a characteristic of hazardous
waste or if it is specifically listed.
Listed Wastes
EPA has established three hazardous waste lists. Specifically, these include non-
specific source wastes, specific source wastes and commercial chemical product
wastes. EPA has assigned a waste code number to each listed waste.
Wastes from Non-specific Sources
The first list, wastes from nonspecific sources, are material-specific wastes
generated by a variety of processes. The wastes are can be subcategorized as
solvent wastes, electroplating wastes, and dioxin wastes. Wastes from non-
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX!
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 15 of 35
specific sources are assigned F- waste code numbers. Since GLNPO does not
generate electroplating or dioxin wastes, they will not be discussed (See 40 CFR
261.31 for further information about these wastes).
An example of an F-listed waste generated by shipboard activities is the spent
acetone used for cleaning glassware (known as F003). For a solvent to be listed as
an F-waste, it must have been used to mobilize or solubilize a constituent, such
as use for liquid-liquid extractions, glassware cleaning, etc. Using the solvent as a
reactant or a feedstock does not make it an F-listed waste. An example is using
solvent to thin paint. The solvent acts as a feedstock therefore the mixture is not
an F-waste. The mixture would be classified according to any hazardous waste
characteristics it may exhibit, such as flammability (See Characteristics section).
A spent material is one that has been used and as a result of such use has become
contaminated by physical or chemical impurities, such that it can no longer be
used for its original purpose.
A brief explanation of the solvent F-list classifications follows:
FOQl A waste mixture is given the F001 identification if it consists of one or
more of the following solvents and it was used for degreasing:
Tetrachloroethylene, trichloroethylene, methylene chloride, 1,1,1-
trichloroethane, carbon tetrachloride, and chlorinated fluorocarbons. The
mixture must contain, before use, at least one of the previously listed
solvents at a concentration of 10%. Also, an F001 listing applies if the
mixture contains 10%, before use, of one the solvents listed in F002, F004,
or F005 and that mixture was used for degreasing purposes.
F002 A waste mixture is given the F002 identification if it consists of one or
more of the following halogenated solvents and it is spent:
Tetrachloroethylene, methylene chloride, trichloroethylene, 1,1,1-
trichloroethane, chlorobenzene, 1,1,2-trichloro-l ,2,2-trifluoroethane,ortho-
dichlorobenzene, trichlorofluoromethane, and 1,1,2-trichloroethane. The
mixture must contain, before use, at least one of the previously listed
solvents at a concentration of 10%. Also, an F002 listing applies if the
mixture contains 10%, before use, of one the solvents listed in F001 and
that mixture was used for its solvent properties.
F003 A waste mixture is given the F003 identification if it consists of one or
more of the following non-halogenated solvents and it is spent: xylene,
acetone, ethyl acetate, ethyl benzene, ethyl ether, methyl isobutyl ketone,
n-butyl alcohol, cyclohexanone, and methanol. The F003 listing applies to
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX T
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 16 of 35
mixtures that contain one of these listed solvents and, a total of 10% or
more of one of those solvents listed in F001, F002, F004, and F005. If the
mixture contains one of the above non-halogenated solvents and other
non-F components, then the F003 identification does not apply. It is
helpful to think about an F003 solvent having three criteria for eligibility.
These criteria include:
• 100% of one F003 constituent
• 100% of only F003 constituents
• >10% of F001, F002, F004 or F005 and any amount of an F003
constituent.
F004 A waste mixture is given the F004 identification if it consists of one or
more of the following non-halogenated solvents and it is spent: Cresols
and cresylic acid, and nitrobenzene. The mixture must contain, before use,
at least one of the previously listed solvents at a concentration of 10%.
F005 A waste mixture is given the F005 identification if it consists of one or
more of the following non-halogenated solvents and it is spent: Toluene,
methyl ethyl ketone, carbon disulfide, isobutanol, pyridine, benzene, 2-
ethoxyethanol, and 2-nitropropane. The mixture must contain, before
use, at least one of the previously listed solvents at a concentration of 10%.
Wastes from Specific Sources
This category contains wastes generated by specific manufacturing processes.
These wastes are known as K-listed wastes. An example of a K-listed waste is
wastewater treatment sludge from the production of zinc yellow pigments
(classified as K004). Since GLNPO does not generate or handle wastes from
specific sources, these will not be discussed. For further information refer to 40
CFR 261.32.
Commercial Chemical Product Wastes
This category consists of two subcategories: P-listed wastes and U-listed wastes.
A material is given a P- or U- identification number only when it has not been
used. If the material has been used, then it is classified by the waste
characteristics it exhibits and/or the appropriate F- or K- identification number.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX T
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 17 of 35
P-wastes are acutely hazardous wastes and are subject to more stringent
requirements concerning empty containers and generator accumulation rate
limits. Examples of potential P-listed wastes generated by GLNPO include
unused: Mercuric thiocyanate and sodium azide.
U-wastes are toxic hazardous wastes and are subject to the same requirements as
characteristic wastes. Examples of U-listed wastes generated by GLNPO include
unused: methanol, 2-ethoxy ethanol, methylene chloride, acetone, and ethyl
ether.
The classification of a commercial chemical product waste can be complicated.
As stated previously, the material must be unused for the P or U classification to
apply. In addition, the chemical must be the sole active ingredient in the
product. A sole active ingredient is defined as the only chemically active
component for the function of the product. An example would be a solution of
sodium azide prepared in methylene chloride. The methylene chloride in this
scenario acts as a carrier for sodium azide (the sole active ingredient in the
mixture). The appropriate classification for this unused mixture is PI05.
However, if both chemicals are active ingredients, no sole active ingredient
would be identifiable and the P- and U-lists would not apply.
Characteristic Wastes
If a waste is not listed as hazardous, the waste may still be covered by RCRA
regulations if it exhibits one or more of the four hazardous waste characteristics:
ignitability, corrosivity, reactivity, or toxicity.
Ignitable Waste
The characteristic of ignitability was established to identify wastes capable of
causing a fire or exacerbating a fire. Generally, a waste is ignitable if it meets one
of the following criteria:
• Flammable Liquid: It is a liquid, other than an aqueous solution
containing less than 24% alcohol by volume, with a flashpoint of
less than 140 degrees Fahrenheit. Examples of flammable liquids
include: ethanol, hexane, isooctane, and petroleum ether.
• Flammable Solid: It is a solid and is capable, under standard
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX!
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 18 of 35
temperature and pressure, of causing fire through friction,
absorption of moisture, or spontaneous chemical changes and burns
so vigorously when ignited that it creates a hazard. Examples of
flammable solids include: hexamethylene tetraamine and
potassium.
• Ignitable Compressed Gas: It is an ignitable compressed gas as
defined by DOT regulations. A compressed gas is ignitable if it is
either a mixture of 13 percent or less with air, forms a flammable
mixture, or the flammable range with air is wider than 12 percent
regardless of the lower limit; the flame projects more than 18 inches
beyond the ignition source with valve opened fully, or, the flame
flashes back and burns at the valve with any degree of valve
opening; or there is any significant propagation of flame away from
the ignition source. Examples of ignitable compressed gases include:
acetylene and hydrogen.
• Oxidizer: It is an oxidizer as defined by DOT regulations. An
oxidizer is a substance that yields oxygen readily when involved in a
fire, thus accelerating and intensifying combustion. Examples of
oxidizers include: ammonium persulfate and potassium nitrate.
Wastes which exhibit the characteristic of ignitability as defined above are
assigned the EPA waste identification number D001.
Corrosive Wastes
The hazardous waste characteristic of corrosivity was established because EPA
believed that wastes capable of corroding metal could compromise the integrity
of containers and tanks and potentially liberate other wastes. Additionally,
wastes with highly acidic or basic properties may potentially harm handlers of
the wastes and aquatic life and may react vigorously if mixed with incompatible
wastes. A waste is corrosive by RCRA definition if it has one of the following
properties:
• It is aqueous and has a pH of less than 2 or greater than 12.5.
• It is a liquid and corrodes steel at a rate greater than 6.35 millimeters
per year.
Examples of corrosive wastes include: Ascorbic acid, hydrochloric acid, and nitric
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX!
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 19 of 35
acid. Note that if the waste is a solid the hazardous waste characteristic of
corrosivity does not apply.
Wastes which are characteristic for corrosivity are designated as EPA waste code
D002.
EPA and State regulations allow a generator of corrosive wastes to neutralize the
wastes thereby rendering them non-hazardous. This is specifically referred to in
hazardous waste regulations as "elementary neutralization." If an analyst has
generated a corrosive waste that is considered hazardous only due to its pH, the
analyst may neutralize that waste and discard it as nonhazardous.
Reactive Wastes
A waste is considered hazardous for reactivity if it exhibits any one of the
following characteristics:
• It is normally unstable and readily undergoes violent change
without detonating.
• It reacts violently with water.
• It forms potentially explosive mixtures with water.
• When mixed with water, it generates toxic gases, vapors or fumes in
a quantity sufficient to present a danger to human health or the
environment.
• It is a cyanide or sulfide bearing waste which, when exposed to pH
conditions between 2 and 12.5, can generate toxic gases, vapors or
fumes in a quantity sufficient to present a danger to human health
or the environment. If a cyanide bearing waste is capable of
releasing 250 mg HCN/kg of waste it is considered a hazardous
waste. If a sulfide bearing waste is capable of releasing 500 mg
PfcS/kg of waste it is considered a hazardous waste. Waste
chemicals which potentially exhibit this characteristic include:
potassium cyanide,
• It is capable of detonation or explosive reaction if it is subjected to a
strong initiating source or if heated under confinement
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX?
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 20 of 35
• It is readily capable of detonation or explosive decomposition or
reaction at standard temperature and pressure.
• It is a forbidden explosive or a Class A or B explosive as defined by
DOT regulations.
One method to determine whether a chemical may be a reactive waste is to
review the chemical's Material Safety Data Sheet. If the reactivity section
indicates that the chemical is unstable or lists conditions to avoid that are similar
to the above criteria, the chemical may be a reactive waste.
Toxic Wastes
The toxicity characteristic, known as the toxicity characteristic leaching procedure
(TCLP), is designated as D004 through D043. The TCLP is designed to identify
wastes that are likely to leach hazardous constituents into groundwater. EPA
established the testing procedure to simulate the leaching action that can occur in
a landfill. Even if the waste is not designated for a landfill, the waste is still
regulated under TCLP. Wastes must be evaluated to determine whether they
contain one or more of the following constituents in excess of regulated
concentrations:
EPA HW No. Chemical mg/1
D004 Arsenic 5.0
D005 Barium 100.0
D006 Cadmium 1.0
D007 Chromium 5.0
D008 Lead 5.0
D009 Mercury 0.2
D010 Selenium 1.0
D011 Silver 5.0
D012 Endrin 0.02
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX!
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 21 of 35
EPA HW No.
D013
D014
D015
D016
D017
D018
D019
D020
D021
D022
D023
D024
D025
D026
D027
D028
D029
D030
D031
D032
Chemical
Lindane
Methoxychlor
Toxaphene
2,4-D
2,4,5-TP (Silvex)
Benzene
Carbon Tetrachloride
Chlordane
Chlorobenzene
Chloroform
o-Cresol
m-Cresol
p-Cresol
Cresol
1,4-Dichlorobenzene
1,2-Dichloroethane
1,1-Dichloroethylene
2,4-Dinitrotoluene
Heptachlor (and its epoxide)
Hexachlorobenzene
mg/1
0.4
10.0
0.5
10.0
1.0
0.5
0.5
0.03
100.0
6.0
200.0
200.0
200.0
200.0
7.5
0.5
0.7
0.13
0.008
0.13
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX T
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 22 of 35
EPA HW No. Chemical mg/1
D033 Hexachlorobutadiene 0.5
D034 Hexachloroethane 3.0
D035 Methyl Ethyl Ketone 200.0
D036 Nitrobenzene 2.0
D037 Pentachlorophenol 100.0
D039 Pyridine 5.0
D040 Trichloroethylene 0.5
D041 2,4,5-Trichlorophenol 400.0
D042 2,4,6-Trichlorophenol 2.0
D043 Vinyl Chloride 0.2
If a waste contains one or more of the above constituents in concentrations
greater than the limits given above, the waste must be classified with the
appropriate D- waste code(s).
Waste Classification
When classifying waste, you must include all waste identification numbers that
apply. For example, waste sulfuric acid reagent used during chemical oxygen
demand analysis is classified with the hazardous waste numbers D002 (for
corrosivity) and D011 (for silver content).
If the waste is listed (P-, U-, or F-), the ECC must also evaluate whether it exhibits
a characteristic (corrosiviry, flammability, toxicity, reactivity). If the waste exhibits
a characteristic it would be classified with the appropriate listed waste
identification number and the appropriate characteristic designation. Note that a
waste that is listed as a P- or a U- cannot also be listed as F- or K-.
The proper classification of solvent wastes can be difficult. A solvent can
potentially be assigned D-, F-, or U- identification numbers depending upon how
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX T
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 23 of 35
it was used or not used. Flammable waste solvents always receive a D001
identification (regardless if used or unused). If the solvent is identified in the F-
list and it was used according to the F- criteria, then an F- identification applies.
If the solvent is unused, examine the U- list to determine whether an
identification number for that solvent exists.
If the waste is a mixture of several waste streams, the ECC may be required to
examine each waste stream individually to appropriately classify the mixture.
For example, if unused pyridine is placed in a waste carboy which already
contains a waste pyridine and and acetone mixture, several classifications may
apply. We will assume that the acetone acts as a carrier for the pyridine in the
mixture. In this case the mixture will be classified with the following
identification numbers:
• U196 the unused pyridine
• D001 the mixture has the characteristic of ignitability (acetone)
• D039 if the mixture contains greater than 5.0 mg/1 pyridine
Let's go further and toss some acetone used for glassware cleaning into the
carboy. The waste mixture will now be classified with the following
identification numbers:
• F003 the acetone was used for its solvent properties during
cleaning
• U196 the unused pyridine
• D001 the mixture has the characteristic of ignitability (acetone)
• D039 if the mixture contains greater than 5.0 mg/1 pyridine
Analytical Wastes
Analytical wastes should be appropriately segregated by waste type. Analysts
should refer to the Waste Stream Profile Sheets found in Appendix R, in this
manual "Hazardous Waste Contingency Plan" for proper identification of the
wastes that they generate. For waste streams not already profiled, the analyst
should contact the ECC for appropriate waste classification.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX T
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 24 of 35
Liquid analytical wastes are placed in one gallon safety coated glass containers.
The containers must be labeled with the waste stream identification number, the
words "hazardous waste," the date the carboy was opened, and appropriate
hazard warning. The carboy opened date is different from the start accumulation
date in the regulations.
According to Federal regulations, wastes may be stored at the point of generation
(i.e., a satellite storage area) until 55 gallons of hazardous waste or one quart of
toxic waste has accumulated before officially designating the waste as hazardous
waste. The supervisors are responsible for moving wastes to the storage area.
When accumulating waste at the point of generation, the carboys must be placed
in a containment pan capable of holding the volume of the carboy. This pan
must be compatible with the waste contained within the carboy. In addition, the
carboy must be kept capped except when adding or removing waste. The capping
requirement prevents the evaporation of waste into the room. The pan and
carboy must be secured to prevent tipping or spilling in the event of rough
weather.
All lab employees must use extreme caution when placing waste in the glass
containers. All transfer operations should take place under a hood. The
employee must also verify that the waste is placed in the proper container. If the
wrong waste is placed with another waste stream in the container, a violent
reaction could occur or toxic gases may be released.
Unused Chemicals
Chemicals that are no longer needed or have exceeded their shelf life typically
must be disposed of as hazardous waste. GLNPO conducts a "housecleaning" at
the end of each season to identify chemicals that are slated for disposal. The ECC
sends an inventory form to each of the supervisors. The supervisors inventory
the chemicals in their laboratories and determine those that have exceeded shelf
life or are no longer needed. Once this step has been completed, the ECC
removes the chemicals from the labs and transfers them to the hazardous
materials storage facility for waste identification number, lab packing and
disposal. Chemicals which are determined to be non-hazardous are placed in the
regular trash.
Chemicals stored in the Hazardous Materials Storage Van are examined for
expiration date, condition, and date of last use. Any chemical that has not been
used for two years is tentatively listed for disposal. This list is sent to the
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX T
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 25 of 35
supervisors who should identify which chemicals should be kept; for example,
pesticides that are no longer commercially available should be kept as lab
standards.
Empty bottles should be set aside for disposition by the ECC. The ECC determines
which bottles may be thrown away "as is" and those which must be triple-rinsed
with solvent then thrown away. Bottles containing a P-listed chemical must be
triple-rinsed with solvent prior to disposal. The solvent rinsate must then be
handled as a hazardous waste and classified with the appropriate F- identification
and P-identification. The ECC then disposes of the bottles in the appropriate
manner.
Samples
Few of the samples processed aboard ship are considered hazardous waste at the
time of disposal. Typically, samples consist of environmental media and have
been preserved in some manner. Those samples which have been preserved
using an acid solution may be disposed via sink after being neutralized to a pH in
the range of 6-9. Samples preserved with potassium dichromate are considered
hazardous waste and must be disposed of accordingly.
Labeling
The labeling requirements for hazardous wastes at the point of generation are
discussed in the Analytical Waste section of this chapter.
Hazardous wastes located in the hazardous materials storage van must be labeled
with the words "hazardous waste," the start accumulation date, and the
composition and physical state of the waste.
When lab packed drums are shipped to a disposal site, a more complete label is
required. This label must have the following information:
• Generator's name, address, and phone number
• Generator's EPA I.D. Number
• Exact waste description and DOT identification
o Hazard warning
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX T
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 26 of 35
Manifest number
The following statement: HAZARDOUS WASTE - State and
Federal Law Prohibits Improper Disposal. If found, contact the
nearest police or public safety authority or the California
Department of Health Services.
Storage and Accumulation Rates
The primary storage area for hazardous waste is the hazardous material storage
van. The hazardous material storage van is inspected weekly to ensure that
waste handling and storage meets the requirements of State and Federal
regulations. The ECC checks for proper labeling, accumulation time, leaking
containers and housekeeping. (Chapter 4 of the GLNFO RV Safety, Health and
Environmental Compliance Manual provides a copy of the inspection form.)
Any violations noted are corrected immediately and if they cannot be corrected
within 24 hours a memo to the inspection file is written outlining abatement
actions and expected completion dates. Once the violation is corrected an
additional memo is written to the file indicating completion date.
If hazardous wastes are temporarily stored elsewhere prior to disposal, that area
must also be inspected weekly (for example the hazardous material storage
building located in Bay City).
Federal and State regulations require a small quantity generator to accumulate
less than 1000 kilograms of hazardous waste per month. In addition, a small
quantity generator may never accumulate greater than 1 kilogram of extremely
hazardous waste in a month. If either of these accumulation limits are exceeded,
the vessel will become a large quantity generator and will be subject to more
stringent regulations.
In addition, a small quantity generator may never store more than 6000
kilograms of hazardous waste. Given the limited generation rates of the vessels
and the frequency of waste disposal, it is unlikely that GLNPO could exceed this
limit.
GLNPO policy is to dispose of all hazardous wastes at the end of each cruise. This
policy has been set in place as a means to minimize chemicals stored aboard ship;
thereby minimizing the potential for chemical exposure to employees. Note that
Federal requirements limit accumulation times onsite. A small quantity
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX!
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 27 of 35
generator must dispose of hazardous waste within 180 days of the accumulation
start date (or 270 days if the disposal facility is greater than 200 miles away). The
accumulation start date is when the first drop of waste is placed in a container in
the hazardous waste storage area (i.e., the hazardous materials storage van).
Note that when the waste is being accumulated at the point of generation (in the
lab), accumulation rate requirements do not apply. In other words, the clock does
not start ticking until the waste is placed in the hazardous materials storage van.
Disposal
GLNPO complies with EPA's off-site policy. EPA's off-site policy requires that
EPA facilities dispose of wastes only at sites that are in compliance with EPA off-
site regulations and policies. The ECC is required to verify compliance before
each shipment of hazardous waste. This is important because sites have been
known to move in and out of compliance; thus a site that was in compliance the
last time a shipment occurred may not be in compliance the next time. The ECC
verifies compliance with the RCRA off-site compliance coordinator in the
Region the disposal site is located. A current list of EPA Regional Offsite
Coordinators can be obtained from the Regional Health and Safety Manager.
GLNPO utilizes a contractor to lab pack all wastes and transport them to the
disposal facility. Lab packs are the most convenient, economical, and safe
method available to GLNPO due to the relatively low waste generation rate.
Generator Identification Numbers
Each vessel possesses a Federal and State Hazardous Waste Generator's
Identification Number. The Identification Numbers are as follows:
GLNPO RV:
State Hazardous Waste Identification No.: MI6680090317
Federal Hazardous Waste Identification No.: MI6680090317
Land Disposal Restrictions
EPA restricts land disposal of wastes which contain constituent concentrations in
excess of allowed limits. Some waste constituents are prohibited from land
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX T
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 28 of 35
disposal and some constituents must be treated to a certain concentration prior to
land disposal. EPA promulgated the land disposal restriction program to
minimize generators' reliance on land disposal of untreated hazardous wastes,
and to facilitate the development of advanced waste treatment and recycling
technologies.
The generator is required to determine whether a waste stream is regulated
under land disposal restrictions (LDR). If the stream is restricted, then the
generator must notify the waste broker of this through an LDR notification. The
notification must contain the following information:
• EPA hazardous waste number
• The corresponding treatment standard for the constituent
• Waste analysis data (where available)
• The manifest number associated with the shipment of the waste.
• A certification statement.
Currently, the waste broker used by GLNPO handles all identification and
notification for wastes which are regulated under LDR.
The ECC ensures that LDR notifications accompany the waste manifest and that a
copy is maintained in GLNPO files. Unlike hazardous waste manifests which
must be maintained for three years, all LDR paperwork must be maintained
aboard ship for five years after waste shipment.
Manifesting. Reporting and Record Keeping
GLNPO completes a Uniform Hazardous Waste Manifest and other required
paperwork for each shipment of hazardous waste. Other paperwork may include
land ban notifications to disposal facilities indicating that the wastes are
prohibited from land disposal unless treated to comply with Federal standards.
The State of Wisconsin requires each generator to submit an annual report
outlining the types and quantities of wastes generated in the applicable calendar
year. GLNPO completes this report and provides it to the State by March of each
year for wastes generated aboard the R/V Roger R. Simons.
Copies of all manifests and reports must be maintained for five years in order to
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX!
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 29 of 35
assist in identifying the location, type, and quantity of wastes should a disposal
facility used by GLNPO ever need to trace the wastes' origins. By law, the original
copies of manifests must be kept at the generator location. Therefore, a
permanent file must be kept aboard the ship. The Captain maintains records that
are less than five years old for each ship. Records which are greater than five
years old are maintained in the GLNPO office. Copies of the manifests and
ancillary paperwork are also provided to the Regional Health and Safety
Manager after each waste shipment.
7 - POLYCHLORINATED BIPHENYLS (PCBs)
PCB management is governed under Section 6 of TSCA and the regulations are
codified at 40 CFR Part 761. TSCA primarily applies to manufacturers,
distributors, processors, and importers of chemicals. All Federal facilities,
however, who use or dispose of any PCB items are subject to TSCA regulations.
TSCA regulations divide PCBs into three classes: less than 50 ppm PCB's (no
regulations apply); 50-500 ppm PCBs (regulated concentrations); greater than or
equal to 500 ppm PCBs (more stringent regulations).
Currently, GLNPO activities aboard ship do not utilize regulated concentrations
or quantities of PCBs. However, if future analytical activities incorporate the use
of regulated PCBs, analysts must refer to this chapter to ensure compliance with
TSCA regulations.
Analytical activities involving the use of PCB standards are subject to TSCA
regulations if the original concentration of the PCB standard was greater than or
equal to 50 ppm PCBs. If a starting PCB material has a concentration of greater
than 50 ppm PCBs, it must always be handled as if it has the original
concentration level even if the concentration has been reduced through analysis
or mixing with other materials.
If GLNPO purchases standards in concentrations of less than 50 ppm, TSCA
regulations do not apply. If GLNPO purchases PCB solutions in concentrations
greater than or equal to 50 ppm, then TSCA regulations apply. In addition, PCBs
may only be purchased from an organization that is authorized to sell PCBs.
Labeling
All standards, stock solutions, and analyzed samples having original
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX T
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 30 of 35
concentrations greater than 50 parts per million (ppm) PCBs must be labeled in
accordance with the TSCA regulations. Labeling identifies PCBs for the
protection of emergency response personnel. Large containers must be
individually labeled. Since small containers, such as samples and standards,
cannot be individually labeled due to their size, the label may be placed on the
box in which small containers are stored. In addition, doors to rooms in which
PCBs are stored must be labeled with a large PCB mark.
Storage
When collecting PCB wastes with original concentrations of less than 500 ppm in
the laboratory or under the lab hood, the analyst should use 1 gallon DOT
specification 17E containers for liquid wastes and 1 gallon DOT specification 17C
containers for solids. The containers should be closed, labeled and kept under a
lab hood. The container must be labeled with a start accumulation date once any
amount of PCB waste is placed into it. Wastes with original concentrations of
less than 500 ppm may be stored in the laboratory for 30 days, then must be
moved to the hazardous waste storage facility. Containers which are nearly full
should be removed to the hazardous waste storage facility even if 30 days has not
yet elapsed. Analysts should not allow the container to be completely filled in
order to protect against overflow.
PCB wastes with original concentrations greater than 500 ppm cannot be stored at
the "point of generation" unless the storage area meets TSCA requirements.
Therefore, analysts should move these wastes to the hazardous waste storage
facility once the day's analysis is complete.
PCB wastes may be stored for 270 days (this includes the 30 days allowed at the
point of generation) prior to disposal. Therefore, PCB wastes must be disposed of
before the 270th day has elapsed.
Dilution
TSCA regulations are strict when regulating dilution of PCBs. If a starting PCB
material has a concentration of greater than 50 ppm PCBs, it must always be
handled as if it has the original concentration level even if the concentration has
been reduced through analysis or mixing with other materials. Essentially one
cannot dilute PCBs in order to avoid handling the material as a PCB material or
waste. Some examples of dilutions that are not allowed follow:
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX T
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 31 of 35
Cannot mix >50 ppm PCB material with <50 ppm PCB material in a
common container to reduce the PCB concentration below
regulated levels.
Cannot mix >500 ppm PCB material with <500 ppm PCB material in
a common container to avoid incineration requirements for
disposal.
Spill Cleanup
40 CFR Part 761 has strict requirements relating to the cleanup of spills of PCB
materials. The analyst should refer to the Hazardous Materials Contingency
Plan, Appendix R, in this manual, for handling PCB spills involving less than
one milliliter. In addition, the analyst must perform wipe tests as described in
the Contingency Plan to ensure that dean up is successful.
Although Federal regulations do not require reporting or documenting PCB
spills of less than 10 pounds, GLNPO policy is to document every hazardous
materials response occurring in the laboratory, regardless of volume of PCB
material involved. The employee in charge of the spill cleanup must submit a
report to the Environmental Compliance Coordinator.
Disposal
PCBs may be stored on site for 270 days after being designated for disposal.
Disposal is handled in the same manner as hazardous wastes, so the reader
should refer to the appropriate section of the Hazardous waste chapter.
8 - DISPOSAL OF RADIOACTIVE WASTES
Depending on the type, activity, origin, physical state, and composition of
radioactive waste, the Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC), the EPA, or both
may have regulatory jurisdiction for waste disposal. GLNPO employees are
responsible for knowing and complying with the applicable regulations for the
wastes they generate.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX!
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 32 of 35
Mixed Low-Level Waste (Mixed LLW)
For the purposes of this manual, mixed LLW is defined as a waste which is both
RCRA hazardous and contains regulated quantities of radioisotopes. GLNPO can
potentially generate two mixed LLW streams:
• RCRA hazardous scintillation fluids containing regulated quantities
of radioisotopes
• LLW containing heavy metals, such as discarded lead shielding or
discarded lead-lined containers.
Since mixed LLW must be managed and disposed of in compliance with the
regulations of both EPA and the NRC, there is a definite benefit for GLNPO to
minimize the generation of mixed LLW through management practices such as
waste segregation, materials substitution and materials tracking.
GLNPO encourages the use of scintillation fluids that are not RCRA hazardous,
such as Ecoscint. Any analyst wishing to use a scintillation fluid which is a
hazardous waste when disposed of must obtain the permission of the RSO and
the ECC prior to ordering the scintillation fluid.
In addition, the RSO must have advance notice of mixed LLW waste generation
so that timely and proper disposal methods can be arranged.
Sewer Disposal
All LLW materials generated on board GLNPO research vessels must be
transported to the U. S. WPA Central Regional Laboratory, in accordance with the
requirements specified in "Procedures for the Transportation of Hazardous
Material/Waste by Great Lakes National Program Office Via Government
Vehicle and Government Employee Driver." The Radiation Safety Officer must
be notified each time LLW is transported to CRL in order to meet inventory and
disposal requirements in accordance with CRL's NRC license.
NRC regulations (10 CFR Part 20.303) allow for sewer disposal of NRC licensed
material as long as the following conditions are met:
• The material is not a mixed LLW
• The material is readily soluble/dispersable in water
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX!
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 33 of 35
• The quantity of radioisotopes released in one day does not result in
an average concentration equal to the limits specified in Appendix
B of 10 CFR Part 20, or 10 times the limits specified in Appendix C,
10CFRPart20
• The quantity of radioisotopes released in one month, which if
diluted by the average monthly quantity of water released by the
licensee, does not result in an average concentration exceeding the
limits specified in Appendix B, 10 CFR Part 20
• Does not exceed, excluding hydrogen-3 and carbon-14, one curie per
year
• Does not exceed five curies per year for hydrogen-3 and one curie
per year for carbon-14.
The RSO is responsible for all sewer disposal of radioisotopes generated by
GLNPO activities. Any analyst wishing to dispose of radioisotopes via this
method must coordinate with the RSO to ensure that all of the above conditions
are met.
The RSO must have on hand records from the building engineer reflecting the
average daily flow rates for use in calculating the average concentrations of
disposed materials. These records are necessary because the concentration limits
are regulated at the point the effluent meets the public sewer, not at the
individual sink, the point of disposal.
In addition, the RSO maintains a log for all sewer disposal of radioisotopes. The
log indicates the date of disposal, the quantity released to the sewer, the estimated
average concentration, the sink where the disposal took place, and the person
conducting the disposal. Refer to Appendix 9-A, 10 CFR Part 20, for an example
of the log.
Disposal of Radioactive Wastes
Upon occasion, GLNPO generates radioactive wastes that cannot be disposed of
via sewer or normal trash. This waste must be packaged, stored, and shipped in
accordance with NRC requirements. Radioactive waste includes:
• Personal protective equipment and lab towels contaminated with
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX!
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 34 of 35
any amount of radioisotopes. Under NRC regulations, even if one
drop of scintillation fluid is dropped on a towel, it is a low-level
radioactive waste and must be disposed of with an authorized waste
handler
• Lab glassware that cannot be cleaned to contamination less than 100
dpm/100 square centimeters
• Radioisotopes determined by the RSO to exceed sewer disposal
limits or which are above regulatory concern
• Scintillation fluids containing greater than 0.05 microcuries of
hydrogen-3 or carbon-14 per gram of medium.
Solid radioactive wastes are transported to CRL and placed in a drum in Room
1045. The drum is labeled with the yellow and magenta radiation warning mark.
The RSO is the only person authorized at CRL to place wastes in the drum (when
the RSO is not available the ECC acts as the RSO's backup). The analyst should
inform the RSO of wastes slated for disposal.
The RSO maintains a log indicating the approximate volume of waste, the
approximate activity, radioisotope identity(s), the drum the waste was placed in,
the date the waste was placed in the drum, and the date the drum was shipped to
an authorized disposal site.
Appendix 9-B, 10 CFR Part 20, contains an example of the log.
Mixed low-level radioactive wastes are placed in bottles, then packed with
vermiculite in paint cans. The cans must be labeled with radioactive warning
labels, marked with the start accumulation date, and logged. The labeled paint
cans are then placed in a designated area in the hazardous materials storage
facility. The RSO arranges for the disposal of the materials through an
authorized disposal company.
Shipment Requirements for Radioactive Wastes
Each shipment of radioactive waste to an authorized disposal facility must be
accompanied by appropriate shipping documents. The shipping documents
must include the following information:
• The name, address, and phone number of the generator,
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX!
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 35 of 35
• The name, address and phone number of the transporter,
• A physical description of the waste, volume, radionuclide identity
and quantity, total radioactivity, the principal chemical form, and
the solidification agent
• A certification by the generator that the materials are properly
classified, described, packaged, marked and labeled and in proper
condition for transportation
• The date and signature of the generator's authorized representative,
for example the RSO or ECC.
The RSO works with the waste processor to properly manifest the waste and
identify it per NRC requirements. Specifically:
•> The wastes must be classified according to 10 CFR Part 61.55 criteria
and meet the waste characteristics requirements in 10 CFR 61.56
• Each package of waste must be labeled to identify whether it is Class
A, B or C waste
• Manifests must meet the requirements of 10 CFR Part 20.311.
9 - EMERGENCY PLANNING AND COMMUNITY RIGHT-TO-KNOW
The Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know Act of 1986 (EPCRA),
promulgated along with the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act
of 1986 (SARA), was designed to promote emergency planning efforts at State
and local levels and provide citizens and local governments with information
concerning potential chemical hazards in their communities. The act, known as
Title III, imposes requirements for facilities to provide emergency hazardous
chemical release notification, chemical inventory reporting, and toxic chemical
release reporting. The Federal government authorized State and local
authorities to administer these requirements.
The ships are not subject to Emergency Planning and Community-Right-to-
Know as they are considered research laboratories.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX U
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: lofU
Survey for Asbestos-Containing Materials
USEPA REGION V - GLNPO - THE R/V LAKE GUARDIAN AND WAREHOUSE
Bay City, Michigan
APPENDIX U- SURVEY FOR ASBESTOS-CONTAINING MATERIALS
1. SUMMARY
In October, 1992, Helix Environmental, Inc. was contacted to assist the USEPA
Region 5 in the development of an Operations and Maintenance (O&M) Plan for
Asbestos-Containing Building Materials aboard the USEPA Region 5 Research
Vessel, Lake Guardian, as well as the warehouse containing ship supplies in Bay
City, Michigan. The O&M plan development is in response to EPA's National Policy
Statement for ACM (No. SHEMD-92-001) addressing the management of Asbestos-
Containing Materials (ACM) in EPA facilities.
On October 30 and 31, 1992 an asbestos survey was performed by Helix
Environmental, Inc. to sample, identify, and assess the condition of suspect asbestos-
containing building materials. The enclosed report summarizes the results of the
survey, the sampling and analytical procedures, and the physical condition
assessment report, as well as a discussion and recommendations. The draft O&M
Plan can be found as an Appendix to this report, for consideration by USEPA Region
V.
The inspection was performed by Ms. Melody A. Pieper, Industrial Hygienist with
Helix Environmental under the direct supervision of Mr. Ralph A. Froehlich. Mr.
Froehlich is a Certified Industrial Hygienist (CIH) with more than fifteen years of
experience in the fields of industrial hygiene and environmental consulting. Both
Ms. Pieper and Mr. Froehlich are certified by the Ohio Department of Public Health
as Asbestos Hazard Evaluation Specialists (Cert. No. 3786 and 3074 respectively). Ms.
Pieper is also certified in the state of Michigan as an Asbestos Building Inspector and
Management Planner (Certification No. 275-60-6415).
A visual inspection of the warehouse and ship was performed to identify suspect
asbestos-containing building materials. Samples of suspect materials were collected
and analyzed to confirm the presence of asbestos in the materials. Friable and non-
friable suspect materials were identified. ("Friable" materials can be crumbled or
pulverized using hand pressure, releasing asbestos fibers into the air.)
Twenty-one samples of suspect materials were obtained using convenience
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX U
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 2 of 14
Survey for Asbestos-Containing Materials
USEPA REGION V - GLNPO - THE R/V LAKE GUARDIAN AND WAREHOUSE
Bay City, Michigan
sampling at locations where the suspect materials was exposed. Of the twenty-one
samples collected, two were found to be asbestos-containing. The samples consisted
of floor tile found in the warehouse men's restroom and in the warehouse
basement office and restroom. In addition, transite pipe on heating units in the
warehouse was not sampled, but assumed to be positive. The pipe was identified by
labels from its manufacturer, Johns Manville Company.
2. INTRODUCTION
On October, 1992, Helix Environmental, Inc. was contacted to assist the USEPA
Region 5 in the development of an Operations and Maintenance (O&M) Plan for
Asbestos-Containing Building Materials for the USEPA Region 5 Research Vessel,
Lake Guardian, as well as the warehouse containing ship supplies in Bay City,
Michigan. The O&M plan development is in response to EPA's National Policy
Statement for ACM (No. SHEMD-92-001), addressing the management of Asbestos-
Containing Materials (ACM) in EPA facilities.
On October 30 and 31,1992, prior to the development of an O &M Plan, an asbestos
survey was performed by Helix Environmental, Inc. to identify the presence, the
locations and condition of ACM. The enclosed report summarizes the results of the
survey, the sampling and analytical procedures, and the physical condition
assessment report, as well as a discussion and recommendations. The O&M Plan
can be found as an Appendix to this report.
The inspection was performed by Ms. Melody A. Pieper, Industrial Hygienist with
Helix Environmental under the direct supervision of Mr. Ralph A. Froehlich. Mr.
Froehlich is a Certified Industrial Hygienist (CIH) with more than fifteen years of
experience in the fields of industrial hygiene and environmental consulting. Both
Ms. Pieper and Mr. Froehlich are certified by the Ohio Department of Public Health
as Asbestos Hazard Evaluation Specialists (Cert. No. 3786 and 3074 respectively).
A visual inspection of the ship and warehouse was performed to identify possible
asbestos-containing materials. The USEPA Lake Guardian, formerly an offshore oil-
field vessel, was retrofitted and updated with laboratories and scientific equipment
to perform environmental monitoring and research studies throughout each of the
Great Lakes. The ship is 180 feet long with a beam of 40 feet and contains 16 cabins, a
galley, messroom, laboratories, and engine room. The warehouse, where ship
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX U
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 3 of 14
Survey for Asbestos-Containing Materials
USEPA REGION V-GLNPO- THE R/V LAKE GUARDIAN AND WAREHOUSE
Bay City, Michigan
supplies are stored, is a one story facility with basement storage. Samples of suspect
materials were collected to confirm the presence of asbestos in the materials. Friable
and non-friable suspect materials were identified. ('Triable" materials can be
crumbled or pulverized using hand pressure, releasing asbestos fibers into the air.)
Twenty-one samples of suspect materials were obtained using convenience
sampling at locations where the suspect materials were exposed. The samples were
sent to Analytics Laboratory in Richmond, Virginia, for analysis via Polarized Light
Microscopy (PLM). Analytics maintains accreditation from the American Industrial
Hygiene Association and successfully participates in the NIST National Voluntary
Laboratory Accreditation Plan (NVLAP) for bulk asbestos analysis.
3. INSPECTION AND SAMPLING PROCEDURES
A visual inspection of the warehouse and ship was performed to identify suspect
Asbestos-Containing Building Materials (ACBM) as well as other miscellaneous
ACM materials used within the facility (suspect ACM not classified as ACBM).
twenty-two homogeneous materials were identified as suspect ACM. They are as
follows:
SUSPECT ASBESTOS-CONTAINING BUILDING MATERIALS (ACBM):
MATERIAL DESCRIPTION FUNCTIONAL AREA MATERIAL TYPE AMOUNT
2'x 4'Ceiling tile Stored in warehouse Miscellaneous -400 SF
(not installed)
Bagged insulation debris Stored in warehouse Miscellaneous Unable to
quantify
Roof drain insulation Warehouse Insulation -15 LF
12" x 12" Brown/beige Basement of Warehouse Floor tile 105 SF
floor tile
Transite pipe on heating units Basement of Warehouse Piping -40 LF
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX U
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 4 of 14
Survey for Asbestos-Containing Materials
USEPA REGION V-GLNPO-THE R/V LAKE GUARDIAN AND WAREHOUSE
Bay City, Michigan
SUSPECT ASBESTOS-CONTAINING BUILDING MATERIALS (ACBM):
(continued):
MATERIAL DESCRIPTION
Hard thermal system
insulation
Joints associated with TSI
Layered paper on TSI
Joints associated with
;layered paper TSI
Drywall
12" x 12" Cream floor tile
Hard plaster ceiling
Residual insulation above
drop ceiling
Thermal system insulation
line associated with air
filtration
Hard miscellaneous
TSI associated with
engines
Trowled-on wall covering
White "rubber-like"
floor covering
Hard TSI on exhaust duct
FUNCTIONAL AREA
Basement of Warehouse
Basement of Warehouse
Basement of Warehouse
Basement of Warehouse
Throughout Warehouse
Entry of Warehouse
Entry of Warehouse and
restrooms
Throughout ship
Throughout ship
Engine compartment
Science storage room
on mechanical level
Multi-lab
Exhaust trunks in
engine room
MATERIAL TYPE
Insulation
Insulation
Insulation
Insulation
Drywall
Floor tile
Plaster
Insulation
Insulation
Insulation
Wall covering
Floor covering
Insulation
AMOUNT
-130 SF
-25 joints
-200 LF
-15 joints
385 SF
2020 SF
2220 SF
Not able
to quantify
167 LF
30 LF
520 SF
168 SF
530 LF
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX U
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 5 of 14
Survey for Asbestos-Containing Materials
USEPA REGION V - GLNPO - THE R/V LAKE GUARDIAN AND WAREHOUSE
Bay City, Michigan
SUSPECT ASBESTOS-CONTAINING BUILDING MATERIALS (ACBM)
(continued):
MATERIAL DESCRIPTION FUNCTIONAL AREA MATERIAL TYPE AMOUNT
Wall and ceiling insulation Exhaust trunks in Insulation 224 SF
engine room
Cloth-like material behind Laundry room Miscellaneous 80 SF
washer and dryer
2'x 4'Drop ceiling, perforated Messroom, lounge, Ceiling tile 895 SF
Multi lab
Tan "rubber like" floor Bridge, messroom, Floor covering -2050 SF
covering multi lab, and lab area
Samples of suspect materials were obtained using random convenience sampling
techniques. Convenience sampling minimizes the damage to existing building
systems and is an appropriate technique to use in the sampling of miscellaneous
materials. Convenience sampling calls for the sampling of materials at locations
where the material is damaged or exposed.
Representative samples of the suspect materials were obtained using appropriate
sampling tools. The samples were placed in labeled, resealable sampling bags. The
outside of the sampling container, all sampling tools, and the immediate area were
then wiped using new moist towelettes and/or HEPA vacuumed, to minimize the
possibility of contamination. The sample locations were photographed for the
purpose of documentation. Sampling personnel from Helix Environmental, Inc.
used personal protection equipment, including North half-face air-purifying
respirators with HEPA cartridges during sampling, to minimize the possibility of
personal exposure to asbestos.
Samples were packaged in a rigid container with sample data sheets, chain-of-
custody form and appropriate analytical request form. Copies of each were retained
by Helix Environmental, Inc. Samples were shipped via courier to the laboratory for
analysis.
Sampled suspect materials were assessed as to the type of material, amount,
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX U
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 6 of 14
Survey for Asbestos-Containing Materials
USEPA REGION V-GLNPO- THE R/V LAKE GUARDIAN AND WAREHOUSE
Bay City, Michigan
condition and disturbance potential, and were noted on physical assessment records.
Condition of materials were rated as to the extent of damage to the materials.
Undamaged materials were given a condition assessment of "good". Materials
having less than 10% localized or less than 25% distributed damage were given a
"fair" (damaged)* condition assessment. Materials having more than 10% localized
or more than 25% distributed damage were given a "poor" (significantly damaged)
condition assessment. Sample locations, assessments, assumed ACBM logs and
sample logs are attached as appendices. Photographs of suspect materials are also
attached as an appendix.
Air samples were also collected for airborne asbestos fibers in the laboratory area and
outside the building. Air was sampled at a height of 4-6 feet using 25mm O.Sum
pore sized mixed cellulose ester filter cassettes with 50mm conductive cowls and
calibrated Medo, Alpha, and SKC sampling pumps. All pumps were calibrated
using a mini-Buck primary flow calibrator (Model M-30) before and after the
sampling period. Flow rates ranged from 6.69 to 8.05 Lpm during the 388 to 399
minute sampling period with final air volumes ranging from 2595.7 to 3160.1 L.
Two field blanks were obtained in accordance with the NIOSH 7400 sampling
protocol. Copies of the field data sheets and pump calibration records are attached.
4. ANALYTICAL PROCEDURES
The samples were sent via courier to Roche Analytics Laboratory in Richmond,
Virginia where they were analyzed via Polarized Light Microscopy with dispersion
staining in accordance with the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency's Interim
Method for the Determination of Asbestos in Bulk Insulation Samples (EPA-
600/M4-82-020,May, 1982). Under this method, the limit of detection for asbestos is
about 1 percent by area. Samples containing lesser amounts of asbestos are not
reliably detected by this technique. Polarized Light Microscopes equipped with 10X
eyepieces and 10X and 40X objective lenses and dispersion staining lenses were used
to identify fibers present in the samples.
Roche Analytics Laboratory maintains accreditation from the American Industrial
Hygiene Association and has received accreditation through successful participation
in the NIST National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Plan (NVLAP) for bulk
sample analysis. AIHA-accredited laboratories undergo regular reviews to ensure
that they have the qualified personnel, equipment, facilities, procedures, and quality
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX U
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 7 of 14
Survey for Asbestos-Containing Materials
USEPA REGION V-GLNPO-1HE R/V LAKE GUARDIAN AND WAREHOUSE
Bay City, Michigan
assurance/quality control programs necessary to properly perform industrial
hygiene analyses in a well-documented manner. This ensures that the analytical
results accurately reflect conditions during the sampling period. As part of the
accreditation process, all the laboratories must also participate successfully in the
NIOSH/AIHA Proficiency Analytical Testing (PAT) program. Analytical results are
attached as an appendix.
5. APPLICABLE STANDARDS
USEPA regulates friable and potentially friable asbestos-containing materials under
the National Emission Standard for Hazardous Air Pollutants (NESHAP). Asbestos-
containing materials are subject to regulation if the asbestos content exceeds 1% in
weight. The Ohio EPA has adopted equivalent regulations and enforces them in
Ohio through local air pollution control agencies and the OEPA.
For asbestos, the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) has
established an eight-hour Time-Weighted Average Permissible Exposure Limit of
0.2 fibers/cc, and an eight-hour TWA Action Level of 0.1 fibers/cc (29 CFR 1926.58).
A thirty minute excursion limit of 1 fiber/cc has also been established. Recently,
OSHA proposed to eliminate the TWA Action Level of 0.1 fibers/cc and reduce the
Permissible Exposure Limit for asbestos to 0.1 fiber/cc.
USEPA has promulgated the Worker Protection Rule in 40 CFR 763.121 which
provides public workers, such as EPA ship-board crew, with equivalent protection as
private employees have under OSHA. The Worker Protection Rule also established
a Permissible Exposure Limit of 0.2 fibers/cc for an eight-hour TWA exposure, with
a 0.1 fiber/cc Action Level.
The American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists (ACGIH)
recommends an eight-hour TWA Threshold Limit Value of between 0.2 and 2
fibers/cc, depending on the type of asbestos (1987-1988 TLV), and notes that asbestos
is a confirmed human carcinogen. Recently, ACGIH proposed to lower the TLV for
asbestos to 0.2 fibers/cc (1991-1992 TLVs). ACGIH TLVs denote concentrations and
conditions to which it is believed that nearly all workers may be repeatedly exposed
day after day without adverse effect.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX U
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 8 of 14
Survey for Asbestos-Containing Materials
USEPA REGION V-GLNPO-THE EJV LAKE GUARDIAN AND WAREHOUSE
Bay City, Michigan
6. BULK SAMPLING RESULTS
The following samples of floor tile were found to contain asbestos. The inspection
and sample results are as follows:
INSPECTION AND SAMPLING SUMMARY OF ASBESTOS-CONTAINING MATERIALS ABOARD
THE U. S. EPA REGION 5 R/V LAKE GUARDIAN AND IN THE WAREHOUSE FACILITY, BAY CITY,
MICHIGAN, OCTOBER 1992, BY HEJJX ENVIRONMENTAL, INC.
SAMPLE
NUMBER
LAB
NUMBER
LOCATION
12" X12" Floor Tile-Cream
754-10-30-02 309-0042-02 Warehouse
SW corner of entry
at doorway to men's
restroom
12" X12" Floor Tile-Brown and beige
754-10-30-04
309-0042-04 Warehouse
Basement office
Transite Pipe
(not sampled) Warehouse
Thermal System Insulation
(not sampled) Warehouse
AMOUNT
2020 SF
ASBESTOS %
CONDITION AND TYPE
Fair
105 SF
Fair
1-5%*
Chrysotile*
Mastic only
10%
Chrysotile*
Tile fc Mastic
Assumed
Assumed
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX U
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 9 of 14
Survey for Asbestos-Containing Materials
USEPA REGION V - GLNPO - THE R/V LAKE GUARDIAN AND WAREHOUSE
Bay City, Michigan
INSPECTION AND SAMPLING SUMMARY OF NON ASBESTOS-CONTAINING MATERIALS
ABOARD THE U. S. EPA REGION 5 R/V LAKE GUARDIAN AND IN THE WAREHOUSE FACILITY,
BAY CITY, MICHIGAN, OCTOBER 199Z, BY HELIX ENVIRONMENTAL, INC.
SAMPLE
NUMBER
LAB
NUMBER
LOCATION
Hard Plaster Ceiline
754-10-30-01
309-0042-01 Warehouse
H VAC space above restrooms
Drywall
754-10-30-03
2' x 4' Ceiling tile
754-10-30-05
309-0042-03 Warehouse
Throughout
309-0042-05 Warehouse basement
not installed
ASBESTOS %
AND TYPE
ND
(Nothing
Detected)
ND
ND
Insulation debris in bags
754-10-30-06 309-0042-06 Warehouse basement
ND
"Drywall"- like material
754-10-30-07 309-0042-07 Warehouse above HVAC
space
Tan "rubber-like" floor covering
754-10-31-01 309-0036-01 Ship - between messroom
and lab level
2' x 4' White drop ceiling, perforated
ND
ND
ND
754-10-31-02 309-0036-02 Ship - Lounge area
starboard corner
INSPECTION AND SAMPLING SUMMARY OF NON ASBESTOS-CONTAINING MATERIALS
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX U
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 10 of 14
Survey for Asbestos-Containing Materials
USEPA REGION V - GLNPO - THE RJV LAKE GUARDIAN AND WAREHOUSE
Bay City, Michigan
ABOARD THE U. S. EPA REGION 5 R/V LAKE GUARDIAN AND IN THE WAREHOUSE FACILrTY,
BAY CITY, MICHIGAN, OCTOBER 199^ BY HEUX ENVIRONMENTAL, INC. (continued)
SAMPLE
NUMBER
LAB
NUMBER
LOCATION
Cloth like insulation material
754-10-31-03 309-0036-03 Ship - Laundry room
Starboard side
Wall and ceiling insulation
754-10-31-04 309-0036-04 Ship - exhaust tank off
of laundry room, port side
ASBESTOS %
AND TYPE
ND
ND
(Nothing
Detected)
Hard TSI pn Exhaust Ducts
754-10-31-05
309-0036-05 Ship - 2" 0 pipe inside port side
exhaust tank
Hard TSI on Exhaust Ducts
754-10-31-06
309-0036-06 Ship - 6" 0 pipe inside port side
exhaust tank
White rubber-like floor covering
754-10-31-07
309-0036-07 Ship - Multi-Lab area and
outside of Organic Analytical Lab
Troweled-on wall covering
754-10-31-08
309-0036-08 Ship - Auxiliary machinery
space, port side
Hard TSI associated with engines
754-10-31-09
ND
ND
ND
ND
ND
309-0036-09 Ship - Central smaller engines
in engine compartment, starboard side
INSPECTION AND SAMPLING SUMMARY OF NON ASBESTOS-CONTAINING MATERIALS
ABOARD THE U. S. EPA REGION 5 R/V LAKE GUARDIAN AND IN THE WAREHOUSE FAOLrTY,
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX U
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 11 of 14
Survey for Asbestos-Containing Materials
USEPA REGION V - GLNPO - THE R/V LAKE GUARDIAN AND WAREHOUSE
Bay City, Michigan
BAY CITY, MICHIGAN, OCTOBER 199?, BY HELIX ENVIRONMENTAL, INC. (continued)
SAMPLE LAB ASBESTOS %
NUMBER NUMBER LOCATION ANP TYPE
Hard TSI on Exhaust ducts
754-10-31-10 309-0036-10 Ship - Engine compartment ND
Port side
TSI Associated with air filtration system
754-10-31-11 309-0036-11 Ship - Air filtration unit ND
starboard bow corner (Nothing
Detected)
Residual insulation on electrical conduit and beams
754-10-31-12 309-0036-12 Ship - Mess room ND
Residual insulation on electrical conduit and beams
754-10-31-13 309-0036-13 Ship - Mess room ND
Hard thermal system insulation
754-10-31-14 309-0036-14 Ship - 2" 0 engine room ND
port side
Under the provisions of the Asbestos Hazard Emergency Response Act of 1986
(AHERA), all asbestos-containing building materials (ACBM) must be identified in
all primary and secondary schools in the United States. New legislation was
recently introduced in the U.S. Congress to extend the scope of AHERA to include
all public, commercial, and government buildings. Asbestos-containing building
materials include all asbestos-containing materials within a building and does not
include any asbestos-containing materials outside a structure. The asbestos survey
of the USEPA Region V warehouse facility and research vessel, Lake Guardian, was
based on AHERA protocol. Samples analyzed from floor tile in the warehouse
revealed the presence of chrysotile asbestos-containing material. The assumed
material included the transite piping in the basement of the warehouse.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX U
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 12 of 14
Survey for Asbestos-Containing Materials
USEPA REGION V - GLNPO - THE R/V LAKE GUARDIAN AND WAREHOUSE
Bay City, Michigan
7. DISCUSSION AND RECOMMENDATIONS
A visual inspection of the building was performed to identify suspect asbestos-
containing building materials (ACBM) as well as identification of miscellaneous
asbestos-containing materials not associated with the building structure. Twenty-
two homogeneous materials were identified as suspect asbestos-containing material
(ACM). Twenty-one samples of suspect materials (ACBM) were obtained using
random convenience sampling techniques.
Of the twenty-one samples collected, two were found to be asbestos-containing.
Those samples that were found to contain asbestos were floor tile located in the
warehouse facility. Transite pipe in the basement of the warehouse was not
sampled, but assumed to contained asbestos particularly since the manufacturer's
label indicated that the pipe was made by the Johns Manville Company. Assumed
materials are to be handled as ACM unless demonstrated to be non-asbestos-
containing through bulk sampling and laboratory analysis. Helix Environmental,
Inc. has developed recommendations for each of the known or assumed asbestos-
containing materials based on the location, condition, and the degree of usefulness
of these materials, Chart 1 entitled "RECOMMENDED CORRECTIVE ACTIONS."
Suspect asbestos-containing building materials noted in the visual inspection, but
not sampled, included hard thermal system insulation along hotwater lines in the
warehouse basement, joints associated with the hard TSI, and layered paper TSI, also
located in the warehouse basement. It was noted that these materials had been
extensively sampled at an earlier time. There was no indication, however, of who
conducted the sampling. Pending further investigation, these materials are to be
considered asbestos-containing.
An Operations and Maintenance (O&M) Plan has been developed based on the
Asbestos Containing Building Materials identified during the survey of the USEPA
Warehouse Facility and research vessel, Lake Guardian, Bay City Michigan. This
Plan can be found as an appendix to this report. The O&M Plan was developed in
accordance with the standard operating procedures established in the EPA's National
Policy Statement for ACM (No. SHEMD-92-001), addressing the management of
Asbestos-Containing Materials (ACM) in EPA facilities (Third Draft).
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX U
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 13 of 14
Survey for Asbestos-Containing Materials
USEPA REGION V-GLNPO- THE R/V LAKE GUARDIAN AND WAREHOUSE
Bay City, Michigan
The O&M Plan details training and work practices intended to ensure proper
management of ACM and to provide a safe and healthy work place free of the
hazards associated with asbestos exposure. If managed properly, intact and
undisturbed asbestos-containing material does not pose a risk to human health or
the environment.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX U
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 14 of 14
Survey for Asbestos-Containing Materials
USEPA REGION V - GLNPO - THE R/V LAKE GUARDIAN AND WAREHOUSE
Bay City, Michigan
9. APPENDICES
-------
RECOMMENDATIONS
CHART1
POSITIVE ACBM & ASSUMED ACM
Description
12" x 12" Floor
tile - Cream
12" x 12" Floor
tile- Brown/beige
Condition
Fair
Fair
Location
Warehouse at
entry to men's
Warehouse in
basement office
Friable or
Non Friable
Non -Friable
Non-Friable
Positive or
Sampled
Sampled
Recommendations
Remove and replace with non-asbestos
floor covering when feasible include for
peridoic surveillance and O&M.
Remove and replace with non-asbestos
floor covering when feasible include for
periodic surveillance and O&M
Transile pipe
Fair
Warehouse basement Non-Friable
Assumed
Remove and replace when feasible.
Provide awareness training. Include for
periodic surveillance and O&M Plan.
Hard TSI on
hot water lines
Fair
Warehouse basement Friable
Assumed
Remove and replace when feasible.
Provide awareness training. Include for
periodic surveillance and O&M Plan.
Joints associated with Fair
hard TSI
Warehouse basement Friable
Assumed
Remove and replace when feasible.
Provide awareness training. Include for
periodic surveillance and O&M Plan.
Layered paper
TSI
Poor
Warehouse basement Friable
above restrooms
Assumed
Remove and dispose.
-------
Survey for Asbestos-Containing Materials
USEPA REGION V - GLNPO - THE LAKE GUARDIAN AND WAREHOUSE
Bay Cry, Michigan
APPENDIX A: BULK SAMPLE DATA SHEETS
-------
Job No /LocaSon 7Sy
Contractor /Client
7720 PARAGON ROAD, SUITE B • DAYTON. OHIO 43459 • 513-439-3990
BU1K SAMPLE DATA SHEET
Building
Inspector
MATERIAL
DESCRIPTION
REPRESENTATIVE SAMPLE
LOCATION
CONDITION PHOTO NO ORiEN- COMMENTS/RESULTS
TATKDN
SAMPLE
ID No.
THIS IS A CHAIN-OF-CUSTOOY DOCUMENT. PLEASE COMPLETE, SIGN AND DATE. PLEASE RETURN ORIGINAL TO HELIX ENVIRONMENTAL. INC.
RECO
1
RECO
2
RECO
3
RECEIVED 3V:
RECEIVED 81
RECEIVED 3Y.
CCMPWrt.
COMPANY.
CCWPANY
OATE.TIME
DATE/TIME
OA'&TIME
RECD
4
RECO
5
RECO
6
RECEIVE 9Y.
RECEIVED 3Y:
RECEl'.EO BY.
CCMPANY.
CCMPA.NY:
CCMPXSY.
OME/TIWE
CATLTIUE
DA1LTIME
-------
v iKUJNMbN 1AL, INC.
Job No /location
7720 PARAGON ROAD. SUITE B • DAYTON, OHIO 45459 • 513-439-3990
BULK SAMPLE DATA SHEET
Contractor /Cfien| txcM
CX*f° — J
Inspector -^ikX- ^rftfUt. '6 -^
fj «
r
T
3
RECO
NO.
MATERIAL
DESCRIPTION
AMI.
REPRESENTATIVE SAMPLE
LOCATION
T
SAMPLE
10 No.
FRIABLE;
NON
CONDITION
PHOTO NO
ORIEN-
TATION
COMMENTS /RESULTS
Of
f'O
TSf
7SY -fi>-3t-
7SYyo-3/- Or\
yStft^fhaJ
THIS IS A CHAIN-OF-CUSTOOY DOCUMENT. PLEASE COMPLETE. SIGN AND DATE. PLEASE RETURN ORIGINAL TO HELIX ENVIRONMENTAL, INC
RECO
1
RECO
2
RECO
a
RECEIVED BY:
RECEIVED 8V:
RECEJV3) BY:
COMPANY.
COMPANY.
CC«PXNY:
DAIE.TIME
DATE/TIME
OATEyTlUc
RECO
4
RECO
S
PECO
6
RECEIVED BY:
RECEIVED BY. .
RECEIVED BY.
COMPANY:
COMPANY.
CCM?ANY
OATE/T1ME
DATE, TIME
DATE,T>'
-------
7720 PARAGON' ROAD, SUITE B - DAVTON,OH!O4>;59 • 513-439 39SG
BULK SAMPLE DATASHEET
JobSo/lecaSc«i"Z£f!
Cortrj
01
CD
0.
AMI.
RE?n£S£NTA7rt= SAV?l=
10 So
FA!A2lS.« I CONDiTCN 1 PHOiO SO I OR.rN-
NCN I | ITATCN
COM V£NTS/RESULTS
/._//
•«M^ A/3
THIS IS A CHAIN OF-CUSTOOY DOCUMENT. PLEASE COMPLETE. SlCH AMD PATE. PLEASE RETURN Qfl:C»MAL TO HELIX ENVIRONMENTAL. tHC
PKO
1
I
PECO
i
wraif
•H.-.HIT.
?f:e .SO 3»
ccvP,:.r.
£CtJ?':"
CC'.i?«.-.f
o»ir«
OlTaT t.'t
o*:»:v5
rECO
i
rSCO
s
rv
7:C£iV!3 }f.
st;sr,t33/
- = .c,-.33<
CCU?«,Y.
CCv?«if.
K^*:.'
c*:s rvs
C»-r;...£
CA-iTv.:
-------
Survey for Asbestos-Containing Materials
USEFA REGION V - GLNPO - THE LAKE GUARDIAN AND WAREHOUSE
Bay Gty, Michigan
APPENDIX B: SUSPECT ACBM RECORD
-------
SUSPECT ACBM RECORD
PAGE
BUILDING NOMAME fl y
][
DATE
I SAMPLE AREA &ruY l's:~ie'(.
.NSPECTOR
^j
SKETCH
J
TYPE | CONOmON | DESCRIPTION
SURF. TSI
LOCATION
. ,•>£—.
*»
w*»*'pvreefi* *
-------
Survey for Asbestos-Containing Materials
USEPA REGION V- GLNPO - THE LAKE GUARDIAN AND WAREHOUSE
Bay City, Michigan
APPENDIX O PHYSICAL ASSESSMENT RECORDS
-------
PHYSICAL ASSESSMENT RECORD
PACE
BULP1NC NO./NAME
PATE
I SAMPLE AREA ^jjTt/ff (/S<*ff.
\ SKETCH
TYPE OF SUSPECT MATERIAL
DESCRIPTION
SURFACING
FRIABLE
TSI
NONFRIABLE
OTHER
FUNCTIONAL AREA TYPE
APPROXIMATE AMOUNT OF MATERIAL
CONDITION
DAMAGE
EXTENT
TYPE
DESCRIPTION
0%
LOCALIZE
DETERIOR.
DISTRIBUTED
WATER | | PHYSICAL
OVERALL RATING^] GOOD
| | FAIR J^n POOR
POTENTIAL FOR DISTURBANCE
ACCESSIBILITY {^ACCESS I$LE f~| INACCESSIBLE
DESCRIPTION
FREQUENCY OF CONTACT
DESCRIPTION
VIBRATION
DESCRIPTION
AIR EROSION POTENTIAL
DESCRIPTION
LOW
I | HIGH | [MDDERAI£jI7|
A
.| [ HIGH [^MODERATE I I LOW
[~1 HIGH [xlMODERATE I I LOW
3VERALL
OMMENTS
GOOD
FAIR
POOR
-------
PHYSICAL ASSESSMENT RECORD
BUILDING NO./NAME
PACE
TYPE OF SUSPECT MATERIAL
DESCRIPTION
B
SURFACING
FRIABLE
I I
I I
TSI || OTHER
NONFRIABLE
FUNCTIONAL AREA TYPE
APPROXIMATE AMOUNT OF MATERIAL
CONDITION
DAMAGE
EXTENT
TVPE
0%
LOCALIZED
DETER I OR.
|| >25*
DISTRIBUTED
WATER I I PHYSICAL
DESCRIPTION OF DAMAGE
OVERALL
GOOD
j~| FAIR I I POOR
POTENTIAL FOR DISTURBANCE ^_^
ACCESSIBILITY ^ACCESSIBLE[_J INACCESSIBLE
DESCRIPTION
FREQUENCY OF CONTACT
DESCRIPTION
VIBRATION
DESCRIPTION
AIR EROSION POTENTIAL
DESCRIPTION
OVERALL RATING
HIGH
^MODERATE | | LOW
HIGH [^MODERATE | | LOW
[^MODERATE | | LOW
-------
PHYSICAL ASSESSMENT RECORD
PACE
f
SAMPLE AREA
(SKETCH
TYPE OF SUSPECT MATERIAL
DESCRIPTION
FUNCTIONAL AREA TYPE
APPROXIMATE AMOUNT OF MATERIAL
SURFACING
FRIABLE
J .
TSI |[ OTHER
NONFRIABLE
CONDITION
DAMAGE
EXTENT
TVPE
0%
LOCALIZED
DETERIOR.
DESCRIPTION OF DAMAGE
DISTRIBUTED
WATER
nH^^^BM ^^IBMiK*
GOOD f f FAIR Lx^
POTENTIAL FOR DISTURBANCE
ACCESSIBILITY np^tCESSIBLE PHI INACCESSIBLE
DESCRIPTION ^
10S-25J5 | [
PHYSICAL
POOR
:REOUENCY OF CONTACT
DESCRIPTION
VIBRATION
)ESCRIPTION
sIR EROSION POTENTIAL
•ESCRIPTION
VERALL RATtNGf~1 GOOD
OMMENTS
| [ HIGH ^MODERATE | [ LOW
i^
HIGH
HIGH
I [MODERATE | | LOW
| | LOW
|| FAIR
POOR
-------
PHYSICAL ASSESSMENT RECORD
BULPHC
TYPE OF SUSPECT MATERIAL
DESCRIPTION
SURFACING
FRIABLE
TSI II OTHER
NONFRIABLE
FUNCTIONAL AREA TYPE
APPROXIMATE AMOUNT OF MATERIAL
CONDITION
DAMAGE
E3CTENT
TVPE
OX
LOCALIZED
DETER I OR.
DISTRIBUTED
WATER
DESCRIPTION OF DAMAGE
OVERALL RATING^ GOOD
PHYSICAL
FAIR f~1 POOR
POTENTIAL FOR DISTURBANCE
ACCESSIBILITV JTHACCESSIBLE | | INACCESSIBLE
DESCRIPTION '
•REQUENCY OF CONTACT
>ESCRJPTJON
/IBRATIDN
JESCRIPTION
,/REROSJON POTENTIAL
-ESCRIPTION
VERALL RATINGQ3 GOOD
[~1 HIGH
HIGH
1 1 HIGH
FAfR
IMODERATE I I LOW
IODERATE 1 | LOW
[MODERATE I I LOW
POOR
OMMEtfTS
-------
PHYSICAL ASSESSMENT RECORD
PACE
f
PATE
| SAMPLE ARE A
SKETCH
TYPE OF SUSPECT MATERIAL I I SURFACING I 1
I I FRIABLE LJ
DESCRIPTION
TSI || OTHER
NONFRIABLE
FUNCTIONAL AREA TYPE /WL$Li
APPROXIMATE AMOUNT OF MATERIAL
CONDITION
DAMAGE
EXTENT
TVPE
0%
LOCALIZED
DETERIOR.
DESCRIPTION OF DAMAGE
OVERALL RATINGpH GOOD
POTENTIAL FOR DISTURDANCE
ACCESSIBILITY INACCESSIBLE
DESCRIPTION
>OX-10X
DISTRIBUTED
WATER I I PHYSICAL
FAIR I I POOR
| |
INACCESSIBLE
:REQUENCY OF CONTACT
ASCRIPTION
'IBRATION
•E5CRIPT10N
,IR EROSION POTENTIAL
ESCRIPTION
HIGH
HIGH
HIGH
[^MODERATE | | LOW
MODERATE
LOW
LOW
VERALL RATING
OMMENTS
GOOD
| | FAIR
POOR
5
•
-------
PHYSICAL ASSESSMENT RECORD
PAGE
f BULPHC NO./HAME ft/
ffj/ S
\
SAMPLE AH£A
f SICFTCH
TYPE OF SUSPECT MATERIAL
DESCRIPTION
V
SURFACING
FRIABLE.
|[ OTHER
NONFRIABLE
FUNCTIONAL AREA TVPE &t/+»»tffa+«0*-
DISTRIBUTED
WATER rp? PHYSICAL
FAIR [ [ POOR
| |
POTENTIAL FDR DISTURBANCE ^_^
ACCESSIBILITY PylACCESSIBLE ^^ INACCESSIBLE
DESCRIPTION *7^— "--*
-REOUENCY OF CONTACT
DESCRIPTION
VIBRATION
)ESCRIPTION
\IR EROSION POTENTIAL
lESCRIPTION
"VERALL RATING^] GOOD
HIGH
HIGH
XI HIGH
FAIR
IODERATE | [ LOW
[MODERATE |~1 LOW
I [MODERATE | [ LOW
POOR
-------
PHYSICAL ASSESSMENT RECORD
BULOINC NO./NAME
PAGE
SAMPLE AREA
SKETCH
TYPE OF SUSPECT MATERIAL
DESCRIPTION
SURFACING
FRIABLE
R
TSI
NONFR1ABLE
u
y
OTHER
FUNCTIONAL AREA TYPE
APPROXIMATE AMOUNT OF MATERIAL
CONDITION
DAMAGE
EJfTENT
TVPE
0%
LOCALIZED
DETERIOR.
DESCRIPTION OF DAMAGE
OVERALL RATING£J| GOOD
>OJ5-10* I [> I OJC-25% I [ >25J5
DISTRIBLTTED
WATER FT!- PHYSICAL
s
FAIR || POOR
=»OTENTIAL FOR DISTURBANCE ^_^
ACCESSIBILITY PPlACpESSIBLE | | INACCESSIBLE
DESCRIPTION
FREQUENCY OF CONTACT
)ESCRJPTION
MBRATION
'ESCRIPTION
,IR EROSION POTENTIAL
ESCRIPTION
VERALL RATING^] GOOD
OMMENTS
I [ HIGH | [MODERATE
LOW
•I I HIGH
rx^
[MODERATE I I LOW
^MODERATE | | LOW
FAIR |1 POOR
-------
PHYSICAL ASSESSMENT RECORD
'HOLDING NO./MAME
PACE
SAMPLE ARE A
J
r
SKETCH
TSI
NONFRIABLE
TYPE OF SUSPECT MATERIAL [~l SURFACING I I
. .. J3c|, FRIABLE LJ
DESCRIPTION (jLcli kJlJi ^fifa^ A/^V/ llh^L^^fJ^/*~
OTHER
FUNCTIONAL AREA TYPE
APPROXIMATE AMOUNT OF MATERIAL
CONDITION
DAMAGE
EXTENT
TYPE
OX
LOCALIZED
DETERIOR.
| |> IOX-25X | |
DISTRIBUTED
WATER I I PHYSICAL
DESCRIPTION OF DAMAGE
DVERALL RATING
GOOD
|[ FAIR II POOR
'OTENTIAL
ACCESSIBILITY [V>QCESSIBLE)nPr INACCESSIBLE
)ESCRIPTIOfY *—k*"^-* -
•REQUENCY OF CONTACT
lESCRIPTION
'IBRATION
ESCRIPTION
IR EROSION POTENTIAL
ESCRIPTION
VERALL RATING[^ GOOD
| |' HIGH QlODERATE | | LOW
HIGH QttODERATE | | LOW
HIGH
[^MODERATE | | LOW
FAIR HH POOR
DMMENTS
-------
PHYSICAL ASSESSMENT RECORD
BULPINGNO./NAfg
PACE
PATE
\ SAMPLE AREA
SKETCH
TYPE OF SUSPECT MATERIAL
DESCRIPTION
SURFACING
FRIABLE
B
TSI
NONFRIABLE
OTHER
FUNCTIONAL AREA TYPE
APPROXIMATE AMOUWT OF MATERIAL
CONDITION
DAMAGE
EXTENT
TYPE
0%
LOCALIZED
DETERIOR.
MO% m>
DISTRIBUTED
WATER rPI PHYSICAL
n
DESCRIPTION OF DAMAGE
OVERALL RATINGJ^] GOOD
FAIR
POOR
POTENTIAL FOJ? DISTURBANCE
ACCESSIBILITY [^ACCESSIBLE | | INACCESSIBLE
DESCRIPTION
FREQUENCY OF CONTACT
DESCRIPTION
VIBRATION
JESCRIPTION
»IR EROSION POTENTIAL
•ESCRIPTION
HIGH | hODERATEjTfrLOW
.| | HIGH [^MODERATE | | LOW
| | HIGH jt^MODERATE | [ LOW
VERALL RATING^] GOOD fVT FAIR ^Zl POOR
OMMENTS
-------
PHYSICAL ASSESSMENT RECORD
PACE
BUU)INCNO./hAME
SAMPLE ARE A
SKETCH
J
AL | | SU
I I FRI
^-v J?<£
TYPE OF SUSPECT MATERIAL SURFACING I I TSI
FRIABLE NONFRIABLE
DESCRIPTION '
OTHER
FUNCTIONAL AREA TYPE
APPROXIMATE AMOUNT OF MATERIAL
CONDITION
DAMAGE
EXTENT
TYPE
0* '
LOCALIZED
DETERIOR.
DESCRIPTION OF DAMAGE
OVERALL RATING! | GOOD
>0*-10*
DISTRIBUTED
WATER
n
PHYSICAL
FAIR II POOR
'OTENTIAL FOR DISTURBANCE ^_^
ACCESSIBILITY QTTACCESSIBLEI I INACCESSIBLE
DESCRIPTION
:REQUENCY OF CONTACT
)ESCRIPTION
/IBRATION
lESCRIPTION
JR EROSION POTENTIAL
•ESCRIPTION
"VERALL RATING^] GOOD
OMMENTS
HIGH ^MODERATE | | LOW
.| | HIGH
ODERATE | | LOW
[~| HIGH | [MODERATE
FAIR [~l POOR
LOW
-------
SUSPECT ACBM RECORD
BUILDING
| SKETCH
PAGE
DATE
TYPE I CONDITION
SURF. TSI
-
Altovr aarAa*... MMe. Aff* -*C&Lfi
NOTES
7"5Z"
-------
PHYSICAL ASSESSMENT RECORD
PACE
I BULD1NC NO./NAME )^
JI
DATE
/ SAMPLE AKEA
nfr
| SKETCH
TYPE OF SUSPECT MATERIAL
DESCRIPTION
FUNCTIONAL AREA TVPE
APPROXIMATE AMOUNT OF MATERIAL
CONDITION
DAMAGE
EXTENT
TVPE
SURFACING
..FRIABLE
[~]
I I
TSI /£ | OTHER
NONFRJABLE
LOCALIZED
DETERIOR.
DESCRIPTION OF DAMAGE
DISTRIBUTED
WATER | [ PHYSICAL
| [
OVERALL RATING
POTENTIAL FO
ACCESSIBILITY
DESCRIPTION
GOOD
f~| FAIR f~l POOR
ISTURBANCE
/JACCESSIBLE
INACCESSIBLE
"REQUENCY OF CONTACT
DESCRIPTION
VIBRATION
ASCRIPTION
|~[ HIGH ^[MODERATE
LOW
HIGH
EROSION POTENTIAL
JESCRIPTION
iVERALL
OMMENTS
GOOD
/
F~l HIGH
rn FAIR
^[MODERATE QT LOW
7
^[MODERATE fT7 LOW
"
POOR
-------
PHYSICAL ASSESSMENT RECORD
£ \/
PACC
[ SAMPLE
AREA
^« •* JJldr*
L
SICETCH
TVPE OF SUSPECT MATERIAL
DESCRIPTION
SURFACING
FRIABLE
B
TSI £j^t* OTHER
NONFRIABLE
FUNCTIONAL AREA TYPE
APPROXIMATE AMOUNT OF MATERIAL
CONDITION
DAMAGE
EXTENT
TVPE
0%
LOCALIZED
DETER I OR.
>0*-10* | |>
DISTRIBUTED
WATER
>25*
DESCRIPTION OF DAMAGE
OVERALL RATING]^ GOOD f~l FAIR
POTENTIAL FOR DISTURDANCE
ACCESSIBILITY CCESSIBLE
DESCRIPTION
INACCESSIBLE
FREQUENCY OF CONTACT
DESCRIPTION
/IBRATION
DESCRIPTION
\IR EROSION POTENTIAL
)ESCRIPTION
| | HIGH | [MODERATE
•I I HIGH I |l
LOW
LOW
HIGH
| [MODERATE PPT LOW
IVERALL RATING£^ GOOD I I FAIR
OMMENTS
POOR
-------
PHYSICAL ASSESSMENT RECORD
PAGE
BULPINC NO./HAME
]
SAMPLE
if WW <+ DrfC* *7
~1
|
SKETCH
J
TYPE OF SUSPECT MATERIAL I I SURFACING
K> FRIABLE
J ^
TSI
NONFRIABLE
OTHER
DESCRIPTION
FUNCTIONAL AREA TYPE I*
APPROXIMATE AMOUNT OF MATERIAL
CONDITION
DAMAGE
EXTENT
TVPE
OX
LOCALIZED
DETERIOR.
DESCRIPTION OF DAMAGE
>0*-10*
DISTRIBUTED
WATER I [ PHYSICAL
| |
OVERALL
GPfTbODD I I FAIR I I POOR
POTENTIAL FOR DISTURBANCE
ACCESSIBILITY | |ACCESSIBLEjTl INACCESSIBLE
DESCRIPTION
rREQUENCY OF CONTACT
DESCRIPTION
/IBRATION
)ESCRIPTION
tIR EROSION POTENTIAL
•ESCRIPTION
IVERALL RATING| ] GOOD
DMMENTS
HIGH
.| | HIGH | [MODERATE
LOW
LOW
| 1 HIGH
[MODERATE I I LOW
&
FAIR |~1 POOR
-------
PHYSICAL ASSESSMENT RECORD
PACE
SAMPLE AREA /»
SKETCH
TYPE OF SUSPECT MATERIAL | | SURFACING PI TSI
I 1 FRIABLE ™ NONFRIABLE
DESCRIPTION
OTHER
FUNCTIONAL AREA TYPE
APPROXIMATE AMOUNT OF MATERIAL
CONOITION
DAMAGE
EXTENT
TYPE
LOCALIZED,
DETERIOR.
DESCRIPTION OF DAMAGE
OVERALL RATING£^ GOOD
POTENTIAL FOR DISTURBANCE
ACCESSIBILITY JAlACCESSIBLE
DESCRIPTION
>0*-10*
DISTRIBUTED
WATER
PHYSICAL
«J FAIR | | POOR
INACCESSIBLE
FREQUENCY OF CONTACT
DESCRIPTION
VIBRATION
DESCRIPTION
4IR EROSION POTENTIAL
DESCRIPTION
HIGH [^MODERATE | | LOW
.| [ HIGH ^MODERATE
| | HIGH
[^MODERATE 71 LOW
DVERALL RATING^] GOOD FT/|
rOMMENTS
FAIR
POOR
-------
PHYSICAL ASSESSMENT RECORD
PAGE
I BULPINC NO./NAME ft y
SA/1PLE AREA^
/SKETCH
TYPE OF SUSPECT MATERIAL
DESCRIPTION
SURFACING
FRIABLE
HT5I J
NONFRIABLE
OTHER
FUNCTIONAL AREA TYPE
APPROXIMATE AMOUNT OF MATERIAL
CONDITION
DAMAGE
EXTENT
TVPE
ox
LOCALIZED
DETERIOR.
| [ >25*
DESCRIPTION OF DAMAGE
OVERALL RATING]^ GOOD
DISTRIBUTED
WATER | | PHYSICAL
FAIR || POOR
POTENTIAL FOR DISTURBANCE
ACCESSIBILITY f~|ACCESSIBLEj3n INACCESSIBLE
DESCRIPTION
FREQUENCY OF CONTACT
DESCRIPTION
VIBRATION
DESCRIPTION
AIR EROSION POTENTIAL
DESCRIPTION
3VERALL RATING^] GOOD
lOMMENTS
•
| [ HIGH QlODERATE ft?! LOW
HIGH
| | LOW
| | HIGH {^MODERATE | | LOW
FAIR | | POOR
-------
PHYSICAL ASSESSMENT RECORD
PAGE
BUJLDMCNO./NAME
f SAMPLE AREA r,.gA.^> if 9fr.tf •/•/J^T* *
/SKETCH
TVPE OF SUSPECT MATERIAL
DESCRIPTION
SURFACING
FRIABLE
J
TSI |[ OTHER
NONFRIABLE
W
FUNCTIONAL AREA TYPE X=
APPROXIMATE AMOUWT OF MATERIAL
CONDITION
DAMAGE
EXTENT
TVPE
0*
LOCALIZED
DETERIOR.
DESCRIPTION D^DAMAGE
OVERALL RATING! [ GOOD
-10*
TRIBL
WATER
FAIR
| |>IO*-25* | |
PHYSICAL
POOR
POTENTIAL FOR DISTURDANCE
ACCESSIBILITY fT^ACCESSIBLE FHI INACCESSIBLE
DESCRIPTION
rREOUENCY OF CONTACT
DESCRIPTION
'IBRATION
JESCRIPTION
,IR EROSION POTENTIAL
ESCRIPTION
VERALL RATING) | GOOD
OMMENTS
| [ HIGH
JMODERATE | | LOW
HIGH
["[MODERATE [7| LOW
I [ HIGH
LOW
-------
PHYSICAL ASSESSMENT RECORD
PAGE
-751-/
\
, BUJLPMC NO./NAME \
I I
PATC
I SAMPLE AREAf*,lCA1,rfr ftf
SKETCH
TYPE OF SUSPECT MATERIAL
DESCRIPTION (
SURFACING
FRIABLE
TSI || OTHER
NONFRIABLE
FUNCTIONAL AREA TYPE *****
APPROXIMATE AMOUNT OF MATERIAL
CONDITION
DAMAGE
EXTENT
TVPE
0%
LOCALIZED
DETERIOR.'
>0*-10*
DISTRIBltfED
WATER
EU
PHYSICAL
DESCRIPTION OF DAMAGE
OVERALL RATING^ GOOD P7I FAIR I I POOR
POTENTIAL FOR DISTURBANCE
ACCESSIBILITY ^]ACCESSIBLEINACCESSIBLE
DESCRIPTION
•REQUENCY OF CONTACT
DESCRIPTION
/IBRATION
JESCRIPTION
»IR EROSION POTENTIAL
•ESCRIPTION
VERALL RATING£^ GOOD
OMMENTS ^yy^^^r s"vr &^r'''0
- -. A 1*1 ^.^.» i^dt*
t
/fa
| [ HIGH
.| | HIGH | [MODERATE
I | HIGH | [MODERATE
IODERATE | | LOW
LOW
LOW
-------
PHYSICAL ASSESSMENT RECORD
PACE
BULDWG NO./NAME
I SAMPLE AREA f^CMfC. tlF
JI
][
M1/V//07
I SKETCH
TYPE OF SUSPECT MATERIAL
DESCR,PT.ON
TSI |~| OTHER
NONFRIABLE
FUNCTIONAL AREA TYPE
APPROXIMATE AMOUNT OF MATERIAL
SURFACING
FRIABLE
*&
CONDITION
DAMAGE
EXTENT
TVPE
OX
LOCALIZED
DETERIOR.
DESCRIPTION OF DAMAGE
'DISTRIBUTED
WATER
IOS-25* | [
rTT PHYSICAL
OVERALL RATING^] GOOD | | FAIR
POOR
POTENTIAL FOR DISTURBANCE
ACCESSIBILITY HTjACCESSIBLE
DESCRIPTION S\
INACCESSIBLE
-REQUENCY OF CONTACT
DESCRIPTION
/I BRAT ION
JESCRIPTION
JR EROS/ON POTENTIAL
ESCRIPTION
HIGH
£ > J^HflODERATE 1 [ LOW
(MODERATE I I LOW
•f~l HIGH
I I HIGH {^MODERATE) | LOW
POOR
VERALL RATING) | GOOD f~] FAIR
DMMENTS
^^Z^^^^^^^^^^^^^ #u*e?Zjs£f
-------
PHYSICAL ASSESSMENT RECORD
f BULPINC NO./HAME /? \/ j\
PACE
-751-/
SAMPLE AREA
L
SKETCH
TYPE OF SUSPECT MATERIAL
DESCRIPTION
SURFACING-^*] TSI | | OTHER
FRIABLE li NONFRIABLE
FUNCTIONAL AREA TYPE
APPROXIMATE AMOUNT OF MATERIAL
CONDITION
DAMAGE
EXTENT
TYPE
DESCRIPTION OF DAMAGE
OVERALL RATING) | GOOD
0%
LOCALIZED
DISTRIBUTED t
WATER m PHYSICAL
FAIR HI POOR
POTENTIAL FOR DISTURflANCE
ACCESSIBILITY [THACCESSIBLE | | INACCESSIBLE
DESCRIPTION \
:REQUENCY OF CONTACT
DESCRIPTION
/IBRATION
•ESCRIPTION
,IR EROSION POTENTIAL
ESCRIPTION
VERALL RATING]^ GOOD
OMMENTS
| [ HIGH
/
3DERATE | | LOW
.| | HIGH | [MODERATE
I | HIGH | [MODERATE
FAIR | | POOR
/
LOW
LOW
s
-------
PHYSICAL ASSESSMENT RECORD
PACE
f BU«J>nCNO./HAME y? V \JbfretlfitKS' I I
j SAMPLE AREA ^.C/V1/T fir 9J\Sf •/• flJrtTif/g <7 I [
PATE
f SKETCH
J
TYPE OF SUSPECT MATERIAL PI SURFACING I I
. yl FRIABLE LJ
DESCRIPTION
FUNCTIONAL AREA TYPE
APPROXIMATE AMOUNT OF MATERIAL
TSI
NONFRIABLE
OTHER
CONDITION
DAMAGE
EXTENT
TVPE
OX
LOCALIZED
DETERIOR.
DESCRIPTION OF DAMAGE
DISTRIBUTED
WATER
IOS-25* |[
PHYSICAL
OVERALL RATING[^ GOOD I I FAIR
POOR
POTENTIAL FOR DISTURDANCE
ACCESSIBILITY
DESCRIPTION
rREQUENCY OF CONTACT
DESCRIPTION
INACCESSIBLE
HIGH
| | LOW
/IBRATION
DESCRIPTION
\IREROSIONPOTENTIAL
)ESCRIPTION
JVERALL RATING^] GOOD
:OMMENTS
.| | HIGH
I | HIGH | [MODERATE
FAIR || POOR
LOW
LOW
-------
PHYSICAL ASSESSMENT RECORD
PACE
-751-/
I I
PATE
I SAMPLE
I SKETCH
J
TYPE OF SUSPECT MATERIAL
DESCRIPTION /X/
SURFACING
FRIABLE
TSI
NONFRIABLE
HER
FUNCTIONAL AREA TYPE
APPROXIMATE AMOUNT OF MATERIAL W«°
CONDITION
DAhAGE
IXTENT
TVPE
0%
LOCALIZED
DETERIOR.V
DESCRIPTION OF DAMAGE
DISTRIBUTED
WATER
| [ >25*
PHYSICAL
OVERALL RATING[^[ GOOD f^l FAIR I I POOR
'DTENTIAL FOR DISTURBANCE
ACCESSIBILITY 1/nACCESSIBLE | | INACCESSIBLE
ir*r*r*n 1 1^ i' mfti *
'ESCRIPTION
REQUENCY OF CONTACT
ESCRIPTION
•IBRATION
ESCRIPTION
IR EROSION POTENTIAL
ESCRIPTION
VERALL RATING[^ GOOD
OMMENTS
HIGH
[^MODERATE | [ LOW
.| | HIGH | [nODERATE
LOW
| | HIGH
[MODERATE I I LOW
/ / •
-------
PHYSICAL ASSESSMENT RECORD
BULPING NO./HAME
PAGE
PATE
SAMPLE
*•
. 57
SKETCH
TYPE OF SUSPECT MATERIAL
DESCRIPTION
SURFACING
FRIABLE
TSI || OTHER
NONFRIABLE
FUNCTIONAL AREA TYPE f^^T GMftsfite**
APPROXIMATE AMOUNT OF MATERIAL £ Z
CONDITION
DAMAGE
EXTENT
TYPE
OX
LOCALIZED
DETERIOR.
>0*-10S | |> 10*-25* ) |
DISTRIBUTED
WATER I I PHYSICAL
DESCRIPTION OF DAMAGE
OVERALL RATING! VI GOOD
[~1 FAIR | | POOR
POTENTIAL FOR DISTURBANCE
ACCESSIBILITY ^ACCESSIBLE j_| INACCESSIBLE
DESCRIPTION
FREQUENCY OF CONTACT
DESCRIPTION
VIBRATION
DESCRIPTION
MR EROSION POTENTIAL
DESCRIPTION
OVERALL RATING^] GOOD
rOMMENTS
HIGH
QlODERATE Fv| LOW
.[ | HIGH IMMODERATE
LOW
| | HIGH ^MODERATE | | LOW
FAIR
POOR
-------
Survey for Asbestos-Containing Materials
USEPA REGION V-GLNPO- THE LAKE GUARDIAN AND WAREHOUSE
Bay City, Michigan
APPENDIX D: ANALYTICAL RESULTS
-------
AVI Ml OKI CM>CM (
i Ainan of flodu &aiudcillitaaariu *it
ID - Polarized . Light with
Dlnperalon Staining
Analytics Ho.
Account Kane
Account Ho*
Received:
•kst
Weekend Priority
Priority
Hon-Priorlty
R? - Roofing naterlal « - «l-cell.neou«
nnulat.il
Trenoli'
lot detected (,<
- < IX
Analysed byt
Date Analyzed:
-------
otoo ID - Polarized.Light with
DJL«p«ralon Staining
Received:
Analytic*! No.
Account Xame
Account Ho.
rko:
Weekend Priority
Priority
Non-Priority
ytica No.
it Ho.
riptlon
lotlle X
/JD
/JO
-to X
-d elite X
.obeatoa X
glaao Z
/
lone X
30
ibroue X
«uotie Til. KG . Floor Covering X« - Inoul.tion
llboard RF * Roofing Material « - WiaceJLl.neou. Antl. •
Inaul'
tr»t
XX)
- < IX
Analysed by:
Pate Analyzedi
-------
IX) 'UU uu:QO
•stoe ID - Polarized Light vith
Dlsperaion Staining
Received:
rko:
079 P0
Analytica No.
Account Name
Account No.
Weekend Priority
Priority
Non-Priority
2 .
ytica No.
u
nt No.
riptlon
totlle X
.to X
CD
.dolite X
.obeotoa X
V
glass X
lose X
ibroua X
CO*,
t detected «
< IX
Analyzed toyi \^
Date Analysed!
-------
Survey for Asbestos-Containing Materials
USEPA REGION V - GLNPO - THE LAKE GUARDIAN AND WAREHOUSE
Bay City, Michigan
APPENDIX E: PHOTOLOGS AND PHOTOGRAPHS
-------
PHOTOLOG - R/V WAREHOUSE, USEPA Region Five, October 30,1992
Photo
No.
P01
P02
P03
P04
P05
P06
P07
Oricnlalioi
West
Southwest
North
Southwest
East
Southeast
Northwest
POS
P09
North
Northeast
Photo
Dpscriotion
Hard Plaster Ceiling
VxV Cream Floor Tile
Drywall
1'xV Brown/Beige Hoor
Hie
2'x4' Perforated Ceiling
Tile
Used/Old Insulation in
Bags (Debris)
Previous Sampling
Indicated by Tape &
Labeling on Lines fc Joints
Transit* Pipe Off Heating
Unit
Transite Pipe Off Heating
Unit
photo
^ocalion
In HVAC Space Above
Restrains at Entrance to
Crawlspacc
SW Comer of Entry Area at
Doorway to Men's Restroom
N Will of Warehouse Area,
15'E of W Wall at Damaged
Area
Basement Office. W of
Restroom, 1' E of W Doorway
£ Side of Basement in a Pile
Storage Room, SE Corner of
Entry Area
Basement
Warehouse
Basement
-------
PHOTOLOG • LAKE GUARDIAN, Saginaw River, USEPA Region Five,
October 31,1992
Photo
No.
Orientation
Photo
Description
Photo
Location
P01
P02
P03
P04
P05
P05
P06
P07
P08
P09
PIT
P12
Tan Rubber-like Floor
Covering
2x4 Drop Ceiling, Perforated,
White
Cloth-like Insulation
Material Behind Washer &
Dryer
Wall If Ceiling Insulation
At Doorway Between Mess
Area & Lab Level
Lounge Area, Bow, Starboard
Comer
Laundry Room, Starboard Side
Hard TSI on Exhaust Ducts
(Pipes)
Hard TSI on Exhaust Duets
(Pipes)
White Rubber-like Floor
Covering
Troweled On Wall Covering,
Spacklc Like
Hard TSI Associated w/
Engines
Hard TSI on Exhaust Ducts
(Pipes)
Residual Insulation on
Electrical Conduit & Beams
Residual Insulation on
Electrical Conduit & Beams
Exhaust lank Off Laundry
Room, Port Side, Aft Wai I
Off Pipe Greater Than 2' in
Diameter I/S Port Side
Exhaust Tank Along Port Side
Wall
Off Pipe Greater Than 6" 1/S
Port Side Exhaust Tank Along
Port Side Wai I
Multi-lab Area O/S Organic
Analytical Lab
Aux. Machinery Space, Port
Side Wall Adjacent to Pump
Central Smaller Engine on
Starboard Side, Sample Off
Port Bow Side
Engine Compartment, Central
Port Side, Smaller Engine,
Greater Than 6" Pipes
Mess Area Above Culling
Board off Conduit
Starboard to Bow Side of
Mess Area Behind Panel on
Beam
-------
-------
-------
-------
:
-------
-------
-------
Survey for Asbestos-Containing Materials
USEPAREGIONV-GLNPO-nffiLAJCECUAIlDLW AND WAREHOUSE
Bay City, Michigan
APPENDIX R SAMPLE LOCATIONS
-------
t
N
FIRST FLOOR
R/V U5ETA WAREHOUSE
tni AND WATCK nurfrs.
•At an. MICHIGAN
HELDC ENVHtONMEMT AU INC
D»XlovOMo4S4S9
1M042
!iwnn
NoltoMrif
-------
Up
t
N
BASEMENT
R/V USITA WAREHOUSE.
flH AND WATCK STRECTS.
B AY OTY, MICHIGAN
1000-W
-------
754-10-31-10
754-10-31-14
754-10-31-08
754-10-31-09
CSEPA LAKE GUARDIAN
74 SIXTH STREET
BAY Cmr. MICHIGAN
HELIX ENVIRONMENTAL, INC
7720 Pa.-Mon tad. Suit* B
-------
• I JUV ClPJOTT
Urtiurn
.cm CED
00
/} bud00
754-10-31-11
USEFA LAKE CUAJUXAN
24 SIXTH STREET
BAYOTY.MICH1CAN
HELIX ENVIRONMENTAl. INC. 110-31 97
RMd. Suite!
Nolloial«
fe
-------
754-10-31-05 754-10-31-06
754-10-31-04
754-10-31-07
754-10-31-03 ,54-10-31-02.
754-10-31-13
754-10-31-01
754-10-31-12
USETA LAKE CC AMX AN
24 SIXTH SIKttl
BAYOnf.MKMCAN
HEUX ENVIRONMENTAL. INC | )0->MI
Diytox Ohio 4S45»
-------
CSEP A LAKE CL'AXCIAN
24 SIXTH STKEET
BAY crnr. MJCHIC AN
HELIX ENVIRONMENTAL, INC llO-».R
7720 P«r»gon Rowi. Suite B fctntPlM
-------
Survey for Asbestos-Containing Materials
USEPA REGION V - GLNPO • THE R/V LAKE GUARDIAN AND WAREHOUSE
Bay City, Michigan
APPENDIX G: SAMPLE RESULTS FROM SAMTEST, INC/SEARS WAREHOUSE
-------
BORING LOGS AND
LOCATION DIAGRAM
iiMTisT.nc.-it*iisinii TIJTUB srcmcj-r.t.ax uu-*iau*t.•««.-
-------
LOCATION DIAGRAM
Sears Auto BJdg.
J* 90-542
Hay 9, 1990.
Ninth Street
SEARS
AUTO SHOP
SLOG.
I
Parking
Area
B*2
lne.-«ITl«SmiO TtSIIIC SlimiS-r.O. 101 U«4 -1101*11, HIM.- Ill- Ill-lire
-------
LOG OF TEST BORING
Bor ing 1
PROJECT: SEARS AUTOMOTIVE SITE PROJ. *: 93-542
BORING NO.: i DATE: 4-12-99
BORING LOCATION: BAY CITY, MICHIGAN ELEv.:iea
: METHOD: SOLID AUGER
DRILL RIG: MOBILE B-56 LOGGER: PETE FITAK
DEPTH TO WATER: NONE
«-«<« _««._«=£•.
BBPYM M0 ^IBU TUT MftTA
IW —
»».»—
•
V
w.s—
" 3 !
r 1-
: ;|
X^l
-'•» xdN
Description
Asp h a^i t < i f 5*.j>
Or ave 1 <4 . 5* ? „ ...........
Clay-biack sandy* silty»
some vegetation
Ciay-sti-F-£» brownt weather
siltvp trace sand d pebble;
Remarks
*T le
A
B
C
ppm
<»
-------
LOG OF TEST BORING
Boring 2
PROJ. #: 99-542
•J.9
,7HT BATE: 4-12-93
JCATION: BAY CITY, MICHIGAN ELEV. : 1B8
' . METHOD: SOLID AUGER
3: MOBILE 3-56 LOGGER: PETE FITAK
MATER: NONE
IL H**>CK^
%£R ffvnmx
• »
Uv*M
•'*"*"*' "4 1
/IN
encount
Description
As'p"haTt""
Grave i l?7*3'"'?
Ciasi-brown» sandwr wea-
thered
Top 3.0 il—b lack with some
construction rubble and
met-al -FriflBientj* „ -
Clay— flrtnt brown» wea-
thered* siltv
Remarks
aa.mp !•
ft
A
B
C
nnu
^•^•H^^IM^HH
<1
<1
<1
ered.
Page Number 2
SAMTEST, INC.
-------
LOG OF TEST BORING
Boring 3
PROJECT: SEARS AUTOMOTIVE SITE
BORING NO.: 3
BORING LOCATION: SAY CITY, MICHIGAN
DRILL RIG: MOBILE B-56
DEPTH TO WATER: 4pe*
KPTM *• nnj TCTT P*T*
T i !
I J :
;; ''$(
Water encountered
Description
AspTaTF'TJTs*?
Sr a ve 1 ^ 4 p 5* ?
SandHbrown", ciawey» wea-
thered
fop sol 1 -b 1 ac k or g an i c
with some vegetation and
P i eces....0'f....wo.p.d.
Q 1 ny-b r own ? » 1 1 1 v , some
sand and wood -fragments
PROJ. #: 98-342
DATE: 4-12-90
ELEV. : lee
METHOD: SOLID AUGER
LOGGER: PETE FITAK
Remarks
#
A
B
C
PPm
<»
<»
<1
d at 4'0" . Sample 3-D is water sample with HNU o-P
<1 ppm.
Page Number 3
-------
LOG OF TEST BORING
Boring 4
PROJECT: SEARS AUTOMOTIVE SITE PROJ. »: 99-342
BORING NO.: 4 DATE: 4-12-99
BORING LOCATION: BAY CITY, MICHIGAN Ei_Ev.:i99
- METHOD: SOLID AUGER
DRILL RIG: MOBILE B-56 LOGGER: PETE FITAK
DEPTH TO WATER: NONE
fLCwariM ••». inilUL*
wn> mm rioj nsr MM
'"1" pu3 \
1 r;.,
T
Description
Asp h ait U-5*;>
Gravei"'<4.5*)
Remarks
*
ppm
Hit p»-Pus»l at 1.8' below grade in various locations so boring was
abandoned in this area.
Page Number 4
-------
Legend;
Symbol: Description:
Asphalt <1.S'>
Symbol: Description:
Gravel <4.S-)
Claw-fa lack sandy, silty.
some vegetation
Clay-sti-P-P, brown, weather
silty, trace sand fc pebbles
Clay—firm* brown* wem—
theredt silty
Sand-browni clayey* wea-
thered
Silt-gray* -Pine, sandy
with shells
Sand-gray with silty clay
and occasional pieces o-P
wood
Jar Sample obtained
•from a pushed split-
spoon sampler
Mater measured at
time indicated
Topsoil-black organic
with some vegetation and
pieces o-P wood
Miscellaneous -Pill—sand
with brickst wood, wire*
etc.
Jar Sample obtained
•Prom a pushed split-
spoon sampler
End o-P Boring
Notes:
1. Borings per-Pormed in the locations requested.
2. These logs are subject to the limitations* conclusions* and
recommendations in this report.
3. Elevation assumed to be 100.8 -Pt. at location o-P Boring unless
additional in-Pormation available.
4. Results o-P tests conducted on samples recovered are reported
on the logs. Abbreviations used are:
Dens. - Natural density
Moist. * Natural Moisture
Project No. 98-542
SAMTEST, INC.
Page Number
-------
Not**:
Pent. - Calibrated Pocket Penetrometer
Uncn. =» Uncon-Pined Compress!we Strength
Loss « Loss on Ignition CSJ>
HNU - Broad Spectrum Volatile Detector
-------
APPENDIX B
ANALYTICAL TEST RESULTS
T— SIHTlSI.IIC.-OimSIMCO TtSIIKS StMICtS-M. 101 U44- IIDltIO, HIE*.-SI 7- 4)f)ttO
-------
SEARS AUTOMOTIVE SITE
SAY CITY, MI • FILE #90-542
Parameter
Sample,Identification
. COMPOSITE SAMPLES
1A/2A 3A/3B
Arsenic
Barium ...-,
Cadmlum -
Chromium (total)
Copper (M1cn.) -
Lead •
Mercury --• ••
Selenium •-•
Silver ••
Z1nc (M1ch.)
<0.005 ppm
<0.1 ppm
1.2 ppm
13.8 ppm
12.5 ppm
45.2 ppm
<0.005 ppm
<0.005 ppm
0.77 ppm
55.2 ppm
<0.005 ppm
<0.1 ppm
1.7 ppm
17.4 ppm
10.3 ppm
16.0 ppm
<0.005 ppm
<0.005 ppm
1.31 ppm
126 ppm
uirisT.iic.-iiiiisinti mint sttmti-r.o.toi uu-iiiim.iici.-iii-iii-iiii
-------
SEAflS AUTOMOTIVE SITE
BAY CITY, MICHIGAN
FILE J90-542
Polychlorlnated Blphenyl (PCS)
EPA Method 608
Parameter
Units
Sample Identification
COMPOSITE SAMPLES
1A/2A 3A/3B
PCB-1016
PCB-1221
PCB-1232
PCS -1242
PCS- 1248
PCB-1254
PCB-1260
yg/g <1 <1
yg/g <1 <1
yg/g <1 <1
yg,g <1 <1
yg/g <1 <1
yg/g <1 <*
yg/g <1 <1
Phenols
ppm
ppm
iMiisT.iic.-iiTtiurici
-------
SEARS AUTOMOTIVE SITE
BAY CITY, MICHIGAN
FILE #90-542
Volatile Organic Compounds
(MONR Scan 1)
EPA Method B010 (601)
Parameter
Sample Identification
1A 2A 3A/3B
COMP.
Carbon tetrachlonde
-------
SEARS AUTOMOTIVE SITE
BAY CITY, MICHIGAN
FILE #90-542
Volatile Organic Compounds
(MDNR Scan 1)
EPA Method 8010 (601)
Parameter
Sample Identification
30
Carbon tetrachlorlde <10ppb
CMorobenzene •• <10ppb
1,2-D1ch1oropropane -- <10ppb
1 ,3-Dichloropropene (els/trans.) -
-------
SEARS AUTOMOTIVE SITE
BAY CITY, MICHIGAN
FILE #90-542
B T E £ ANALYSIS;
602 SCAN MODIFIED
SAMPLE
BENZENE
TOLUENE
ETHYL-
iNZEN!
XYLENE
1A
<10 ppb
<10 ppb
<10 ppb <10 ppb
2A
<10 ppb
<10 ppb
<10 ppb <10 ppb
3A/3B
<10 ppb
<10 ppb
<10 ppb <10 ppb
3D
<10 ppb
<10 ppb
<10 ppb <10 ppb
jl«TI$T.I«.-ll1IISirill HSU" SIHlCII-M.m llU-illlMO.«M.-III-i«-im
-------
SEARS AUTOMOTIVE SITE
BAY CITY, MICHIGAN
FILE #90-542
Poly-Nuclear Aromatics (PNA)
EPA Method 8100
Paramater
Sample Identification
1A/2A 3A/3B
Napthalene •
Acenaphthylene •
Acenaphthene •
Fluorene -
Phenanthrene •
Anthracene ••
Fluoranthene •
Pyrene •-
Benzo(a»anthracene •--•
Chrysene •
Benzo(b)fluoranthene •«
Benzo(k)f1uoranthene -•
Benzo(a)pyrene •
01 benzol a,hi anthracene
Benzo(gh1Iperylene ---«
Indenot1,2,3-cd)pyrene
ppm
ppm
ppm
ppm
ppm
ppm
ppm
ppm
ppm
ppm
ppm
ppm
ppm
ppm
ppm
ppm
ppm
ppm
ppm
ppm
ppm
ppm
ppm
ppm
ppm
ppm
ppm
ppm
ppm
ppm
ppm
ppm
smmr.KC.-HTiisimi mint stimrs-M. m
-------
APP£NDI£ £
ASBESTOS TESTING
SIHTISMIC.-OMtlStfttO HS1US SIM KtI-P.8. 1«I K44-HOIU0, »ie».->tT.*ll-»IO
-------
SAMTEST, INO
3730 JAMES SAVAGE
MIDLAND, MI 48640
(517) 496-3610
Fax: 496-3190
REPORT OF BULK SAMPLING AND LABORATORY ANALYSIS
FOR ASBESTOS CONTAINING MATERIAL
METHOD OF ANALYSIS: POLARIZED LIGHT MICROSCOPY WITH DISPERSION STAINING ]
•MMHMl^Bi
CLIENT:
CITY OF BAY CITY
WASHINGTON AVE.. BAY CITY. MI
PROJECT I SEARg AUTOMOTIVE FACILITY
BAY CITY. MICHIGAN
LAB NUMBER:
SAMPLED BY:
90-542
R.M.
SAMPLE DATE: 3/19/90
" 1
FIELD DATA
'
NO.
ri
a
j
5
2.
9
3 :
H
9
S
i
H
9
S
5
H
9
S
H
9
S
LOCATION & DESCRIPTION
PIPE INSULATION
PIPE INSULTATION
INSULATING CEMENT
TROWEL ON - EAST WALL
INSULATING CEMENT
PIPE INSULATION
INSULATING CEMENT
LABORATORY ANALYSIS
FIBflOL
APPROX.
TOTAL
••BMHCMB
N.D.
N.D.
60Z
N.D.
40Z
N.D.
40Z
IS MATERi;
ASBESTOS
TYPE
-
35Z CHRY
—
35Z CHRY
-
35Z CHRY
tL (*)
NON-
ASBESTOS
-
-
52 FBGL
*
51 FBGL
-
SZ FBGL
NON -FIBROUS
MATERIAL
PRESENT
90Z PEARLITE
LOZ RESIN
3DJDER
90Z PEARLITE
10Z RESIN
BINDER
60Z MF
10Z AGG
90Z MF
60Z MF
90Z PEARLITE
10Z RESIN
BINDER
60Z MF
Fibrous Material
Asbestos Non-Aabestos
AMOS-Amos1te
CHRY-ChrysotHe
CROC-Croddol1 te
WOOD-Wood Fiber
CELL-Cellulose
FBGL-F1berg1aa9
OTHR-Other
Non-F1broU8 Material
AGG-Aggregate
MF.Mineral Filler
BD-B1nder
ND-Non-Deteeted
(ss)
MICROSCOPIST:
-------
SAMTEST, JNC.
P. 0. Box 1444
MIDLAND. MICHIGAN 48640
(517) 496-3610
JOt.
SEARS AUTOMOTIVE FACILITY-BAY CITY, ML
SMUT HO..
CMcuutrtotr.
CMtCMIO IT__
NONE
MTI.
3/19/90
OMt.
J090-5&2
-•
—
•
_h
j
*~"~
1
•
• -
-
i_
L
;
1
~
-h
—
1
i —
•••M^
. ,.
_
H5
jas
H9
H9
ui
—
SL.I
S2-.
SJL
S4.
si:
JU.
—
—
—
—
—
PI
-T]
_D
TI
It
-PI
—
—
^••^
PE
?t
SJII
OW]
SUl
PB-
—
•••B
IN
Hi
AT:
L I
ATJ
W!
—
1
—
•^~
—
—
M^M^C
;UL;
*ut
NG
N
NC
:ULJ
—
—
—
—
VTI
vri
..C£
"CE
in
—
—
--
I
—
• —
—
3N
3M-
lEt
IEN
>N-
—
—
—
• —
6
7
—
T...
r
—
—
—
—
—
—
•-
—
—
j
—
_..
-
.._
—
—
OMC
—
....
.— .
-
!
'"I
—
GE1
._.
—
—
--
--
—
H9
•H9
H9
!9S
I9S
IEO
_9_
.0
.1
—
._,
-
;f.
8-
9,
0.
i.
IS
!
5
•
- —
IN
-TR
PI
PI
"IN
IRE
r
©
^
__
--
...
SUl
3HB
PE
PE
SUl
\ 4
—
<*
2
.._
AT:
9
IN^
IN3
"1
9
—
4
8
. ..
NG
UL;
\SU
NG-
—
©
...
®
CD
Til
TI(
CE1
_..
.._
—
..
...
—
IEN'
N
N
IEN'
._.
-
....
..
. —
i
~~~
—
....
-...
"~i
—
—
_..
—
.. .
...
- —
—
...
...
• -i*
-
...
—
-
....
—
• -
••—
—
....
._
H
1
i
i
i
t
1
... f
1
i
i
•-
'
!
••un MI QtiSJt*. ttmk •• nui
-------
O n III I •. v • r -
3730 JAMES SAVAQE
MIDLAND, MI 48640
(517) 496-3610
Fax: 496-3190
REPORT OF BULK SAMPLING AND LABORATORY ANALYSIS
FOR ASBESTOS CONTAINING MATERIAL
METHOD OF ANALYSIS; POLARIZED LIGHT MICROSCOPY WITH DISPERSION STAINING ]
CLIENT: cm OF BAY CITY
WASHINGTON AVE.. BAY CITY. MI
PROJECT: SEARS AUTOMOTIVE FACILITY
BAY CITY, MICHIGAN
LAB NUMBER:
SAMPLED BY:
90-542
R.M.
SAMPLE DATE: 3/19/90
FIELD DATA
NO.
H
j
5
A •
3 (
H
9
S
I
0
H
9
1
11
0
S
I
i
i
i
LOCATION & DESCRIPTION
TROWEL ON
FIFE INSULATION
FIFE INSULATION
INSULATING CEMENT
FIFE INSULATION
LABORATORY ANALYSIS
FIBROUS MATERIAL (*>
APPROX.
TOTAL
N.D.
N.D.
95Z
40Z
9SZ
ASBESTOS
TYPE
-
-
35Z CHRY
35Z CHRY
3SZ CHRY
NON-
ASBESTOS
-
—
60Z CELL
SZ FBGL
60Z CELL
NON -FIBROUS
MATERIAL
PRESENT
102 AGG
90Z MF
90Z FEARLITE
10Z RESIN
BINDER
SZ RESIN
BINDER
60Z MF
SZ RESIN
BINDER
Fibrous Material
Asbestos Non-Asbestos
AMOS-Amos1te
CHRY-Chrysot11e
CROC-Croddol 1 te
WOOD-Wood Fiber
CELL-Cellulose
FBGL-F1berg1asa
OTHR-Other
(33)
MICROSCOPISTi
Non-Fibrous Material
AGO-Aggregate
MF-M1neral Filler
BD-Blnder
ND-Non-Dctectecf -
•I It's lj"> . . f • f / -'ff "*>
-------
i
1
1
.....
.....
SAMTEST, INC.
P. 0. Box 1444 SHKTNO.
MIDLAND. MICHIGAN 48640 BMailAt
(517) 496-3610 ° """
CMtCKfO
swie '
r
j
\
l_
L.
«^^v
i
i
._.
•
\
I
—
—
—
—
•MH^B
—
—
—
—
...
—
1
! ;
< i i
; ! : s
l
j
i
i
1
.._
—
••VOTM
—m—
—
^•M^
H-lO-
—
—
*«•••
_
~
51
-
A
—
—
i
—
[R
—
.....
—•
CEl
—
—
•^^^
—
—
...
...
—
—
—
—
—
—
i —
— •
—
~
L PIIPE
...
....
._.
11
...1
. -
_..
sin
OM(
»
....
.
«.
.
....
AT]
GEJ
...
-
.
•
-
... J
• —
ON
£01
•• —
•-
1
••-
rs...
— -
®
.«A.
_..
-•
\RL
— .
i
....
-. -
IO01
TONE J
i
....
'
no
"
.._
...
.._
....
•-
...
-
'
• •.
•
. .. .
.. _.
- •
_
OAtt
OAfC
«90
3/19/90
-542
"
~
.
"""n mi f**r JI/M-J^^ ••«
-------
ACT 307
.i«c.-oi»nsmtB turns srimts-r.o. 101 iiM-viBino,•ici.-iii*4it-iiifl
-------
EXPLANATION OP
PRIORITY LIST ONE FOR EVALUATION
AND INTERIM RESPONSE
Priority List One is divided into two groups of sites as followst
Croup 1 - Scored Sites (in rank order and by county)
Group 2 - screened Sites (by county)
CrouDl ia comprised of sites which have been scored on a scale of 0-2000
bv the Michigan Site Asseasment System. Sitea brought to the attention of
the Department of Natural Resources after September 1, 1989, do not appear
on this year's Priority List One.
seven columns of information are provided regarding each site. Columns one
through three provide site ranking and location information, whxie columns
four through eight provide generalized site information. Due to space
limitations, the information provided in the columns may not include all
impacted counties or townships, or all pollutants associated with a site.
Site Ranking and Location Information:
SAS Score - The numerical risk assessment score determined by
application of the (SAS) model to the listed incident.
county and Date Scored - The county in which the listed site is
located and date when the SAS score was assigned to the site.
common Site Name and Location Code - The name by which the location °*
the listed site may be locally recognized and an alphanumeric
code by which the location may be determined from maps that
reference the township and range coordinate system. The location
code is interpreted as follows:
01 01 N 01 E 01 AD
County Township Range Section Quarter Section and
Number Number Quarter-Quarter
Section
Quarter sections are labeled counter clockwiae. The largest
quarter aection is expressed first, for example AD is the SB 1/4
of the HE 1/4 of the section and ia shaded in Figure 3.
Some sites have the township and range code followed by either a
two digit number and the letters FR, or by a three digit number
and an "F". This designates areaa gridded using the French
Claims System.
-------
Figure 3 — Configuration of Quarter Section Labeling Code
Townahip names are provided Cor added ease in locating a parti-
cular aite.
Generalized Site Information t
Information provided in these columns ia for the purpose of under-
standing, in general, the nature of sources and pollutants affecting
or threatening the State's resources.
Entries represent standardized statements relative to each incident
for general list analysis purposes, and do not represent definitive or
complete statements of the Department's position relative to any
particular issue or site.
Source of Contamination - A standardized phrase describing the type
of operation, facility, oc enterprise from which the pollutants
have been released, or where the potential impacting substance
had originated.
Point of Release - The structure ( s ), container(s) , or formation from
which pollutants have been, or may be released to cause an impact
on public health, safety, welfare, or the environment.
Pollutant - Examples of specific substances or classifications of
substances that are of concern at the site.
Resource Affected - The resource! s) which are known to be impacted
by a release of pollutants at the aite.
vXo.uR-2. is comprised of sites which -were screened by the Michigan Site
Assessment System but were not scared by the detailed model. The screening
process examines critical factors relevant to a site's relative risk, and
results in a number ranging from 1 to 15. Sites with the higher screen
values are subjected to the full risk assessment modeling process and
placed on Group 1.
Information similar to that for Group 1 is presented for each Group 2 site.
However, there often is less information available regarding Group 2 altea
than Group 1 sites. sites in Croup 2 are organised alphabetically by
county and then by rank within that county.
-------
Croup 1
bf County
US
Scar*
0350
out
OZll
01(1
0106
0610
0100
0»0
OJ1I
0192
0(11
Count r md
Otic Scored
Anlrta
10-15.89
Artnac
IO-tI-09
Artnac
o«-2i-a«
Artnac
09-zr-a*.
Raraga
oa-io-as
Barry
10-01-14
Barry
10-19*89
Barry
ai'11.89
Barry
lO-Or-ai
Barry
IO-IS-BS
Bay
10-11-88
Priority lilt far [VklUMION AMD IMIERIH KSrOKU
•i ilUl el ln«lron»tnlal Contamination
COMOII Sltt H»«*
ind location Cod*
and lownlMp
Vlg of Ninctlon*
OS-791 06W-I7
Hinctlont
Stand! Ih Oil Bulk
06-1M-U-020A
llBCOl*
Uld»«r fontr Oltpotal
06-20«-04f-1600
Clajten
SUl Mftnti for«tr I«p Dllpoial
Ot-IOI-OfE-lSCC
Ukltniy
Rtl V*ll 1 'Am* I«p
OI-41«-lIH-OtCC
I 'Ann
Iradford Will* Corp
OI-OIR-IOU-11C8
Ibarnipplt
Ri« Htlll C1ev«rdal*
06-02l-09M-tOOA
Hopt
fan ltl« Id Heath M
08.01I-09H-11CA
Ihitlod
Chlif toondaj Archxwd
08.01l-lOM.t9aB
rtnktc Sprloff
••» VtM Martin Rd
oa-oii-oiii.osac
HaodUnd
lay Cltf Mlddltgrounds
09.UI-OSIO2CA
••1 Cltf
tourct a(
Contailnatlon
Sourct Unlnoxn
Caiollnt Storigt
Ou.p
Ou.p
Pttro 8titk tlorag*
Ncta) doori aad Irtm
Unknown
Pltittc. IhibBtr afg
Raid COM in Ion
landfill
Prlvatt rtddinci
landfill
Point Bl
RcUat*
Unkno-n
Above ground tank
Ou*p
Duop
Undirground
tank
lagoon
landllll
link noun
Stpllc lank
till Mtld
lagoon
landfill
Atovtground
tank
Pollutant
PCI
lenient
lolutnt
lyltn*
Ooatltlc Coo*
LlaKl Induitrlal
Oaotltlc Caoo
Bcnimt lyltnt
l.I-Olikloroilhant
Cthflbd»at*r
Municipal mil
Surfact watir
firoundiittr
Soil
Surfact vattr
foil
faun*
Crouitdxattr
Surfaci vattr
Cr«und»tttr
firoundvatir
Rtildtntlll Utll
Cround»attr
Ground»atir
Rtlldtntlal wtll
Ground>attr
fell
Surfict wattr
Croundxttr
• Ikt cooto* tltt natt ll for IdtfitlMcaUon only and U not atctitarllf a partj rttponilblt for t*olnatlon.
-------
trout
fey Cou.u>
SAS
Score
oni
0711
OtS6
0(19
Oil!
04J>
CHJ
084?
OHO
0610
06(0
County and
Pile Scored
••»
09 .2). 6)
Bay
10 -is -at
by
II.I9-BB
••I
10-01 -8)
!•»
10-ZJ-68
»•»
09-21.81
»«y
09-11-86
Btrrlan
ll-lt-88
Iirr1(ii
10-04-81
Itrrltn
09-2f-OJ
Btrrltn
09-2S-8I
Priority
tl
Co»an Sltt Nine*
• nd Location Cod*
•nd le>niMp
CM CPC Plant
09-UN-OSC-I6DC
ti, ti«i or
International Terolnal
09-W-OU-06CA
Bingor
Union Oil Biy Cll>
D9.|m.OI[-UC
Btngor
«Uoco Oil Ttralntl »«/ City
09-HN-OSE.I4BB
Bo Clly
Surilh B«f City Scrip Vtrd
09-14N-OS(-}|CC
Bit City of
Hirichfltldi Stlv»tt Tird
09-I4R-OS[-ZIM
••» City
M*(llnt Inc
09-17N.04C-Z7DD
PUconnlng
Kulo Spccliltltt
1I-04S-19W-14DD
St Jeltpk
$o«fut Htrd Chro«* Inc
ll-OSS-18V-01Dt
Sadui
fllrpliin Art*
II-04S-1BU-JIOB
BtnloA
BtrrUn Iprlngi Mun Wtllt
II-06S-UW-24AB
Oronka
tilt for [VAIU4IIOX
Sltil of (lolioutnlt t
Source ol
Contiiinitlon
Auto Nfg
Ctitm Product ofg
Pctro Buli Stor*fi
Pclre Bulk Stongt
Scrap *it*1 yard
Scrap Httal lard
Iron. Ilitl foundry
Du.p
Plating PolliMng
Unknown
Unknown
(RIM RfSPOKSC
.aitnitlan
Point of
Rtltati
Pllt
lagoon
Undtrground lank
Aba»t ground lank
Underground Tank
Plptllnt
Plptllnt
Plptllnc
PIU
Birrd
flit
BlU
1 49000,
Underground tank
Ouap
Surfact dltchirgt
Unknown
Unknow*
Pollutant
PCB
Bind fuel
Catotlnc ftrtlllicr
Htiny Httalt
Sol«intt
Itnttnt Tolutnt
lyltni Actlont
lthrlbti>lt ll for Identification only and ll not ntciliarlly I party rtipontlble (or combination.
-------
Croup I
by County
County
Barry
Barry
Barry
lay
Bay
Bay
Bay
lay
•«y
•«y
1*1
US Scrtcn I
Date Screened
01
10-24-89
01
10-15-89
01
io-oz-84
08
IO-M-88
08
09-18-Bf
08
01-11-81
08
10-10-88
08
01-14-08
08
08-11-07
08
09-10-89
00
09-18-09
Priority Lilt for
it Silts of
Ceoion Site ««•*•
•nd location Code
•nd Uknthlp
Creen 8 Boltucod
08-llN.08U.17BO
Hutlngi
Aieco 189
08-01M-08M-IBAO
Hastings
Hastings Sinltiry Service
OS-01M.08tl.06AA
Hatting*
Oay Htbor Marina
09-14N-DSC-I4BA
linger
Consumers Power Weidock Plant
09-ISN'OSf-OZCO
Hupton
faraers Pttreleui Cooperitlvt
09-1SN-OIE-OJAC
Fraitr
Ptel Packaging
09-ISN-OSt-lZBA
Bay City
C and 0 Railroad Bay City
09-I4N-OSC-UOC
Bay City of
Prottallti
09'I4N-OSC-I>C8
Bay City «f
Clark
09-14N.OSt.t8AC
Bay City
Delta College Sailing CM CPC
09-14N-OSI-01A
Bangor
IVAIUAIIDI AND II11RIH RUPONJt
Envlrenaental ContMlnatloa
Sourct of
Contanlnilton
Metal Ceiling
Cuollne Station
Landfill
Du*p
Sat ttec utility
Cat Station
Heat Packaging
Railroad
Htr vehicle parti
Ca* Station
Collage 1 University
Point of
Rcleite
Undergraund tank
Unknown
Underground tank
tandflll
Surfaci Olichtrge
Underground
tank
Surfaci discharge)
Underground
tank
Underground Tank
Barrel
Surface dltcharg*
Underground tank
Pipeline
Pile
Pollutant
Trlchloroclnylene
folutni teniene
IctricMorelhene
Beniene Toluene
Ithylbeniene
lylene
Oonettlc COM
Light Industrial
Vastt Oil
Futl Oil
Catolln*
full Oil
Light Industrial
Organlcs
Heavy MetlU
lenient Toluent
Clhylbenttnt
lyltnts
PCI
Ko.Mker I. 1981
It sources
Affected
CroundMter
Soil
Croundoater
toll
Croundvatar
Soil
Croundmter
Soil
Croundveter
Soil
Surface nater
Soil
Surfact v*ter
Crouid»iter
Soil
Sedloent
Croyad»eter
Sail
Stdloent
Surfict Biltr
Soil
• The caeion Site neoe It far Identification only ind Is not necessarily I party responsible for conlaifnttlon.
-------
»*.**•«.•• •. •>•«
County
Bay
Bay
Bay
•*y
Bay
Bay
Bay
Bay
••y
dy
Bay
!*S Screen 1
Bale Screened
OB
09-2Q-B9
OB
09-20-B9
OB
09-20-B9
or
10-20-BB
or
oi-ti-Br
or
09-04-04
or
io-io-ee
or
10-21-00
or
ll-OS-04
or
10-IO-BB
or
OI-ll-IS
Conan Site Hilt*
and location Code
and lo-nthlp
Inlultrlal Irounhalft
09-I4K-OU-2BB
Baj City
Bay City Clect/U'ijette Bridge
09-l4«-OSt-2900
Bay City
Maptet Crecery
09-141-011-0100
•ft It tail
Sapplnglen Crude Oil
09-im-aii-uoo
Nt fore it
Konltor Sugar
01-Ul-OSI-llAD
Honltar
•eleri Hfg
09-ISN-04I-M
AUedi leech Road
09-161- ISt-OtCA
Fraier
Elleivllle Nanthon
09-14I-OSE-1S
Banger
labadtt Oldiooblte
09-|tN-OSC-2BB
lay City
fipreit lube
09-ll»-05f-10*D
Bay City ol
Bingor Tup Ouop
09-lSH-OStOOCB
linger
Source of
Contlilnitlon
Hue Melil Product!
(at Station
Grocer/
Du.p
food procelltng
Metal b*rd«are "IQ
Recreation club
Cn Station
Car dealer
(it Italian
Undflll
Point el
Release
Surface dltckarfc
Underground lank
Underground tank
Ouap
lagoon
Pile
Surface dlicNirge
Underground lank
Underground lank
Unknovn
Surface diicfcarge
landfill
Pollutant
PCi HelaU I> tenet
trichleroethane
Oletel fuel
Beniene leluene
flbilbinien* PCBi
lylentt HetlU
lenieae Toluene
fttiytbenient
lylenet Nlttl leid
Crude Olt
light Industrial
Hit
100
Heavy Hfg
Caiallne
CaaolU*
light Industrial
fnglne Oil
Ooeeitlc COM
light Induttrlat
Orginlci
Retourcei
Affected
iedloent
Surface «ater
Cround»it«r loll
Sedloent Soil
Surface water
CreunoVater
Surface viter
CroundM«ter
Soft
Air
Surface xattr
Kr»und»ater
firovndMttr
•T •*•>•
r IftFtl
Sell
Croundoiter
Soil
Surfice water
Creund«ater
The
lite nil* li for Identification only and It not neceittrlly t pirty riipontlblt lor conlaolnatlon.
-------
Crow
County
1§
lay
Bay
Bay
lay
ttt
Wm8
Bay
|4
•a,
lay
..,
Priority lilt lor EVUUMtOI IfMM BISPOHSC
it Situ of tmrlrontinti atlnatlon
SAS Scr«tn 1
Data Scraintd
OS
10-09-B9
OS
09-20-09
OS
10-09-19
05
09-2B-B9
OS
10-09-89
04
10-01-19
04
IO-09-B9
04
10-01-19
04
09-21-19
03
10-I9-B4
01
01-01 -IS
Cotton Site HIM*
and location Coda
and Towniklp
(lltivllle IUST
Q9-14H-01C-I4
fliiivlllQ
Craff Chtiroltt
09-KN-aSt-mC
Bay City
Marcan Coopany
09-M.-OSI-IIAC
lay City
leack Auto Parti CM CPC
09-14K-OSC-04
Banger
Service Aatrlca Corp
Of-im-osi
City of lay City
tanktr Mre/Maron Oil
OI-ISI-041-UDO
Ualtld Teehnologle* Automotive
09-ISR-04E-OI
taiikavMn
Suptrttit
09-HH-04E-2IAC
Haiptoo
lond Crwiktd Concrctt CM CPC
09-KN-OSE-09M
lay«lt« food Producti lo 1
09-1SN-04E-OIOC
PUconalng City of
Ityvlt* food Products «o 1
09-ISN-OII-02CB
Sourct of
Cantaolnallan
Sourct UnknoMn
Car Otalar
Sourci Unknown
Motor Vahlclo Parti
Vtndlng Machine Op«r
trucking
Motor Vthlclt Part*
Cat Station
local Irvcklng
food proem Ing
Food precalllng
Point of
Rtltait
Undtrground tank
Surfae« dltcKargo
Unknonn
Pile
Underground lank
Surface dlichargt
Unknown
Underground tank
Pile
Lagoon
Container
lagoon
Container
Pollullnt
Pilroleiia
Itnitnt lolueno
Ethilbaniene
lylenet
Mtthyttne Cklorldt
Acetont
frlcklorottkano
Chrottuo
Solvtnti
Catollna
tlEI
Dlcnlorottktne
Dlchlorotlktne
lelrackloroethin*
BUI
ChroaUo
Arocblor U4B
IrlM
MO
IrlM
100
Bovctttr I. I9B
letourcei
Airectid
Sell
SedUint
Soil
Soil
Air
So'
Soli
Soil
Soil
Soil
Soil
Croundvtter
Surface «attr
Sadlotnt Soil
Croundwater
Ivrftcf utter
Stdloent Soli
• Ihi ceooon
lite M*e tk for Identification only and It not n.ceMirlly I parly rtJpontlblt for contaolnatlon.
-------
lift 1*0
b/ Coyntjr
US
Scon/
fcrtta
06
OB11
aiso
01
01
otos
00
01
DBS;
01 »
otzo
Count t ind
Data Scorid
Meant
10-OS-H
Alltgin
oj-er-u
01 -It -BB
Alligto
IO-Z3-U
Aloint
CMl-dt
AntrU
OI-21-Bt
AntrU
kntrU
Ifl-ll-BI
l»rr»
01-OS-ll
Ot-17-OI
•M
10-04-B4
•hied ir* ruti foi I IM! Retpontt Actlonl Rovtibtr I. 1)6!
COMOR Sltt HIB«*
*nd tacit Ion Cadf
ind hinihlp
SOIIH Mobil S*r«lc« llncotn
Ol-m-OIC-OIAS
CutttB
PulUik l»il Oil field
ai-au-isv-060
tit
Hi*«»hi Cork
01-OU-I2U-1W*
Oticgo
FinnvllU Shell
OS-OU-ISV-JZOC
Minltui
Ha«int Oil Cacptni
04-lll-OBf-liM
PUBlc Beiiel Pirty Stan.
OS-2IN.09U-IOAO
Gulf ind Vetttrit Stioplng
01-IS1.06V.IOIC
Nlnctloni
Til Auto Pirtt
OI.lfl.OCH.JI
Hlitciloni
tl«U If
OB-OlM-lOU-lOCA/0
PrtlrUvlllt
Hirtltf ltd turtle;
KinUilU
•M Che«1ei1 fitment PlptUnt
09-lll-OU't«
Aabvm
Iaurc« of
Centiolnillen
fill Illllon
Oil drilling
Ptprr pr«<*tti
Strvlci Sltt la*
Petro luU Stanti
Gil Stitloa
Forging ttuplng
Scrip Mttil r«rd
llndHII
11.41111
ChtB product Bfg
Polnl ol
Rclitit
Underground
link
Pipeline
l«9aaa
Underground link
Underground link
Underground
tint
tindflll
llgoen
Pit
Undrlll
•irrtl
itndini
Plpitlat
PollvUnt
Oiehloraithtnt
Bennni lotutnt
Ilh|lbinttnt
IrlBt
Phenol
Benient
lolytnt
Iflini
Ithjrlbennni
Ifttnt lenient
lolutni
Ciiolloi
topper CyM Id*
Phatphorvl
""'» "•
light InduilrUI
Hll«y Nig
CBIO Prod Nig
PCI Ijrlt*t
Oltlhjl Phthilit*
Icottna
Rtiaurcil
Airected
CroundKlttr
Soil
Croandwittr
Soil
CraundMtir
Sail
Greyndutter
Soil
Croundwlttr
Croundwiter
Salt
Croundvitir
Soil
Croundxittr
HttllHd
Cravndvil
Soil
Iki CQMOO iltt lint li for Identification only ind It not Btctitirllf • pertjr reipontlUt for conliilnitlon.
------- |